Most,w ten,, Needed

Of
1970
MONOCHROME

Television

.Servicing InformaHon

VOLUME TV-29

THEORY

Compiled by

M. N. BEITMAN
Assisted by Hartford Beltman

SUPREME PUBLICATIONS

PRICE $4
I
Most - Often - Needed

MONOCHROME

Volume TV-29

Television
Servicing In
formation

�Illmm�l��
THEORY

Compiled by

M. N. BEITMAN

,Supreme Pubhcations
Highland Park, Illinois

© Supreme Publications, 1970. Material copyrighted, reproduction prohibited.

by
 lo Manuals
TV & Rad
*

SUPREME
R FORM
ORDE SUPREME PUBLICATIONS
1760 Balsam Rd., Highland Park, ILL. I
I
Ship immediately Radio and TV manuals
SIMPLIFIES TV REPAIRS 1 *
in quantities marked below.
I
These giant TV manuals have complete cir-
facts, printed boards, I Most-Often-Needed TELEVISION Manuals @ $4
cuits, needed alignment
servicing hints, production changes, voltage I QUANTITY VOLUME #TV YEAR COVERED

charts, waveforms, and double-page schematics. I TV-28 196.9 8-w

Here are your authentic service instructions to C-69 1969 COLOR
1
help you do expert work quicker; and priced at t TV-27 1968
only $3 per large annual manual. 1 TV-26 1967
I
COVER ALL POPULAR SETS I
1
Most-Often-Needed TELEVISION Manuals @ $3.

TV-25 1966
Here is your service data for faster, easier TV
TV-2+V bate
repairs. Lowest priced. Best by comparison. Su- 65
1965
TV-2
preme TV manuals have all needed service ma- 3 Early 19
terial on every popular TV set. Helpful, practical, TV-22 1964
1
factory-prepared data that will really make TV
TV-21 1963
Late
servicing easy for you. Benefit and save with I TV-20 1962
these amazing values in service manuals. Only 1 TV-19 Early 1962
19 1
$3 per large volume. Used by 184,000 wise service- 1 TV-1
men for faster repairs. Join them; begin to make TV-1 1960
I TV-16 Late 1959
TV repairs easily and quickly. I
TV-15 Early 1959
I
TV-1 198
- TV-13 Late 1957
7 RADIO DIAGRAMS TV-10 Late 1955
1 TV-8 1954
Your best source for all needed RADIQ 1 TV-5 1951
diagrams and service data. Covers
everything from most recent 1966 1
Most-Often-Needed RADIO Manuals @ $2.50
Most - O6.. N..Ld radios to pre-war old-timers; home I
QUANTITY VOLUME #R YEAR COVERED
radios, stereo, combinations, transistor
auto sets. Only $ 2.50 for R-26 1966
1966 portables, FM, 1
many volumes. Every manual has large R-25 1965
I
schematics, all needed alignment facts, 24 1964
I
RADIO printed boards, voltages, trimmers, dial I
23
22
1963
19662
stringing, and hints. Volumes are big, 1
DIAGRAMS atioa
81/2 x11
coupon
inches, about 190 pages. See
at right for list of SUPREME I
21
20
1961
1960
ciria9lnform
and $¢r I 1 195
popular radio service manuals No
18 195
Radio Servicing by I 16 1956
Simplified Simplified 15 195
S COMPARISON Method Radio
Servicing
14 195
I 13 1953
Revolutionary different COMPARISON technique per- by 12 1952
mits you to do expert work on all radio sets. Most repairs comparison 11 1951
can be made without test equipment or with only a volt- � Method 10 9500
1
ohmmeter. Many simple, point-to-point, cross-reference, I 1
9
circuit suggestion; locate the faults instantly. Plan copyrighted. Covers 1 8 192
every radio set - new and old models. 1 This new servicing technique 194

presented in handy manual form, size 8 / 2 x 11 inches, 4 S pages. Over

6 1946
1,000 practical service hints. 26 large, trouble-shooting blueprints. Charts 5 1942
for circuit analysis. 114 tests using a 5c resistor. Developed 4 1941
by M. N. Beitman. New edition. Price only
50
1 3 1940
TELEVISION SERVICING COURSE 1 1926-1938
Let this new course help you in TV servicing. 1967-1969 Combined Volume, $4.
Amazing bargain, complete, only $ 3, full pric
for a}1 lessons. Giant in size, mammoth in scope, _Master INDEX to above manuals, 250
topics just like a $200.00 correspondence course. �-
Lessons on picture-faults, circuits, adjustments, TRAINING BOOKS
short-cuts, UHF, alignment facts, hints,
antenna problems, trouble-shooting, test Auto Radio 1964-1965 Diagrams, $2.50
equipment, picture analysis. Special, only —Radio Servicing Course, new ed. 2.50
Radio Servicing_—
RADIO MATHEMATICS I —Simplified
—Radio Mathematics (Self-help)..
., . 1.50
, .25
'- PRACTICAL
Practical Radio & Electronics,
RADIO MATHEMATICS
Explains arithmetic and simple algebra in connection with Television Servicing Course
3.95
units, color code, meter scales, Ohm's law, alternating cur-
E
­ , 3.0U
rents, ohmmeter testing, wattage rating, series and parallel
connections, capacity, inductance, mixed circuits, vacuum 4
❑ I am enclosing $ Send postpaid.
rubes, curves, the decibel, etc., and has numerous
examples. Only 250 ay?
I
O Send C.O.D. I am enclosing $ ... deposit.

Name•

S
I
A ^ -
S rGmG t;ons
Pubflca ; Address

Sold by All Leading Parts Jobbers

2
 AtInvircil,
MODEL CHART
MODEL NAME COLOR SIZE TUNER CHASSIS
9P209 Playmate White
9P210 Playmate Black
9P212 Playmate Red *9" 94E360-1 VHF TL2-1A
9P215 Playmate White 94E361-1 UHF
9P227 Playmate Walnut/Black
SK9P210 Playmate Black
* Picture diagonal measurement.
HORIZONTAL LOCK ADJUSTMENT
The Horizontal Lock control is set at the factory and
seldom requires readjustment. Adjustment need only be made
if 8FQ7 tube (V403) has been replaced and the picture cannot
be locked inwith slight adjustment of the Horizontal Lock
control.
To determine a faulty horizontal oscillator circuit, short
TP `.`R" to ground with short jump. It should be possible to
lock the picture in with the Horizontal Lock control with a
slight weaving back and forth in the picture.
To determine a correct horizontal phase detector action,
short TP "V" to ground and check the voltage from the grid
of the horizontal oscillator to ground. When the horizontal
lock coil is varied back and forth, the voltage reading should
9P209 9P210, 212 vary between 0 volt to negative 0.5 volts.
SPEAKER CONNECTIONS C504

UHF
ADJ.

L302 V301 T303 R504 HORIZ. R503 VERT. HEIGHT V402

HOLD LIN.
FIG. 1 TOP VIEW OF CHASSIS SHOWING ALIGNMENT &SERVICE
ADJUSTMENT LOCATIONS

3
 ADMIRAL Chassis TL2-1A Schematic Diagram

CHASSIS VOLTAGES WITH SIGNAL rd! INN(ktxp/x a [ —a IJ /1111

111"S "flip 110,10N/ n! 1101.. A(Ix VHF TUNER
61AA
94C360-1
W710 of Y/(!AS SMOYN a O/SAfp[/Y!S not SIE
below are DC voltages for
!Noll 51 0 1
1/NO/CA(f5 60YA![ION Af/IfIN s" OSL
Listed IY/NfAA//!FA Sl[lIONS. .0.1, RAZEWIFA Na /.it,1/IX
MIXED 6AIOXAFEA ltIS
an level lu ll i "FE"
each stage when average
III 1819
SI A
(snow free) program is tuned in. These Mf
XOAOPoIE
O UNE Ii XAIEX
AXiEMM
else
voi;ages must be used carefully or '
[taa� .a
Lnl� o
they can be misleading. Remember 11.IM
x um

that they may vary with different level

h ,
tD.MTED A
IS
M, IEAXix�
To I155�

signals, program information and con-

trol adjustments. YNl / ONE VMS eke N
-
I u,veX
Of ISS(NN(191G76/J LISA tII

I Sa

8BM11
3HA5 /
125GS7
17BF11 VHF AMP
Vlol
VNi osc
V1028
Pin # Volts Pin # Volts 102
1 Fit 1 Fit rA

2 2.1 2 106
T10W 1a
3 0 3 106 A1a1 A1a9 A 11

4 0 4 0 424

5 0 5 1,35
6 70 6 0 L J
LIO
7 130 7 107
J

8 0 g 0
9 7.6 9 107
10 120 10 .6
WI NILE ASSN.
11 145 11 .03 J NN(NO/L Nnirr
12 Fit 12 Fit
ans's Anon
//Nl Y0l MOtlY I(0 pY (Aft/Sr0/ /lY(0 SISIlN

N(S/SIOA r/(p(J N1 NI/I 10f. [/vi [i lox v/(Y(J

UHF 0361.1
94
1 1pNIOf 5 OIN(xNlSf /NO/CNlfO,
TUNER or yoluefs rdsomONfp //IN YIYN A( wy 410 (lMf,

8JV8 17Jz8 JAOk�pNl�

r
L�-��-1 �5
1
��- �-� - 0.151_ISNEa
♦♦♦
♦♦
' CISSI NOJ/CNI[,
'o N/l. COM(kI57/ N/d YO[UNf.
sr"I,Ar4j.
yo.

Pin # Volts Pin # Volts I51 UNI lIYE

'� T
l

1 0 1 Fit *'------{ ifa uxiin[ — ---

1
u�st4wwnnn C
2 -1.2 2 28 9
66 152
-

3 L f
3 0 =
FAIXER YYF IYXEA
I
I
4 Fit 4 Do'Not Measure 151 I
-
SIDI I1182At.
V102
1.119
V101

�-------
A�
5 Fil t
AM
I T la" Ilizo
5 61w1 I Iloo° T lo°°
6 0 6 -16 IaD T i"
si osa w ns4e�
°_
7 -2.5 7 -16 -
IAI
A
a AAt + 10� 57621
5 V505 7
-7

8 124 110 16154 uHF ost "1 r

8 L/Y
01sT
9 80
9 0
T'DO

"
I 1. J
Li39
10 -64 4155i{
i
T
V404 V.o5 Wol
I ,
11 0 AI56 T I v v

12 Fit � -4- ,
1 l io
-11

N IEELAOE WIT. SANE VALUE AS MIAMI. Te

L
NO/f, 'Ile IN JOCIf!
Ol(/df LOkO 1AffO1IF/1f0 5 o
olUlf-rowers to
'aii
8FQ7 33GY7A MO/S/pf O1170Y/C (lNf.
Lsoa °w"zoe
Pin # Volts Pin # Volts ArslesE r — t5o2
1
1 84 1 Fit !
'
—
- ,00mr
1IM 93G52-1
150VAt
2 .55 2 138 S
40I E 1Yl1 kffucf CJO///lN
INSEAXN Put DIODE
M,)2
NorzkJNNJ-/.
3 3.5 3
4 Fit 4 Do Not Measure
5 Fit 5 Do Not Measure
6 94 6
7 -9 7
8 0
8 3.5 VHF AND UHF CHANNEL
9 -14 ADJUSTMENT
9 0
10 0 These sets are
provided with a VHF channel adjustment
11 82 slug for each channel. Adjust as follows:
12 Fit
1. Turn receiver on and allow 15 minutes warm up.
2. Set Channel Selector at highest channel to be adjusted.
Set Fine Tuning control at center of tuning range by ro-
6GH8A tating it one-third turn counter-clockwise from full clock-
Pin # Volts IF AGC TP "I" -11V wise rotation. Set other tuning controls for normal picture
1 52 TP -2.6 and sound.
RF AGC "R"
2 80 3• Remove Channel Selector knob and VHF indicator.
3 350 4. Using a non-metallic alignment blade, carefully adjust
4 Fit channel slug located through a hole at 7 o'clock on the
5 Fit tuner shaft for best picture and sound. Note: Sound may
6 -68 not be loudest at this point. Repeat procedure for each
7 104 channel to be adjusted.
8 0 of UHF
Alignment IF input coil (part of VHF tuner),
9 -21 should be made if UHF is
reception poor and after usual
causes of poor UHF reception have been checked.
SERVICE HINT To align UHF IF input coil, tune in UHF channel with
After the start of production C410, C422, C427 and C429 were normal picture and sound. Using non-metallic alignment tool
moved to the bottom of the etched circuit board to improve the very carefully adjust slug L104 for best picture, consistent
performance and reliability. with good sound..

4
 ADMIRAL Chassis TL2-1A Schematic Diagram, Continued
PRECISION WIRED SYSTEM 714E417-2
1/
28JV8 1
/z17BF11 1/2 17BFII
SURI NAME
On
;;$; JON+NOUSI AfP VOLUME
Y 3.28 SOUYO OUIPUI T201
1201 li 2 A /JIY
$WNB
(
o41xr C2031F o
eLDE vzola r uu1
C0R I�JISY
t202 CFI! el C
.51 TL201A LZJIe, I00
5 I
;RA6
IR1
- l
-- �I1Y RED

L
CJ

J
I xf t
TRi p1 T'itll
NY 134
2 o_ 1 ' - NNS(/NMOilufN/NO
Sx 9213 /JII IN SONf NOOf[f Ox1r.
20 O /d/I
E 100 F205 CFOS �1 J
/.SNN•I 0206 0206 RED
.mn ATo, 6l0ATD2Nf 220
22,
-
- " o l- IlNS/ON BGNO
� >
1 SA0UN0 fv[I,:'�
SBM11 f p
Of
WTI
,
10D. l l I6a16 i1/28JV6 1 v/c/a
ufN
hV301A v z,0,
viola 93CS-1 1 CC sx
i
vlp[O LNv
302,
SOY
YD PET W3
W3
C313
1 a{ 1
1
15
n4
II ♦♦
JfY
x0911
6 fU6
T302 HSTA
I _ t -
4sNx
Z - -
J
' IICV30
]0
CR301
IF.2NNE_
TOT L301
Y
L310
:�
N
JJrr
N Imo`
Cl1i nll C119
T3 1 820 t
V. TO2

BRIGHTNESS
xIR ]OR
CONTRAST 003
+1
0

R/12
i2A B
E
1420 N12
8430
I-y SffONUf "01f%! 1919 /00
8113
/2
1
17JZ8
/217JZ8
0405
6GHSA :130A T220 1 OSC.
111
-1
4 02A C101 01161
SYNC. VERL/OUTPUT
ACC SEP 9028 rox
MY, Eas
N3
6I V40RA V .N .022x1
c.
Sox CRx �
C410
asixl,loxl ~ 1

1425RY-
'SJV
(i p T ITT
R1Fi
661
121
r _
EL.
�
JIr IOx
1401 1 13
- I I
Alm TWO 11 0111
ON :ATTEA VERT. tlpn2.Yn

I
-I
5.6A 1
/OY IR4026
SNEC - LIN.
YEA T. -
HEIGHT --'
IT
J
T401
VERT. BLUR
R(t HOLD 16G
2
N.Y RECIIfIER
N RED

v40! TEL. IT T402

i
6
RARE

1y6n � I

HORIZ. DEFLFCTION� ✓011132 CIVIC,,Ivisfo NiNN

,
10111 Tor YOONols N/!"fSelf XN'Ot
NNY LOCK
6n Off"t lO O0irm NIYlf0111
411 BLUE ll UN1lss S117111f rftlfol-fN!
IS VAIN,
8F Q7
rol D D
/Nor rotY vaO
i" RED
00 NOl Nf/SUBf -
00Y01lNOF-"`

9a35-9L 404
NOW PASE PET
CF 40

i.IAY
✓0911
_ �- I
T

'•••••••••••e p 00 NO f Mf/SUNf OC YO(t/ 6F

flf, 1455
2 -0­s1 JSSY
S193t]8
]WIF1iR / NDA V233(
15
03 0131 C1s5 DAMPER
T T �
451
, siaor 01IMf 0413

L
0
sgF
Nf
FURIBLE yR 3t1 � r
)IOY 1 IDx IS6
" rolror L40J
• '
--rrae+r "Sy
I 05016 I
N isoii i 150.1 �.J VIOIET I
IBSV 1501

TL2-1A SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM

 ADMIRAL Chassis TL2-1A Service Information, Continued

C326
•
•
12
it

0 0

9
C 302
s
8

4R305
R302

R213

•
12
X11 *
1
ft
10
2*
9 17BF11
*
C1 14
' 3•
* 8*�k
40
6 1
•
0
T N
O L)

U�

C319
-
--4
L309
L310

i
TO B+
BOOST - 2
BOTTOM VIEW OF BOARD
IF RESPONSE CURVE CHECK
6. If the curve is not within tolerance or markers not in proper
I. Allow about 15 minutes for receiver and test equi-,ment to L122 VHF Tuner
location, Mixer Plate Coil should be ad-
warm up. Usc an AC line isolation transformer.
justed for 45.75MHz video marker and T302 Top for rounded
2. Set VHF tuner to Channel 12. Connect negative of 6 v olts curve nose.
bias supply to test points "X" and "T", positive to
chassis.
3. Connect sweep generator to VHF tuner to test point TP1
ALIGNMENT OF 4.5MC TRAP
through the mixer of page 4. Ground low
matching pad Alignment of 4.5MC (beat interference) trap T303top slug
side nearby. The mixer must match
matching pad your requires use of a hexagonal non-metallic alignment tool.
generator impedance.
To align 4.5MC trap T303 top slug, tune in television
4. Connect oscilloscope high side to test point +'V" through
station with beat interference pattern in picture. While closely
decoupling filter of page 4, low side to chassis.
5 The IF curve now obtained should be checked observing picture, adjust slug T303top slug for minimum in-
against the
terference pattern.
IF response curve, on page 4. Maintain sweep output at
3V P to P as alignment progresses. Keep markers low. A Note that adjustment T303top slug is slug farthest from
reduction in sweep output should reduce curve amplitude bottom of coil. Use caution so as not to disturb bottom slug,
without appreciably altering the shape of the response slug nearest bottom of coil, as sound IF alignment will be
curve. affected.

6
 ADMIRAL Chassis TL2-1A Service Information, Continued
LIN.
HEIGHT V. HOLD

it419

R345
*—NA^._y s
1
12 z
it
17JZ8 40 N
10 Q
U

•9

C419
R428

�1--�R439
•
2 3
01 4
R443
8FQ7 5 •
w
CR401 9 6
8 7
• I'

R464 '
* - AVAVNr--+

R459
6+1
—/f —W 0408
C R501
R502
.-ate •4.0 •7
C429 C411 33GY7A
1
4
C50a C435 3
—
iF If
R501 �0.

C43F�

L403

C415

BRIGHT

SHOWING COMPONENT CONNECTIONS

OVER-ALL VHF-IF RESPONSE CURVE CHECK -
I. Set VHF Channel �u LP-95 -
LP
95
Selector on Channel 12. Connect nega-
tive of 6 volt bias supply to test point "T" (IF FILTER
AGC) and
negative 1.5 volt to test point "X" (RF AGC) positive to I TLINE
chassis. 369 SWEEP
2. Connect isolation transformer between SCOPE GE N.
O O
AC line and re-
ceiver. Allow about 15 minutes for receiver and test - 324
equip- 'kv MARKER
ment to warm up. 0
3. Attach the sweep generator at the VHF tuner antenna termi-
nals, using 50 or 90 ohm VHF isolation network to match
your generator impedance. TO TV
TAKE OFF
4. Connect oscilloscope high side to test point " V " through POINT
CARDBOARD
decoupling filter, low side to chassis. Adjust sweep gen-
TO Vf INSUL-ATIO N
erator for 3 volt P to P at test
point "V" FRONT END
5. Compare response curve obtained ideal overall INPUT
against
curve shown on page 8. EQUIPMENT SET-UP

7
 ADMIRAL Chassis TL2-1A Alignment Information, Continued

4. Carefully adjust slug L201B for loudest and clearest

4.5MC SOUND IF ALIGNMENT sound with minimum hiss. If hiss disappears during align-
1. Tune in normal picture on strongest TV station. Allow ment, reduce signal to maintain hiss level. Re-adjust slug
about 15 minutes for set to warm up. See page 3 for ad- 1-201B. NOTE: Slug L201B should be at end nearest
justment locations. bottom of coil.
2. Using non-metallic alignment tool, slowly turn slug L202 5. Carefully adjust slug T303 bottom for loudest and slug
to several turns to left until a buzz is heard in sound. clearest sound with minimum hiss.
hiss disappears If
Then slowly turn slug 1-202 to the right for loudest and during alignment, reduce signal to maintain hiss level.
clearest sound. NOTE: There may be two points (Ap- Re-adjust slug T303. Caution: Slug T303 is located near-
proximately " turn apart) at which sound is loudest. The est bottom of coil. Use care so as not to disturb slug
slug should be set at center of second point of loudest nearest top of coil.
sound noted as slug is turned in (toward bottom of coil). 6. If above alignment is correctly rT)ade, no further adjustment
3. Reduce signal to antenna terminals until there is consid- is required. However, if sound remains distorted at normal
erable hiss in sound. For best results, use a step atten- volume level (when receiver is tuned for best sound) re-
uator, connected between antenna and antenna terminals. peat entire procedure.
Signal can also be reduced by disconnecting antenna and CAUTION: Do not re-adjust slug L202 unless sound is
placing it close to antenna terminals or leads.
distorted. If 1-202 is re-adjusted, all steps in alignment pro-
cedure should be repeated exactly as instructed.
f< 4.5MHz

UHF B+ SHIELD IF L122

TO R1.51 GND OUT ADJ
41 .25MHz
MARKER 3.0MH z
IYXI X i 8(
vL6iE l `.2MHz
45.75MH x
MARKER
60%
C132,
—2.5V E)
I
VHF —3.5VI
INPUT
IF CURVE BALUN E'

c
42V
0a TPl
150VI
JUNC
SOUND MARKER L104 —1.8V L132&
G) 1118V
(MAY NOT BE UHF •.•.•// JUNC C130
VISIBLE) ADJ
AT LEAST 90% R111 &
L124

8 V AC R113
RF UHF BROWN Bt RED
AGC IN
WHITE ( I I Voltages taken with Signal)
IDEAL OVERALL RESPONSE CURVE TOP VIEW OF TUNER
Curves can be reversed or up or down
TAPE TOGETHER MARKER
dependingon equipmentand termination. 15
BUT KEEP INSULATED i
TAPE TRANSISTOR ARKER
TAPE E TV SETS
OIMF SWEEP
KEEPSHORT

L .0012 ARKER
19GA. DUAL (TUBE TV)
LAMP CORD

18GA.DUAL LAMP CORD

50 OHM MIXER MATCHING PAD 50 OHM VHF ISOLATION NETWORK

DECOUPLING FILTER

TAPE TOGETHER 22 TO
BUT KEEP INSULATED MARKER
GEN.
TRANSISTOR TO 50 OHM
TV SETS MARKER
-
O1MF
,TO TEST J
TO 90 OHM
POINT 1� SWEEP
- -
L .0012MF
TO 90 OHM
(TUBE TV) FREQUENCY
R GROUND - - STANDARD
TO CHASSIS TO SWEEP
H O CJ/ GEN.
CALRAD
y
t 36''
LP-95 FILTER S
18 GA. DUAL LAMP CORD
9BA103-3
90 OHM MIXER MATCHING PAD 90 OHM VHF ISOLATION NETWORK

ALL LEADS 3/8" UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED!

ALL SHIELDED CABLE MUST BE RG58A/U FOR 50 OHM AND RG62A/U FOR 90 OHM EQUIPMENT.

8
 AcInvirml,,
The schematic on pages 10-11 is exact only for the chassis types as marked
under the schematic and can be applied in all respects to the
corresponding
models. The other sets among those listed on this page use very similar cir-
cuits, but in many cases with different tuners. This brief service information
will be helpful in repairing any of these sets.

MODEL CHART MODEL CHART

MODEL COLOR SIZE TUNER CHASSIS MODEL NAME COLOR SIZE TUNER CHASSIS

16P18CF Gray 16 P 18 C FM Rancher Gray

'16" TH3-1K
C1634FP Beige 94C363-1 VHF 94E281-7 VHF
*16" T2H3 1A * '.
C1657FP Walnut 94C361-1 UHF 19P27CFM Suburban Walnut 19 94E296-4 UHF T8H4- I

AC1660FP Walnut 19P 11 F Cavalier Brown

94C363-1 VHF
AC1667FP Walnut 19P 15 F Cavalier Avocado T12H4-1A
94C361-1 UHF
18H 19 Beige AC1987FP Black

18P28F Gray 94063-1 VHF 94E281-7 VHF

*18" T11H4-1A AC 1987 FPM Black * 19" T3H4-1A
1881 FP Tan 94C361-1 UHF 94E296-4 UHF

C1881FP Tan 94E281-7 VHF

C18P28FM Gray 18" TH4-IA
C 1897 FP Walnut 94E296-4 UHF
AC 1837 F P Walnut T16H4-1A
19P11CF Brown
19P15CF Avocado T12H4-1A MODEL CHART
C1953FP Sungold MODEL NAME COLOR SIZE TUNER CHASSIS
94C363-1 VHF
C1955FP Avocado *19" 94E281-7
94C361-1 UHF AC1667PFM Walnut *16" VHFTH3-lA
19P27CF Walnut 94E296-4 UHF
C 1977FP Walnut T13H4-1A 191`11FM Cavalier Broom 94E281-7 VHF
*19" T3H4-1A
AC 1990 F P Walnut 19P15FM Cavalier Avocado 94E296-4 UHF

MODEL CHA
MODEL NAME COLOR SIZE TUNER CHASSIS
X16P18FM Gray *16" TH3-1A
X18P28FM Gray
18P28FM Explorer Gray
1881FPM Windsor Tan
C1881FPM Windsor Tan
C1897FPM Oxford Walnut 94E281-7 VHF
*18.r TH4-1A
181-119M Beige 94E296-4 UHF
X1881FPM Windsor Tan
C1953FPM Canterbury Sungold 94E281-7 VHF
*19" T3H4-1A
C1955FPM Canterbury Avocado 94E296-4 UHF
19PIlCFM Cavalier Brown
19P15CFM Cavalier Avocado

MODEL CHART
MODEL NAME COLOR SIZE TUNER CHASSIS
C1634FPM Wilshire Beige
94E281-7 VHF
C1657FPM Chelsey Walnut *16" A
TH3-1
94E296-4 UHF
AC1660FPM Walnut

*Picture measured diagonally.

9
 ADMIRAL Chassis T2H3 -1A, T 11H4- 1A, etc., Schematic Diagram
!N! fUNfq SNONN /N CHANNEL !i POS/J/ON YNf !UNf lUNfgS lqf /Aql
/AFfNS Y/f/f0 fgONFgONl Of r"". 21 0lASSfNB[/ 9/CJB/-/ VHF TUNER 94C363-1
SfCl/ONO./11..85 SNONN/ [LNFS. CI22
O RIOT
CONNIC!/ON BfINFFNfgONI
....NFO
SIC SIE
lNONFAN
AV RE.41/AFfR
A SfCl/OHS. . SID UK III! OSC. WAFER
R.F. PLATE WAFER 40
MIXER GRID WAFER L131
s' 6
L
:� 113 U3
B LIAY2 pTi
11101 SIA U1T
MONOPOLE YNF UNF 1+ WAFER 5 rim �•i
ANTENNA LI104
II SOME CI00
MO DELS o
Lf3aGy�,
.IIY
1700
�
CONNECTED TO AECEIVIN L114
ANTENNA TERMINALS L126

AII0
M105 0117 RI0/ 11.VI6
IA

i
DIPOLE YNF T
104 1
CIII CIi21 1/16W
INTENNA
IA SOME
MODELS
LID21_

CI06' 3HA5 1
fz5GS7

i
L101. C105 27
VHF AMP VHF OSC.
M102 L107 Viol V1028 C131 L302
r or, 43-0 MC
2

I
Y L S F
Aff CAP R109 RIII All
Mw AT. 11 1 ON C30I
IOII.SA� il. L4r 10
120 oeN/NSBNf 10s
I RIOS JIDN EANLI NNfgSJ L301
L 1.21 47.2511C
C 1
00

i
D T
SPAR1
L-CAP -J
I
4251 Sa0
0
0 ) Z )In TRAP

M103

C135
IMF
10ffN5 IF
OF YN[P RIIB 2
.22NF fill - 470

i
M107
COAX CAILE ASSY. 1101
r
I r =VEN47/C N07f5.' 2.2MEC.

CRASS/S CNOONO.
I

i
I /AN/ NOT NOUN IfO ON PRECIS/ON N/Nf0 S15TFN 56MEC
1 1 N Y0114Cf N/ [( YABf I/7H SE17/4C OF CONJNO[ S
( I NES/S rON Yi(OES //7 'ti if /0%. C/PAC/WON Y41 Ofs
UHF
II
TUNER94C361-1
/N P/COFA,N405. UN[ ESS 07NEBI/SF /NO/CArto
—
I �� r LI51 AISt SMFC 1
PC YO(IACfs NEASO,PFO AJ /201 AC //Nf NO S/CNA[.
Sp7a UNF M41 C00JN457 f 9B/CNINESS.1 M/N YO[UNf "m Y7YN i
I AN/ N C156A
,4C"'war NOUNIfO AT 1
0FRAY
1 Of mfr/S/ON I/,ff0 IOY
9 __
IST ONE LIME SYSIEN. PERT.
L tt1V
211D LINE LINE CI
Sjt I� T
MIST I

JA CA L152
N
OV
93A59-1 DRIZ.
ONE MIXER r 3HA5 YNf TUNER 5GS7 1 T
CRI51 I V101 V102 1
11151 IN62AG
15N ? I
211. 00
D50 1 11153
LAO ODD
0f2T'-
14BRU SILTS
- AA
: ; qi l V302
100'1 OSC.LINE L V402
: CISBC J
11
Lc 32
105
•-r+7R91-R ICTDRE TUBE • 0® 00
r410 V303 V301
_L
ENT o5C
0151
00 AM (D0
T 100
Ci53_ 5 BBMII

r
C31
415 LI53 10 T 820 T3316
620
1
1.29 11158
178F11 33GY7A 23Z9
V201 V403 V401
__--_ ?20 ---
rgf/[NCE N/IN SANE YA[Uf AS Oq/C/N�[. Neff: f[OCANO SOCfff Of
L//f CONe /S POLAN/ff0,
C430
SNA[[fN//N f OM-OFF SWITCH 001MF
1 XPAAi OF 11206)
RUN CHANGES NOl SLOE Of /SOY
M50i M502
f.CON
011
SSOIA - Tt1Y
TUBE
O
0 start of P"a"tio, r !
INY/,C��(7�'
SOCKET O To imp rove Horizontal Oscillator re
li
ability (with variation of lobes),
cmiTection of R424 was transferred from 8f210 pin 3 of V4026.
�I.V�J lA 0501
.22Nf 93852-1
11501
5.5
Nt
/ABY
l

© 11117 6 C321 were added for improved UHF reception In weoksignol s areas. 11206
BODY
INSTANT PLAY DIODE
FUSIBLE
93B52-1
PV Shie/dbro/d added from stee/bond frame of picture tube to MF
No service
9.erbracke!
CR502 SILICON RECTIFIER
L501
® significance

CR5010502

EAR VIEW OF CONTROLS

L OOUF
ur
165Y
F

Off-OM SWITCH
rq VHF TUNER
2ND _
l
V 'bI

ANODE sCG
' F
8A ,Al XER 5GS rxFasc
L NIXEA
93852-1
INSTANT PLAY DIODE
LEAD 1
93052-1
RECTIFIER
V10+
H RF
3HA SOUND OR 1 B+
13G%YAwPF 14BR11 SOUND OUTPUT r
ACC, N.Y. RE
YIOED ARP. L X SLEE VE
. 1 IST
' 8BMi1 SOUND EF AN P. OX N.Y. CAGE
TN, ER
2_
A
� UHF NIX.R
;� M IF
F
CRISI
N19EF
*W �y IN541
I /S
-
YIDED DET.
I 51821 5
:57621 2 �! 'uHFasc.
I MALL EA PIN

CONNECTOR 23Z9 L —
1
�...J UNF OSC. - OASNfO(/Mf COMPONCNIB AT OE POLAR "D
o1s+ ORDERS/OE O! UNF TUNfB.
8LT8 PL CCONNECTS
_ AT BOTTOM UHF TUNER
DASHED LINES OO7cof 701F 01/71/Nf3 SYNC SEP,
TO NOT SIDE OF
120VAC LINE.
OF SLEEVE B
ROICATE
OTTOM VIEtl6.
NO/CAIE.F
P/NNUM"s
O
#
VENT.OSC A
VERT.OUTPVi
RORIL 09C. 6. 336 A
OIFOhm? HOAR. PHASE DET
AINOr
broBfof SNO/N
AN �
/N AC7UA( LOCAT/DNS.
11"Cl pp i L
OR32DOMPEA,
HIGH VOLTAGE RECTIFIER HOUSING
TUBE LOCATION CHART
 i /3 14BR11
1
SOUND "
"'901
1138
ADMIRAL

I
Chassis

'/217BF11
SOUND DET.
V201
T2113-1A,

PWS
TllH4-1A,

714C424-18

F
roo
K
etc,, Schematic

/2178F11
1
SOUND OUTPUT
112018
Diagram,

T201 1
Continued

A1NAN1o1AN[r
/N SONf Sfls..
M2m
SPEAKER
3.2n
at'SiV 4.SYC
�
-.6 Y L20IA L201B OY 10201 IMEC 115501
jC202 1I INES A
5 T2208 1207
1
3.0 �-� C212 1 3301
VOLUME
I1
I sx 6201 I

T822/ iT3.eesv2 e '205 1_202 EARPHONE

L--
5x
---.J 1 0203 206
p1f
00'
_
14.5NC
JACA

�
U
C205T -- 1206 70[ONB+
.00INf I(' YICIBAE rOBfs ANfN0f0/BECIIYI
1202 ! L — SXF —J I 470, 00051, 1Cf Of
100N /N7ENCNANCFABLf. AEf[MCEN/TN
A204� = _ NAiB, CISS
— SANf /Y1FA5 ON/C/NA[.

/It
r----T303---.,
YERT. NOAH. L Slff l KAYO[ D FAANf ABOUND
lACElLATf.
T
I
IOV
'/z8BM11 Ilse 63mI i 1/314BR11
N/28BM11
iSTIF
V301A
2N0[F
113018
i T
j
II tl�
19I

' (
T•
I
1
YIDEOANP.
V302A
I PICTURETUBE
OS
i

.,'/17ELP4 IN T2K3-IA
/1BY
'
/i/Y 1N541 • N1iY
VIDEO DEi
' T301.
44AMC
—
r-T302 CR301 1_303 1_304
19FBP4 N TI6H4-IA
T or 1 42iMC 9300 C
I TOP 1F 20AFP4 A T13H41A
0306
r 0307 CSOe I 22 .IMF
.BY I 1.I6.1 B.D e
I r I
1303 �` I ID% 63319 3
I T SK ISOX — R
'10y.
I
I 33 • R307 T S I $3399 } 2
L-//.2NC_
4T, J KI4
--
3.11 2.5Y 1
IF ACC �.---
VEBBT. CONTRAST
19
4CSUBFACEANO
1408 STEf(BONOfOFBANf
4302
22
A BRIGHTNESS CAOUAD
T Y F
8306
220
IRA
2N S5018 SPOT
/N sets AUN/
AulAll0
A SN/ELB
fig
rSi 1 BA4/OYASAOOEO
ELIMINATION I ?.fd/"
1310 43A SNITCX(NTD. fNONS7ffLBAYOftl
560 70YNFIUNfB
I
Y ON R208). A_ c _
r BNACAEL
A&CZ
{Rw2 6405 1443 J� �.i
R419
_t
1NFC
'/314BR11 /32329
1 JOB
10%
391
3 C41010
03 '/323Z9 C411 C4t2
270A
O
ACC VERLOSC. IOx VEIT.OUTPUT
Cwt
V302C V401B V4010 0 iMF .022NF
T 1420
BSY 1
.01(MF 5 oONtl/NfASUA 120X
2 t 13011 A414 409
10% O CE
_C404 11
3 Lwi II,K -- /J$Y --- I
330 IRY 10% /SY /iIY 41401 ;,
10% -BBY
_4 'KVI
--9 I
99
— 11410 60% T .O 616 1.2MEr, / > j 14000 82.2ni 1418
OVXt
I 1 220
560K
_ IN
�— _FR109 /1 A A ITV
60Y I'sNEs. A/tT 1421
~

VERY. HEIGHT al SDB

T
NOAIE�
T (BLUE KNOB) t 1.2NEC� 1
ME,
VERT. HOLD VERT. LIN -
1
1BC2 F-- T402 eu6Kl
8403 190Y
1412 WHITE KNOR) ECT DEFLECTION
Y� I
12NEC
R7
' 4NEC! 11404
V 04
Z YOKE VERY
THERNISTOR YELLOW INOAl2.

T403 N38
T 1111 4.11
ITV I
n 5.6n'
ll

XORH.
ORI NORH.
1 1 fou e
I
TOi1S�
ll
T 2 VHITE
NOY
Y28LT8 NOAIZ
1
'/233GY7A 60 CIi/NOrUSEO
NOAIZAK NORIZ OUTPUT a /N l/iNf-JA.
V4028 V403A
80 a 15
O
1429 1 -i5Y
a
e0 I
9 a� ----I
C/19 9 L402 YO[/ACf CAUTION;f0[SEON/CN
009
C42
~ ...
-T^3NF 1 BSY 4700 YO(74CE5 AAEf.PfSEN7
560.10% A�31 tl0 NOr A77fNr170 OBSfAYf /AYF-
)_/� � ( ��NO/MEASUREtlCYO(IACf.
2.21 lOXNSUN[fSS 5U/7AB[f IfSI
3911 2
321V
120 f 10 ' [pU/INFNI/S.USfO.
HORiz.i tAV /KV HORII
C418 - �oo91 seao -
N/CNB{
€560
Av3T . ^ ."'• �,.` '— L
LOCK 18% I f
Boosr ISSY
S%
CSI
54

I T10%
K ~-1 233GY7A
1T, SFY IN �•�'/
L404 ppIA 2433 =R434 R439
SX 1509 4001 ,009 (OYBf T2X3-IA
- DAMPER
80057 56.SNV IN i11H4iA
R Tt6H1-IA. 114038
C4
1 *C42 i60Y 27,50 IN
MF
A41 LZZMF O/1MF 9T13H/1Ai1THNA
BY , *§ <A438
R50/
339E
Illy^ r
B+,
"I 1 1
r
NOAI2
NORI 1.41
100 TBOOY IIn TBODY 211
JIY
l4705f00N(f/N
I

A90
9 39
K
1 1 J
�
L403 7/1NI-1111/iNNA
�— �vw -1 O
°
C503B ..
MI5 __L
1.20OMF SONY
— 150V _ I,D, � s aaaao s_ a—

T2H3-lA, TllH4-lA, T12H4-1A, T13H4-1A, T16H4-1A CHASSIS

120VAC 50 OR 60 CYCLES ONLY. TO PIN i2 8+04811 NOTf.l191/W4NOTMOUNTEDONPBfC/S/ON//BfP

O M501 M502
S501A OF V201 93052-1
RSO1 SILICON RECTIFIER L501
STSrfN.
L502�
g+ 13411
A 8+3
' 11011
o L—J 5.5 8504
IC501 CR501
22" FUSIBLE 3.9K
R506.39K
MOlBPLUCANOSOCIETOf. 6004 -1
93852 F I
W _lv
C502I.00�iMf�0503A `-L
L/NECORO/SPOLAB/IEO. +14 1KV �250Y
250ME L- 0
200AF o
C503C
SA'ALLE,VP/NCOA'NECTSTO SILICON DIODE -
'_165V -150Y _ lSOMF
NOT SLOE Of/10YAC11& CR502 5011
�_
L�

50 CYCLE POWER SUPPLY WIRING FOR MODELS WITH "X" PREFIX

 ADMIRAL Tuner 94D281-7 used in Chassis TH3-IA, etc,
TH4-1A,

M104
MONOPOLE VHF TURNER 94D281-7
ANTENNA
I L1068
I L106A I VHFLUNFTURERS
I �cirn I L106a UNf If STRIP PART OF 940283-3
CHANNEL i POSITION ASSEMBLT.
141321
9 9
14..4 BV
T
L105A L1058 L105C
CONNECTS TO YHF CHAMMEL L1050
ANTENNA TERMINALS I
STRIPS 2 THRU 13
9- _ 1
MI01

r
JACK
'/26CG8A %26CG8A
VHF MIXER t109
V102A MOO L107 VHF OSC.
V1028
L108
44.811 Hx
M105 RI08 CIIO CII
COAX CABLE
L103 L40
�aao 000
g0lA 21

Li02
0101B
C102A
CM9
L103C102B 27
e.00
R101 8102 1 7 A103
W02 - 471
RIIO , 1.2K
r T101
C{{7 1000
b4.2MEG Ir-----
3GK5 000^

0124
1000
BOOR VHF COAX CABLE
ANT. INPUT

6-21NEC II
C122 I I 8118
I L J 170 Bf
1
L130 tSKV
M103
0133
.22MT
I

UHF TURNER 94C296-4

- -
r- Li 51
300�n{F� RI51_i_ cT-
I ANT.
I�NPCT
ONE LINF
-
T I
-
---
- -
- ----
-
_---
--
2N0_UNf
- LINES iP

��,I yT
M51
JACK
93A59.1 CI59B
L15 UHF MIXER
CR151
I
Is11- IN82AG II
r0 /1775 30"
01. 0152
1000 01590 I�
�I
R152 U11. uHE ��J T
015/ 'i.2N
121 ---) 0157
ID �'_ CIN N IORS
EXPLODED VIEW OF 94E281-7 VHF 81 94E29&4 UHF TUNER
57B21-2
UHF 0SC.
015i
I

IMPORTANT SERVICE NOTE

High Voltage Warning: Usual monochrome television is present at some
high voltage points in these
models. Operation of receiver outside of cabinet or with back removed involves a shock hazard.
1. Use an isolation transformer when chassis with back removed.
servicing
2. This chassis has an "Instant Play" feature. Remove the AC line cord to turn set completely off.
i. Make sure all chassis and high voltage is in before
shielding place returning the set to consumer.
4. '`take sure that polarized AC line cord feature has not been defected by clipping off the wider prong.
5. Handle the picture tube only when wearing after
shatter-proof goggles, discharging high voltage com-
pletely.
G. Afterrepair, with an ohmmeter, check the resistance between the exposed metal parts outside the
cabinet to
the disconnected AC line cord prongs. With the On/Off switch in the On position there must
be a minimum of 300,000 ohms and a maximum of .} meg. The less resistance indicates a leakage
path
which must be corrected before consumer use. More resistance indicates an open static
discharge path.

12
 The service material on pages 13 through 18 is exact for the group of
sets listed directly below which are most recent of this series.

MODEL CHART
MODEL NAME COLOR SIZE TUNER CHASSIS
94C347-1 VHF
16P57CFM Chesley Walnut T3K3-2A
94C336-2 UHF

16P40CF Villager Black

16P43CF Villager Gold *16''
16P57CF Diplomat Walnut T3K3-1A

SK16P41CF Brown
X16P40F Black 94C363-2 VHF

19P31CF Brown 94C361-2 UHF

19P47CF Walnut „
*19
19P297CFW Uptown Walnut T30-1 B

SK19P263CF Gold

Except for minor differences, the sets listed below are electrically
like the sets listed above and covered in this material.

MODEL CHART
MODEL NAME COLOR SIZE TUNER CHASSIS
19P280CF Sportman Black
94C363-2 VHF T3K4-1A
19P289CF White *19"
94061-2 UHF
19P297CF Uptown Walnut T3K4
-1B

The earlier 12" sets listed below are also similar to sets covered in
this material, but there are differences such as tuner types, HV
rectifier 33GY7A used for V403, etc.
MODEL CHART
MODEL NAME COLOR SIZE TUNER CHASSIS
12P206 Playmate Blue
12P215 Avocado „ 94D363-2 VHF
Playmate *12 TK2-1A
Walnut 94D361-2 UHF
12P227 Playmate
12P229 Playmate White
*Picture diagonal measurement.
to ground.
from the grid of the horizontal oscillator
HORIZONTAL LOCK ADJUSTMENT voltage
coil is varied back and forth, the
When the horizontal lock
The Horizontal Lock control is set at the factory and between negative 1 volt to nega-
voltage reading should vary
seldom requires readjustment. Adjustment need only be made tive 6 volts.
if 8LT8 tube (V402) has been replaced and the picture cannot
be locked in with slight adjustment of the Horizontal Lock
control. WIDTH ADJUSTMENT
determine a faulty horizontal oscillator circuit, short
To A resistance jumper is provided on the chassis to vary
the plate of the sync separator to ground. It should be pos- the width by applying 3 different voltages to the screen of the
sible to lock the picture in with the Horizontal Lock control horizontal output tube. With the jumper located on the top of
with a slight weaving back and forth in the picture. the vertical output transformer on 'C' maximum width will be
given. Connect the jumper to the terminal that will just pro-
To determine a correct horizontal phase detector action,
vide full width with the lowest line voltage for your area.
short the plate of the sync separator to ground and check the

13
 ADMIRAL Chassis T3K3, T3K4, etc., Service Continued
Information,

IMPORTANT: Before proceeding, check signal generator

IF AMPLIFIER ALIGNMENT
against frequency standard for calibration.
Connect isolation transformer between AC line and re- 1. Set generator at 47.25MHz and adjust L301 for minimum
ceiver. Connect negative of 6 volt bi ass
upply totestpo int with 6 volt bias reduced to zero for this step only.
"I" (IF AGC), & "R" (RF AGC). Positive to chassis. See 2. Set generator at 42.7MHz and adjust T302 top slug for
figure 1. maximum. Use - 6 volts bias for steps 2- 12.
3. Set generator at 44.2MHz and adjust T302 bottom slug for
Using needle nose aligator clip or looped end of hookup
connect a 50 or 90 ohm mixer matching pad to match maximum.
wire,
4. Set generator at 44.8MHz and adjust T301 for maximum.
your equipment impedance shown on page 4 to test point TP1,
low side directly to tuner, see figure 1. 5. Connect wire jumper across IF input coil L302.
Connect signal gen-
erator to matching pad. 6. With generator at 44.8MHz, adjust L122 on tuner for maxi-
mum. See page 4.
Connect VTVM high side to test point "V" through a de- 7. Remove wire jumper of step 5.
coupling filter. See page 18. Connect low side to chassis. 8. Set generator at 43MHz and adjust L302 for maximum.
Set channel selector to unused Channel 9. A. This completes pre-peaking.
12 or 13. Con-
nect B. Disconnect signal generator and connect sweep gen-
jumper wire across antenna terminals. Set RF generator
output to give reading 1-2 volts over residual reading for all erator. Feed all signals through mixer m at c hi
ng pa d
connections to test point TP1 on tuner,
pre-peaking IF adjustments.
10. Transfer VTVM decoupling network to oscilloscope cali-
Allow about 15 minutes for receiver and test equipment to brated for 3 volts P to P to network.
warm up. Use a non-metallic alignment tool. Set sweep frequency at 43MHz, sweep width
11.
approximately
7MHz. Maintain 3 volts P to P sweep display by adjust-
ing sweep RF. Keep marker at low level to prevent over-
loading. A reduction in sweep output should reduce
CHASSIS amp-
VOLTAGES WITH SIGNAL litude without altering the shape of the response curve.
Listed below are DC: voltages for 12. If 45.75MHz marker is not within tolerance or markers not
each when an level in proper location on curve, adjust L122 to position
stage average
(snow free) program is tuned in. These 45.75MHz marker. Adjust T302 top to correct shape of
voltages must be used carefully or else curve. Avoid reducing amplitude of curve as much as
they - can be misleading. Remember possible. See the IF curve drawing on page 18,
that they may vary with different level
signals, program information and con-
trol adjustments.
YNI IORCP swore /IV CNANNff is ROS/.ION
VHF TUNER -
94C3632
SFC//ON Y/f"
Sferl 0!Y/IfRS
IBONIAA
SNOYNrea
/N pASHIO
0 S 410[/ACS
iffy C122 AID? SIE
!/NO/C/1!S tONNICl/ON Ifrrff# feaff
813M11
S_�
17BF11
sic 05C -WAFER
ARO RfAR YAlFR SfC/IONS. AF PLATE WAFER
-
40 5109.71,1/BW
MI ID
CAIN WAFER 31
I 139
Pin Volts Pin Volts MI01
YHF N LII; 6
Li3
L1�in P�� 0
Lill
MON OPOLE $I A C13TL129 14D
1 Fit 1 Fil ANTENNA IN UNFBt WAFER
3 " ..
MODELS WI TN
2 2.6 2 114 13N3-IA CHASSIS
0
3 0 i 114 .jtma1 LIIS
4 0 4 0 TA[V
LL 4
5 0 5 1.2 CONNECTS TO VNF
ANTENNA TERMINAL$
6 74 6 0
M109
7 136 7 120
8 0 8 0 II ANTENNA
VHFNNA ININ
MODELS WITN
9 6.8 9 120 T3N3-IBCNA5515

10 121 10 15
11 11
ONNECTS'TO VHF
CUT
27 3HA5 /25GS7
1 /25GS7
1
130 0 TENNA TERMHIALS L101 Cl D5 VNF AMP VHFNIAER L122 VHF ESC.
12 Fil 12 Fil -
M102
21 105
V104
IVY
V102A C128 V1028 0131
IOY s PRY
A N� 448m 1000
"l _ u23 0A
y _76y
(,
14BL11 23Z9 SOON
CC
> C124TI000
Phf L SPAAA I�IpLI09 s a 1100 T1OA 1112
CAP
Pin Volts Pin Volts AN7
I 222A11 ION
/4W
I Fil 1 Fil I 20
24
LI
---(WU3�
i17fI011.SA7
AI �I I
/NPV� 3
1 0117 R105
2 78 2 76 11.8�4MEC. I
61 IN ICA L146Z 50 1.21
TiOOO
-
1 III 111 Y
3 80 3 -60 SPAR,
L-CAP - L105
0009
000 Ctl9 Cl 21
10001 ( S:1 ) 0327

4 108 4 M103 /71,1/4

1
1000 1000 1
5 -•8 5 11
au
00 1000 COAX CABLE j
70 P/N f
6 0 6 J NF
M
0
0!YlO7
~0 0 O
l J
4010 y
7 68 7 0 /04V
M107
8 0.15 8 - 15 COAX CABLE AS
UP
9 -60 9 126 srNfw!/C MOILS.'
CRASSIS CP0VN0
10 112 10 -30 11 PIR/ RO/ NOON7f0 ON "fell/ON "RIO srslf#
11 -1.5 11 104 N 10(/16! 0/71 1IR/ NIIN Sl77/NC of CON/RO[S
its's 10R 111 Ul5 //I I'll 0A. "PiCl/OR wms
12 Fil 12 Fil UHF TUNER 94C361-2 /N flC0/IR10S. OR(155 ViNfRX/Sf IA'OIC41"
PC 1011,CfS NfASVRlO AI /IOY 161w.. NO SiCN17.
rr L 1 I5
/JMPVI mf K 1.5NE6� CIS A` CON7RAS/ C RR/CN/Rlss.1 M/R Y01V#r"`INVIYN
,A152
0o.
� .4CONPONlN!
J NOONIFO Al VNOFRS/Of 0! PN aslaN N/RFO SYSIFN.
8LT8 38HK7 /EA��7I
,1�
CI
S
Pin Volts Pin Volts -� 2 0D UNF LINE
CRT
h I

1 8 1 Fil 93A59-1 Pin Volts

j I
M151
,ACA
2 126 2 134 UNF NI%Eft
CIT", I I 1 Fil
3 128 1151 I
3 i5A 39 IN02A0
- -4 2 0
♦----___��.
4 Fil 4 2W
N1sD1. A1s3 I 3 40
5 Fil 5 ts7015,
D64 LI
0540
4 Focus Pins
6 .1 6 j 5
7 23 7 Fil 571321-5 1 6
UHF 05C.
8 1 8 0 I 7
0154 26
9 -30 I 8 Fil
10 0 153 1
11 1 TP "I" -lOV
114V
12 Fil 4- TP "R"
­15V

14
ADMIRAL Chassis T3K3-lA, -1B, Schematic Diagram, Continued

3LOZ1366
�Wy
�,
Jti
6y !
�Nf
p.®
O

�s

DIAGRAM
� = Wm

_I ooaaaeoaooaoaDoaSDooloe.

g1
�UZ;

SCHEMATIC
3
tW==T"

l4ananan
a�m
CO

Cl

15
 ADMIRAL Chassis T3K3, T3K4, etc„ Service Information
Vol. B C
Continued

UHF
VHF FIG. 1 TOP VIEW OF CHASSIS
SHOWING ALIGNMENT & SERVICE
TPl L202 L201 ADJUSTMENT LOCATIONS
T303

;_.._. ._
Vert
w R502 I T301 Height
R501
R503 L301 L302
Lin Width
Vert Horiz.
Hold
HR-
it

l
O'
M

U501 .--....�
c T R301
M �� C3�02_ 0 ce- .---inn.--s
O N
N t

�N,
2 CG
�
M �h _ a ' R304
C502
R5 01'
0
8210 0 CC
0 "o •
104,7� •- —s
,,,
N
• C
rP9 a .� N
n, � N O • �
C211 R305 • •
• <o
.. R312 *--v or o
*AH �o
•
r •--• «4f-• C304
•''� N C305
8 2 07 Or • —
w' •

w 8+4. ���• . •
v
Lo .
295V C210 N
C20
1 • s

•
�
� p fit-+cc
,► M
0 Q4/
0C2201 -
`�
C204
T201

AT c2oe- J
0 • all-'• � o ,.
C202
C R309 C320
r •----+ R407
m .�M •

►- �nnr R 319 i
1
R4 39
—�f--
y 0-4 F-0 Q
M

C313 0319
A 315 •--+ M

BOTTOM VIEW OF BOARD

16
 ADMIRAL OVER-
ALL VHF-IF RESPONSE CURVE CHECK
Chassis T3K3, T3K4, etc,
1. Set VHF Channel Selector on Channel 12. Connect nega-
tive of 6 volt bias supply totestpo i nt"I" (IF AGC) and
1.5 volt to test point "R" (RF AGC) positive to
IF RESPONSE CURVE CHECK negative
chassis.
1. Allow about 15 minutes for receiver and test 2. Connect isolation
equipment to transformer between AC line and re-
warm up. Use an AC line isolation transformer. ceiver. Allow about 15 minutes for receiver and test
2. Set VHF tuner to Channel 12. equip-
Connect.negative of 6 volts ment to warm up.
bias supply to test points "R" and Attach the sweep generator at the VHF tuner antenna termi-
"I"; positive to 3.
chassis.
nals, using 50 or 90 ohm VHF isolation network to match
3. Connect sweep generator to VHF tuner to test point TPI your generator impedance.
through the mixer matching pad of page 1$. Ground low 4. Connect oscilloscope high side to test point " V "
through
side nearby. The mixer matching pad must match your decoupling filter, low side to chassis. Adjust sweep gen-
generator impedance. erator for 3 volt P to P at test point "V".
4. Connect oscilloscope high side to test
point "V" through 5. Compare response curve obtained against ideal overall
decoupling filter of pageJA low side to chassis. curve shown on page 19.
5. The IF curve now obtained should be checked
against the
IF response curve, on page 16_ Maintain sweep output at ALIGNMENT OF 4.5 MHz TRAP
3V P to P as alignment progresses. Keep markers low. A
reduction in sweep output should reduce curve amplitude Alignment of 4.5MHz (beat interference) trapT303 top slug
without appreciably altering the of the response requires use of a hexagonal non-metallic alignment tool.
shape
curve. To align 4.5 MHz trap T303 top slug, tune in television
6. If the curve is not within tolerance or markers not in station with beat interference pattern
proper in picture. While closely
location, L122 VHF Tuner Mixer Plate Coil should be ad- observing picture, adjust slug T303 top slug for minimum in-
justed for 45.75MHz video marker and T302 Top for rounded terference pattern.
curve nose.
Note that adjustment T303 top slug is slug farthest from
bottom of coil. Use caution so as not to disturb bottom slug,
slug nearest bottom of coil, as sound IF alignment will be
affected.
1
m
R415 M
+ •
m

M
O

M x
1f)
M

R418

i
c o�
� • • s
•
`1 •

s
R424 9Fky
� 1

r �QRR�

L4o1 _
-w
N

pG
•
e W

• �D

C420 N

R404
�C404 s •
C415

o l •--• R4 2 6
N

Zr �a • �N •---�N1Iv--+
v
R427
 ADMIRAL Chassis T3K3, T3K4, etc., Alignment Information, Continued

UHF B+ SHIELD IF L122

4.5MHz IF ALIGNMENT TO R151
SOUND GND OUT ADJ

1. Tune in
normal picture on strongest TV station. Allow
about minutes for set to warm up.
15 See pagel&for ad-
justment locations.
2. Using non-metallic alignment tool, slowly turn slug L202 u u •
to several turns to left until a buzz is heard in sound.
Then slowly turn slug L202 to the right for loudest and C132,
clearest sound. NOTE: There may be two points (Ap- —2.5V O
1
proximately / turn apart) at which sound is loudest. The VHF 1-3.5V]
slug should be set at center of second point of loudest INPUT
sound noted as slug is turned in (toward bottom of coil). BALUM
C115
3. Reduce signal to antenna terminals until there is consid- 42V
0)
-1.3V TIP
erable hiss in sound. For best results, use a step atten- I 110V
O
uator, connected between antenna and antenna terminals.
-1.OV
TP1 (86V1 115V JUNC
can also be reduced by disconnecting antenna and L104 —1.8V 76V L 1 32 &
Signal 110V
placing it close to antenna terminals or leads. UHF JUNC Cl 30
—0.3V
4. Carefully adjust slug L201B for loudest and clearest ADJ R111 &
sound with minimum hiss. If hiss disappears during align- L124
V
ment, reduce signal to maintain hiss level. Re-adjust slug
L201B. NOTE; Slug L201B should be at end nearest
bottom of coil.
8 V AC R113
5• T303 bottom for loudest and RF C135
Carefully adjust slug slug UHF BROWN B+ RED
clearest sound with minimum hiss. If hiss disappears AGC IN
during alignment, reduce to maintain hiss level. WHITE ( I Voltages taken with Signal)
signal
Re-adjust slug T303. Caution: Slug T303is located near-
est bottom of coil. Use care so as not to disturb slug
TOP VIEW OF TUNER
nearest top of coil.
6. If above alignment is correctly made, no further adjustment
is required. However, if sound remains distorted at normal LP-95
volume level (when receiver is tuned for best sound) re-
LINE FILTER
peat entire procedure.
CAUTION: Do not re-adjust slug L202 unless sound is
distorted. If L202 is re-adjusted, all steps in alignment pro-
cedure should be repeated exactly as instructed.

TAPE
TAPE
TO TV
TAKE OFF
POINT
36 CARDBOARD
18 GA. DUAL TO INSULATION
LAMP CORD FRONT END
INPUT
YZ EQUIPMENT SET-UP

Ff 4.5MHz
CALRAD LP-95 FILTER
DECOUPLING FILTER
98A103-3

TAPE TOGETHER MARKER 41.25MHz

15
BUT KEEP INSULATED MARKER
tun u � Bf
ARKER I
TRANSISTOR Vi5i6iE 1
TV SETS 45.75MH z
OIMMF MARKER
SWEEP 50%-
KEEPSHORT J 60%
`I
L .0012 MARKER
(TUBE TV) 1
I r�" L

IF CURVE
18GA.DUAL LAMP CORD 1.5 K

50 OHM MIXER MATCHING PAD Curves can be reversed or up or down

50 OHM VHF ISOLATION NETWORK
dependingon equipmentand termination.

TAPE TOGETHER 22 TO
BUT KEEP INSULATED MARKER
GEN.
TRANSISTOR TO 50 OHM
TV SETS MARKER
SOUND MARKER
OIMF TO 90 OHM TO CHASSIS
TO TEST (MAY NOT BE
GROUND 680
POINT SWEEP
VISIBLE)
L 0012MF TO 90 OHM 1.5K AT LEAST 90%
(TUBE TV) FREQUENCY
T- GROUND - - STANDARD TO
TO SWEEP VHF
TO CHASSIS GEN.
y 36" ANT.
TERMS
18 GA. DUAL LAMP CORD

90 OHM MIXER MATCHING PAD 90 OHM VHF ISOLATION NETWORK IDEAL OVERALL RESPONSE CURVE

18
 EMERSON
MODEL NO. CHASSIS NO. VHF TUNER UHF TUNER CRT TYPE

15P23, 120914-A 471816

471815 16DPC4A
15P24 120914-B 471819

UHF
TUNER
PICTURE TUBE\
TRANSIST. VHF ALTERNATE
UHF OSC. V-7 VHF
TUNER
16 DCP4 OR TUNER
(471815) ON
X-3 16 DCP4A (USED

1N82A V-12 SOME

=; 3
SETS)
3 G K 5
X'TAL MIX R.F. AMPLIFIER
HEATER STRING 3 J
BRIGHT.
VOLUME CONTRAST HEATER STRING

1N295 X-11, 8AW8A 53GYT

VIDEO DETECTOR XTAL VIDEO AMP. B HOR.OUTPUT
(SOLDERED TO PC BOARD) j* V E RT. 0 S C. 9 DAMPER
R-11
V-11 V-9
L-5 4 T-3 6LN8 410CW5 R 6
VERT.OUTPUT 25A
SOUNDLF
OO SYNC.SEP. r.� low

(
v ON-OFF
12
4EH7 4EJ7 V-6 ORTIMER`
I ST VIDEO I.F. 2NDVIDEO I.F SWITCH
V-4 Z V-5 L-12
L-3 1 T-5
40T6A
AUDIO DET.
HoCO
IL
c� V-2
6LX8.> IBC2
4
HORIZ.OSC.a KEYED AGC X2 U V-3 lo
-
HIGH VOLT.
R-37 (AUDIO OUTPUT F-1 RECTIFIER
VERT SIZE IR-66 HORIZ.PHASE )
V-
L7 17C5/17CU5
y--r DETECTOR FUSE
PICTURE
OPTIMIZER
A n C LIN
RT HOLD
—
'V
�HORIIZ. HOLD
�U 10'
120VAC,60 CPS

FIG. 1 — TUBE LOCATIONS AND ALIGNMENT POINTS

RESISTANCE READINGS
Symbol Tube Type Pin I Pin 2 Pin 3 Pin 4 Pin 5 Pin 6 Pin 7 Pin 8 Pin 9 Pin 10 Pin 11 Pin 12
N o.

V-1 6LN8 040K 10K #40K (Filament) 940K 220 0 3 Meg — — —

V-2 4DT6A 7.512 470Q (Filament) 1.2 Meg 135K 470K — — — — —

to
MeMe
I to
V-3 17C5/17CU5 18052 (Filament) #35K 935K — — — — —
g I Me g

V-4 4EH7 140Q 110K 140(2 (Filament) 0 #33K 433K 0 — —

V-5 4EJ7 10052 0 100 (Filament) 0 #33K #33K 0 — — —

5 Meg
500K
V-6 8AW8A 0
t0 2M to (Filament) 1552 300 #35K 935K — —
6.1 Meg

V-7 CRT 4.3K 1toK (Filament) 4.3K 270K 0 — — — —

300 K

K to — — —
V-8 6L X8 210K 350K #33K (Filament) #52K 2.2K #26K
550K

V-9 33GY7 (Fil) #33K N.0 650K 650K N.0 N.0 0 560K 560K 933K (Fil)

V-10 16C,2 INF INF — INF INF INF — INF INF (Ca p) —
650K
'2.5-
,Meg
V-11 10CW5 — to 2212 (Filament) — #33K — #33K — —
3 Meg
NOTES: All resistance readings are in ohms, unless otherwise specified, "K" denotes kilohms;
"M" denotes megohms.
"N.C." denotes no connection to terminal indicated.
it Reading affected by Electrolytic Capacitor in circuit.

19
 EMERSON Chassis 120914A, B, Alignment Information

ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE - I-F STAGES, TRAPS AND TUNER OUTPUT COIL

1. Connect an oscilloscope (through a 10k isolation resistor) 14. Reduce output of generator until a usable display is
to pin 7 of V-613 (grid of video amplifier). Scope should produced on the oscilloscope and again adjust the
be adjusted so that 2 inches of vertical deflection repre- tuner output coil (T-9), this time tunina for maximum
sents approximately 2 volts P-P output. goin midway between the peaks of ifne Cana-pass as
indicated in Fig. 6. The 44.0 me marker should fall
2. Connect -4,5 volts bias to theI-F AGC test point (Test
between the tolerances indicated.
point "C"), the junction of C-27 and C-30.

3. Connect a terminated sweep generator, adjusted to sweep 15. Maintain generator output to produce approximately 0.2
between 40 and 50 mc, to pin 2 of V-5 (grid of second volts P-P indication on the oscilloscope (as
above)
I-F amplifier) through a 1,000 pf isolation capacitor. and adjust the grid coil (L-5) to center the 44.0 me
Note: If sweep generator does not have internal markers, marker on the peak of the response as indicated in
Fig.
a separate markershould be loosely coupled to the output 7. disregarding the tilt of the overall waveshope.
of the sweep generator. 16. Adjust the input trimmer (CT-1) to position the 42.25
and 45,75 me markers at equal
4. Adjust T-4 top and bottom simultaneously for maximum amplitudes and center
the 44.0 me marker with the tuner
gain and symmetry about the 44.0 me marker as shown in output coil, (T-9),
if necessary.
Fig. 3. (Use core positions nearest outside ends of coil.)
With input signal maintained to produce 2 volts P-P out- 17. With generator output increased to
maximum, check the
put during final adjustment, bandwidth markers should fall position of the 41.25 me and 47.25 me traps (L-3 and
between the tolerances indicated. L-4), and re-adjust if necessary.
18. Re-adjust generator output to produce a 0,2 volt P-P
5. Disconnect generator output leads from grid of second
I-F amplifier and connect them to pin 2 of V-4 (grid of indication on the scope and observe the response.
The curve obtained should conform to
first I-F amplifier). Fig. 8.

6. Adjust T-3 top and bottom simultaneously for over- 19. Disconnect the crystal detector probe and connect the
coupled response as shown in Fig. 4. (Use core posi- oscilloscope to pin 7 of V-6B (grid of the video
tions nearest outside ends of coil.) ampli-
With input signal fier) directly through a IOK isolation resistor.
maintained to produce 2 volts P-P output during final
adjustment, bandwidth markers should fall between the 20. Increase bias voltage to -4.5 volts and
adjust the
tolerances indicated. oscilloscope so that 2 inches of vertical deflection is
Note: The correct overcoupled response is indicated equivalent to approximately 2 volts P-P output. Ad-
when slight rocking of T-3 core settings do not just output of signal generator until a 2 volt P-P in-
dication is obtained on the 'scope.
change the amplitude of the 44,0 me marker, but Response curve
and marker positions should conform to
cause the response to rock or slide about this Fig. 9.
marker.
21. Remove AGC bias from test point "C".
Output signal
7. Reduce the amount of bias applied to the I-F AGC test as indicated on the 'scope should
increase, and noise
point (test point "C") to -1.5 volts. signol.on baseline should have an amplitude of at
least 1/8 inch.
8. Disconnect generator output leads from grid of the first
I-F amplifier and couple them to the mixer tube (V-13) CAUTION - No attempt should be made to improve a
of the VHF tuner, using the signal injection shim de- response curve which conforms to that
scribed below. If this is impractical, correct the gen. shown in Fig. 9. Minor deviations may be
erator output leods to the I-F mixer point or , the
tuner, corrected by slight touch-up of specific
using the coupling network shown in Fig. 5 coils to make response conform to
Fig. 9.
as indicated below:
9. Open trimmer CT-1 three turns from its fully closed posi- a) To position the 45.75 me marker adjust T-3, bottom slug
tion and adjust output of generator to produce approxi- b) Topositionthe 42.25 mc marker ad lust T-4, bottom
slug.
mately 2 volts P-P indication on 'scope. c) To correct tilt, adjustT-8, the tuner output coil.

10. Adjust the tuner output coil (T-9) for maximum'gain and 44.0 me
symmetry about the 44.0 me marker.

11. Adjust the 41.25 me trap (L-3) and the 47.25 me trap (L-4) 42.25 me 46.75 me
for minimum output at these frequencies (as indicated by
their respective on the 'scope), increasing gener- (5% to 20% ( 5% to 25%
markers
ator output as required to insure maximum effectiveness DOWN FROM (MAX. DIP OF DOWN FROM
PEAK) VALLEY 159) PEAK)
of the trop settings.

12. Reduce output of generator to produce approximately 2

FIG.3
volts P-P deflection on 'scope and re-adjust the tuner
output coil (T-9) for maximum gain and bandwidth 44.Omc MARKER
about the 44.0 me marker. (NEAR CENTER)

13. Disconnect oscilloscope from pin 7 of V-6B and con-

nect to pin 7 of V-4 (plate of first I-F 42.25 me 45.2 5 me
amplifier), using
a low impedance crystal detector probe as shown in (35% to 50% (MAX. P-P (tS%to 70%
TILT, 20%)
Fig.10. 'Scope should be calibrated so that 2 inches of DOWN FROM DOWN FROM
vertical deflection now represents approximately 0.2 PEAK) (MAX. PEAK-VALLEY PEAK)
volts P-P. DIP, 25%)

FIG. 4

20
 EMERSON Chassis 120914A, B

TERMINATED OUTPUT 1, OOOpt' 1K- 1/2W

CABLE FROM SIGNAL GEN.

(PHENOLIC BOARD)

(TO CHASSIS GROUND)

FIG. 3 - GENERATOR COUPLING NETWORK

(REFER TO STEP NO.8)

44.0mc MARKER SHOULD

FALL BETWEEN
POINTS INDICATED.

I
(TUNE FOR
MAXIMUM)

FIG.6

FIG.7
1 DOYi
4 4. DIM
1

42.25mc 45,76mc
T 0! 2 V
(P-P)
50%
(MIN)

41.25 me
0%
47.25 m

FIG.8
44.0 me

45.75 me
42.25 me

(60y to 80> (60% to 80

DOWN FROM DOWN FROM
PEAK)
PEAK)

F I G. 9

1 34

It 000 40 KrtiK�®
TO TO
CHASISSI P} SCOPE
47OptI _

1
'—(METAL SHIELD)
_J

i
FIG.10-LOW IMPEDANCE CRYSTAL DETECT-
OR PROBE. (REFER TO STEP NO. 13) I ,�
I
FIG.
ETCHED CIRCUIT BOARD
TV CHASSIS 120914
(TOP VIEW)

21
 36V
EMERSON Chassis

65 V
120914A, B, Service

PARTIAL

PDT UHF
Information,

SCHEMATIC

TUNER
OF,

I 3000 MINPOr
Continued

PARTIAI SCHEMATIC

VHF TUNER
OF
i
PIP PP I
V.13 36K5 R.FAMPLIFIER
IX• 3
Q-1TRANSISTORUHFOSC V-13 3HA5, V-14 56ST
UHF MI KER DIODE V•146CG8AVHFOSC: MIXER MAY BE USED ON SOME TUNERS'

O
I
30 CPS

L----
1
T9
1
.
--I
]B]5 CPS n I
R-82
8200-IW
I
5K2W ON
SOME SETS)

ANT. TER M I NA LS I
VHF 3
MONOPOLE
40C
J

130 MC
C CHOKE TO PIN-1] ON PC BOARD

1 TO PIN-16 ON PC BOARD

R TO CRT PIN-4 I

i
30 CPS \
ANEENNA ACItET V F DIP L[
I— MONOPOLE ON SOME MODELS) 1

I7 S
C-11
CONDITIONS FOR CHASSIS READINGS (NOT USED
C '0
.
0
O E SETS1 IST I.FAMP ZNDLFAMP
V-4 4EHT T-3 V-5 4EJT
R-14
VOLTAGES AND
WAVESHAPES were taken under actual W
r
---

15K
conditions, with normal picture and sound being
437.V 435V
operating 7. T

received. AGC voltage developed on the I-F AGC line

(test point C) was minus 13 volts. Input voltage to chassis
under test was 120 volts, 60-cycle AC. Frequencies indi-
cated for the waveshapes shown are approximate sweep L4

i
settings for the oscilloscope being used (one-half actual
frequency of signal being measured). C-18
1500

RESISTANCE MEASUREMENTS were taken with no power. T.P.

Where readings are affected by control settings, both maxi-

mum and minimum values are shown. 2000 pa
ALL MEASUREMENTS were taken between points indi- UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED

cated and chassis ground (unless otherwise noted), using

CERAMIC OR MICA CAPACITORS IN PICOFARAOSI ,F)AND SOO V
an RCA Voltohmyst or equivalent VTVMF A low-capacity T TUBULAR CAPACITORS IN MICROFARADS(MF) AND 40DV
---
,
RESISTORS IN OHMS (K-1000) AND 1/2 WATT
probe was used for all waveshapes shown in the schematic

I
2 1.0
2.
diagram. All readings obtained may vary ±10% due to nor- N-1
mal component tolerances and strength of input signal to 3
4

TI

i
chassis under test.
TO TUNER AGC
OF

t
ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE - SOUND TAKE-OFF,
SYNC SEP.

C-26
- V-18 6LNG
SOUND SOUND DETECTOR & 4.5 MC TRAP
22.200VT
R n
INTERSTAGE, SMEG
ARROWS AT CONTROLS INDICATE CLOCKWISE ROTATION
1. With antenna
connected directly to VHF terminals of T • TOP CORE 8,
2M COTE
IN DOUBLE TUNED
TRANSFORMERS

receiver, set the channel selector to a strong local

+140V
station and adjust the fine-tuning control until a 4.5 R-40
TOTUNER B.
4700IW
me beat is just visible in.the picture 5
being viewed.
220 C-29
2. Adjust the 4.5 me sound trap (T-5„top slug) until
=1000 R-37A
50K I
PICTURE OPTIMIZER
the 4.5 me beat in the picture is either at minimum TO ANTENNA BRACKET (AGC)
+140 V +140V
or is completely eliminated.

i
MEG (ONTUNERBRACKETI

T P O W E R S U P P L Y
-'T
C-61
3. Adjust the sound quadrature coil (L-2) for loudest 4]0-1 KV
FUSE
R-
+140V SOUR
UL RECTIFIER
SO-SW
sound consistent with minimum buzz, using the F-1 SI.1 C-566
T 25OMF 160V
second peak from the top of the coil. R-6
+135V SOUR,

i
LAMP BO-SW
T
O IOOMFI60V
R-65 ]:C-56C
4. Using some form of attenuation between the antenna
C-55
1000
47.- W
+125V SOUR
,

and the VHF input terminals, gradually reduce the a

5
- 250MF-II 0
250MFWV
level of the input signal until distortion is noticeable Sn>W

in the audio output. TIIMER

CLOCK
T R ODE
V-9 V-S V-3 V-2
R-62
5. Adjust the sound take-off transformer (T-5, bottom 5 GVICK-ON s 4 3
OFF 25-7W a

slug) and the sound interstoge coil (T- 1) for loudest

QUICK- ON
SW-2 2; 5 I:C-
5
HEATER STRING
and clearest sound.. 5W.?
\ V-4 V-5 V-6
L-I]
OU ICK-ON IF
RECTIFIER LION _ ECONTROL) 4 S 5 s
6. Keep reducing the level of the input signal until SI-2 SON -OFF SWITCH
SWITCH ON
53 C 4
L-17 • HI
IgS 190
- 2;000 I I
sound distortion again occurs, and re-tune T-5 bottom L`T-MFR

i
TO CRT PIN-3

slug and T-1 for loudest and clearest sound. Repeat

this procedure until no further improvement con be noted. POlAP12EG
INTFRL=CK
r1
DISENGAGED FROM TIMER: MOTOR
IN -ON• POSITION
7. Re-connect antenna directly to VHF terminals of re- _20
V AC, 60 CPS

ceiver (ottenuator removed) and touch-up quadrature

coil (L-2) for minimum buzz in sound.

22
 i EMERSON Chassis 120914A, B, Schematic Diagram, Continued
LISTENINGATTA
JACK
'SOME..
J-1
FIT

r-fin
I
TT

AUDIO OUTPUT
z-1w l 20 -v
V-tA V-3 17CU5 12-IWj
PP
AUDIO
4.5 MC AMP DETECTOR
I
SLN8 V•2 4DT6oR4DT6A 17C5/17CU5 FI
T.P. 100
T fov
i
9
=�S,vOo-I KY -- 7875 CPS
6
OREFM DOT o

T 2
T&Ao

I
1.4 V -
7
3.8 V

4]
10,000
'oo

T.
33oo +125V
DO
1
370 V
+ BOOST
+140V +140V
470K

V-T
7875 CPS
PICTURE TUBE
I
/90M[MODFLe) RIM
R-2
IOK
VIDEO DET R-81 1600 P4(A)
47OK
T- 4 X-1 I-D
LNOT USED ON TOME MOOI

,D
4

I i �i� ,
S T
C o6RN.�, CENTERING
4] I 370 V R-31
-11 t CON
� l_ T
t_rT S RJ OK ASSY
E C TRAST +BOOSTS J"
L
L
1 470K
A 18011M
7 -- — J
82MC 1 +140V

5wp.

140V

2V11 R-11c
VIDEO AMP L
V-6A o27 BRIGHTNESS TO V 4 PIN 4
v
SAWSA
HOR.OUTPUT TRANSFORMER
IOOK R-21
4700 T-6
HIGH VOLTRECTIFIER TO V-14PIN-4
V•10 1802 ON TUNER
R-22 X2200

R-24

22K
R-28
4700-SW
33

—► +140V IGM VOLT. LEAD

(VARIES WITH
L-121
CID HON. OSC. HDR.OUTPUT
56 IKV
V 88 -
6LX6 V-9A
HOR.
PHASE DET. +140 V 336YT
X-2
SV

68V
220
220

9(
6V
PP
3' R-30 I
1200-1w
V-98
A
336YT
T.P
C-37
U� 2-2001 4
R-46 R-48
33K,W 1OOK L-12 +135 V
HOR. HOLD

+14DV C042 T 2 9.5 v

PP

azPH
R-7 C-45 __T
zzR EGW +BOOST SOURCE
&
22K
- i(
.1-600V 30 CPS
C
.1--EiO�OVT
N-2 SOW +135V
82W
2T-
30� VERTOUTPUTTRANS.
4]00 PL
T -7
C-68 (� IB ?C '5
C 48 R-67 C-53
E
1000.1KV 33K-IW 068 ! j0,0
F lo'
iKV c-712
I
47-3KV
6

VERTOSC, 68K-tw VERT.OUTPUT 4700 S

�R-72
.0033
V-1210CW5 7 124 V F
IKV V-68 8AW6A fl
0
12
0-70
c HOR.COILS
�L/
1—
1 30 CPS
,1
Y
_6 22K
c .541 1 -6 V VERT.
COILS
. I
�<,d 5 1 3
2f
VERT.LINEARITY R-74 R-37C
+140 RIIN 5
p ) L-14
800 V
+BOOST I
25MEG
DEFLECTION YOKE PP
560y VERT. SIZE `_-----J
VEPT. HOLD
VERT. PART Of R 37C ON 90Mf SETS
30 CPS

C 1 R C N 1 T 8 O A R D
I—

36V
P-P

CHASSIS 1 2 0 91 4 L

23
 EMERSON Chassis 120914A, B

SYM. DESCRIPTION OF COMPONENTS

R-11A Volume Control -

1 Megohm
R-11 B Contrast Control - 30,000 ohms
R-1 IC Brightness Control - 500 Kilohms

R-37 A Picture Control - 50 Kilohms

Optimizer
R-37B VerticalLinearity Control • 500 Kilohms
R- 37 C Vertical Size Control - 2.5 Megohms
R-28 Resistor - 4700 ohm wirewound ±10% Tol. 5 w
R-61 Resistor - 5 ohm wirewound ±10% Tot. 7 watt
R-62 Resistor - 25 ohm wirewound ±10% Tot. 7 watt
R-63,64 Res istor - 80 ohm wirewound ±10% Tot. 5 watt
R-65 Resistor - 470 ohm wirewound ±10% Tot. 2 watt
R-66 Vertical Hold Control - 1.5 Megohms
CT-1 Capacitor - Vari able Trimmer - 9 to 180 pf.
C-1,4,6 Capacitor -Ceramic - 10,000pF GMV Z5U
C-2 Capacitor - Ceramic - 22p ±10% Tot. NPO
C-3 Capacitor -Ceramic - 1,000 pF±10% Tot. X5F
C-5 Capacitor - Ceramic - 10,000 pF ±20% Tot. Z5U
C-7 Capacitor -Ceramic - 820 pF±10% Tot. X5F
C-8 Capacitor - Electrolytic - 10 MFD @ 25V
C-9 Capacitor - Ceramic - 10,000 PF±20% Tot. Z5U
C-10 Capacitor - Ceramic - 1,000 pF GMV
C-1I Capacitor - Ceramic - 1,000 pF ±10% Tot. X5F
C-12 Capacitor, Ceramic — 22 pF±10%Tot. NPO
C-13 Capacitor - Ceramic - 15,000 pF±20% Tot. 1KV
C-14 Capacitor - Ceramic- 5.6 pF ±10% Tot. NPO
C-15,19 Capacitor - Ceramic - 1,000,pF±10% Tot. X5F
C-16,18 Capacitor - Ceramic - 1,500pF ±10% Tot. X5F
C-17 Capacitor - Ceramic - 4.7 pF±10% Tot. X5F
C- 20 Capacitor - Ceramic - 6.8 pF ±10% Tat. NPO
C-21,22,24 Capacitor - Ceramic - 4.7 pF ±10% Tol. X5F
C-23 Capacitor - Ceramic - 1,000 pF ±20% Tot. Y5S
C-25 Capacitor - Durez - .1 MFD ±20% Tot. 400V
C-26 Capacitor - Ceramic - 47 pF±10% Tot. X5F
C-27 Capacitor - Molded - .47 MFD ±20% Tot. 200V
C-28 Capacitor - Durez - .22 MFD ±20% Tot. 200V
C-29,30 Capacitor - Ceramic - 1,000 pF GMV

C-31 Capacitor- Ceramic - 1,000 pF GMV

C- 32 Capacitor - Ceramic - 470 pF±10% Tot. 1 K
C-33 Capacitor - Ceramic - 330 pF ±±10% Tot. X5F
C-34 Capacitor - Ceramic - 220 pF ±10% Tot. X5F
C- 35 Capacitor - Ceramic - 10,000 pF ±20% Tot
s
C-36 Capacitor - Ceramic - 3,900 pF ±10% Tot. X5F
C-37 Capacitor - Durez - .22 MFD ±207o Tol. 200 V
C-38 Capacitor - Ceramic - 470 pF ±10% Tot. X5F
C- 39 Capacitor - Polystyrene - .0039 MFD ±10% Tat
500V
C-40 Capacitor - Durez - .012 MFD±10% Tol. 400V
C-41 Capacitor - Ceramic - 1,000 PF ±10% Tot. X5F
C-42 Capacitor - Ceramic - 4,700 pF ±20% Tot. Y5S
C-43 Capacitor - Molded = .033 MFD ±207. Tot. 400Y
C-44 Capacitor - Molded • .1 MFD ±20% Tol. 600V
C-45 Capacitor - Molded - . l'MFD ±20% Tol. 600V
C-46 Capacitor - Durez - .047 MFD ±20% Tot. 400V
C-48 Capacitor - Ceramic - 1,000 pF 10% Tot. 1KV
C-49 Capacitor - Molded - .00 33 MFD ±10% Tot. 1KV
C-50 Capacitor - Madded - .022 MFD ±20% Tot. 400V
C-52 Capacitor - Durez - .047 MFD ±20% Tol. 400V
C-5 3 Capacitor - Durez - .068 MFD ±20% Tot. 400V
C-54 Capacitor - Ceramic - 4,700 pF±20% Tol. Y5S
C-55 Capacitor -Ceramic - 1,000 pF GMV
C-57 Capacitor - Molded - .1 MFD 20% Tot. 600V
C-58 Capacitor - Molded - .047 MFD ±20% Tot. 400V
C-59 Capacitor - Electrolytic - 20 MFD @ 75V
(Non-Pol.) (Some Sets)
C-60 Capacitor - Molded - .1 MFD (UL) +23% Tol. 600
C-62,63,64 Capacitor - Ceramic - 1,000pF GMV
I C-68 Capacitor Ceramic - 10,000PF ±20% Tot. IK V
(
C-69 Capacitor - Ceramic - 1,000pF GMV
Coo Capacitor - Ceramic - 56pF ±10% ToI.N1500

FIG. 12 (LEFT)
ETCHED CIRCUIT BOARD
TV CHASSIS 120914
�L1 (BOTTOM VI EW)

24
 EMERSON
MODEL/CHASSIS/CRT CROSS - REFERENCE CHART

NO. CHASSIS NO. VHF TUNER UHF TUNER CRT TYPE

MODEL

120904A 471674
19FJP4(A)or
18P42 471670A
1209046 19GJP4(A)
120911A 471737 471674
18P45 471670A
1209116
120906A 471674
19P71
471670A 20ADP4
1209066
19P78 120907A 471674

Additional models same chassis or similar types released at a later date.

using

NO. CHASSIS NO. VHF TUNER UHF TUNER CRT TYPE

MODEL

18P45 120911 C 471813

471737 471674 19FJP4(A)
120904A
or
18P46 120904C 471813
19 (A)
18P4.7 120905A
19P81 120934A 471674
120935A 471827 20ADP4
19P82
120935C 471813

Also Model 18P48 using Chassis 120911A.

Service material which follows applies to all these sets, but exact schematic
for Chassis 120904A and 120911A only is printed, others almost identical.

t--R-t9-
Or \6 C 1

�
,n
4
d -�8^ 0� R 0 J
c� r v o R
nq
J a ,
11CT-1 TT-3
l J �C -50, 10
tO
n7
L- s � C) " IOCW5
d
� 8
r L
~ Q z V- 5 ' J
c
o O 3 6 � —
4 5 C-49-- —R 67 T.1
QJ7
C•64T•4\r �-- %
4EJ7 r`..AwaA
C-30 O 4EH7 V L-17
I � � .�,�
C-
6
0 �L -,
16 � JCN� V
"b
C./
e
- N's� L( F ' s r 0
T,P 9
00
0 j ct —R-13 C
C-14 J
r —R-4—
61-X8 J o (1 �r n '-R-2�_ 1\ 2
0
J Q _ \
L-3 1 , a Ix
R 40-� s T.P. �rz O
1- 12�
m E ti � O �i 7- v- c
�a�J w� ("'
� V-8 t � 1
T.efQ
a ( ( 5 _� `
5 - S
1 1/ 2
s 4
`. U 1
- /` O ® T u (•
6
7
1� U Dg'
N ��F , �ct u Q h� O
t .'D 3
•'-R
-
36 L O G T.P.H
L) L•�� rS Cl �!Z-'
l

J —c-ea-
- � � e-34 r r N `
O
O 5
2
3 p
's
C�

u\ 52
LR- --J V rR'2s O by-3
-

�� Q (� (�,t7'�0 a N < 7 '�

1 0C ( �L C-35�it ¢¢L v
O '
4 l I
C8
L O
�d C•36 V 17C5/17CU5
L—R-31% R-37C R-3T(;-J
U U L7

ETCHED CIRCUIT BOARD (TOP VIEW)

25
 EMERSON Chassis 120904A, etc., Alignment Information

ALIGNMENT INFORMATION

ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE - I-F STAGES, TRAPS AND TUNER OUTPUT COIL

1. Connect an oscilloscope
(through a 10k isolation resistor) 12.
to pin 7 of V-613 (grid of video Reduce output of generator to
produce approximately 2
amplifier). Scope should volts P-P deflection on
be adjusted so that 2 inches of 'scope and re-odiust the tuner
vertical deflection repre-
sents approximately 2 volts P-P output coil (T-9) for maximum
output. gain and bandwidth
about the 44.0 me marker.
2. Connect -4.5 volts bias to the I-F AGC test
point (Test
point "C"), the junction of C-27 and 13. Disconnect oscilloscope from
C-30. pin 7 of V-613 and con.
nect to pin 7 of V-4
3. Connect a terminated
sweep generator, adjusted to (plate of first I-F amplifier),
sweep a low impedance using
between 40 and 50 mc, to crystal detector probe as shown in
pin 2 of V-5 (grid of second
I-F amplifier) through a Fig. 8. 'Scope should be calibrated so that
1,000 pf isolation capacitor. 2 inches of
vertical deflection now
Note: If sweep generator does not have represents approximately 0.2
internal markers, volts P-P.
a separate marker should be
loosely coupled to the output
of the sweep generator.
14. Reduce output of generator until a
usable display is
4. Adjust T-4 top and bottom produced on the oscilloscope and
simultaneously for maximum again adjust the
gain and symmetry about the 44.0 me marker as tuner output coil
shown in (T_9), this time tuning for maximum
Fig, 1. (Use core positions nearest outside ends of gain midway between the peaks of
coil.) the band-pass as
With input signal maintained to indicated in Fig. 4. The 44.0 me
produce 2 volts P-P out- marker should fall
put during final adjustment, bandwidth between the tolerances indicated.
markers should fall
between the tolerances indicated.
15. Maintain generator output to
5. Disconnect generator output leads from produce approximately 0,2
grid of second volts P-P indication on the
I-F amplifier and connect them to oscilloscope (as above)
pin 2 of V-4 (grid of and adjust the grid coil
first I-F amplifier). (L -5) to center the 44.0 me
marker on the peak of the
response as indicated in Fig.
6. Adjust T-3 top and bottom 5, disregarding the tilt of the overall
simultaneously for over- waveshope.
coupled response as shown in Fig. 2,
(Use core posi-
tions nearest outside ends of 16. Adjust the input trimmer (CT-1) to position the
coil.) With input signal
42.25
maintained to produce 2 volts P-P and 45.75 me markers at
output during final equal amplitudes and center
adjustment, bandwidth markers should fall between the the 44.0 me marker with the tuner
output coil (T-9),
tolerances indicated. if necessary.

Note: The correct overcoupled

response is indicated 17. With generator output increased to
when slight rocking of T-3 core maximum, check the
settings do not Pas ition of the 41.25 me and 47.25 me
change the amplitude of the 44.0 me -4 and
traps (L
marker, but L-3), and re-adjust if necessary.
cause the response to rock or slide about
this
marker.
18. Re-adjust generator output to produce a 0.2 volt P-P
7. Reduce the amount of bias applied to the indication on the scope and observe the
I-F AGC test ,response.
point (test point "C") to -1.5 volts. The curve obtained should conform to
Fig. 6.
8. Disconnect generator output leads from
grid of the first 19. Disconnect the crystal detector
I-F amplifier and couple them to the mixer probe and connect the
tube (V-14)
of the VHF tuner, oscilloscope to pin 7 of V-68 (grid of the video
using the signal injection shim de- ampli.
scribed below. fier) directly through a 10K isolation resistor.
If this is impractical, connect the
gen-
erator output leads to the I-F mixer
point on the tuner, 20. Increase bias voltage to -4.5 volts and
using the coupling network shown in adjust the
Fig. 3. oscilloscope so that 2 inches of vertical-deflection is
Note: A signal injection shim equivalent to app roxi
mate ly 2 vo ltsP-P
may be easily constructed output. Ad-
by Pasting a thin piece of metal foil just output of signal generator until a 2 volt P-P in-
(approx. yj" x dication is obtained on the
2") on a slightly larger piece of 'scope. Response curve
heavy paper. In- and marker positions should conform to
sert this shim between the mixer Fig. 7.
tube and its shield
in such a manner that the foil
side faces the tube,
and rotate for maximum 21. Remove AGC bias from test point "C".
signal coupling. Output signal
as indicated on the 'scope should
increase, and noise
9. Open trimmer CT-1 three turns from its signal on baseline should have an amplitude of at
fully closed posi.
tion and adjust output of least 1/8 inch.
generator to.produce approxi-
mately 2 volts P-P indication on scope.
CAUTION - No attempt should be made to improve a
10. Adjust the tuner output coil
(T_9) for maximum gain and response curve which conforms to that
symmetry about the 44,0 me marker. shown in Fig. 7. Minor deviations
may be
11. Adjust the 41.25 me trap (L-4) and the 47.25 me corrected by slight touch-up of
trap(L-3) specific
for minimum output at these coils to make response conform to
frequencies (as indicated by Fig. 7,
their respective markers on the as indicated below:
'scope), increasing gener-
ator output as required to insure a) To position the 45.75mc marker adjust T-3, bottom
maximum effectiveness
of the trap settings. slug.
b) Topositionthe 42.25 mc marker adjust T-4, bottom
slug.
c) To correct tilt, adjust T-9, the tuner output coil.

26
 EMERSON Chassis 120904A, etc., Information, Continued
Alignment

44.0 me 44.Omc MARKER

(NEAR CENTER)

42.25 me 4b.75 me
42.2 45.25mc
(5% to 20% (5%to23'G
(MAX. DIP OF DOWN FROM (MAX. P-P 70%
DOWN FROM (35% to (15%to
VALLEY 15%J PEAK) TILT, 20%)
PEAK) DOWN F DOWN FROM
-
(MAX.
PEAK)PEAK VALLEY PEAK)
, 25%)
f

FIG. 1 F I G. 2

TERMINATED OU':'PUT 1, OOOpt 1K - 1/2w 44.Omc MARKER SHOULD

CABLE FROM .
SIGNAL GEN A FALL BETWEEN
POINTS INDICATED.

oe
(PHENOLIC BOARD) I
(TUNE FOR
C
, MAXIMUM)
(TO CHASSIS GROUND) r

FIG .3 -GENERATOR COUPLING NETWORK

(REFER TO STEP NO.8) FIG. 4

1
4 4.Omc /
1004

L
44.0 me

42.25me 42.25mc
45.75mc�_ 0 2V
(P -P)
45.75 me 50
(MIN)

41.25 me i �O
/ 47.25 me

FIG.5 FIG.6

44.0 me
r
0
f
TO 11,0006 1OKnI TO

CHASISSI P
.
20_ 10K
I 470Dfr
a
SCOPE

45.75me
42.25 me - L. J
(60% to 80% (60% to 80%
��_(METAL SHIELD)
DOWN FROM
DOWN FROM
PEAK)
PEAK) 11
-
FIG.B-LOW IMPEDANCE CRYSTAL DETECT
F I G. 7 OR PROBE, (REFER TO STEP NO.13)

- SOUND SOUND INTERSTAGE, SOUND DETECTOR & 4.5 MC TRAP

ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE TAKE-OFF,

level of the signal until distortion is noticeable

1. With antenna connected directly to VHF terminals of input

set the channel selector to a strong local in the audio output.

receiver,
station and adjust the fine-tuning control until a 4.5
me beat is just visible in the picture being viewed. 5. Adjust the sound take-off transformer (T-5, bottom
for loudest
slug) and the sound interstage coil (T- 1)
and clearest sound.
2. Adjust the 4.5me sound trap (T-5„top slug) until
the 4.5 me beat in the picture is either at minimum
or is eliminated. 6. Keep reducing the level of the input signal until
completely
sound distortion again occurs, and re-tune T-5 bottom
clearest sound.
3. Adjust the sound quadrature coil (L-2) for loudest slug and T-1 for loudest and Repeat

with minimum buzz, using the this procedure until no further improvement can be noted
sound consistent
second peak from the top of the coil.
7. Re-connect antenna directly to VHF terminals of re-

4. some form of attenuation between the antenna ceiver (attenuotor removed) and touch-up quadrature
Using
and the VHF input terminals, gradually reduce the coil (L-2) for minimum buzz in sound.

27
 EMERSON Chassis 120904A, 120911A, Schematic Diagram

r r
Y+ p_
O
'
I
L
30 CPS
r r
30 CPS PARTIAL SCHEMATIC PARTIAL SCHEMATIC
IS OF�
Onf ANT. PUT UHF TUNER VHF TUNER
M INPUT
R. F. AMP.
01 -
TRANSISTOR UHF OSC.
V-13 3SK3
X
-
3 INS2AK4AL MIX. V•14 6CSSA
OSC.6 MULER
450V
P-P T
•

R C
12N
2K 100
00
7875 CPS IW
UMF LOOP

I�
I
E
0 A I
UXF
0 VnF
/ ovoL 1 V-13
�uox
l - ^ -

T
W A6C
ISOME MOD.1 '
L-IB L ANTENNA
P 1
- MC CRONE
P TERMINALS

'
J .' \J f1E411r
7875C PS 7 8"5
NOR. C PS HURDLE BRACK FT VHF DIPOLE
ENOTUSEDON T.—ITUMM-1
r
OMESETSE

TO R 35ITUNER 8+1

13
TO NEATER STRNG L-3i

41V CT-I
P-P 9-ISOT

7875 CPS 7875 C PS

7875 CPS
7875 CPS

�15
T
T
23V
21V
P
30 CPS

30 CPS

R-79
30 CPS
30 f.PS +140 V

C-59 470 2W
21 L•15
F-I 1000 +140 V SOURCE T.P.
R-78
30 CPS
+ X
507W CnEMFU..
00`-4 ++125V SOURCE TU ER AGC
1.E AMP.
75V C
REC
TIFIER T 25
OMf T 23
0MF T SO MF

I
4 40 V Gov C 8
.22
200Y R 3
30CPS 15ME

i
M E A T E R S T R 1 N 0
PRINTED +140V
CIRCUIT BOARD

V-9 V-8 V-3 V-2 V-1

R-77

en5W 4 s • s ♦ s • 5

I
C

T
89
i
.-7
04
""V — V 4 V 5
UL - V-6 V-12
L-16
A.
L-17

1 4 5 4 6 6 4 5

i
C
L-16,L-17-FILAMENTCHOKE5
CONDITIONS FOR CHASSIS READINGS Ip00 I
I0 00

111000

VOLTAGES AND WAVESHAPES were taken under 1 MFG ON SOME SETS

actual R-85 470K
operating conditions, with normal picture and sound Ire
received. AGC vo lt being
age develope d on theI-FAGC line
V-7
I 1-14 Y-IS N0.NDLf
(test point C) was m i nus nine l volt t 5 • s �y BRACKET
c hassis under te
vo t
Input age o
C-67
st was120 4T0
volts, 60-cycle AC. Fre quenc i
es VHF TUNER UL
indicated for th e
waveshapes shown are approximate sweep
R-82
DD
settings For the oscilloscope ,w CLOCK TIMER
being used (one-half actual IUSFD ON CHOCK TIMfR MODELS OMITI
frequency of 0"
signal being ION MDLUSN 0M= NO T E:
measured). CONTROL, TIMER -- POSITION SWITCN
aW
W IN -0

RESISTANCE MEASUREMENTS were taken -1 I

SIFITtn — IS DISENGAGED FROM TIMER
MOTOR
with no ON 0 F F
1
1 AND STAYS P ERMANENTLY
CLOSED.
Power applied. Where readinas ore affected by control _ OUICEI-ON
R * -., t
IMOTUSEDON TIMER MOD—)
� P-1 I —g.1
settings, both maximum and minimum values are
ONC
RE"cTlifew -__r}-' --- 'wNlr1
_- --
shown. -S'r�2 -•--I 120 VOLTS AC
SI-Y$I--- D.R D.T. c-
.
L -L f
1
60 C%

p' 9UICR-ONSTHITCN I I
-�` ROOY.1. 333... —
ALL MEASUREMENTS UL Tr
were taken between points in-
0

dicated and chassis ground LOMICR-ON MODELS aLVF PO

LAR
IZED INTERLOCK
POLARISED PLW
(unless otherwise noted),
using an RCA Voltohmyst or equivalent VTVM. A low-
Capacity probe was used for all
the schematic di waveshapes shown in CERAMIC OR MICA CAPACITORS.CAPACITY IN
PICOFARADS(pF)
agram . All readingso btainedmay Sit TUBULAR CAPACITORS, CAPACITY IN MICROFARADS(MF)
vary
+10% due to normal component tolerances and RESISTORS IN OHMS (K • 1000) AHD
2 WATT UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED

input signal to chassis under test. strength of AlL CERAMICS AND MICAS SOOV,ALLTUBULARS 400V
UNLESS NOTED
T INDICATES TOP CORE B INDICATES BOTTOM CORE IN DOUBLE TUNED TRA N SF
ORMERS
ARROWS AT CONTROLS INDICATE CLOCKWISE ROTATION

28
 L V-tA
4.5MC AMP.
EMERSON

AUDIO DETECTOR
Chassis 120904A, 120911A,

AUDIO
V-3 I7CL15
17C517CU5
OUTPVT
Schematic Diagram,

T-2
Continued

18
61.1
1 4.5MC. V-2 4DT6OR4DT6A I

T1 L-2 7 C -13
r 15.000
1 �GRfEN
OMEN DOT DOT,
1/K SP-1
a I OV
' OV
TP

1.3V
x 3
V T18,60
T
`^. I 1000

— C-4.
00 0,000
R-12
+125V

*140 V +

E 151EENING ATTA<AIMENT
JA
1$DME MOOFL31
1
10,000 19FJP4(A)
R 10 1 9GJP4 (A)
INEG
BOOST

r
VOLUME NIIM
BAND?
VIDEO VIDEO
AMPLIFIER
1ST 1. AMP 2ND I.FAMP DETECTOR V-T
V-4 V-5 V-6B R-32 -6

we 470K `C
oo PICTURE TUBE
4EN7 T-3 4EJ7 T-4 X- 1 SA A :S
GREEN DOT f�
14

3V —_
SK 130V 1 136V
T T
C-24 1 C-26
0 .7 T 47
t R-29
M -1 C
30K CENTERING
CONTRAST ASSEMBLY

.--A&A— +140V ov
R-30
Ott ®
27V

R-20 L-8 V
r
R-19 6800 - 90UH R-43 180K
140V +BOOST
220
O
R-31 R
500K 470
BRIGHTNESS
+140 V 0.4
+140V
1-2
R-34
5
R-13 R-2 O 470K
IOOK 470
+140V T-6

I O
Ib HIGH VOLT.
R-28
4700 p RECTIFIER
Rig
221E
+140V
0 1K3
T IO.o- 41.
5W
(g V-10
R-80
R-41
IOOK
2x0 B L A C

NOR IZONTAI
C.ro HOR.OSC. OUTPUT
NOR.
KEYED A G C 5"-,.
PHASE DETECTOR V
-
88 61. V-9A
V-8A
M 6LX6 LN6 f-'
R-47 C-3L +140V 38NE7

I
1 C-32 6 LN X-2 VARIES WITH L-12 5
R O K
SYNC 6E P. _ 27; 1-
10,660 C A -
3MEG
470 LR A 0 R 1
86V
V
Zo R-58
00
-29V
I20V
u b ;ZD�
T5 KV
R6
ISK 560K 1
O
5
3 C-4f 11
0
R-62
1000 DAMPER
I 1200
IW V-99
140V 38NE7
C-36 C-37
TMOV
R-60
39007 L-19

R-40
4700
IOON
LOOK
- +140V
C-4
1 B.2 H

tW HORIZONTAL HOLD 10.0001

R-55 1
+140V 2200
�I
1
R
50

I
'TIMIZER
L-13
R-76 C-57 8.2UH

I
+BOOST 4
SOURCE = 22K A -61
C 800V ,7
AV
1
16=
4OOY= C-46=
.033 +140V
1000 1
1 1~
5 si0o R-74 R-75
C -` R-67 HORIZONTAL
C-53 22 K COIL

m
33K IW 4700
'
-A
-El KV 033
SLUE
'
er s
l 5Kv'
VERTOSC. VE RT. OUT PUT
R-72
V•6A 39K V-12 126Y
C0039.1.

8Aw8A 15
2200
IW
tOCw5 L•14
C-52 VERTICAL
047 R-73 9V
60 TO
-
ITOV I
COIIS
�'
22K I
R-68
4700 2
4.7 MEG r
+140V +140V
R-5T VERTLINEARITY JR-57C
♦70 R 378 +BOOST R-T1 DEFLECTION YOKE
y
'BOOK 2.5 MEG
2.5MEG
2F2 MEG _ 560KI
Y IZE
O T

1 911
IR - 66

CIA. 120904
S MEG
VERTICAL HOLD

29
 EMERSON Chassis 120904A, 120911A, Service Information, Continued

UHF
TUNER 4
1
TRANSISTOR V-141
, 5
UHFOSC.
6CGEA`I---- '
VHF OSC. a MIXER

1 N82A
-
V 13 I
XTAL MIX,
3GK5 3

R.F.AMPLIFIER -

HEATER STRING
VHF TUNER

H E A T E R S T R I N G

4EH7 1N295 8AW8A

1 ST.VIDEO VIDEO DETECTOR XTAL VIDEO AMP 8 KEYWAY
(SOLDERED TO PC
E)OARD)/VE RT. 0 S C.
d" I.F. 2
T-4
41®CW 5
Id
T-3 V-5 6LN8 VERT.OUT PUT 8n5W
SOUND I.F.
O SYNC.SEP. V-12
\
O� 4
5
T-I
` -
38HE7
0 0l
ON-OFF—
4EJ7 ORTIMER q HOR.OUTPUT a DAMPER
5
2 ND.VIDEO I.F. SWITCH

L-3 L-4 4DT6A

HORIZ.OSC. AUDIO DET.
V-8 COIL _ V-2
6LX8 F- 1
HORI Z.OSC. a KEYED AGC
X-2 H V- 3 FUSE
R 37,A,B,C HORIZ.PHASE AUDIO OUTPUT
L-2
DETECTOR 17C5/17CU5 ®P 1

VERT.LIN.
VERT.SIZE 120VAC,60 CPS
HORIZ HOLD
PICTURE OPTIMIZER

TUBE LOCATION AND ALIGNMENT POINTS

+140V
✓
1 G
2 I P I TUNER
ER
r K I + ?; I I
® 1
YERTOUTPUT
I
H
CT-11 I
R -
Sc 12 �IDED ---
I ---�
B�EJ7 4,
1 r
9
DETT
OCWS 14V
CSC 8
K
H zNOOLFj `^�1
6 S I 72ND IF ■ Z 1ST I.F P
I i GRID
OIL I�
� y' K I 1ST F `IEZG
P �
7 6 H L —_— 44MC-- G 0
144 MCI 7I 1
`l MC
44.0 (i
3U %
M
TP 4 H AMP 0
L---
1
- - AMP
T 4
3
^

2 OBAWBA �s
6 sA 1
_Tt_ H`ZA®3K 6
liN RT.OSC-` 2K
5 4 H
T-3 4 L-5L---J
1 SND
OU 2 IK 2K
IG
1 6
+140V� V- 5 V-4
I I I - B 2G 1K TPD
( -
r- ~,
- 4 C
I RTE TAG, I 6+/ \9 R VIDEO AMP
7
I TRAPI
- l 2G
4.5 MC 1 H (04.5114C AMP V I I 1
4 -3 23C L4 - I
5 I (2)SYNCSEP
V-6 � 8 1 4725�TRAP
- TUBE
4`
6LN8
)1 L 12 L L__J
2P --- — 2K S 9
--J
_, �- SYMBOLS:
SYMBOLS 6LX8
G ) j = 1G 4 ­
� 1 G-CONTROLGRID 1K I.FAGC
';
2
rp SU-SUPPRESSOR GRID 7/N 2G
4DT6A` TPE
j H `-' I
1
SC-SCREEN GRID IP f II)HOR.OSC
Nom
' '' K-CATHODE,H- HEATER
8
! , TPC
AUDIO DET 14P Sf'AKE-OFf 1
+140Y_� SOUND COIL � P- PLATE 2P
2)KEYED
TPB SU -1 k C
V 2 5
+BOOST 8 TPK _ 2'�
SC r
1 3 ISC +140VJ
T. P.M ` H
1i
-
H 4
H
V8
(� L- 2 -► 5
— I
- 3o k_AGC PULSE
r4 � G AUDIO
G

4.5MC t
2•
'6 HOR
-

V' 3 CRT X 2
O
1
I I
C ATHOOE PHASE
UAD COIL ( K TPUv
`OU I
- 7 F ( DET —I
I
17C5/17CU5
.J
 GENERAL IXi ELECTRIC
S-2 CHASSIS

MODELS MODELS MODELS

WM 160S E B-2 WM506SVY-2
WM 153SAV-2
W IM 160SM D-2 WM510SEB-2
WM 155SEB-2
WM 163SW D-2
WM 158SCG-2
WM 164SE B-2
WM 169SWD-2
AUD OUT PLATE B+ RECT CATH AUD OUT%FMR 2ND IF PLATE
140V O C +I5OV DC SECONDARY 125V DC 2ND IF SCREEN
125V OC
VOLUME BRIGHTNESS CONTRAST

IST IF PLATE
135 V OC
AUD OUT SCREEN
138V DC

IST IF SCREEN
136 V DC
AUG OUT GRID
OV DC

XM
1ST IF GRID
4.OV DC
AUD DET PLATE
60V OC

AUG DET SCREE

80V DC

AUD IF PLATE
75V DC
VID OUT PLATE
35/9OV-DC
a
6OV PP
AGC KEY CATH HORIZ
138V DC

SYNC CUP PLATE

B+80 ST
65/118V OC
SOURCE
380V DC
7OVPP
HORI2
H OSC PI ATE
I IOV DG

SYNC CLIPGRID
-2F18V DC
I a
80V PP
-`1
11 HORIZ

DAMPER PLATE
130V DC

138V DG
SOURCE

I Iov oc
SOURCE

HOUT SCREEN I50V DC

130V DC SOURCE
H. OSC GRID AOC KEY GRID VERT OUT GRID VERT OUT PLATE VERT OSC GRID VERT OSC PLATE
.5 / 3.5V DC 135V DC -50 V DC -30 /-70V DC 45V DC

SO 10 3011
PP
700 190
VPP
30
VPP
VPP VPP \
VpP
130V DC
H OSC SCREEN /2 VVL 1/2
I/2 /2 /2
SOURCE
138V DG VERT VERT VERT VE RT
HORIZ
H HORIZ

TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE — BOTTOM VIEW OF CIRCUIT BOARD

V3 PICTURE TUBE
V5#: V7 V6 V8 V4 VIO FILAMENT
118011 R405
I2AE10 8LT8 2329 33GY7A 158DII CRT
1 75n 5W V4 V3
l Y Y 1 12 2 12 1 FROM TO
PIN PIN I
C405
0406 (15BDI1J) (IIBOII)
S)0
047
200Y j
T 0404 0 0 0
800 T
—

r VI V2 ,
I � \Y405 /A216

MOUNT TABINSERTS
Y402
RECT -
L
VHF TUNER INTO SLOT IN
ASSEMBLY
YOKE
SHUNT CIRCUIT
USED ON

I
SOME BROWN LEADS FOR 12BZP4 OR 16CNP4
INSTA-VIEW
120V MODELS
TO CRT
PINS 384
60' SOCKET

120V
6oti EARLY PRODUCTION FILAMENT CIRCUIT
_ 1

31
 GENERAL ELECTRIC Chassis S-2, Printed Board Information

14

13

12

10

f�

COPPER SIDE VIEW

RESISTORS CAPACITORS COILS TEST POINTS

R152 — C2 R214 — D7 C152 — D6 C255 — L13 L150 — D5 TP II — C3

8154 — C3 R215 — D13 C153 — D3 C256 — L13 L151 — C6 TP III — I7
R155 — C5 R216 — E8 C154 — C4 C257 — N11 L152 — E6 TP IV — G2
R156 — E7 R250 — M10 C155 — C4 C258 — N12 L153 — I5 TP V — H2
R157 _ E3 R251 — Kll C156 — E6 C259 — M10 L154 — I4 TP VI — F10
R158 — B4 R252 — L10 C157 — G4 C261 — Q4 L155 — J6
R159 — G4 R253 — J12 C158 — H4 C262 — Q10 L158 — G10 TUBES
R160 — H4 R254 — K12 C159 — J11 C263 — P14 L159 — G2
R161 — I7 R255 — K12 C160 — H4 C301 — G8 L160 — K4 V3 — G6
R162 — J7 R256 — M13 C161 — I4 C302 — K8 L165 — G9 V4 — J9
R163 — H10 R257 — M12 C162 — J4 C303 — K9 L251 - M14 V5 — M6
R164 — E1 R258 — N11 C163 — J5 C305 — L7 L252 — R13 V6 — E12
R165 — G2 R259 — 013 C164 — J7 C306 — N7 L301 — M8 V7 — Lll
R166 — G2 R264 — Q'14 C165 — H9 C307 — 07 L302 — N5 V8 — P12
R167 — Gl R301 — H8 C167 — E2 C308 — N5
R169 — F9 R303 — K7 C168 — F8 C309 — 03 DIODES
R170 — E9 R304 — M8 C169 — F10 C310 — N5
R171 — F9 R305 — K6 C170 — N9 C311 — 06 Y151 — J4
R172 — Ill R306 — 04 C172 — K9 C401 — N3 Y401 — N3
R174 — H10 R307 — 06 C204 — G12 C402 — B12
R201 — E10 R309 — I1 C205 — D12 C403 — K13 FUSES
R204 — G11 R310 — M4 C206 — D12 C404 — F7
R205 — E14 R311 — P6 C207 — D9 C405 — H7 W101 — J14
R206 — F14 R312 — J2 C208 — G13 C406 — Q13
R207 — D11 R401 — 02 C209 — D8 C410 — I14 TRANSFORMERS
R208 — D13 R402 — H13 C250 — L10
R209 — D14 R403 — I13 C251 — F10 T150 — F4
R210 — C11 R404 — E9 C252 — J11 T201 — C9
R211 — G13 C253 — J10 T251 — P8
R212 — D9 C254 — K13 T301 — L3

32
 GENERAL ELECTRIC Chassis S-2 Printed Board Information, Cobtinued

A
I
B
I
C
I
D
I
E
I
F
I
G
I I I I
K
I L I
M
I N I
0
I P I Q
I R

CS402-INSTA VIEW
I CHASSIS
SPKR SEARPHONE JACK

R152 ,7
-
� 0A2 R312
RI54 - ATP 8
R16565 � Y401
f -9
/R157
t . C4011
F402
TP ` c
/s B t- -- T R401 J0
.a .��CIL5�3�TL S �'i'
9
•
J c Ylsl -
T3 01
8158 a 3-� I
/ a
R cll50� T�e vf �
y h
C155 :::
4` �,T150,•'
�'7�H
0 • I t7ya •
6
0
I ` R3J0
' i - �a
TO RI68 ON
1 �"a
©
T
I 1 �� •y CRT SOCKET
R 155: - /
©� �163
1-6
4 1 C156, \ �OB.
<'s v P°
/Q' O
j_ 0 C 310
b CT 7
T�" Y 1
0
1 LI58J R3 1
_
� R
�L7
0%
�N
L151 L152 �
L-__�--J ISBDiI
. ` R o
�5 ca p ©+
"w6 .L 0306
� `
.\5.6 �(y�"-�.-''�•
-04
-
l • CI64 3 Q
TO
9 V3 5 _ �F+ H ECT
R214 2 �aos
3
����i 0 /.�•
IIBOII 3 3
A
- PLATE
e7
�6,�8 Y
0
I g
'- L3
�0 // ��? �:♦. 02
1
�� 17BFII �.
i © O
ggczo9�
1201 l T _`7�0 6 �� - e �i 1 1 1
c.16p� j 7C
4o-?U,.2 C�0 Aft
Lf�\���'lir7-✓� � i2 i 1 5 11%
0

10

II 33GY7A

1C204
12
T ,
•' R254
T
15
13 ,5 o
t d4SG256•�i,!
6255 \
y `
\/ S) C263# �j-
14 S
�•/ .: ��Y

COMPONENT SIDE VIEW

WIRE LEAD CONNECTIONS TO CIRCUIT BOARD

A Location Description

B2 Orange lead to VHF Tuner, B+ Term.

►

Co:1PIN�

D2 White lead to VHF Tuner, AGC Term.,

P. ►

D4 Shield of coax to VHF Tuner, I-F Term.

E4 Center lead of coax to VHF Tuner, I-F Term.
►

C7 Black lead to VHF Tuner Chassis

►

D7 Black lead to CRT, Pin 7

►

Ground Lug To S401

D8 Yellow lead to yoke, Term. 2
*0.0.

E8 Green lead to CRT, Pin 6 (On Vol. Control)

F7 Brown lead to VHF Tuner, Fil. Term.
pro

F10 Orange lead to yoke, Term. 4

►

H9 Brown lead to CRT, Pin 4

►
N�-

G2 Yellow lead to CRT, Pin 2 Too170n

►

K14 Brown lead to S401 (On Rear of R3 09) Circuit Board

►
W

M11 Brown lead to CRT, Pin 3

(A.C. Power
►
�A

09 Red lead to yoke, Term. 1 Input)

►
l7N(n

P10 White lead to yoke, Term. 5

►

P2 Brown lead to 5401 (on Rear of R309)

►

M2 Orange/black lead to 5402, (Term. 2 (Insta-View)

►
W

03 Red/blue lead to 5402, Term. 3 (Insta-View)

►

�D

ELECTRICAL ADJUSTMENTS

HEIGHT AND VERTICAL LINEARITY: Adjust R209 and R206

simultaneously for proper vertical size and linearity. Picture
should extend 1/8-inch beyond top and bottom edges of mask.

HORIZONTAL HOLD: With controls set for normal operation,

tune in a station. Connect a .1 of capacitor between Test Point TIMER MOTOR
VI and ground. Adjust L251 for a picture which barely floats WIRING DIAGRAM
across the screen; then remove the capacitor.
 GENERAL ELECTRIC Chassis S-2 Schematic Diagram

r V3A V38 —
—� 1/2 IIBO11 1/2 118011
I
IST I-F 2 NO I-F L160
L152 YIN
L153 L154 219mc
1-F i
INJECTION 1 8 C 162
%152 I 4.7
\7 I
295% C163
1 4.7 I
1101 9
-4V I
VHF TUNER :5V I
LI51
47,25MC
��
1 = II 1.6V
V
,8V 6
TRAP 11156 C156
I C1 57 R159
RM9 56
10o =1000 820
R157
RI60
220
220
R151
TEST
IOK
POINT
I
FIL.
TO R152 C154I I C155 ►+ 138V
UHF:+ R155 C158
4.7M 30K 800
T
I
+138V� 2200
8158
C153 12V 33OK
^� I R154
1 50V 560K
R170
IOM
r
C51,800,1400V
-
MONOPOLE ANT
1
1
f1 RSI,IM
IUHFANT UHF TUNER EARPHONE JACK
INPUT ANT INPUT 0168
R52 1M R
5000
NOT
1111TT C53 USED ON
_ 470,1400V
I
ALL TUNERS TO
1 I T301
C52_800, 1400V RI 71 C169
3 470K
USED ON x f X R172 270 VISA
SOME MODELS TOOK 1/3 2329
- R311 SYN C CLI PI
2 IOOK tIIOV
V4C 001 V 5A B00A V4B
1/3 f5BD1I BOTTOM R307
VIEW 1/2 178F11 V513 $� 1/315 BDII
330K POINT R201
AUD IF AMP AUD DET AGC KEYER
1/2 17BFII YI 22K
C 302 AUD OUTPUT
BOO
75V T301

�
C303 1
6V
4
� ,
9°b __ L302

I 6�,
I

/4OV� /

1
1 --
4.21
R3n5 135V r
1.3 n 2 3 I 2 18K
TOP — I 6.5V RF7
*T/
R303 I BOTTOM
§330
8301
47K
L___-J 5 R306 R310
IOV
+138V
7 R 04 1200 470K 150
T
_IOOK 680
8

C 301

T"
TO AUDIO
TAKE OFF +138V R
1.1658 +138V %410 TO 11401
TIMEON
I OFF
SWITCH S401
R403 • 600V
INSTA- VIEW 130,5W I
ON SWITCH 1
—
— +130V 4 To Y' I
r TI
X C403 + C402D
I dW1ol I
Y402
IX .02 IOOUf �.. . y.. I
✓✓11 I 150V
1 Y1
- n
Y T
OFF 15V
(S TAN G 6Y) L—__J I
S402
+138V
Y401
RECT, -- R402 11404
rX 71 1 +ISOV 100,5W 68K V7A
+110
11
1 1/2 BLTB
SEE C251 HOR. PHASE DIET
INSTA- 1 + C402A + C4028 C402C 120

I
3000ft 2000M IOuI •

T T
R 401 VIEW I
.001 175 V ISDV ISOV
5 CIRCUIT
^ IKV
5W VARIATIONS
FUSISTOR

l F4D1 -4V
F402 V5 11251
V6 V8 V4
I AMP 178F11 2329 VIO# M
33GY7A 158011 CRT R253
Y 12 I 47K
12 I 12 I2 1 3/\4 — -
IT_SLO
—Y }
T
%406 50V 1%252
TO 11401 1 047
'x,047, 200V 0250
120 T's0
S401
TO
�� Y
%410 V3 V7 iEK SCOPE SYNCED AT 1/2
r _I
1, 600V VI--V2 E
VERTICAL FREQUENCY
USED ON 12; �>K
Y402 INSTA-VI EWrr **X SCOPE SYNCED AT 412
RECT. MODELS 1I -LC405 2200 HORIZONTAL FREQUENCY
I
WITHO
SWITCH LHF
TUNER T _800 30V
• INDICATES VARIATION WITH
J CONTROL SETTING
0404
800 INDICATES PRODUCTION CHANGE
2
120V
60-� 120 V
60— PICTURE 4mT:T: 'With !thereceiver tuned to a station, adjust the
L
Vertical 'Bold CContrcil :so that a vertical blanking bar is visable.
Loosen the yoke ,clamp and ,carefully adjust the ;yoke so that the
'blanking bar is level. Then ::tighten the clamp to csecure the yoke.

PICTURE CENTERING: Rotate the two centering rings located

at the rear of the yoke assembly until picture is properly centered.

34
 GENERAL ELECTRIC Chassis S-2 Schematic Continued
Diagram,

L165
V4A CI65 4.5 MCTRAP
L165A
•
I:: •
BOTTOM $k V10
TEST
TEST 6 4 VIEW
POIN BOTTOM 12 CW P4 / 16CWP4
1/3 158DII
L155
•VIDEOAMP 905 t
000 i
*If* TEST PICTURE

R S
2 35V , e 4.21L 10
POINT TUBE

4n
4n E� V

�2I
70
*% V 4 n 750
*A* 11 41-158
ph
3
- L165. IOn
-
2V TOP
5
.5V 9 AUDIO TAKE OFF C 167 6.5 L159
C 164 -- 1 n .330
800 TO 0301 Lh
4 R161 = 2005 R168S
AUDIO I-F 4700
4700
R 164
R162 4163
1500 4.7N TRA ST
CON
3W 3t1E
T
t138V 7?V
R167
200K =
BRIGHTNESS

15%
RIPPLE
MAXIMUM

V68 V6C X X
1/3 23Z9 1/3 23Z9
T VER T OUT OF SYNC.
VERT OSC VERTOUT
I BLAN
KING BAR IN
0207 700V
2 V CENTER OF RASTER
C205 R2. 7 .I
3900 68K 400V
R20 a E I( +138V
270K
DEFLECTION YOKF
C2(0-4-�

4
1
3900
0i86 T201 n 2 L2018 -

-70V
OOV
45V L201A15
ORG
- 2 R210 YE
Soo'
30y 2 18K _
#
KKlI
R208 5W N
�b3
III
IV
—
511 1-2538 3
L253A
1 R22IS
220K 9n 911-
R209 RED
R205
BOOST pM C209 R 214
1.2M VERT 470 1M
VERT LIN
HOLD

R206
500K VERT. R 211
IM L J
_SIZE
I. VOLTAGE MEASUREMENTS. MADE. WITH A HITE
V TVM WITH RESPECT TO CHASSIS,
RECEIVER SET' FOR NORMAL: OPERATION. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED
MEASUREMENTS MAY VARY ±109%
AT IZOV AC K•1.000 M•1.000.000
LINE VOLTAGE.
CAPACITORS MORE THAN 1•uuT•pf
-
2. WHERE ON SIGNAL..AND OFF-SIGNAL CAPACITORS LESS THAN I•uf
-
MEASUREMENTS DIFFER, ON SIGNAL VOLTAGE RESISTORS ARE 1/2 WATT
APPEARS IN ITALICS OVER OFF-SIGNAL WIRE COLOR CODE
-
VOLTAGE. OFF SIGNAL VOLTAGES TAKEN (USED IN MOST INSTANCES)
WITH ANTENNA DISCONNECTED AND
ANTENNA TERMINALS BROWN FILAMENT
SHORTED TOGETHER.
- RED B+ BOOST
ON SIGNAL VOLTAGES AND` WAVE SHAPES ORANGE B+ TO R401
TAKEN WITH NOISE FREE SIGNAL PRODUCING WHITE
- AGC
-2.S TO 3.SV AGC AT VHF TUNER,

V9
IBC2A 17BFII
*TO
V78 V8A HV RECT PIN 12

U2 SILTS 112 33GY7A

11.5 K V
H38V HORIZ.OSC HOR.OUTPUT T251 Y402 0411
AT MIN.
800pf
138V BRIGHTNESS

2 +
R255 45011
220K 277KK
1M

1C253 5
i 5

C258 -
19 L V8B
T39011 5V 0
33V
9,10
6 V2 33GY7A
9i
KIF 3f /1 5 , 7. Sf
DAMPER C410 -
/ 1 C2 ( R258 C
4

390 S 12K 2�=

800
SOV R259 23n 330.3KV^
+13$`
IM
10255 V
K 1
fA R264 sn
0027
10.55 soo 3
.CZ59
1 ' C257 IOOV 2W
2W
10261
►80"57
38UV
2001E 10256 600 ((/� )// 068
5000
.0068
1
/ / *hV 1000V
50V
5'A —

TOA18 TOA19
► +1305 DI OO

TO V5, PIN 12
(EARLY PROD) INSTA- VIEW SWITCH S402
TO S401 (REAR VIEW)
TO F402 NOT ON ALL MODELS
(LATE PROD)
 GENERAL ELECTRIC Chassis S-2, Alignment Information

VIDEO I-F SYSTEM

1. Turn volume control and fine tuning counterclockwise, and

contrast control fully clockwise. Set channel selector to Chan- SIG
Oil
L�I
��\
nel 11. Short antenna terminals together. GENE /
.0010
2. Connect an oscilloscope to Test Point III through a 22K resis-
R
tor, with the resistor not more than 1.5 inches away from the TO MATCH
Test Point. Connect a variable bias supply (0-20V) between GEN

Test Point II and chassis. Set bias at -3.5V.

3. Inject signals from a properly terminated generator through the
I-F INJECTION NETWORK shown, to the I-F injection point
on the VHF Tuner.
I-F RESPONSE CURVE I-F INJECTION
4. Align the receiver to produce the response curve illustrated.
5. Position all cores at ends of coils away from circuit board ex- NETWORK
cept as noted below.

ADJUST REMARKS
STEP SIGNAL FREQUENCY

L151 for minimum scope deflection Use maximum scope sensitivity and
1 47.25 MHZ AM
smallest possible signal.
_
Position L153 core at end of coil nearer
2 44.4 MHZ AM, scope calibrated 3V PP L154, then L153 for maximum.
T150 for maximum. circuit board. Maintain 2" deflection on
3 for 2" deflection
scope by adjusting signal strength.
4 L135 for maximum deflection of the
45.75 MHZ marker.
5 L152 for proper nose shaping.
6 Turn L135 core clockwise to place 45.75 Symmetry of the nose is importa
nt.No

out of
38-48 MHZ sweep generator, with scope MHZ marker at 50%. portion of the nose should be
7 calibrated 3 volts peak to peak for 2" Readjust L152 to shape nose around symmetry by more than 3%.
deflection; markers at 41.25, 42.5, 44.4, 44.4 MHZ pivot.
7 to shape nose after Steps
8 45.0, 45.75 MHZ, 47.25 MHZ Readjust T150 for proper placement of Repeat Step
42.5 MHZ marker if curve is too narrow. 8 and 9.
if 42.5
9 Spread or knife turns of L150
MHZ marker is above 30%.

AUDIO ALIGNMENT:
AUDIO ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE
1. Connect an oscilloscope to Test Point V through a 22,000 ohm
GENERAL: Allow the receiver and test equipment at least 20 resistor.
minutes warm-up. Power the receiver from 120 Volts AC through 2. Feed in a 50 uv, 4.5 MHZ f 7.5KHZ FM signal at Test Point
an isolation transformer. A speaker, or a 3.2 ohm, 5 watt resistor III through a blocking capacitor.
should be connected across the audio output transformer secon- sine wave on
3. Adjust Quad Coil L302 for maximum undistorted
dary at all times. the oscilloscope. Start with the core away from the circuit
board and tune into the coil form for the second peak indica-
CHASSIS PREPARATION: tion.
4. Reduce the level of the FM input signal until distortion break-
Brightness, Horizontal, and Vertical controls should be set for
1. up of the sine wave appears.
a normal picture. 5. Align the Audio Interstage (1,301) secondary (bottom core)
2. Set the contrast control to maximum and the volume control until the break-up of the sine wave is symmetrical, as shown in
to minimum. the diagram below.
Connect a -10 Volt DC bias to Test Point II with the positive as in steps 4 and 5
3. 6. Align the Sound Take-Off L 165 (top core)
lead grounded to the chassis. above.
Connect a -0.5 Volt DC bias to Test Point III through a 750 uh as in steps 4 and
4. 7. Align the Interstage primary (L301 top core)
isolation choke (ET36X376). 5 above.
NOTE: Each core should be aligned once only. Do not go back
4.5 MHZ TRAP ADJUSTMENT: and touch up previously adjusted cores while aligning.
8. Disconnect signal generator , oscilloscope, and bias supplies.
1. Pre-set the Quadrature coil (L302) with the core flush to the
TO 47'!
top of the coil form, away from the circuit board.
IN64 TO
TEST
- AO
2. Connect the DETECTOR NETWORK shown to Test Point IV POINT*
VTVM
(CRT, Pin 2) and feed the output to an AC VTVM. 68K
3. Apply a 100 mv, 40% modulated, 4.5 MHZ AM signal through
a DC blocking capacitor (.05 mhz) to Test Point III.
4. Adjust L165A 4.5 MHZ Trap (bottom core) for minimum
DETECTOR SYMMETRICAL
reading on the VTVM at Test Point IV (- 1/4 turn).
5. Remove the 4.5 MHZ AM signal and the detector network. NETWORK BREAKUP

REAR VIEW
- TO CIRCUIT BOARD CONNECTORS
INSTAVIEW
S402 END
RED 8. BLACK TO
A20 (Y401 CATHODE) VIEW

P101 3 o J101
BROWN & WHITE TO 2. 10 I
S401. TERM 2 / \o/
UT
ORANGE & BLACK
TO A19

INSTA-VIEWSWITCH CONNECTOR WIRING DIAGRAM

BROWN TO
V5 PIN 12 (NOT USED ON ALL RECEIVERS)

36
 GENERAL M ELECTRIC
CHASSIS T-5, MODEL TR100TEB-5

DISASSEMBLY TV S8

SIGNAL BOARD
O O
1, Remove four Phillips head screws that secure circuit JI

board. Signal board may now be turned over for servic-

ing. 00

TUNER ASSEMBLY
30
1. Remove UHF and VHF channel select and fine tune knobs.
12
2. Remove two Phillips head screws securing tuner bracket
to cabinet front. One at the top 9
and one at the side.
3. Loosen the Phillips head screw that is in front of and
between the VHF tuner. Insert screwdriver at left side 30
of chassis between UHF tuner output plug and UHF B+
TFIS
terminal. �TF6�

4. The tuner package may now be tilted back or lifted clear

�a...
to permit access to the following: Volume, Contrast,
AOG
LLLfff AOJ

Brightness controls, Power Transformer, Power Plug, Fuse 3.5

3M HZ

Panel, TR24, and VHF tuner mounting screws. YELLOW

<0

SWEEP BOARD ASSEMBLY

YELLOW
1. Position receiver on side with power supply down. so
2. Remove Phillips head screw from bracket above HVT. 9 azos
.SM NZ 0
3, Remove Phillips head screw that secures sweep assembly
to cabinet front.
4. Remove Phillips head screw that secures sweep assembly
at rear of main chassis.
S. The sweep assembly will now swing down allowing easy ac- 303,
cess to all components mounted on the sweep board. CAU- TaII

TION: BE SURE TO RELIEVE STRAIN ON LEADS AS THE PANEL IS f� n—

SWUNG DOWN.
SIGNAL BOARD TRANSISTOR AND ADJUSTMENT LOCATIONS
6. To facilitate servicing, power can be applied with the
assembly in this position. Reasonable caution should be
exercised to insure thataccidental shorts are prevented.
41.25 Mhz
47.25 Mhz

39.75 Mhz
T R13 TRI2 D14
0

42.5 Mhz 45.75 Mhz

50% 50%
J3 �5%

TR22

TRII
TP T,P
3L 44.15 Mhz
XC
100%

I-F RESPONSE CURVE

0.12 �DII
co
J2 DID
ADJUSTMENTS
c
TR20 D9 HORIZONTAL CONTROLS
Q FREQUENCY

co
co DS R704 (Horizontal Frequency) is a Horizontal-Hold Range-Con-
J4 trol and requires re-adjustment after any horizontal oscil-
CO 0 I lator component is replaced.
n n
R 704 1 To R704:
co HOR J5 properly adjust
TR25 13 FRED
W 1. Short TPVI to TPVII.
2. Connect O.luf paper capacitor from point 12 (input to
C TR20) on power board to chassis ground.
3. Looking from rear of receiver, set R704 to full counter-
TRIS
90 n
clockwise position.
WISE.
WARNING: DO NOT TURN FULLY CLOCK-
R906
B+ 4. Set Horizontal Hold control(R707)at center of its range.
ADJUST
S. 'Turn set on and adjust horizontal frequency control
(R704) for floating picture.
Li R6 6. 'Turn set off, disconnect jumper between TPVI and TPVII.
R608 VERT R615
VERT LIN VERT 7. Turn set on, adjust L701 for floating picture.
SIZE R707 BIAS R604
HOR VERT S. Remove capacitor from point 12 on power board,
HOLD HOLD 9. Picture should remain synchronized. If it does not, look
for troubles in the AFC circuit.
SWEEP BOARD TRANSXSTOR AND ADJUSTMENT LOCATIONS

37
 GENERAL ELECTRIC Chassis T-5 Printed Board Information

V U T S
I R
I P I N I M
I L I K I J I H I G I F I P I D

C 712 D14
$6301
_ � TR12
R319 TR13

I �. ••'V'1•
�I
R 313` •
D15
o$R
R317 C 48 E•
J3 C 3f3 0 C 414 TH401
R721 C720
4
T702 _
r!rE�t TR22 0314 r 6
I • J
I t -- B \ 416
R4
R421
5 I3
1
( • C 5
I 1 � C
' I L312
TR11
4 I osR
I
1
V bbb 4 2 j
D3 Riw I 2 i
�
R717•N � 6 E -
B IN
RRR: 6
T. P j
I I
C 06 C 711 TH402R42✓9
•.. .�(� P %R312 L311
cZ L � !Oj C417 I
C416 S
I
4 7
D12 ta16�
1 • I +TR42Q
D11 T701 �1 ��
�4!�C710
I
i09
C724 1 7 ' C R415 R418
T
R�1-R311B
3
•
8417
M M*
♦ L701 I • ,.f�
E
• RTT133 L31�2 •� TR8 r
j R4,7- a
i L
- —' i +T
l ♦`/
R712
M/Vv
R315 .c R42
-6� •IE• �i�.�
l^ R7I1 DID C
TR21
+
`C I
S •-C 1:4
B •✓705 C705% C313� C411+? _
413
J2 9
C 707 :R416 I!
R710 708_•
R {TT � R510
0714 6702
T ,. •-�
/
W��
R702 L� 6,
10 R7 �F• 10
• R709 I E
R706 * 6
� \• I
•,, � � R424
Ty •

II C
f �TR20 7i
3�ID
Ia ^g
R501 C504
12 J4 C703
L503 12
_� C903

I. .,
* H`�`-y .�C503
C601 .
+T
l
I D2e=71 `5
R619 2
13 "
13
�
F J5
o
F2
' Mu
`
-L
'
T
�R
6 I

}604
+
+-
R603
nM a
R910
1 �Fs 13 6 Ds • IF+
14 D16 TR25 14
"D13 0 6
1 I
620 pq I •i 6'/`• E
�; .3 T R17
Q 1
jR
15 6 15
I
SR607 C902

4 ;
,
16 Tr'.18
R905: ;904 16
T+
0608` -
' 605 R909

17 R618 R604,
R612
,•
+
IR611 T R906
17
•
�1D
70 1 t
0607 111907'.
T C608
18 ♦+ 11609 A6 ®
9
18
R614 R616 1-f R608

19 /TH601 R615 19

SWEEP BOARD - COPPER VIEW

COMPONENT LOCATIONS
TRAN-
RESISTORS CAPACITORS DIODES
SISTORS
R424 C311 H-9 C608 J-16 C721 R-12 TR8 G-8
8311 J-7 F-11 R613 J-15 R711 S-9
C609 N-16 C724 P-8 D8 J-11
R312 H-6 R426 F-8 R614 M-18 R712 L-8 C312 J-8 TR11 E-6
C611 P-14 0726 P-11 D9 J-11
R313 M-3 R427 C-8 R615 L-19 R713 L-8 C313 H-4 TR12 E-4
C613 N-13 C902 C-16 D10 P-9
R314 H-8 R428 B-6 R616 J-18 R714 H-6 C314 L-4 TR13 B-4
0701 H-11 C903 D-12 D11 T-8
R315 H-9 R508 G-11 R618 P-17 R716 DI-6 C413 D-9 TR17 F-15
0702 H-10 D12 P=8
R316 li-7 R509 F-11 R619 N-13 R717 N-6 C414 E-4 TR18 H-16
C703 K-11 D13 P-14
R317 G-4 R510 G-10 R620 N-14 R721 R-4 C41S E-9 TR19 S-16
C704 N-9 D14 K-2
R318 H-2 R601 H-12 R621 M-14 R904 B-16 C416 D-7 TR20 G-11
C705 J-9 DIS N-3
R319 J-2 R603 G-14 R701 J-10 R905 D-16 C417 F-7 TR21 M-8
C706 S-7 COILS D16 D-14
R415 E-8 R604 P1-17 R702 K-10 R906 B-16 C418 D-8 TR22 N-5
R416 E-9 R605 K-15 0503 G-12 C707 R-9 TR23 T-3
R703 N-11 R907 B-17
8417 D-8 R606 K-15 R704 CSU4 G-11 C708 R-10 TR25 B-15
R-13 R909 D-17 L311 G-7
R418 C-8 R607 E-15 R705 Cti01 J-12 C709 M-7
K-9 R910 C-13 L312 G-6
8419 C-5 8608 E-19 R706 C603 J-13 C710 L-7
K-11 L701 S-8
R420 C-7 R609 G-19 C604 K-14 C711 P-7
R707 J-17 L702 T-12
R421 C-5 R610 H-17 R708 C605 F-16 C712 P-2
K-9
R422 D-5 R611 G-16 R709 N-10 C606 F-18 C714 U-10
R423 D-5 R612 D1-17 R710 N-10 C607 G-18 C720 N-4

38
 GENERAL ELECTRIC Chassis T-5 Printed Board Information, Continued

R I P N M
I I

0207♦
, 2
JI
o _�
I - TR4 C T/
_j
s �
w
3
R20 C205i G R204
R809 •'WW L204
1-1
4 ♦E TC208
+ C201 I � ►
* -`
It209 4
E R811 � _ +
2
S L J 6
I+ 68C�I J T T
•
0202
R202
*A"'.
R203 R206�R201
8205
T R208
•-NYV*
0210 C2 11 5
R506 � 0203 '' Nf-�
L �ce04 • :
TR16 1 C212
, ryc.c—j°L4—• j T ���
2 8807
~H
I fs 6
Ir��I
L _1 �T
2 '
*_
V
R212
T202
I ID 6 %"R21i
D7 T. P. - I B' I
♦ L L203_ 1 7
- S E 0S__TR15 C 213
7c803I R806 6 R8 11 r
^N 0
C217I E
TR14
c - TH801 I
02162
- TR6 a
�
R805 R R T 0225
f
`
�r
I i} R214 0218
9
I
1
0219
0805
1
,
10
4�
1 T f ,l 10
T
I 6220
II
c8°1l
I
R2i 5S

� 5+
L _�L J 1 II
Ra 2 ggt Y
m1� • M
T R802 r •�
• R305 I • R30I
12 .d09 R410 L. R803 1302 I �"0'1-1
C403
TR7 I ►'Vw c302
I @ 0221 12
! C4OLt L
22 6
13 � TR9
R404 E� I R40
DI
2< B 13
1�R 405 I i T'301
2

e ro �.0 T
C404� E

I.��.
14 C407
C
8 T401 0401 C303
T
304 I
H�„ r
I
2�
' L303 14
4 R L
I n
0 i T �R406
/Ls1�cR'\i
c 403 1
4t R3 i ✓�.
15 0 I

1
♦ R40 a i 1
6 T r-224
j
J
1 I 15
T —
T
4O

16 ��_•
RR401
0405
J
T.P. j 16

SIGNAL BOARD - COPPER VIEW

COMPONENT LOCATIONS
RESISTORS CAPACITORS TRAN-
DIODES
SISTORS
R201 J-3 R407 P-15 C201 J-4 C-13
C303 G-13 D1. TR4 F-3
R202 G-5 R408 N-15 C202 J-S N-12
C304 G-13 D2 TRS B-4
R203 F-4 R409 DI-11 C203 K-6 C305 S-9 D3 S-11 TR6 B-8
R204 E-3 R410 P-12 C204 H-6 1
C401 K-14 D4 1
11-9 TR7 J-13
R205 E-4 R411 R-11 C205 G-4 C402 M-12 DS J-9 TR9 M-14
R206 D-4 R412 N-12 C206 F-4 C403 L-13 D6 G-7 TRIO N-14
R207 C-5 R413 T-13 C207 E-2 C404 N-13 D7 L-7 1814 L-9
R208 B-S R504 N-9 C208 E-4 C405 P-16 TR15 11-8
R209 D-S R505 R-S C209 D-4 C406 h1-15 TR16 N-5
R211 D-7 R506 M-6 C210 C-4 C407 P-14 COILS
R212 E-6 R507 P-4 C211 B-5 �`�
C408 P-14
R213 D-9 R802 F-11 C212 D -6
TEST
C4 5-12 L20 L-4
R214 B-9 R803 G-12 C213 D -7
POINTS
C41 10 T-14 L202 2 L-6
R215 D-11 R805 K-9 0216 C-8 L203 TPI J-7
03111 T-11 H-6
R301 E-12 R806 K-8 C217 C-8 L204 H-4 TPII E-15
C412 N-11
R302 F-12 R807 F-6 C218 B-9 L20 TP1II N-10
C 0-11 B-10
R303 F-15 R808 F-8 C219 C-10 L2066
C 502
0 N-6 B-12
R304 R-9 R809 hl-4 C220 A-10 L20
C8801 G-11 B-14
R305 H-12 R810 M-5 C221 A -12 L2088
C80 2 G-10 C-15
R306 J-14 R811 F-8 C222 D-14 L301 TRANS-
0803 3 K-7 E-15
R401 J-15 R812 F-9 0223 A-15 L30 2 FORMERS
C804 F-6 F-13
R402 L-13 R813 F-7 C224 D-IS L303 G-15 1201 D-3
C80 F-10
R403 M-14 C225 C-8 T202 B-6
0806 6 E-7
R404 N-13 0226 J-6 T401 L-15
R405 L-13 C301 E-13 T402 S-13
R406 P-14 C302 C- 1_2

39
 GENERAL ELECTRIC Chassis T-5 Schematic Diagram

VHF TELESCOPING
ANT ANTENNA
30on X3 20 X3 20
4Q 44 MHZ @4 MHZ

R9 TR4 TR5
47K
IST IF 2ND IF
9.9 V /OV
L204 3 .OV 10.6V 1201 10.7V T2_02
IF
14201
B.2 Ear 1.7V C zo7� a 3.OV
2.OV C211i F. 1.6V
5vf Spf
CC
02 0226 3 C
0 314204 ...0 ' Q
o
G
12 pf 2pf ISP ISpf �� e �� R20B a
330 of 390
'C 208 2.3V
2.
=C2o4 14201
zovl 23V < 100 1.3V 0
005
'11
1
�L213
4201 L202 `1.005 T.005
47.25M X2 41.25MHZ 1,1V I LIL

�L203
1 1 1,1,1,1, 39.75 -L
C206 14203 8206 C209"R2(
= r MH7 560
T .005
'1�.005f180 =22

JR202 +11.2V
+11.2V 3 560

S+ 7

+10805 +y0806 R811 ROOS 1

C804
m 20.1tm.005 I.8 K 4
7.5K TR15
1 T.005
IAGC
-
AGC AMP
ADJUST

+112 V TM601
R 812 5V
820
D6
R 813 D5
T.P2 2.5V

T
5.6 K
4.3V 14
AGC 4.7N = = D7 4.31/ 2
3.8V
1.9V t8

14810 C803
II RS06
1

2.4 K I.f
T
TR9 TRIO C407
= 25V

f AUDIO IF AUDIO IF
COLLECTOR
MARK 1 47p1 T402 T. P.$
TO TR7 - R410
TO 4 TO 19 9.5 V 'I 3.5V
U TR 23 L OLLELTOR 2.5 V 'M
I
TR5 2.5V
TR24 5.5V 14406
4
TR6
T401 S 0 14407 0409 +
C412
IOOpf IOuf
R306 R401 0401
RS
403
1.8K ,
n 6.OV IOK R22K
ISV
300 2.2K 400pt _.C404
R404 V_
C408 R411
1.5K D3
I.8V 50pf 1 IK
L- _J
C402 R406
R402 1.2K OI 1
.0
.408 0405
T.01
TNT 560 .01
TRS 220
1119
TRIO TO"
TRII TRI3
TRI5 TR14
�
R409 0406
TR20
III TRI6
TRI7
100
T .01

B T RIB. +11.2 V
TO 21 R413
C 50
T 2 680
E E TR25
B
0410 0411 1,419
T. 0047 ,033 .002

DIS TO TRIG
I1.2V COLLECTOR
ANODE R606
SOURCE I.8 K

TRI7 = TOO[
12
VERT OSC
CATHODE 3.3V
R901 4.OV 03
Iu
DE
120 • WITH 25V
603
22
K
ANODENCATHO RECEIVER
L OFF 2.3V
4
C605
07;
R602 .6 IOuf -
DIODES 0602
2.2 .047 6V

+Ir.5V
F901

T.
T R601 0 601
.75 AMP 047
B + +11.5v 2.2K
SOURCE

0
1 REG R909
I B+
! 4.7
16.5V +11.5V
�C903
500 of
Ri R509 0701
R910 15Y
220 DI6 K OI D8

R906
15V 0504 /0.4V
C901 TR25 IN
R508 0503
PRE B+ADJUST 569 0047 39p1 9.8V
2000 U
25V
REG
4.6V
5.2V� 820 -
2.2V
JUMPER IN AC CORD +0902 ch
R904
. 30uf
30a 120 -6V
INDICATES VARIATION WITH 1- 15V
CONTROL SETTING
.510 0702 D9
VOLTAGE MEASUREMENTS 6B0 ,01
MADE WHERE
WITH A VT VM WITH RESPECT
ON-SIGNAL AND OFF-SIGNAL MEASUREMENTS UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED TR20
TO DIFFE R. ON-SIGNAL VOLTAGE APPEARS IN /TAG/LS OVER
CHASSIS. RECEIVER SET FOR OFF-SIGNAL VOLTAGE. OFF-SIGNAL VOLTAGES TAKEN
K-1,000 M-1,000.000 SYNC
CAPACITORS MORE THAN 1- 1.0
NORMAL OPERATION. MEASUREMENTS WITH ANTENNA DISCONNECTED AND ANTENNA TERMINALS CAPACITORS LESS THAN 1.0 SPLITTER +11.5V
MAY VARY x'104 AT 120V AC LINE SHORTED TOGETHER.
8706
VOLTAGE. - 15K
ON SIGNAL VOLTAGES AND WAVE SHAPES 8707
TAKEN WITH
NOISE FREE SIGNAL. IOK
HORIZ 0703
AGC CONTROL .047
HOLDa

VERTICAL BIAS
R808 (located near the center of the signal board)
should be adjusted witha one millivolt signal applied to
the Proper adjustment of the vertical bias control (R615)
antenna terminals. The proper setting will is
produce necessary to limit the current through TR19 to a safe
+3.9V,-O.1V at TPI with a test pattern signal. An alternate level.'The proper procedure for adjusting R615 is to discon-
method of setting the AGC control is to tune the receiver to
nect the yellow lead from L601, insert a milliampere meter
a strong local channel and adjust the AGC control until sync in series with 1,601, and adjust R615 for a of 165ma.
reading
instability can be detected in the picture. Reduce the AGC A second way to check this setting is to use a DC voltmeter
control approximately 1/8 turn and check on all other chan- across L601 and adjust R615 for an indication of 2.1V. This
nels to be sure AGC circuit functions
properly. procedure is required after any...vertical circuit repair.

40
 GENERAL ELECTRIC Chassis T-5 Schematic Diagram, Continued

TO AUDIO
50-200
,)44MHZ T. P.IE
IF INPUT
T-5 CHASSIS
- L301
--
F TR6 2lu h 2.OV 221
1 L311 C313
3RD IF 2.3V TR8 n 8
O
R303 9,5✓ VID OUT 3001
va4�-
L205 I
.Spf L206 DI
10.4V L207 L208 1.21K 9.4V TR7 I'D M
VID AMP R 316 R316 2
R214 C22 221 56V IK VI
T14
L216 , 3 IOK
4.71K f T_ D} � Spf y.0 I0Df 9AGP4
20Df ,
= I 150uh 9.7V
7
/ 9.6V 5 4.2V L312
L�J L I C}OS R3->-' OS
>
J
410.0 6
I. IV R302
47 Vf IB
G3o5>
3¢f - - 4.7K 30uf
0219
F_ 3.8V
- 005 15V
16301
(
G 304
0225- 'C216 R215 C302- +J-
G301 R 3171 1
R80 R802
.005 f 56 .047 SR 301 5.6K
T.005 £ 270 R 311 R319 85V
'�` 11 500
5V i 2T0 l L303
2.TK 270K BRIGHT
W 'P
j4 4.5
MHZ
-
TR16
SYNC SEP
N R 312
S6K
>
R320
TRI4 1.2V R304 IOOK
2.OV +.11.2V 220 C311
AGC • 270pf
3V �O. 4V -,
8507
1 . G 312
IOK
9.OV
N
R t4 2 0 uI
R805 111111
I 0.2V�
( 56
}
I8K = C502 D4 Sv-
03 304
I .
8 7V IDV R31S R321
� JR�
p5 05 1 Zs�_6K 9]0 CONTRAST
6 R50S

T
C801 IM TO ALL
' 113803
2.2K 15K
I ,1 t 11,2V PNTS.
1 - 'NC ON THIS BRD

f
R313
6.BK
TO TERMINAL 12
ON POWER BOARD

TO 11.2V D14
SOURCE
N -L 314
1 2uf
+11.5V 150V 8.OKV
=
R424 + C417 11.4V TR13 P
6.8 200.1 ADD 28
-�

�A
_ 15V R330 32-
6.7V OUT
R426 R419 R420 6.6V
3.9 K 270 820
R422
3.3
0415+

11
R41
18 6.5V
I
5V 1 R421 TH402 R423
4
C"
20 3.3 R425
022
1 1.4V
0416
it 7 KA + 100uf
�qIB R416
';
C of IOV
3.3K J401
25V .8V R417 TR12 r
R414 -L L G 10
AUD OUT 6.6V
5GK = -
VOLUME TRII R418 +C 413
AMP - 1000
AUDIO 150 P
T 6V

R604
5K +11.5V
10- +11.5V
5 VERT
22K MOLD RI8T TR19
VERT DRIVER VERT OUT
6604 R615
20uf TH601
500
IOV . VERT 2`
C613
0607 C608 R620
BIAS C
300 DOW R 614 2.3V 3.9N
R610
15V 150 )F-
+It- .2TK 10.5V 1 R621
D13 56601
R608
R609
5.3V R616 IL601
R 1.5K

Isov
"
VERT VERT
7V
• ' 47700 IIV R619 I
SIZE LIN'
{R611 N J 6.BK 50
L:--__j
04

+ C606 i5.6K IRS 'a

4.7uf 3.3 Y
-�` c-
16V R613
3.3 500uf
OV +11.5 D5

R71
0 C708
22
��
sK �
(
1 .2V
07
26
�.
01
TR21 TR22 TR23
T. P.$ HOR OSC T701 HOR DRIVER HOR OUT D3 04

RT09
OK DID 8.7V 8.8V
1 = 1724
004T
*D12
11.2V
C 714
6.5 ufm
T703

o �9
I.2V T702
R705 R708 6 DI7

I
560 -DII 47 1
C709 R117
N
159 0 R 712 R71
704 � C]07
7= 5.6 K 220 D
+ I 47oov+ >
0703 C722 -

T' 11.2V
5Uf tR 0711 1C712
D1 500P
' _ V 3 33300 T022R =DIS > 7.3'NV
1.068
R716
68
GT23
F7> D I
T
R703
+11.5V
ti 000 7,5K

5.6 K
R704
_1115V
5V
5K - I
12.8V
�IIL]02
> L____J
NOR

= FREO
+11.5V +J C72,
FI>

1 500uf
15V

AND LINEARITY VERTICAL SIZE CONTROL B+ ADJUST

Properly tune the receiver to one of the local televi- The
B+ adjust control(R906)(located on the rear section
sion channels. To obtain the best use a test of sweep board)should be adjusted to produce 1l.SV, to.3V at
linearity,
pattern, if one is available. the collector of TR24 (mounted on the large vertical heat
vertical size and vertical sink). NOTE: Setting the B+ voltage to a value higher than
Adjust (R608) linearity
(R609)simultaneously for proper vertical size and linearity.
11.5 volts will cause poor performance on AC power and re-
The picture should over-fill the screen 11 duced battery life when operated on a storage battery.
- - 1/8 at top and bot-
__.
tom..

41
 GENERAL ELECTRIC Chassis T-5, Waveform Information, Continued

'; VERT. RATE TPII ' VERT. RATE CRT % HORIZ. RATE CRT
1 VPP
40 VPP n CATHODE 4.5 VPP n PIN 6
O

wrl

', VERT. RATE CRT ', VERT. RATE TR14 '-z HORIZ. RATE :; VERT. RATE TR16
-
45 VPP PIN 5 .9 VPP rl
\
l
BASE 10 "VPP 10 VPP / 1 COL.

', HORIZ. RATE TR20 '; 1tORIZ. RATE TR20 HORIZ. RATE TR20
10 VPP n BASE 7 'WP COL. 6 VPP n EMITTER

', HORIZ. RATE )CT. R701 ', HORIZ. RATE JCT. R710 !, -0RIZ. RATE 3� HORIZ. RATE
0.3 VPP R702 5 VPP D8-D9 12: VPP 13 VPP
13
k�t

', HORIZ. RATE_ TR21 TR22 TR23

4.5 VPP BASE BASE EMITTER

!; VERT. RATE TR17 'z VERT. RATE 1

; VERT. RATE TR17 'i VERT. RATE TR18
5 VPP BASE 3 VPP 2.5 VPP EMITTER 1 VPP BASE

VERT. RATE - TR19 VERT. RATE JCT.

2 VPP (9
�) BASE 0.2 VPP R306 - T401
28

'; VERT. RATE TRIO 400 HZ GEN TOP OF 400 HZ TR12

8 VPP � COL. SIGNAL VOL. CONTROL 9 VPP BASE
3U
0.1 VPP
WAVEFORMS FOR POINTS INDICATED

42
 GENERAL X ELECTRIC
CHASSIS D1

MODELS M403WD-Dl M434WD—D1 MODELS

WM403WD-D 1
AM40OWD-D1 WM434WD—Dl CAM603EVY
M401 EWD R403EWD
R403WD-D1
M435WD—D1 CAM603VY -D1
M401WD-D1 WM435WD—Dl CBM603EVY
M407 EWD
WM401WD-D1 M452EWD CBM603VY-D1
M407WD - D 1
XSM401WD-D1 WM420BR -D1 M452WD -D 1 CHR621EVY
M403EVY WM426BG-D1 M454EWD CHR621VY-D1
WM432WD-D 1 M454WD -D 1 CNR621 EVY
M403EWD
M403VY-D1 WM432BG-D1 CBM601 EVY CNR621VY-D1
WM433WD-D1 CBM601VY-D1

Dissassembly Instructions for Some Models

CABINET BACK
; Disconnect any external antenna wire. Remove the hex head screws securing the cabinet back Swing
the left side of the back away from the receiver just far enough to reach the 300 ohm VHF b UHF antenna input leads
that are located inside of the cabinet back. Unplug the VHF antenna lead from the VHF tuner input terminals and the
UHF leads are unplugged from the terminals on the cabinet back.
CHASSIS; Remove the cabinet previously described. back
Remove as
the VHF 6 UHF tuner knobs. Unplug the picture
tube socket and
high voltage anode lead. On model R403 remove the power tuning and Remote Receiver assembly by tak-
ing out the bracket on which these units are mounted as follows:
a. Take out 4 screws, 2 from the top 6 2 from the bottom.
b. Take out 2 screws that retain the 2 ground leads.
c. Unplug the remote plug and the transducer cable.
d. Slide the complete assembly back away from the VHF tuner.
Chassis disassembly for all listed models as follows:
I. Remove 4 hex head screws from the tuner
plastic bracket assembly.
2. Remove 2 hex head screws
second from
a ry co
n trolthe
brac
ke t an
d the rockersw it
ch bracke t.
S. Take out the hex head screw from the left front corner of the chassis that retains the ground strap.
4. Take out 2 hex head chassis retaining screws from the bottom corners of chassis.
5. Unsolder the speaker leads from the speaker.
The chassis
is now slid back from the cabinet front and the yoke is then remov
ed. Re a sse
m ble in the reverse order of
disassembly. Notice that the front of the chassis is retained by two plastic bosses molded into the cabinet front. These
bosses mate with two slots in the front apron of the chassis.
PICTURE TUBE ;Place the receiver face down on a soft cloth covered surface and either remove the tube sling screw
and spread the sling to remove the tube, or remove all four sling straps by taking out the two hex head screws from
each strap.

ELECTRICAL ADJUSTMENTS PICTURE TUBE ADJUSTMENTS

HEIGHT AND VERTICAL LINEARITY: Adjust R214 and PICTURE TILT: To correct picture tilt. loosen the YOKE
R207 simultaneously for proper vertical-size and linearity. CLAMP . Adjust the yoke to correct the tilt. Secure the
Picture should extend 1/8-inch beyond top and bottom ed- clamp.
ges of mask.
PICTURE CENTERING: Rotate the two centering rings
HORIZONTAL HOLD: With controls set for normal opera- located at the rear of the yoke assembly until picture is
tion, adjust L251 to the point where the picture "locks in".
properly centered.
NOTES 0-112 AND L-138 NOT USED ON
PRE-SET TUNERS. UHF VHF INPUT
VHF ANTENNA (oeooao .---_— 1111 POSITION INPUT
� 1 AGC
INPUT RC102 IF
RCIC
INJECTION RF B+
CHANNELS 2-13
COUPLING ooaaoy—_a
HTR(SERIES)
L C '"
L106 10
00 C 112 -F-OUT
V2A 36 1000 L 135
VI 6LJ8 L135 FINE a V2B RF T.P
3GK5 1/2 5LJ8 TUNING
6GK5 CONV I 6LJ8 140V 8+
C 122 5LJ8 UHF
RF AMP R106
22K 22 2.2 1 OSC. B+
C121
82
10
R 108 IS
�
R103 R107t
J
1000
1000 'M
4700}
R108 VI V2
R 104 33K
47K 3GK5 5LJ8
C107 CIO8 Clio CI11 CI16 0117 0118 4 5
LIOB 47 1000 1000 5 loo.'Doo
lc 000
W 11 * 11
1 I I
( ��
O 0 O 0 O O
l UMF RF PLATE AG IF I.F. OUT. RF T. P. 6+ UHF Y
INPUT B+ INJECTION B+

ET86X260, ET86X277, ET86X279, ET86X307

VHF TUNER SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM

43
 GENERAL ELECTRIC Chassis E1, Information
Alignment

RECEIVER ALIGNMENT
VIDEO I-F SYSTEM
GENERAL: Allow receiver and test equipment at least AM PRE-PEAKING & TRAP FREQUENCIES
20 minutes warm-up. Power the receiver from an isolation
transformer.
L150.... Min. 47.25 MC T151 Max. 42.8 MC
L160 • .. . Min. 41.25 MC L151 . Max. 42.50
1. Turn volume
con trol and ti ne tun ingcount
erc l
ockw ise ,
MC
L135 • . • • Max. 45.00 MC L154, L153 . Max. 44.15 MC
and contrast control fully clo ckwi
se. Se t c hannel
selector to Channel 11. Short antenna terminals 'together.

41.25 47.25 MC
2. Connect oscilloscope to Test Point III thru 22,000
2-5% (TRAP)
ohms resistor not more than 2.5 inches away from Test
Point III. Connect a variable bias supply (0-20V) be-
tween Test Point II and chassis. 42.5 MC 45.75 MC
a
3. Inject signals from a properly termi n ated AM s i
gna l o + 5
55 a/ 50 do +5%
generator or sweep generator, through the I-F INJECTION
NETWORK shown, to the I-F injection point. This
point is accessible at the base of the Converter (V2) 0
-
45.0MC 100/0
on the top deck of the VHF tuner, -
-
K ICIzFo 115%a NOM.
4. Align the receiver to produce the response curve illus- 44.15MC 125/o MAX,
trated. 105 % M I N.
5. Position all cores at ends of coils away from circuit
board, I-F RESPONSE CURVE

VIDEO I
-F ALIGNMENT CHART
STEP SIGNAL ADJUST REMARKS
FREQUENCY

1 47.25 MC AM (Bias OV) Adjust L150 for minimum scope deflec- Use maximum scope sensitivity and smallest
tion possible signal for the 47.25 MC AM an
d
2 41.25 MC AM (Bi OV) Adjust L160 for min. deflection
as
41.25 MC AM adjustments.
3 42.8 MC AM (Bias OV) Adjust T151 for max. deflection
4 44.15 MC AM (Bias -3.5V) Adjust L154, then L153 for max. Position L153 core barely in the top of the
5
(Bias -3.5V) L135 for max. at 45 MC and place- coil, then peak L154. Next peak L153.
ment of 45.75 MC marker Do not retouch these adjustments.
6
T151 for placement of 42.5 MC marker. Symmetry of the nose is im portant. No portion
38-48 MC sweep generator, of the nose should be out of symmetry
7 with scope calibrated 3 volts by more
than 3%.
peak to peak for 2 inch de-
flection; markers at 41,25, L151 for max. at 42.5 MC and
42.5, 44.15, 45.0 MC 6 shaping of nose around 44.15 MC
45.75 MC
KnifethecoilofL152 ifthe42.5MC
8
marker is above 55% on the curve Repeat last fo
ur st
e ps if .
. necessary

TO TEST
r -
1 POINT
I
1 RI CI 47{lUt IR66
I
3611 1000 1 TO AC
( 100K VTVM
60K 2000

16R Ion I
VV

TO CHASSIS
Of
RECEIVER K-117.1"2

1-F INJECTION NETWORK

DETECTOR NETWORK

4.5 MC TRAP ALIGNMENT AUDIO ALIGNMENT WITH ON-THE-AIR SIGNALS

1. Connect a -15V bias to Test Point II, with the positive
I. Tune in a stron g loc al si l an d setrece i lume
bias lead grounded to chassis. gna vervo
to a low audible level.
2. Detune L302 by placing the core at the top of the coil.
2. Adjust L302 for maximum undistorted, buzz-free audio
3. Turn contrast control to maximum, volume to minimum.
output. Start with the core at the outermost position
4. Connect the DETECTOR NETWORK shown to Test
away from the printed board and tune for the second
Point IV and feed its output to an AC VTVM.
"peak" encountered on the way into the coil form.
5. Apply a 4.5 MC AM signal through a capacitor at Test 3. Connect a variable bias su pply (3 t o 15V) to th e AGC
Point III.
test point with the positive lead to the chassis.
6. Adjust the top core of T154 for minimum Adjust
reading on bias until audio signal distorts on peaks
Test Point IV. Two'core positions will give an slightly, then
apparent adjust core of L301 to curb distortion. Repeat this pro
minimum indication, the correct one is nearer the top
end of the coil form. cedure several times at increased bias levels until
maximum clarity of audio is obtained.
4. Adjust the bottom core of T154, repeating the bias ad
NOTE: Retouching of the trap adjustment may be necessary vances in step 3, to achieve the optimum
after alignment of the audio take -off. setting for
noise-free performance at low signal levels.

44
GENERAL ELECTRIC Chassis DI, Printed Board Information

�aaM>ia i aa

UUU ()( U
UUUUUUUVU ,

QwwAamm03NmwQ�aaax
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1 1
'� W Of O .-� NM er
N WQ�O.rNMV tOF

CAPACITORS
N v1N WW t0 t0 tO �D W tD tD t0 FO 000
N N N N N N N N N N N N N N M M M M

UUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUU

xc�a�u.-•xQoc�wu. m aooUw
W FFF0000 00 00 O +'+ ✓> W
--
�NNNNNNNN N NN NN

U U U U U U U U U U U U () UUU U

ti O

x x x x~ rl a M:E z o o 1 z~" O

]fill 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 t l
N hN N Nh�/'1� tp tp tO �O tp W W lD lD

U U U U U U U U U U U U U U U U U

a. ov)�40>AU>
H
H I I I
o �o
Li. �4»»»

BOARD
o..

POINTS
LOCATION
x241+ k
CIRCUIT

111
..
ti »

TEST
OF

COMPONENT
VIEW
COMPONENT

..w>3Nza

aaaaaa HFH
COILS

o�x�oaa�oz
l I I 1 1 1 I 1 1 1
N VS N N Vl VI h N V1 to

.�aaaaaaaaa

3[Ccaw (yCyorF.]>1>;xI-xxzx
I I I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1[ 1 11 I

N NNN MMMMMMMMMM MV'C

aaaac xxxwwzzcaaxa,aa

'WG xx..'w IUM<1:)WwUCQ

RESISTORS

xaxccxxx�axaVcXccXaa
O O O .+ o
Q O� W F.� .-� •-� F W O� tD .--�
7aaala.UUwr,
W

X"xxcoo=
W

I l l l l f l l l l l l l l l l l
W T.tiNM�NM V� t0 F W OHO.-yNM

N N N N N N N N N N N N

xaaaaocaaxaxxccxxaac

xxx��tiaxou,��zapap
I I I I I I I I I I I I 1 1 1 1 1
O.-�NM��tOFW Of O.+N M V'N �O

aaaaaaaaaa.aaacacaaa

45
GENERAL ELECTRIC Chassis DI, Service Information, Continued
Y
J
Q]

3
Z

MN
II.

I I
m ; IO 000
000
>>>
as
w aLLL3oxLL
1-LLLLpW(�LL
tM O_JF ZO

8600006000DQbD01

U•I

VIEW
COMPONENT

d 0608
BOARD

�� v91L

�f
O

DIAGRAM
D
L NF
U- O
O�
CIRCUIT

3 h
l
L_J

SCHEMATIC
O

Op p
0

e—h/v1�

RECEIVER
00
N
�QffiA.

2R100 REMOTE
N
J w N

U
U
�I
F
O
O
0
—

N
N
mc a
P

n 0 of
oa
N
N � •M
WIRING

O
N
Q �
RELAY
INTERCONNECTING

VYr 1
N Y
STEPPING

1 M

p
n �Nf

M'
2
Q
K

TO PINS 1 6 2
OF P401 46
 GENERAL ELECTRIC Chassis Dl, Service In'ormation, Continued

UHF
TUNER

J101
If OUTPUT JACK

UNF CABLE

8407
ON-OFF SWITCH

PROGRAM ET2K332
BUTTON- 5409
WHEEL
RASTER PROGRAM SWITCH
BLANKING

ET2K329
PROGRAM 5402
(VOLUME LIMITER RASTER
ADJUSTABLE WHEEL
BLANKING
FROM FRONT OF SWITCH
RECEIVER AFTER
VOL. CONTROL ET2%33O
IS REMOVED. BUTTON-
PROGRAM

ET2Y331
BUTTON FOR
ON-OFF POSITION
(ALSO PROGRAMSy

J408
POWER TUNE
MUTING B MOTOR 5404 MODELS
FIELD SWITCH ASSEMBL

POWER TUNING
MOTOR 8 GEAR BOX
A SSE.

72— 300n
VNF VHF
ANT ANT.
INPUT INPUT

CONTROL PANEL - REAR VIEW

CONTROL PANEL-SIDE VIEW

CONTROL PANEL

SPEAKER SW
J402-5
REMOTE SET

24VAC 3,2 f HOTEL-MOTEL WIRED REMOTE

R403 SPEAKERI
120V AC 760n TO REMOTE
BLK. IBW SPEAKER AMPH
-
1
BLK 71 65
6.2V AC
FIELD °
SW L" PAD 4
HI 5
N.O. �-N.0, CHANNEL LIGHT TV SFKR A3
\ 1
3 \•�
BRN/YL. 3.2.a ��
J405 1
SLIDE SW 2 1

t' 1
1/2 12AEIO w RED
v
PUSH BUTTON
10 CH.SELECTOR j
P1•6 3.2tL L J
RED/YL. V41C

r PILLOW SPEAKER WIRED REMOTE

AMPH
71-6S
AMPH.71-6S
J405

SLIDE SW
1112 • 2• SW404
10 If
SLIDE SW
i
L" PAD RED

* 3.2n 0111%HB
PUSH BUTTON I
SPECIAL FOR 120V POWER LINE SPEAKER CH SELECTOR
DO NOT SUBSTITUTE
-I
------
NOTE FOR USE WITH IOOxL SPEAKER CONNECT DARK
GREEN LEAD FROM VOLUME CONTROL TO TERMINAL
* 2 ON 71-6S

POWER TUNING SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM VARIATION

47
 GENERAL ELECTRIC Chassis DI, Schematic Diagram
V3A V38
F -3M I/2 11 8011
VF
H TUNER INPUTBALUN — /2 11
AN T TERM. R150 1' IST I_F
CI50 1 T151 2N D I-F
I-F
30011 6.8 BOO
I130Pf _ L1511
�V 135V
B 130V
I-F G N i
130yf INJECTION/I C1 1 �7
L136 244

L150
4725 MC
TRAP

-
RF B+ C156

r
750 220
TUNER AGC I
IVHF
To i
©
UHF
ITCH

//C153 C157 R152

+140V
5000 T SOV
220K
TEST
POINT II RI57
CI49 IM
_, 5000
UHF (SOME VHF MONOPOLE C3
B+ 470 CI68
MODELS) ANTENNA T 800
UHF ANT. 330SOME
1400V
\ 11
TERMS. R5 (
MOODE

"" I
1 EARPHONE JACK
300n UHF TUNER \ J 301
_J R3
\ ♦
TO VH WIRE HANDLE BRACKET SOME
ANT TERMINALS ORHANDLE METAL CABINET
BRACKET } MODELS
TEST
TEST POINT yo—
POINT
0309 R312 1/3 23Z9
680K 5000 CLIPPER
USED ON SOME
I/3 148LI I BOOST 6� R307 V58 MODELS
4.5 MC AMP 2M 1212AEIO
TO T154 VOLUME AUDIO OUT
AUDIO. 21 AEIO 175V
AUDIO DEL T301 LSI
TAKE OFF
I IOV C308 300n AGC KEYER
L301 7 R311 MpX.
-1000 11
loao�
�( 3 10
16 B
a7
47 90V

, 1.
0307 9
R301 R310 150V
TOOK
00 6V
2 KK
R302 C302 9 2`
680 'x`5000 50 ( 0 ,
Cmi'
5000 IIOK
�Ik
+140V
dll��dllVblM�
800

UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED

K • 1000 M•I,000,000
MORE THAN 1 • yyf
CAPACITORS
CAPAC TORS LESS THAN 1 • U
RESISTORS ARE 1/2 WATT
60 �
WIRE COLOR CODE
(USED W MOST INSTANCES)
A
RED WH B+ BOOST V7A
ORANGE B+ 1/2 8LT8
WHITE AGC
15
V HOR.PHASE DET.
a
JUMPERS USED IN NON -
INSTA-VIEW SWITCH MODELS +140V
L401 V / 3V
.3H 1000
R402 R267
R401 F401 Y401 r 5402 I6 1L 1.5K IS
3.6n 2A INSTA VIEW
120V
5W FAST *OFF R40
AC TING C401
1000 I
27K 402A• =C.402B■ C 402C A
I �` 250yf 300y1 u1
E2H) y
1 165V 160V I SOV
I
-+-►�--. NEI01( NE102
= CHANNEL IND. LIGHTS
SOME MODELS
16V 3300
7.5V
V8 V5 V6
8V
V4 V3 VIO
L402 3BHK7 12AEIO 2329 14BLII II B011 PIX TUBE
5401
ON
R 307
goo
12 12
T
L LC410 C4041. C407l 1.C40B 25V
.20 Boo
3ooVZ =800 T SOD HORIZ
SOOTT HOLD

S4o2 L401
*C4031
.022
D2
^ T
I NE101
r
1 �.C402A V2 - VI 8LT8
1
4_/� 5
"407
11404 22K VHF
RED TO
27K
K TUNER
J T251 (8)
YELLOW
PILOT LIGHTS FOR
TO AIS
M 435 SERIES
120V AC
60- 1. ALL VOLTAGE MEASUREMENTS MADE WITH A VTVM WITH
RESPECT TO CHASSIS GROUN D . RECEIVER CONTROLS
*SPECIAL FOR 120V POWER LINE SETFOR NORMAL OPERATION. MEASUREMENTS MAY
DEV IATE ± 10% AT 120V AC LINE VOLTAGE,
DO NOT SUBSTITUTE 2.WHE RE ON-SIGNAL AND OFF-SIGNAL MEASUREMENTS
VARY TWO VOLTAGES ARE SHOWN. ON-SIGNAL
VOLTA GE APPEARS IN ITALICS OVER OFF-SIGNAL
VOLTAGE

SIGNAL VOLTAGES AVESHAPES rAKEIV WITH

A NOISE FREE SIGNAL PRODUCING -2.5 70 -3.5
VOLTS AGC A7 VHF' TUNER
ORANGE TO OFF-SIGNAL VOLTAGES TAKEN WITH ANTENNA
♦28 (140V) DISCONNECTED 8 ANTENNA TERMINALS SHORTED
TQGETH ER ON UNUSED CHANNEL
ALL OTHE CONTROLS ARE ADJUSTED FOR NORMAL
R
WHITE TO
T251 (5)
ET76X39 YOKE WIRING

48
 F

v
GENERAL ELECTRIC Chassis D1, Schematic Diagram, Continued

TEST TEST
V10
-
POINT ffi
V4A
314 BLit
PC:r'T T PICTURE TUBE
19ECP4 TRIANGLE (A0) NUMBERS
VIDEO AMR T154
V 21GBP4
BSV
AUDIO TAKEOFF
84.5 MC TRAP
Iq�d�lQ I
4
85
V
20AHP4 REPRESENT
BOARD FOR
INTERCONNECTING WIRES ON COMPONENT
CONNECTION TO POINTS INDICATED.

m�
TO PIN 5 OF V4C I
I
I
30V 3.0n
2
314 R166
I I 1 AI. 1-F INPUT LEAD
r" IO .On IOK A2. t-F•SHIELD
330/___
II I I I
/0v A3 TO TUNER AGC
-2V IDOV 30V� 6 A4. TO RI67 (CONTRAST)
8161 130V A5
3.9K
RI67 13.3- w�\I TO RI67 ARM

C
25K sG
iT6 A6. TO VIC, PIN 7
1 CONTRAST I6
6
`
_ L157 + a TK
A7. TO T251, PIN 2
F'173 R163 300Ph 221
L155 .1156
10 200V ♦8, TO R170 (BRIGHT) ARM

�r9
390uh 390uh
x'039 0.51E A9. TO R205 (V HOLD) ARM
HDO
\I79 if 3E
R169 PINT MODELS.
10.5n�
R165
150K 251 17KV ♦10. TO V10, PIN
3900
5W I R** ♦ 11. TO R 205 ('V HOLD)
50 -
5O
V RI64 Al2. TO T251,TERM.8 &YOKE TERM.4 (BOOST)
R166 23V
4700 330 60V ON A13. TO T201, (BLUE)
BRIGHT °
21 MODELS A 14. TO T201 (ORANGE) 8 L401
R 170 ♦ 15. TO YOKE TERM.5 & T201 (YELLOW)
30OK 1 ♦ 16. TO YOKE TERM.2 (WHITE) & T251 TERM.5
VERT OUT OF
SYNC BLANKING + 140V A17 T0 7
R307 (VOLUME I
BAP IN CENTER OF
5V
RASTER ♦ 18. TO R307 ARM
R218 R219 ♦ 19. AUDIO CABLE GROUND
22M 22M
♦ 20. TO SPEAKER
♦ 21. TO SPEAKER
0211
♦ 22. TO V 10 PIN 8
V6A f( x
1/3 23Z9 ♦ 23. TO V 10 PIN 1
470
9
R221
VERT. OSC.
R210 v 5601 ♦ 24. TO TUNER FIL.
#R217
TOOK VERT. OUTPUT IM ON 21' ♦ 25. TO 5401
(4700 = MODELS
'3 C20y I 5.4- A26. TO T251 TERM.4
- 1 C209
I 027
( T
2 YELLOW LEAD TO L401
„j_C206 4. R211 L
201A L2018
A

♦ 2& ORANGE (+140V)TO VHF

{
200V 015
200V 135V
400V
8L. T201 5 HER & YOKE TERM.1
TUNE R, R 167 (CONTRAST)

-- II "8
?+204
3
3300 R209
2 �]IOK 5 C210IK
B00 a ♦ 29. To V10, pin 4 (21" Modals only)
65 V -l7V 1 2KV f
N 47
4700SR212-15Ve 2KV ♦ 30. TO LUG 5 of S402
3 , 12K B _ -
�C ♦ 31. TO LUG 6ofS402
208
Qo v P6BOK ORG
3
2
♦ 32. TO LUG 4 of S402
ZZ 100
AGO -
95V o 7 a L254--/000 2548�
0 22n
R21 •6
IKV 1.51 R 216
** _C213
�4
2 20
4TK
�R2D7
2 NI
VERT LIN.
039
400V
4
5V
YEL
+140V
�R205
1.5 M
R214
O oK 1 L _ _ J
VERT. HOLD HEIGHT

WHITE

V9
IK3
H. V. RECT.

B V8A
3LT8 1/2 38HK7 T251
OSC. HOR OUTPUT

350

V8B Ei CENT
KZ) 1/2 38HK7 ROTATE Ti0O CENT
DAMPER n,Ci.nE
7- L252
884
C262 5 IOyh
5000 7n C265
280
4 4KV

261

6.Sn
C264
2
IKV
L252
263
200 IODN
.7-
3 ' J L255 400V BOOST
680 }
3n e = WIDTH
2W
FILM -f
7
R* SCOPE SYNCED AT 23E250o07 RcV.3 ►+ 140V
1/2
VERT FREQUENCY
,0(* SCOPE SYNCED AT I/2 TO RI76 .2.T
HORIZ FREQUENCY` (ON CRT PIN 6) N NCZUNT VERT LIN
HOLD
•INDICATES VARIATION WITH CONTROL SETTING
. TO ♦26
#INDICATES PROOI:CTION CHANGE TO YOKE (2)

To ♦ 16 V7
To L255 OLT$ U!I
Hon¢ -- OET -
NO41Z05C F40I
T)01
To ♦ 7
TO vB
CRT PIN 6 8HK
NonIZ oIT
O-Z.

TO GROUND
TO YOKE (4)
V6 I IaEK) 1
2 I DE T.
nios A 1..10
o oufnlr
To ♦ 12 .Tour .1
CLEARER
TO V9
HEATERS
INSTMVIEW SKITCi(SdODKIfl ING

TUBE AND ADJUSTMENT LOCATIONS

T251 WIRING

49
 GENERAL ELECTRIC Chassis D1, Schematic Diagram Variations
J10 P101
UHF TUNER
i1
V3A V3B
I
I 1/2 11 BOIL 1/2 IIBOII
CI IST 1-F 2ND I-F
1-135 = I I IR150 T151
G50
V2 U 1 22 eoo usl I 135V 135 V
I 8 130V 2 130V
I / 1 0
\
C151 R151 — ` 7 4
24 ISK I _
10
ewe y 9
1

1-150 2`1-160 JR153 6

L152 1\`!' 220
MIXER 47.25 MC CI541.
�41.25MC
TEST TRAP iRA 2200 ^
1 R156 R160
POINT RI55 750 56 220
AGC 140V 33 C155
800 z}
J +140V
L
+ 140V

R158
J57
FIL. C153 SR154 820K
220 K 4.7M
-LTC
2200T 50V JR152 TEST R I 7 R 159
POINT IL
IM OOK
3EfE tt

C 167 C168
INPUT TO — 800 24
0V
VHF TUNER VOL. LIM (—-
r �•
1
VOLUME T 200V
T
—
Ij
LS I
r- RZp7A S l�
R20
M
145
1220 I = I r
I
1
VHF ANT.
72n 300-
VHF ANT.
( I
1
9
1

5T 11 10
%
12
% 1
J40I
INPUT
1 L J
TUPNI J R305 C309 R 312
5000 7- 1
680K 6 P401 /
V4C
/3 1481-11 BOOST —
8 10
—
1-
6
C 303 V5A 91
TO T154
4.5 MC AMP
800
,Do r V4 B
1/2 12AE 10 175V TEST I REMOTE ONLY 1
AUDIO 1/3 14BLI1
TAKE OFF
AUDIO OET.
I IOV C308
POINT L.. T3011 AGC KEYER
C305 L 301 7 ^ 1000
� I -7
120 —
r
T R311
5 /
I 1000
% I 3 I
C304 C310
C301 1 eL3021
47 2.2 90V I 18
a4.9n1
6 I 2
4
—C307 I
R303 V5B
R301 47K 3V ^5000 L — — 1
I 1/2 12AE10 6V R310
IOOK
AUDIO 212K
R302 0302 J R304 C306 C311 R308 IW
OUTPUT

TOGO
680 660 5000 R306�
IOK , 047 +140V
5000 0
470K R309
V
_1 120
+140V
I
VII IIII� IV
UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED
60—
K=1000 M=1,000,000
CAPACITORS MORE THAN 1=uuf=pf
CAPACITORS LESS THAN I=uf
RESISTORS ARE 1/2 WATT V \�
WIRE COLOR CODE
1
(USED INMOST INSTANCES)
BROWN FILAMENT
RED B+ BOOST
ORANGE_ Bt L401 t 140V
WHITE AGC \ .75H /
F401 R40
2
28n 1
T401 2A Y401
\\ 1 W
ooa 120V
C415
01 C402A- C402B■
250 .f 200uf _C402C1
100
S401
ON
C401
1000
IKV
T 175V
T. 160V
T
150V
1

6.3V AC <R401
R 307
REMOTE < 3.6
ONLY 5W
V5 V6 V4 V3. VIO
I2A E10 23Z9 148 LII I1801I PIX TUBE
F403
2 1 12 1 12 I2 8
31 A
°
13 022 eo
o Z 800 800
�I 300V= Z Z
I I - r I
VI V2 VHF
10001q 3 4 5 TUNER
- 000 i
7 V7
I 8LT8
12
- 4�5
?
I 1 BRN,
I 4
4 � I
I �C403
1 I 6
6 P102

1
`
I P401 P402
IJ �.01
Y -� 03 OZ 01
J402 P402
© ©O O
REMOTE
ONLY ��000a�
O ®® 0 VIEWED FROM
TERM.ENO
01
VIEWED FROM V EWED FROM
TERM. END TERM END

*SPECIAL FOR 120V POWER LINE

DO NOT SUBSTITUTE
120V AC
60— **C414 used in Power Tuning Models
see power supply variation schematic.

Some variations in Models M603/R621 as shown in partial schematic above.

50
 Mp9navox T941 SERIES TELEVISION CHASSIS

GENERAL ADJUSTMENTS
B+ Voltage
The T941 :series television chassis uses solid state circuitry
throughout. The chassis is designed for use in portable Adjust R813 (on Power Supply & Audio Circuit Board) to
instruments and may be powered from either a 120 VAC provide 12 VDC, t0.5 volts at F8 (terminal 8 on Horizontal
line or a 12 volt DC electrical system. The AC jumper plug
Output Transformer T105).
must be ccnnected at the rear of the chassis during AC
operation. Either Battery Pack & Charger 1A9175 or
Focus
Cigarette Lighter Power Cord 1A9185 may be used to
provide 12 VDC to the chassis. Most components are The white lead at Pin 7 of the CRT supplies focus
voltage
mounted on one of four circuit boards. Component loca- from terminal 2, 5, or 7 of Horizontal Output Transformer
tions are indicated on the three primary circuit boards.
T105. Connect this lead to the terminal which provides
the most sharply focused picture.
Chassis Identification
VHF Oscillator
These chassis are identified by a label located on the
chassis. The first three numbers (941) indicate the basic If rotation of the VHF Fine Tuning Control does not pro-
chassis series. The next two numbers (01) indicate the vide adequate fine tuning on a given channel, the oscillator
chassis vers;on within the series. The last two letters (AA) for that channel may require adjustment. Set the VHF
are used to indicate production changes. When ordering Fine Tuning control to its mechanical center. Remove the
parts or requesting technical assistance or information, the VHF Channel Selector and Fine Tuning knobs to gain
complete chassis designation must be supplied, e.g. T941- access to the oscillator slug. Adjust the slug (using a non-
01-AA. metallic alignment tool) to properly fine tune the channel.

DISASSEMBLY & CRT REMOVAL INSTRUCTIONS Vertical Oscillator

Disassembly Instructions Set the V-Hold Control to its mechanical center. Adjust
V-Frequency Control (R809 on the Deflection gircuit
1. Remove 311 knobs. Board) as required to stabilize the picture vertically. The
picture should still go out of vertical sync as the V-Hold
2. Remove the sunshield (see instructions on bottom of Control approaches either end of its travel.
cabinet).
Vertical Linearity and Sub-Linearity
3. Place instrument with front (CRT) down on a protective
surface. Adjust these controls (accessible through the cabinet back)
to obtain a picture of uniform vertical linearity which
4. Remove the four cabinet back retaining screws. slightly overfills the screen at top and bottom. Adjustment
of either of these controls may necessitate readjustment of
5. Liftoff the cabinet back and disconnect the VHF antenna the V-Hold control.
switch ground lead at the chassis.
Horizontal Oscillator
6. Disconnect the UHF & VHF tuner antenna leads at the
cabinet back. Set the H-Hold Control fully CCW and set the H-Frequency
Control (R810 on the Deflection Circuit Board) to its
7. Remove the three cabinet screws from the mechanical center. View the screen and adjust the Horiz-
retaining
bottom of the instrument. ontal Stability Coil (L110 on the Deflection Circuit Board)
until the oscillator is out of sync by a count of approxi-
8. Lift the cabinet off of the chassis-CRT-mask assembly. mately 12-14 bars. Rotate the H-Hold Control fully CW
and adjust the Horizontal Frequency Control to obtain
CRT Removal Instructions approximately the same number of bars as noted before.
Set the H-Hold Control to its mechanical center (the
1. Complete all steps under "Disassembly Instructions". picture should now be in horizontal sync).

2. Discharge the CRT anode lead.

Centering
3. Remove the CRT base connector. To center the picture properly, adjust the two centering
rings on the rear of the deflection yoke.
4. Loosen the Deflection Yoke clamp.

5. Remove the four chassis-mask retaining screws located Width

top and bottom at the forward corners of the chassis.
Remove or add jumpers as required between terminals 4-5
6. Slide the CRT-mask assembly away from the chassis and or between terminals 9-10 on Horizontal Output Trans-
disconnect the CRT anode lead. former T105 to produce a picture of desired width.

51
 MAGNAVOX Chassis T941, Alignment Information

Sub-Brightness AGC

The Sub-Brightness Control (R814) is mounted on a term- Tune to an unused channel. Set the AGC Level Control
inal strip just above the Horizontal Output Transformer
(R811) fully CW. NOTE: This control is vertically mounted
and should not normally require adjustment. If a touch-up on the IF, AGC, Video, & Sync Circuit Board and is access-
of the control is required, e.g. when the CRT has been re- ible through a hole in the cabinet back which is labelled
placed, proceed by tuning to an unused channel. Set the AGC. Adjust the AGC Control R812 to obtain 0.3-0.35
Brightness control fully CW. Connect jumpers between VDCat TP-B. NOTE: R812 is horizontally mounted on the
terminals 4-5 and between terminals 9-10 on Horizontal
IF, AGC, Video & Sync Circuit Board. Tune to a local
Output Transformer T105. Adjust R814 to obtain 80 station and adjust AGC Level Control R811 to
produce a
microamps, ±2 microamps of CRT cathode current as noise-'free picture that is also free of bending or
measured at terminal S17. tearing.
Turn R811 CCW to decrease sensitivity or CW to increase
sensitivity.

SOUND ALIGNMENT

1. Tune a strong local station and adjust Fine

Tuning and Contrast controls for the best picture with maximum contrast.
2. Adjust L107 (4.5 MHz Trap) for minimum sound interference in the picture.

3. Loosely couple an unmodulated 4.5 MHz signal to TP-C (Base of Q104).

4. Connect VTVM between TP-F and ground.

5. Adjust SIF-1, SIF-2, & L106 for maximum DC reading on VTVM.

6. Connect common side of VTVM to TP-E and adjust SIF-3 for a meter reading of zero (0 VDC).

VIDEO ALIGNMENT

1. Connect oscilloscope to TP-C (Base of Q104) 10K resistor.

through

2. Use an isolation transformer and allow approximately 20 minutes of

warm-up time for the chassis and test equipment.
3. Set AGC Level Control (11811) fully CW.

4. Adjust AGC Control (11812) to obtain approximately 0.85V DC at TP-B (Emitter of Q101).
5. Adjust generato signal to obtain a 1.5V P/P response curve.

SWEEP MARKER GENERATOR ADJUSTMENTS

GENERATOR FREQUENCIES FREQUENCY AND REMARKS
CONNECTION

S15 (on IF,AGC, 41.25 MHz 44 MHz Adjust L102 (47.25 MHz) & L103 (41.25 MHz) to center
Video, & Sync 42.75 MHz 10 MHz Sweep markers in trap suckout (see Figure 1). Adjust PIF-1,PIF-2,
Circuit Board. 44.00 MHz
PIF-3, & PIF-4 for maximum gain at 44 MHz while
45.75 MHz
maintaining the 42.75 MHz & 45.75 MHz markers within
47.25 MHz the limits specified in Figure 1. Repeat all
steps to obtain
curve similar to Figure 1.

VHF.Antenna 41.25 MHz High Set VHF Fine Tuning to place 45.75 MHz (Picture) marker
Terminals 42.75 MHz Unused at 30%. Adjust T2 (VHF Tuner Mixer Collector
44.00 Coil) &
MHz VHF Channel PIF-1 to obtain curve similar to Figure 2.
45.75 MHz

Make AGC adjustments as described in "Adjustments" section and check

operation on all channels.
41.25 MHz 47.25 MHz 41.25 MHz

Figure 1
Figure 2

45.75 MHz (30%) 45.75 MHz (30%)

42.75 MHz (70%)

42.75 MHz (85%)

44.00 MHz
44.00 MHz

52
 MAGNAVOX Chassis T941, Service Information, Continued

POWER SUPPLY & AUDIO CIRCUIT BOARD LAYOUT

(VIEWED FROM COPPER SIDE)

P5

P6

P7

P8

P9

P10

P11

P12

UHF TUNER SCHEMATIC

UHF
H m
D ANTENNA UHF IF UHF B+
O
su
TERMINAL OUTPUT SOCKET INPUT
aW
J �
3300

O
rn C52
1000
R54
2¢ R55
'A
1200
E
QwCL R53
053 054
TC-
1

mO 1 Omfd 800
CL
330 1-5
L52 0
C51
—U
t 33 R52

I
1 L53 ' 1800 C55
051
L) 0 3.3
CC cc L X51
LL D51 OSC.
V
R51 Q 5 1 2SC684 f
}
ccW 3600K VC2 MIX. V03
Q LU or SE3002 f
w
VC17
7 D51IS750
7�-- or SD82A t
X� 0
i /o
Q 0
TUNING I
L J

VHF TUNER SCHEMATIC

TRANSISTOR BASING DIAGRAMS
(BOTTOM VIEW)
TO UHF IF
RF AMP. MIX, OSC.
TO UHF 0+
EMITTER T MARKINGS 01 2SC927 02 2SC674 03 2SC544
BASE OR FLAT
FROM S2 —FROM S4 FROM S2 —TO
S15
COLLECTOR

EMITTER
OPTIONAL
ROD IF IN IUE4 IB AG'
C41
ANT. 1
S RIE LD COLLECTOR BASE 1000
01, 101, 1D2, 105 oZ, 3, 104, 108
10],110,111 116,11]
I 1 000
R3 150 R5
R13
R8
30051 820 11K
K �--I R 10 R9 R11
COLLECTO SE 1 �I1200
R BA M C6� 10K ++ 800 3300
BASE U� C5
- C14 -L T2
NEAT 1000
EMITTER COLLECTOR Vi C3 1000 7 1
SHIELD IFT
EMITTER COLOR DOT 15
6 t`
L9
R4 1 019 =
01M 109, 112,113
0103 C4' 2200 R7
14.118,120.121,112
�MN 013 200
— 1.5
1000 �1K o
I C8 C7 I N
C2 01010 - U
° 10
C37
100 20 -- ��--I x,
1
c1
COLLECTOR(CASE)
L19 I R6
C23 09=2200 30
4 5
C21

BASE EMITTER • • L2 O L3 0 O L4 20
1
I

III RF RF
Q, _U MIX

0115, 119.123.
D10I CarMEe,
Collecwr:1:Anotlel
TP-0
 MAGNAVOX Chassis T941 Schematic Diagram

SIF AMP.
NOTES:UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED, SOUND DET.
0106 2SC544
I. ALL RESISTORS ARE 1/4 DI,D2 IS188x2
WATT, 10%.
2. CAPACITANCE VALUES GREATER THAN I ARE IN PICOFARADS AND JC318
R304
VALUES LESS THAN I ARE IN MICROFARADS.
3. ALL CAPACITORS ARE 10% TOLERANCE AND 50V MINIMUM
91V
SIF-2
#220 I
T .04
SIF-3 R305
RATING. EXCEPTIONS ARE NOTED IN REPLACEMENT PARTS V 1200
R307
LIST. 3300
4. VOLTAGES MEASURED WITH VTVM FROM POINT INDICATED C304'
TO GROUND WHILE USING A 120 VAC POWER SOURCE. - I 120 VOL
5. VOLTAGE 8 CURRENT MEASUREMENTS MADE UNDER NO 3
03
02 4.3V
R308
SIGNAL CONDITIONS WITH VOLUME CONTROL SET TO 2 P5
C307 3300 R8011
MINIMUM. CONTRAST AND BRIGHTNESS CONTROLS ARE C303 _ 330 IOKI
R303 TP-F 1
SET TO PRODUCE A NORMAL PICTURE.
6. FI,F2; -ETC. INDICATE NUMBERED TERMINALS ON 04 C309 L115 S14
560_J.
H.O.T.(FLYBACK TRANSFORMER)TIO5. TP-E .002 I 15PH

C320

IST PIF 2ND PIF AMP. 3RD PIF AMP.

AMP. VIDEO DET.
QI01 Q102 2SC927 Q103 2SC705 Do
250927 ISI88
or IN60
LI01 C121 R 107 L 104
FROM 'IF OUTPUT' TERMINAL C 120 R132 L105 CII
ON VHF
I 5000 ,
R106
5600
51H -
5PH 50
I`
TUNER PIF-I R 101 5000 100 f R133 R115

C123
150
PIF-2
I PIF-3
`RIII
2200
00

PIF-4
3900
P-DET -

140
1 7.5V LfiV 'IV 10.OV
5000 ----,
Z a l ! 3.+ �e
7
I 1.15V
R105
r� RHO
I T Da
=
R114
R135 __JL103 IOK j
33K, 33K I�
41.25 M Hz I I
6600 0.35V I.IV `------� 2.4Y _j
TP B® CIO3 R108 - '
--

-_j 1 " R 112 1

C106
L102 15000 - 5000
j R131 R104 1
IK 1
� 0109 CI10 �-

I
* f E R116
47.25MHz 5600 00 T CJ04T C IDST R 109 C 107 5000 -
T RI15' 5600 Imfd
50001 5000 1 390 1
1 1 1
5000_ _ 270v
C 117
04

CHI
AGC AMP. AGC KEYER
R 130 QIII 2SC536 L 113 Q 110 2SC536 NOISE CANCELLER SYNC. SEP.
2700
TO PIO 52 15p H 0112 2SA 201 r
0113 2SA20I I

AGC LEVEL R401

TO 'AGC' TERMINAL R128 AGC C 124
01251+ DI22 R406 390 R403
ON VHF TUNER 68K 0 mfd
j 042V R812 R811 ^C R12
O 220mfd 5000 T IOK 27K
S 1.25V
N
K I K 47 K r C401
I mfd ^t
.402
.
02
'
- II.6V
10.4 V -I

4
+ C126 R129 D4 I.OV 4.3V
I IO mfd 12K 9.3V 11.4V
SV 31 VK
R 126 9.7Y YA
6 4V R402
0.07V S5
3300 O
.
.3V
R127 R 125 D 5 -t lI 2.7V
I, 1 0404 }R407
C 115 13 188
T
15K
IOU C114 - 8
1 Imfd R404
Imfd
30mfd 5mfd
18K
R408 820K R 405
- -
- 22K 4700

S6
S3
CIRCUIT BOARD 0-9061
-31671
SWI PART OF RBOO
-
(1F,AGC,VIDEC 8 SYNC) T 105 TERM. F12 TI05 TERM, F13
I

[� CRT HEATER � CURRENT DRAIN:940MA

4 3
REGULATOR PHASE INVERTER
0^
llt REGULATOR
�� C 0121 Q116 2SC536
R709 0120 2SD30 2SB187K2
330 0122 12V
2W %1.5A R602
P9
680 H-FREQ
C602 D7
8+02V SOURCE)
.01 ISI88 C612 R611
PIO 11.4V 100
C 701 309 R810 D9
. 11.9V
B-ADJ To 601 OK SI88
(I
2200mfd R 813 5mfd R606 R610
$2.'s' - 1.7V
91

3K i C627 1500 IOK CQ

A
(.ON VHF 330
VA TUNER) OV ­12 0608
T106 R 703 R 607 .02
R712 D15 0.25V 560
680
-6.4V 560 5%
2.2MEG Ph 9- 22/1 R 601 C604
1/2W LIIO
8,00 I R609
R704 =C705 C603 DB
R701 -
R603 .01
22K
2200 .04 ISI88
47 1 680
0605
20 3 Imfd
AC 120V 60Hz P7 R710
-a3V

D
100
-6.6V
P8 K

p3�
1 R608 0606 0607
40
- L117 6800 T .05 1
W4 CIRCUIT BOARD 0-9061 -30872 D2
R702 . „ . 3300H (POWER SUPPLY 8 AUDIO)
I2V
AC 20 L---WS W9 7
H-HOLD
w� \
JUMPER SW CIRCUIT YA M
BOARD T-U22035 CIRCUIT 1 R804
PLUG REGULATOR BOARD R 26
(AUXILIARY) (AUX.) T-U22035 3K
0123 L2700 i
2SB407

11. 0116-E 7V P/P H 12. Jct. D7 & D8 IOV P/P H

54
 MAGNAVOX Chassis T941 Schematic Diagram, Continued

AUDIO AMP. AUDIO OUTPUT

0108 2SD72
0107 2SC536 0109 2SB405

J
R 314 2 20 11.9V , R319
C 313 R
R315 5.6,1, 2W
5Dmfd 1.2 _T_
31
1.2
560
R313 B+
100 W1VW -

R"0 I1 .
P4 6.5V
5
L 6
12K
1. TP-C 1.7V P/P V 0105-B 1.6V P/P V
70311 .3V
C316 EARPHONE
b mm
R318 200mfd
1.2
RP C312 6.OV I/2W
R321 R320
220 WW
IK �E 220
1.23V 0.6V
1 I/2W
R 311 0314
R312
3300 mfd CIRCUIT BOARD
82 7100 0-9061-30872
(POWER SUPPLY 8 AUDIO) 16 R

3. V1-2 45V P/P V Q11 O-C 20V P/P H

VIDEO AMP. VIDEO OUTPUT VI PICTURE TUBE

65Y 240084
0104 2SC715 0105 2SC
L108 R210
270y Hi 22K
R121 SIF-1
R117£ R301
22K' 330 { �� �•�
D, I IW I
}2700 R201 20V BRIGHT
C2 5
1800
L _---__ R206 .
Z2 R803
R118 b 500K

IC
Q 8302 68V 8200
K o I 6.3V 1107 1209
2200
4.5MHZ 120K
G
0, S C626 R630 Q110-8 1.8V P/P H
TP- 8.4V' C301 D31 •R207
0201 5.7V .2 180K FOCUS
C
5000I - IOmfd SD-IAUF 6800,VZW,
�� S'R122 1/2W
C 207 C206
12
6600 f } 005 Omfd
g;16 0128 1 IC118 H V.
0 150 27� t A-
82
90 AT ZERO BEAM
TP-0
15 04 C204 Wl CURRENT
1 00 20mfd
L 106
I R208
I
R205 100
4.5MHZ L J 22
-
IC129
62 912 CONT AST 6. (1113-B 1 V P/P H
1
R802 500 = VERT.OUTPUT R631
0115 2SB407 IOK
VERT. OSC. -,
0114 2SB187 C625
I mfd
C 504 R505 8512 + 014 L10912V
R503 3Omfd i R510
0503 R509 220
3
6800 220 9
3 30mfd _mfd 18,5•i6 1/2A5
• ;
DU 1
9.5V 0506 0
V-FRED 1 300mfd TH-3
SDT20 11.3V R625
470K' 7. Q1 13-C 12V P/P H
0 I/ZW -

D6 1 R007
5K CIRCUIT BOARD
9188 0 T- U 22035(AUX.)
V-LIN
R506 I
R808 C623
R502 C5021 1500
IK µti 022
V-HOLD K 01 T SUB BRIGHT
R805 1_5 }
C501 1 T 01 R814
-
OI IM 4

8. 0114-8 4.5V P/P

IHORIZ.OUTPUT CIRCUIT
V
-R'IZ. OSC. HORIZ. DRIVE
0119 2SB375A BOARD(AUX.) H V
17 2SC536 0118 2SB405
T-U22035
D9 W6 T105
1H F2
F8
LI 12 ;I H.V RECT.
18 US-15/ IS D12
c7o2 -* C614

7
1 SD-IBHF
12 V 2000mfd 470mfd
14
®
12V WIDTH - R623
1104 D8 II BV FIO
R634 470
0 DID 1 0617
R621 I/2W 9.
C6SOo ! 1 F6
47,1/2W - .02 Jct.R506&R507
4 C620
C$ •A22 g - F4 .01
01 • 1 VV • • W 1.8V P/P V
COOS � = 811 F7 :5K,1/2
•M
2.14V 14
I45V II.BV C6
3
13 R614
330
D7� 1 F'+`
SO - IAH F
= DIG `M
),(. G
V2019IF t4 F5 SD-IAHF R629
022 ISK,I/2W
TH-4 C611 33
U 09
T It 032 W
0610
I
SDT06 R618�R CIRCUIT BOARD
.05 00`-
1
D.Y I�F3 0-9061-30872
$
h (POWER SUPPLY 8
13 S6 AUDIO)
00 L1141 F12
eW S3
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
FIB T941 10. 0115-C 45V P/P v
CIRCUIT BOARD 0
-9061-30272
(DEFLECTION)

H ik. E 85V P/P

0119- H
14. 0118-B 3.5V P/P H 15. 0118-C 22V P/P
13, Q117-B 10V P/P H
WAVEFORMS & PEAK TO PEAK VOLTAGES
Waveforms measured with sign81, controls set for normal operation and 45V P/P signal at CRT cathode.

55
 MAGNAVOX Chassis T941, Circuit Boards Information

IF,AGC,VIDEO, & SYNC CIRCUIT BOARD LAYOUT

(VIEWED FROM COPPER SIDE)

--
4�� .4
1
R612

TIN

01

D2

D4

D6

D7

D12

D13

D14

R50'r

R507

�-I Ire
T I� I

DEFLECTION CIRCUIT BOARD LAYOUT

(VIEWED FROM COPPER SIDE)

56
Mcxgnc®voc-xc T949 SERIES TELEVISION CHASSIS

VIDEO IF ALIGNMENT
1. Use an isolation transformer and allow 20-30 minutes of warm-up time for TV and test equipment.
2. Use a low impedance bias supply and apply -4V DC to TP1.
3. Connect scope through a 10K isolation resistor to TP3 and use only enough generator signal to obtain a 3V P/P
curve.

SWEEP MARKER GENERATOR ADJUSTMENTS

GENERATOR FREQUENCIES FREQUENCY AND
CONNECTION REMARKS

TP2 42.75MC 44MC T103 Top & Bottom. Adjust bottom slug to shift marker
45MC 1 OM Sweep positions and then adjust top slug to shape curve to match
45.75MC Figure 1. Proper setting is obtained with slugs farthest
apart.
Tuner Mixer 47.25MC 44MC Set tuner to an unused channel. Adjust L101 to position
Grlid Test 45.75MC 10MC curve at 47.25 marker or use a modulated 47.25 signal
Point 45.00MC Sweep and adjust for minimum output. Peak T102, T101, and
44.00MC the mixer plate coil at 44MC. Then alternately adjust
42.67MC T101 and T102 until curve is shaped as shown in Figure
39.75MC 2. Retouch Mixer Plate Coil as necessary. T101 has the
greatest affect above 44MC, T102 below 44MC, and the
Mixer Plate Coil between 43 and 45MC.

SOUND ALIGNMENT

1. Turn the Quadrature Coil (L201) to minimum inductance (core out).

2. Tune the receiver to a strong local station (preferably a tone signal or music). Adjust the Quadrature Coil (L201) just
past the point of maximum sound with minimum distortion.

3. Reduce the signal level by removing an antenna lead (or placing an adjustable pad across the antenna terminals) so
that with the Volume Control at near maximum, the sound level is low. Tune the Fine Tuning Control through un-
distorted sound, leaving it set on the verge of distortion.

4. Adjust T201, T151 (Top) and T151 (Bottom) for minimum distortion.

5. Readjust Fine Tuning as necessary to maintain the conditions described in Step 3 while adjusting T201 and T151.

CIRCUIT BOARD TOP LAYOUT

T401

R301
T151
L201
' V5
IODX8
T201
T301
V7
TI01 IIBM8
r .-\\

O V3 T103 \\��
,/
. 4EH7 V4
4EJ i

TiO2 V8
L_- �
LI01 I 1 MS8
/ C154-
V9
L502 0503-
— 6LX8
r50 VERT
j HOLDVERT W3
W2
HEIGHT LIN WI p
WIDTHO
I I UMPE R
JUMPE
F10RIZ HOLD
1

57
 MAGNAVOX Chassis T949 Schematic Diagram

MI M3

UHF LOOP ANTENNA r UHF TUNER

-
2
VCI i VC2 VC3 UHF OSC SOUND IF
TR5 V5
2SC288A C203
IODX8 1000
Mf r � 1 T201,4
TCI TC2 IOOV
L7: C4
R4 1000 R2 C202 -,65V 2
MEG 47
L 47K 1
-co -)I )
T5 T2
C204 I �
I
C5 S R2 01 A
UHF ANT I L3 C2 TOOK 3 4
1000 R3 OV
TERMINAL L5 30 RI C3
680 15 ISK R502
Co
15K
CR202
UHF IF OUTPUT 22K

RF AMP M4 MIXER VHF OSC.

VI 3HM5/3HA5 VHF TUNER V2 5GJ7
----__------
r

1
I
C30
I'
S
UHF CH STRIP
I
I

l45 L7 I
I 1-6 �. VHF CH STRIP

C2 �- C7 IST VIDEO IFAMP

30 1.0 R3
LI3� A V3
4.7K R21 CI4 R6 C23
♦7 11 4EH7
561( .5 6.8K 70.5
C3 C6 ) C9 C102
L12 5 10
27 30 _ Cl2- CI3
S 140V
r

5 2.5 T5O
1"
=
1_ L9 R5
IK
8.2
w
1.8
)F W
1% 2 T101 1
4r i - I
Z
10 4.5

6
O
TP
i
9 RI01 t I
21 3300 , I 9-6
R8 OV 44V
" = CIO R7
12K 1-3 3
RI R2 2 0.5
1-3 47K 2\/
�220K `
1-
3 4.71(
1.2K 3.0 3 .55V
= R104
22K
1C104
CII 20 R102£
39 39
)H 11000 )I ) - C106
�I C16 C C19 I 1 C1031 • 2200
1000 H 1000 1000 = tL101
10000 50 A 1
RF C17 O T GMV =
r— a
Tp 68PF UHF
B+ 4'
47.25MC TRAP

TPI
O
303 4 C302
1 LI 2 2 MEG K
27
IF 111111_ GMV
10001R
=
M2
27
VHF ROD L3 C C3041 R 05 AGC KEYER
ANTENNA R306 220K R302tt
12 MEG IMEGS V9
50V
L—-
7
J I 6LX8
.56V I
VI V2 3
L601
X 0 135V
BALUN I 3HM5/3HA5 5GJ7 54
9
- - LII
I 4/L 4(\5 VHF

I
E RI - 8
B+ 145V R I
C. C6 C21 I1(
' I' 130
K

1 I
130 'I
2.2
�I 1000 C301-

L _J
2.2
MEG M EG 1~
1 820

_J L AGC
L=-= 000 150V
R503 C502
2200
470
GMV
HI )I

R501 51 82
NOTES: UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. 145V
Z501 1. ALL VOLTAGE MEASUREMENTS MADE WITH 2OW
VTVM, D501 L501 _ L502 _
NO SIGNAL APPLIED CONTRAST AT MAXIMUM AND 04
ALLOTHER CONTROLS SET FOR NORMAL OPERATION. 250 +T 20
0
2.CAPACITANCE VALUES GREATER THAN I ARE IN X501 I 3 f
FUSE I
PICOFARADS --VALUES LESS THAN I IN MICROFARADS.
3.ALL RESISTORS ARE I/2WATT 10%.
4.ALL CAPACITORS ARE 50OV, 10%. 2-OA
I 37�
I Sw--_J 38HE7 IIBM8 IODX8 4DI6A 4EH7 4EJ7 6LX8
D502Z
L______J ON o VIO V7 V5 V6 V3 V4 V9
12 1 4 5 5 4 3 4 4 5 4 5 4 5
VOLUME
CONTROL 52
- C5'0-0511 C512 C513- C514- - C515 -0516
4700 4700 '4700 2200 2200 2200 2200
=1.4KV=GMV -GMV GMV= GMV = = GMV a GMV
42.75 45 44 50
GMV

INTERLOCK
Y5.75
7 IIMS8

42,67 45 V8

Sn4

AC 120V.
53
60HZ ONLY

80%
VII V2 VI
CRT 5GJ7 3HM53HA5
i

J Fir'. 1
t _ c517
HI
47.15 L--- J
z2ooT
GMV =

58
 MAGNAVOX Chassis T949 Schematic Diagram, Continued

VOLUME AUDIO
Z203 AUDIO OUTPUT M6
SOUND IF R209 OUTPUT
VIS r----- IMEG V7 TRANS EARPHONE
JACK
4DT6/A I I SM8
.0047 20 P2 rT202
i
R204 140V
190V
5
TP4
IK 470
r
2701< 6
C2I4I I M5
SPEAKER
1 � L 0 I
-,7V 90 21 O OV
�7 L201 OV 3145V .
J6 85V — _

C213 —
R210
� 7
R212 R213
2 2.5V R205£
15K
1C208r
147001
I C212 680
33K
219.OV IOK
.+n
10K 23
----- 3
—GMVI 18 500V R211
1 �680K = Be
L 180
L_
560 2200 4 81
—_J C210 R207
2201 .047 T 560K

91

C201
39

2ND VIDEO IF AMP VIDEO AMP T151

CONTRAST
V4 V5
2 I
4EJ7 IODXS
C 152�
4PF II
TP3 C 3
4 _ 3
155
r 44V
TP2 �l- 820
40 OV12 S R154
1 T103 5 (-- ---� O )1— 20K
0 7
DI01 1 2
110 1 L103
1
6 C153
PF L153
�2 i
T102 7 I C1 2
10 C112 I 5.6 I 8 220
�r 5 OV96143V I
o _ 5
2
8 I I R155
I
CI09 I 15
R105
I.5V '1'680
i 119205"/R1515V IOMFD 2200 15 34V 2
P103
820
I
I
3.3K £ r
�'3
__�
J 27K F)09 V+�CI54

d
¢ 6
1 RI56
I— '
I!I
-j
=
82 S T2200 i
220 L151
560 R153
ISOK 1
.f t N
i 4.7K
2 R157
-- 1CI13 O 145V
Z102 22200 �
RI52
5.61
1
200K
GMV 3W
BRIGHT

Z302 VERTICAL OSC a OUTPUT 22002

R307
12K -
r — — — — —� V8 GMV 0.
R351 IIMS8 C35T
39 K 27K 3900
SYNC SEP ^ aoav T30C 1,4
V7 NOV i 4
I 18 M8 R363 R3:61
"1000 1C354 47K -358'
12K 1.
Z301 0039 IOAO 047
C355 R362
.022 lox IKV 400V
C353 400V -20
^.0047 32
270 R368
28V
M �I 1C356 VERT OUT.
I R3551 R358 R359 022 DEF YOKE
3.3
MEG O 1.8 15 OA T40ZA
470K I OV 1400V
�R3
09 MEG MEG
4~ OV 0 J.. 0
I MEG R354 R35T —y
1.2 ;356
47 _j ZZOK 2 MEG �BB R360
�-- � R310 MEG
VERTICAL 500K C360— #R367
27K V LIN 2200 220
-vc HOLD o %A, 0
GMV
HEIGHT

T401
HORIZ OUT. H.V. RECT
HORIZ OUTPUT
D402
VIO
R40T b N
180K 38HE7/P
I
131V Be
L402
C401 HORIZ OSC 2 8

150 R405- V9 DAMPER

5.6 Z402
MEG 6LX8 C7,
41 V10
5 I ^ 120 38HE7
C402
82 I 1000 II 115V I 5KV
25V 2 44V
145V I
C405 R404 R C411

1
—C406 8 R410
3900 270K 8.OV f 33K 409 IMEG 270
R401 400VV 470 I R413
470K =
2W 560 I
I
C403_ C407 j
47 I # 27K3 L---j
_
4700 R411 10 2 145V 3
D401 1000
— 2.2K
500V
£R402 C413 L403
L401 0 < e
270K 022
4 WI W2
C4
1 C408 R412 3 IKV
22 R406#
400V 6800 2.2K IK 40 4
— —
WIDTH > 1= I R414
-J
W3 Be DEF YOKE
HORIZ HOLD 47K 1-
450V 1 T402B
— — J 350V

59
 MAGNAVOX Chassis T949, Service Information, Continued

WAVEFORMS
CIRCUIT BOARD LAYOUT
Waveforms measured with signal, controls set for normal (VIEWED FROM COPPER SIDE)
operation, and 5.5 VDC at TP1.
V=Vertical Sweep Rate H=Horizontal Sweep Rate 0
N I ;:0 0'
o
r
u
_ o 0
M
N

N
N B
n
O y
N�
a
O
N
J F V T o_
U O
N

TP3 V 2
U10 N
O a
2V PIP Pin 2N11 80V PIP V O_
T U
J

zO
M 'X0 �V
0
0

�1—
O 0
U
U
V N

4 K)
N
0
N�u
1 O
N. N

3 Pin 9/V9 23V PIP H 4 Pin 1/V7 80V PIP H

O
O
N-L o L
--I (- '00 N F

UT 0T
V = _
Vf
cT

01

Pin 9/V7 47V PIP H

OT; U
N

V) U]
M to
7 Pin 1/V8 70V PIP V CL M
GE

17
MT na
u
— //pp
� 0
=0 000
0

I
O
v
J
Pin 6/V8 1000V PIP V a
O
O a

t a a
Z � OM7'y u

zT" U

3 t.-C401 & C402 24V PIP H 12 Pin 2/V9 32V PIP H

L

T T

o0 aTa
N
M

N
� v OOJ
v
00 V.7a—
o M m
o

V
0

0
13 Pin 6/V9 150V PIP H 14 Pin 11 N70 70V PIP
30

5 Pin 1lT402 1900V P/P H 16 Pin 48401 390V P?

60
 MODELS GCI-14829B, GHJ-14829A, GCI-14849B, GHJ -14849A, B,
GCI-14859C, and GHJ-14859A, B

CHASSIS REMOVAL
1. Detach cabinet back.Pull off front panel control knobs.
2. Disconnect external antenna lead-in wires from an-
tenna board. Detach antenna terminal board.
CONTROL
3. Disconnect yoke plug from receptacle located on side PANEL
of high voltage compartment. Observe orientation of
yoke plug with respect to chassis for proper reinsertion
of plug.
4. Disconnect high voltage lead from picture tube. Dis-
charge circuit by grounding lead to chassis. Similarly,
discharge anode well connection on picture tube by
using insulated wire lead or screwdriver shorted to
chassis.
5. Disconnect picture tube socket, audio output clip
leads from Left Speaker, and ground lead from picture
tube mounting frame. NER
SPAN
6. Remove six 5/16 inch hex head screws securing chassis SPANNER N

to cabinet bottom. NUT

7. Remove tuner assembly from front panel by removing
the spanner nuts from the Vertical Hold and Volume
shafts (Figure 2) and the hex nut from the top of tuner
mounting bracket. (To remove spanner nuts use
Standard Equipment Item No. 21547 or equivalent.)
8. Remove tuner and chassis from rear of cabinet.
Figure 2.—Spanner Nut Removal
RIGHTNESS
CB
\
i 11 M
R28B R26A CONTRAST
R28A R268 VOLUME
SWI OFF-ON SWITCH
LV ERT. HOLD
PRINTED CIRCUIT 1
L265 BOARD ASSEMBLY i
IF INPUT 8 IF INTERSTAGE
ri SOUND TRAP OIL
`/
!INPUT
TUNER
V116 TP,4 SOUND
4EH7 A.C. QUADRATURE COIL
1,,�L266
0 L206A / B+.6OV
TOP SLUG AUDIO
41.25 MHz INTERSTAGE AUDIO
SLUG I.F., TRANS OUTPUT OUTPUT . K ELECTRO
SOUND • -LYTIC
4EH7 VT7 INTERSTAGE TP3 EC-200
•
VT9 6BL8'
OGK6 VT8 0 VTI I
4DT6 IOCW
1_208 AUDIO INPUT • BOOST
•
'TP2 V. HOLD

4EJ 7 GT
BRT. 0 8FQ 0
IOGK I 21GY5 ii
L203 SR201
TPI •H.HOLD
O CONTRAST _F \
L204 BOTTOM SLUG 4.5MHzSOUND TAKEOFF
TOP SLUG 4.5MHzSOUND TRAP

I. F. OUTPU T FREQ
I�HORIZ. HORIZ.OUTPUT
R69, V. LIN. CONTROL L I R123 RIII TRANS

L
(AT BOTTOM) 23GJP4 , HORIZ. H EQ. TR94
R71, HEIGHT CONTROL CIRCUIT IX TUBE I HOLD DJUST
(AT
TOP),
BREAKER
r J
 MONTGOMERY WARD Chassis GCI-1482.913, etc., Service Information, Continued

CIRCUIT BREAKER 8. Further reduce the 4.5 MHz signal level until the audio
output pattern breaks up again and reset L203 (bottom
This receiver is equipped with a re-setable
type circuit core) and L302 (top and bottom core) for cleanest
breaker. If any abnormal condition causes the receiver to maximum output. Final adjustment of these two coils
be inoperative, it will be
necessary to re-set the circuit should be made at a minimum signal level at which
breaker. The reset button is located on the lower rear of undistorted audio output is just obtainable.
the receiver. To re-set,
momentarily depress the red but-
ton. Frequent resetting indicates an overload condition in
ALTERNATE SOUND ALIGNMENT
the receiver which must be corrected to
prevent circuitry 1. Tune in a strong local station.
damage.
2. Connect Output Meter across voice coil of
speaker.
3. Connect VTVM to TP3 shown on schematic.
C.R.T. 4. Adjust L206A, quadrature coil, for maximum audio
REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT
output. During this adjustment two peaks may occur.
Following the removal of the chassis, tilt the instrument It is important to select the
forward and carefully set it face down on a rolled peak which gives the
pad or maximum voltage. The VTVM will
suitable cushion. normally measure
approximately -2.5 V.D.C.
1. Remove chassis following;
procedure outlines under 5. Reduce the signal strength by
"Chassis Removal." disconnecting antenna
and/or detuning Fine Tuning control. until audio,
2. Remo..ve yoke retainer
clamp, deflection yoke and width. distortion: occurs.
device from neck. of tube.
6. Adjust_ L203 (bottom. core)%,. sound. take-off coils, and
3. Rexrrove six hex head screws L-302 (top and bottom core),
securing picture tube interstage transformer,
mounting pan to cabinet. (2 inside, 4 underside.) for maximum undistorted audio
output.
4. Carefully lift picture tube and 7. Further reduce the signal strength and reset L203
mounting pan oyt of
cabinet. (bottom core) and L302 (top and bottom core) for
5. Remove tube harness and maximum undistorted audio output. Final
sponge rubber insulating adjustment
material. of these two coils should be made at minimum
signal
6. Reassemble new tube in harness and strength or when undistorted audio output is
pan. just
CAUTION: A high voltage shock hazard exists if all obtainable.
8. It may be advisable in some cases to
insulating material is not placed in the original repeat above
position. Check with an ohmmeter to insure procedure to make certain that the alignment is
that no short exists between chassis accurate.
ground
and picture tube frame.
4.5 MHz SOUND TRAP ALIGNMENT
7. Replace the tube in cabinet and remount
deflection
yoke, yoke retainer clamp and width device and make 1. Connect a Signal Generator, (4.5 MHz,
unmodulated)
all necessary connections to insure to TP 1. Connect ground lead of
proper operation generator cable to
of receiver. chassis.
2. Connect VTVM RE probe to TP2.
ALIGNMENT INSTRUCTIONS Note: A diode detector, shown in
Figure 6, may be
used with the VTVM in place of a commercial
SOUND ALIGNMENT RF probe.
1. Connect Sweep Generator set at 4.5 MHz center 3. Adjust L203 (top core), 4.5 MHz sound trap coil,
frequency ±7.5 KHz deviation to TP1 shown on for minimum reading.
schematic.
2. Connect Oscilloscope across voice coil of VIDEO I.F. SWEEP
ALIGNMENT
speaker.
3. Connect VTVM to TP3. Set meter to read at least 1.Connect the sweep voltage from the
Sweep Generator
-5 V.D.C. to the horizontal input of the
Oscilloscope.
4. Adjust Sweep Generator for approximately 200 milli- 2. Connect vertical input of
Oscilloscope in series with
volts output and set Volume control of receiver for an a 47,000 ohm isolation resistor to
TP1; connect
audible level. ground lead to chassis.
5. Adjust L206A, quadrature coil, for maximum audio
output on the Oscilloscope. During this adjustment two L265 (TOP SLUG)
ADJUST TO41.25MHz 47.25 MHz
peaks may occur. It is important to select the peak
which gives the maximum voltage. The VTVM will
normally measure approximately -2.5 V.D.C. 50'
l
6. Reduce the 4.5 MHz signal level from 200 millivolts t 42.75MHz 45.75MHz

to a point where the audio output

pattern on the Os- ADJUST L204 I.F. OUTPUT ADJUST L7 I.F MIXER OUTPUT
TRANS TO LOW SIDE OF CURVE
cilloscope starts to break up. COIL,L208 BOTTOM SLUG
I.F INTERSTAGE TRANS AND
7. Adjust L203 (bottom core), sound take-off L266 LF. INTERSTAGE COIL
coil, and ADJUST L265 (BOTTOM SLUG) TO HIGH SIDE OF CURVE
L302 (top and bottom core), interstage LF INPUT COIL 8 L208 (TOP
transformer, SLUG) I.F. INTERSTAGE TRANS
for cleanest maximum audio output on the Oscillo- TO REMOVE VALLEY B TILT.

scope. Figure 3.-Video I.F. Phase Pattern

62
 MONTGOMERY WARD Chassis GCI-
14829B, etc., Service Information, Continued

3. Connect R.F. sweep signal (and marker if built into 9. Set Marker Generator to 42.75 MHz and adjust
Sweep Generator) in series with a terminating net- L204; 44.00 MHz and adjust L208 (top core) and
work (See Figure 5) to the R.F. Test Point on the L265 (bottom core); 45.75 MHz and adjust L7,
VHF tuner (See Figure 9). L208 (bottom core) and L266; for maximum gain
4. Loosely couple Marker Generator to Sweep Genera- and symmetry of response curve with markers as
tor cable for markers. shown in Figure 3.
5. Connect the negative side of a 3.0 volt bias supply 10. Disconnect R.F. sweep signal from the R.F. Test
to TP4; connect positive side to chassis. Point on tuner and connect to the V H F tuner antenna
6. Connect VTVM to TP4, to check bias voltage. terminals.
7. Set the VHF Channel Selector to any unassigned 11. Check I.F./R.F. response within limits shown in
channel and set the output of the Sweep Generator Figure 8A.
to 40-50 MHz, I.F. 12. Reset L7 I.F. output coil and L265 (bottom core)
8. Set Marker Generator to 41.25 MHz and adjust
I.F. input coil to center response curve at approxi-
L265 (top core) for minimum gain of 41.25 MHz mately 44.50 MHz.
marker. (See Figure 3).
MATCHING PADS AND TEST BLOCKS

300 OHM
TRANSMISSION LINE 4.7 PF TO .001 100 K
TO VTVM
TEST -�—� �---f +-
TO o- TO SWEEP
POINT
D.0 PROBE
MIXER GENERATOR
GRID IN60

TO
R= Zo COMMON
CHASSIS
SOLDER SOLDER

TO COMBINATION
UHF/VHFANTENNA

Figure 4.—UHF/VHF Antenna Figure 5.—Terminating Network Figure 6.—Diode Detector

PAD FOR 50n COAX. PAD FOR 72n COAX. PAD FOR 300 BALANCED INPUT
0 -_-_-_ 0
180n 130'L 47j-%-
300n 300 ,-%- 300-s
�
56j
,
BALANCED 82 -r- BALANCED 390n BALANC£0
OUTPUT OUTPUT 47j%- OUTPUT
I80.n 130
v�nnn, 0 Vw%n, 0 0

Figure 7.—Sweep Attenuator Matching Pads

C-16
GRID TRIMMER
C-9 C-23
PLATE TRIMMER / U.H.F. OSCILATOR
CHAN. I 8+ TRIMMER
INPUT

L6
CHAN.I
ADJUST

A.G.C. H+
C-8 COIL ADJUST
L7. I.F
NEi iTRAL1Z I Nis
TRIMMER
( INSIDE ) I.F. OUTPUT HEATER
Figure 9.—VHF Tuner Adjustments

63
 MONTGOMERY WARD Chassis GCI-14829B, etc., Sche
mati
c Di
agram

Schematic VMA L302

Symbol Description 1/2 6131_8 SOUND INTERSTAGE
SOUND I F AMP TRANS
r
CAPACITORS 95V
C 1 470PF, 50OV, 10%, disc ceramic
C2,18 101
820PF, 50OV, 20%, disc ceramic v PF
1
C3,4,22 IOOOPF, 50OV, 10%, disc 2
I

ceramic
C5 .47mf, 10OV, 20%, molded C152
tubular .0015
C6 560PF, 50OV, 10%, disc ceramic C151 R152 T
C7 470PF, 50OV, 10%, disc ceramic 47 TOOK
C8 PF
Amf, 40OV, 20%, molded
tubular
C9 150OPF, 50OV, 209o, disc
ceramic L265
CIO .Olmf, 50OV. 10%, disc ceramic IF INPUT
VTI6 L266
C11 SOUND TRAP 4EH7 C22 IF INERSTAGE 4EH7 IF INTERSTAGE
.lmf, 20OV, 20%, molded tubular

69
1 I ST IF AMP 1F F- 7 CO ( 2ND'IF AMP TRANS
C12 220PF, 50OV, 10%,. disc ceramic TOP PF /00V
41.25 127
1
142V 7
C19 R6

1@
150PF, 50OV, 20%, disc ceramic MHz I 832 3.9
C20A,B, TO "C" I l/5V 47K 9
I I z 33 8 K I
C,D 40mf (A), 200mf (B), 250mf (C), IF INPUT 8 L 142V 1
(FROM VHF TUNER) L_-J -4v 2 I
4V RI 0
lOmf(D),250 V.D.C. 3V 1,3CI8 CIO 3.3K 1,3 .4 v 1
C51 68PF, 50OV, 10%, disc ceramic BO .01 I
R30 831 P C5,.47 22 L
C52 150OPF, 50OV, 20%, disc 2.2K 82
ceramic C9 R4 820 R3
C53 390OPF, 500V, 10%, disc C4,.001 .0015 56 PF T 470
ceramic
C54 Olmf, 1.4KV, 20%, disc CI TP4 •
ceramic 470
PF R22 817, CC206
C55 .047mf, 40OV, 10%, molded 2.2MEG 15K SYNC.
TAKE-OFF
tubular COUPLATE
C56 3900PF, 40OV, 10%, disc R29 C7
-
I
R23 R20
ceramic 1.2K I•MEG 470PF 47K 330K
TO "B" R51
C57 1000PF, 50OV, 10%, disc AGC TOOK, AV
AGC OUTPUT ■ 270 PE..-F-.* 50V
ceramic (TO VHF TUNER) .01--
C58 CII 820K
.047mf, 20OV, 10%, disc ceramic 390K 25 PF
�
C101 82PF, 50OV, 10%, disc ceramic 1T

C 102,104, ,(WF-8) IMEG 3 2

108 0 �25vi 1__
2 f�_J 33v
1000PF, 50OV, 10 1o, disc
ceramic (WF-7)
I
VT7B
I 5v 1/2 6BL8
C103 Amf, 200V, 20%, disc ceramic TO "D" B+ KEYED AGC
C105 5600PF, 40OV 10%, disc 145V
B+ OUTPUT
ceramic (TO VHF TUNER)
C106 330PF, 50OV, 5%, mica L202
R106 HORIZ
C107 8+ 220K
2000PF, 50OV, 10%, disc FRED
F19 C160 COIL
ceramic CIRCUIT SR20
.001, IKV R161
C109 .01mf, 50OV, 20%, disc ceramic BREAKER 1 C20A
40 AFC (WF-IC
C111 .15mf, 60OV, 20%, disc ceramic AC I
-n
i
FC23A 4W 250V
R160
47012W
WF-� DET.
C113 .033mf, 60OV, 10%, ceramic INTERLOCK
TR89 R164
I N 1000, 145Y I
I
AUTO FORMER 12 20W I SR 150 -
Cl 14 Imf, 60OV, 20%, molded tubular ,T, 8 CD _J
L388 I C ' 20
Cl 15 15 PF, 4KV, 10%, disc ceramic a CI64 _J 200 250 157V IO
250V ' 250V }
C116 68PF, 2KV, 10%, disc ceramic T.I RIO 1 R103
110-120V.A C. 390K 390K
C117 F VT14 VT13 VT12 VTI I VTIO VT6 VT5
47PF, 4KV, 10%, disc ceramic 60 CYCLES 17BE3
C118 21GY5 8FQ7 IOCW5 8FQ7 IOGK6 4EJ7
.Imf, 20OV, 20%, disc ceramic (POLARIZED) SWI
ON-OFF 1 12 1 '12 4 5 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 4R102
C151 47PF, 50OV, 10%, disc ceramic SWITCH C163 HTR. {4.7K
C152 1500PF, 50OV, 10%, disc (ON VOL.)
VTI6 VT3� VT8 VT7 VT9 VT4 CIO[
ceramic PI BE
c- C.TG 4EH7 4DT6 68LB IOGK6 4EH7
I
- -
C154,165 4
150OPF, 50OV, 20%, disc BRKT. D AL 4 5 8 I 4
-

ceramic
RI67 CI71 (tPLI
LIGHT
PIX.TUBEIHTR }/�4
470K 01 C165 13 CI
C155 0015 CI62-I
4700PF, 50OV, 20%, disc
ceramic �T T i
T. 00 OOI
T .001T
J
C156 .047mf, 20OV, 10%, disc TO "A"
ceramic VHF TUNER R15 08,000 ohm, 1W, 10%
C157 FIL. R16 39,000 ohm, 1 W, 10%
i.00PF, 50OV, 10%, disc 1
ceramic R17,33 15,000 ohm, / 2W, 10%
Schematic R18 2700 ohm, 1/ 2W, 10%
C158 .Olmf, 50OV, 20%, disc ceramic
C159 Symbol Description R19 220 ohm, 1/ 2W, 10%
.01mf, 1.4KV, 20%, disc 1
ceramic R20,32 47,000 ohm, / 2W, 10%
RESISTORS R21 1
10%
C160 .001mf, IKV, 20%, disc ceramic 390,000 ohm, / 2W,
R1 3300 ohm, 1/ 2W, 10%
C161,162 R22 2.2 megohm, 1/ 2W, 10%
1000PF, 50OV, 10%, disc R2 22 ohm, 1/ 2W, 10% .
ceramic R23 I megohm, 1/ 2W, 10%
R3,8 470 ohm, 1/ 2W, 10%
R24 1
10%
C163,164 Amf, 60OV, 20%, UL tubular 820,000 ohm, / 2W,
R4 56 ohm, /1
2W, 10%
0171 .Olmf, 1.4KV, disc ceramic
R28 100 ohm, 1/2W, 10%
R5 180 ohm, 1/ 2W, 10%
C173,174 R29 1200 ohm, 1/ 2W, 10%
1000PF, 50OV, 10%, disc R6 3900 ohm, 1/ 2W, 10%
ceramic R30 2200 ohm, 1/ 2W, 10%
R9 12,000 ohm, /
1
2W, 10% R31 82 ohm, 1/ 2W, 10%
R12 10 ohm, 1/2W, 10% R51 100,000 ohm, 1W, 10%
R13 3.6K ohm, JW, 10% R52 82,000 ohm, 1W, 10%
1
R14 180,000 ohm. / 2W, 10% 853,54 68,000 ohm, /
1
2W, 10%
 i
SOUND
VT8
40T6
DET.
MONTGOMERY

L206 A
QUAD. COIL 0158,.01
WARD Chassis

VT9
I0130
AUDIO OUTPUT
AT 83
AUDIO OUTPUT
TRANS
GCI-14829B,

SPEAKERS
etc.,

NOTES:
Schematic Diagram,

I. ALL RESISTORS ARE 1/2 WATT, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.

2. CAPACITOR VALUES ARE IN MFO, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.
Continued

1451, 3. VOLTAGE TOLERANCE MAY VARY f 20 %.

` 2351, 5
4. VOLTAGES MEASURED FROM POINT INDICATED TO CHASSIS GROUND
AUDIO 6.4
6.4b 6.4 t WITH 'VTVM', AT NORMAL SIGNAL.
OUT. 3.9 G C 5. WAVEFORMS TAKEN WITH NORMAL SIGNAL INPUT.
IMP. IMP
I 6. DOTS ON SPEAKERS INDICATE PHASE.
1 IMP.7
I
ov OV 2
IOOV ------� AUDIO
IN.
3.5V •TP3 351,
4 RI55 C156 R157 R159 145Y
680 .047 560K VOLUME 100
015 5 R156 R158"�
; C157 VT3
.004 7 8.2K 560K 23GJP4
:'J.0001 PICTURE TUBE
145 V
L203, SOUND TAKE-OFF C8 TP 2
8 4.5MHzTRAP WF-2)
L116A I PIK.K
7
'DOD --i� 1
L
�
VT5 L204
4721 VT6
i
4EJ7 IF OUTPUT TRANS PFT iIOGK6 R14
R28B,5MEG
BRIGHTNESS
R15
68K,IW 2 31 4
SRD IF AMP VIDEO DETECTOR VIDEO AMP L127Aa IBOK wwe
142V �J
9RT. R16
=135V RIB 39K,IW
3 IN295 ►/57v R56
—� L1 2.7 K 47K
I l .. 31 .. VMA
1 R13
4.7PF 3.6K FOR BEST FOCUS RESULTS R57
/.61, WF-I .BV 5W
^ 3PF^ L128A R26A,IK CONNECT ORG LEAD T0— 6.8K
R5 12�f
12 � P,F CONTRAST CONTRAST
W2, 10 TERMINALS I, 2 OR 3
180
6 --- 1 - C19 2
560 R8 150
PF 470T PF

R 71, 5 MEG
HGT HEIGHT 157V

VT10 VTI I L262, DEFLECTION YOKE

8FQ7 IOCW5 C114 R119 R63 o
HORIZ. COILS
SYNC. AMP a VERTICAL OSC. ,
VERTICAL OUTPUT I 68K 6.8
I R65 MEG
R53 R54 R59 C54,.01 00 NOT 220
WF-4) 1.4 KV
68K 0039
68K 220K iyEASURE OUT
TR78B
C55

T
3ov 6 VERTICAL
0015 ,0039
T
00)) 270K :047 OUTPUT
1 • V. R69_5 MEG TRANS
7 157Y 9 R61 LIN.1 VERT. LIN.
--- -451, +
-12Y 1.5MEG
—051 8 R64 R58 3
C58
470K 130 V R28A,1.5 MEG
68PF
T WF-5
IW, 5% T.047 HOLD VERT. HOLD SOCKET PLUG
C113 BLK
.033
157V

I C105
.0056
R109
18K
C106 %RI12
f56K
-
R
CI11,.15
90 NOT
R114
330K
BOOST 470V BOOST R

1051, 330 PF 150V 0174,.001 /MEASURE

RI II 50K L-
HOkiZ. R116 DEFLECTION YOKE
FREQ. ADJ. 12K IW C109,.01 V. CONNECTOR STRIP
I 1 7 R124 LIN.2
I � 59 (PIN VIEW)
-91,1 /35Y .1 -25V R117,3.3
WF-I I 390K
F j
VTI3 4,10 R115 C118
C104— R105 I
.001 82K 39K 21GY5 470K .I
RHO I HORIZONTAL
1.2K OUTPUT
-
5 % I
4' I K
c1o3,.1 VT 12
C 107— C108- 1
C117
.®02 8FQ7 .0017T I - 47PF
T
=2 f
HORIZ.OSC. L _J L267 4KV VT14
r 4

R107 I5K L267

17BE3 VT15
001 DAMPER TR94 IK3
HOLD R120
, , -4 HORIZONTAL OUTPUT HIGH VOLTAGE
C115�
1
I M
E ,IW D I TRANS RECTIFIER
R122 15 PF,4KV
56K
R123, 75K
r HORIZ. HOLD

WF- I WF-2 WF-3 W'F-4 WF-5 WF-6 WF-7

5V P 80V P-P 55V P-P 58V P-P 1501, P-P 28V P-P 450V P-P

60'u 3 60% 60'11 60'L 60 ti 0 60% 7875'L

WF-8 WF-9 WF-10 WF-11 WF-12 WF-13

42V P-P 3.21, P-P 10.5V P-

p 16.5V P-P 42V P-P IOV P-P

7875'L O 7875% 7875'u O 7875U 7875'1, 7875 ti

65
 MONTGOMERY WARD Chassis GCI-1482913, etc., Service Information, Continued
R56 47,000 ohm, '/2W. 10%
R57 6800 ohm, '/2W, ',10%r,
R58 130 ohm, I W, 5 %
R59 220,000 ohm, '/2W, 10%
R60 270,000 ohm, '/2W, 10%
R61 1.5 megohm, '/2W. 10%
R63 6.8 megohm, '/2W, 10%
R64 470,000 ohm, '/2W, 10%
R65 220,000 ohm, '/2W, 10%
R72,73 560 ohm, '/2W, 10%
R74 9.6 ohm, Thermister
R101,103 390,000 ohm, '/2W, 10%
R 102 4700 ohm, '/2W, 10%
8104 I megohm, 1/ 2W, 10%
R105 82,000 ohm, '/2W, 10%
R 106 220,000 ohm, '/2W, 10%
R 107 15,000 ohm, '/2W, 10% O
R108 12,000 ohm, '/2W, 10%
R109 18,000 ohm, '/2W, 10% 0 m
zo
R110 1200 ohm, 1/ 2W, 5% >
O N
U
� rc '
R112 56,000 oHm, '/2W, 10%
R114 330,000 ohm, /
1
2W, 10% +>o
R115 470,000 ohm, '/2W, 10% o�
1200 ohm, I W, 10% 0
R116
R117 3.3 ohm, '/2W, 10%
1
8119 68,000 ohm, / 2W, 10%
R120 I megohm, 1W, 10%
R122 56,000 ohm, '/2W, 10%
R124 390,000 ohm, '/2W, 10%
R152 100,000 ohm, '/2W, 10%
8154,159 100 ohm, '/2W, 10%
R155 680 ohm, '/2W, 10%
R156 8200 ohm, '/2W, 10% JI Side)
R157,158 560,000 ohm, '/2W, 10% J-
R160 470 ohm, 2W, 10%
n
R161 125 ohm, 4W, 10%
12 ohm, 20W, 10%
(Wir ng
R164

0 Board

u m
1=
• O Circut
TTu�F

� JI
Printed
d I
a I
J

h
$
M- U
>O

co

�0_
>

SIDE.

CIRUT
.y u

FROM
\
u
VIEWD
�8.
AS

z I
TT
I
' aav
I ��"G
I
� r-LL i J
I DIAGRM
I
I

�j WIRNG
�m >
ti

NOTE:
 MO r'OROLA CHASSIS

C 19TS-599
MODEL BREAKDOWN CHART
VHF
C,D21 TS-599
UHF
MODEL CHASSIS TUNER TUNER CRT
MODELS
XP517FW C19TS-599 CPTT-413 KTT-622 20WP4
or XP517FW
KTT-626
X T 627FN
XT627FN C21 TS-599 OPTT-413 I
Model XT628FW
XT628FW D21TS-59.9 + + 22fP4 XT628FW

See last page of this Motorola section for differences to Chassis

applicable
22TS-599B used in Models XT767GN, XT768GW, and XU772GK,

SERVICE ADJUSTMENTS
FINE TUNING 4. Adjust video
bias control to
OPTIMIZER CONTROL
maximum in direction which causes
ADJUSTMENT white limiting (absence of snow). The purpose of the optimizer control
Rotate the fine
tuning knob in either is to reduce the effects of high
5. Adjust video bias control in reverse noise in the picture. If a
direction for best picture and sound frequency
direction until normal snow appears noise-free is being
on all available channels. Turning the strong signal
on screen (no evidence of white
fine tuning shaft to the right or left received, the optimizer should be set
limiting). in the clockwise or "SHARP" position
engages the pre-set gears. The gears, in
the to obtain maximum picture detain.
turn, change position of the core
in the oscillator coil. Individual coils RF AGC DELAY However, under noisy signal
are used for each channel. Therefore, conditions, the control should be
channel
ADJUSTMENT turned toward the "SOFT" position to
pre-set adjustments can be
made iin any sequence. VISUAL METHOD CONDI- reduce the effect of noise peaks.
TIONS: Select a channel with
FOCUSING medium signal strength. To determine HORIZONTAL
ADJUSTMENT
if the signal strength is proper, rotate
FREQ ADJUSTMENT
RF AGC delay control from one
To for extreme to the other. One setting of To center the horizontal frequency
provide differences in the
picture tube gun structure, a focus the control should produce some range, place a jumper from T.P. "E" to
adjustment is provided by three (3) visible snow in picture. The other chassis ground. Adjust horizontal
lugs located on the chassis. They setting should produce a snow free oscillator coil (L500) until the
provide a ground potential picture. Adjust or disconnect antenna horizontal lines become straight.
point, a
B+++ voltage point and a bootstrap as required to provide these Remove jumper and rock tuner off
voltage point. Connect the blue lead conditions.
and on channel to check for stable
from the picture tube socket to the lug
horizontal sync.
which provides the best over-all focus, NOTE: If the above conditions are
center to edge of screen. See top not attainable and only a very weak
chassis view for lug location. PICTURE TUBE
signal (with snow) is available, adjust
RF AGC delay control for minimum REPLACEMENT
"VIDEO BIAS snow. If such is the case, disregard
Use extreme care in handling the
ADJUSTMENT Steps 1 thru 3.
picture tube as rough handling may
cause it to implode due to atmospheric
1. Set VHF channel selector to the 1. Adjust set for normal picture. pressure. Do not nick or scratch glass
highest unused channel.
or subject it to any undue pressure in
2. Adjust RF AGC delay control to removal or installation. Use goggles
2. Disconnect antenna, short at tuner maximum in direction which produces and heavy gloves for protection.
if necessary (no video must be snow in picture.
present). CRT is removed from rear of cabinet.
3. Adjust control in reverse direction. To remove picture tube, remove
3. Set contrast to maximum and Stop when the snow just disappears or
°
chassis then remove corner screws "C"
brightness to normal level. is minimized. securing picture tube to cabinet.

67
 MOTOROLA Chassis Type TS-599 Service Instructions
CAUTION: This
CAP DISCONNECT WHEN NOTE: Remove carrying handle with cabinet back. Release handle
receiver is pow- 470PF REMOVING from top bracket thru "T" slot in bracket.
CHASSIS
ered by an auto VHF
RES CAP
(470 PF 1 Kv
TUNER
transformer with 1 MEG MIN IN
PARALLEL)
center tap con- DISCONNECT
WHEN REMOVING
nected to the UHFB+AND
CHASSIS
PILOT LIGHT SW
chassis. The
chassis is al-
ways at approx-
imately 55V AC UHF 19" Receiver
TUNER
above earth ground Rear View
regardless of the
line cord polarity.
To avoid damage L801
to set or test L504
HORIZ SIZE
equipment, use an T800

isolation trans-
019
E200
former when VERT
HIGH
OUTPUT
VOLTAGE RECT
servicing set D2Y
PANEL GROUNDING
SCREWS
13 PER PANEL)

SIGNAL PROCESSING
PANEL"GB"
Q
024
R128A R128B R 128C
CROSS SECTION OF OPTIMIZER VERT VERT
E800 CRT G2 FOCUS L500
HORIZ
LINE TAP OUTPUT
SIZE TAPS DEFLECTION
CONNECTOR LIN FUSE HORIZ
PANEL"FB"
HOLD

CONTACT
EXTRACTOR

e804 E803
11 UHF PILOT LIGHT A VHF PILOT LIGHT
VERTICAL
BRIGHTNESS CONTRAST HOLD
DIAL STRING
Panel Connector Contact Removal PULLEY

19" CHASSIS VHFTUNER

VHF CHANNEL
REMOVAL SELECTOR

Loosen 3 screws "A"on bottom of

VHF FINE TUNING
chassis.
UHFTUNER
ON-OFF VOLUME
Remove 3 screws "B" from tuner
bracket and upper corners of chassis.
Disconnect yoke leads (note color), R805
2nd anode, CRT socket, and earphone
C805
jack. L801 R804
FILTER
CHOKE
T800
POWER
TRANS

E200
HIGH VOLTAGE
RECTIFIER
02Y

CHASSIS MTG SCREWS

19" Chassis - Front View

68
 MOTOROLA Chassis Type TS-599 Service Instructions, Continued

RESCAP
470 PF 1 Kv
1 MEG MIN IN
PARALLEL
DISCONNECT
WHEN
REMOVING
CHASSIS

VHF
TUNER BEZEL
MTG SCREWS
UHF (14)
TUNER

(CHASSIS
MTG
SCREWS)

5 CHASSIS MTG NOTE: Use caution when tightening

SCREWS transistor mounting screws. If the
(UNDER CHASSIS)
screw threads are stripped by excessive
pressure, a poor electrical and
21 " Receiver - Rear View mechanical connection can result.

21" CHASSIS REMOVAL

Remove 5 screws "A" on bottom of
chassis.

Remove 6 screws "B" from tuner

21 " Chassis - Parts Location
bracket and H.V. rectifier support
bracket.

Disconnect yoke leads (note color),

2nd anode, CRT socket, and earphone
jack.

BEZEL REMOVAL
,805
R805 1. Remove knobs.
R804
2. Remove chassis as described above.
T800
POWER
TRANSFORMER 3. Remove 14 screws "E".

VERTICAL
HOLD CRT REMOVAL
CAUTION: USE CARE IN
HANDLING CRT.

1. Remove chassis as described above.

t
2. Remove 4 screws "C" and remove
BRIGHTNESS * , CRT from rear of cabinet.
L_`
CONTRAST

69
 MOTOROLA Chassis Type TS-599 Alignment Information

CHASSIS ALIGNMENT
-
PRE
ALIGNMENT 4. Apply the positive lead of a 6.2 NOTE: To reduce the possiblity of
volt bias supply to IF AGC (T.P. "A") inter-action between the two tuning
INSTRUCTIONS cores in a transformer or
buss and negative lead to chassis coil, each
Before alignment of the video IF ground. core should be for optimum
adjusted
section is attempted, it is advisable to response in the tuning position nearest
thoroughly check the system.If 5. Check for correct 1st video its respective end of the coil form.
alignment is attempted on an IF amplifier bias by measuring 2nd video
section in which a faulty component amplifier collector voltage. Voltage
SOUND ALIGNMENT
exists, successful alignment will should read 20V with no signal input.
probably be impossible and the entire If necessary, adjust bias by bypassing (Station Signal Method)
procedure will have to be repeated the 3rd IF collector to ground thru a
.001 mf capacitor and adjusting the Reduce signal input into receiver by
when the real cause of the trouble is
corrected. tests of the video bias control for 20V on the 2nd disconnecting one side or both
Preliminary
include voltage and video amplifier collector. antenna leads from receiver. Signal
system should
should be reduced considerably until
resistance measurements, routine
some background noise is present.
checks for bad soldering connections 6. Set the contrast and brightness
and visual inspection of the circuits for control at maximum (extreme
1. Adjust both cores of 4.5MHz trap
over heated components as well as for clockwise position). Set optimizer and A.T.O. transformer T300 for
obvious wiring defects. control maximum clockwise.
maximum audio.
VIDEO IF & MIXER ALIGNMENT 7. Short across tuner input terminals.
2. Adjust primary (top core) of FM
Preliminary Steps detector transformer T301 for
8. Maintain 1 volt peak to peak at the maximum audio.
1. Maintain line voltage at 120 with
base of video amplifier except when
variac.
specific values are given in the 3. Adjust secondary (bottom core) of
2. Disable horizontal sweep by procedure chart T301 for best sound with least noise.

unplugging yoke leads.

9. Refer to "Video IF and Sound 4. Repeat Steps 2 and 3 until no
3. Disable local oscillator by setting Alignment" detail for component and further inprovement is noted in the
tuner between channels. test point locations. sound.

VIDEO IF AND MIXER ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE

SWEEPGENERATOR
STEP AND MARKER INDICATOR ADJUST ADJUST FOR AND/OR REMARKS

1. To 1st IF base thru 120 Scope to base Both cores of Adjust for maximum response at 44MHz
ohm resistor in series of 1 st video 3rd IF trans- (see curve No. 1).
with .001 mf capaci- amplifier thru former (L107
47K ohm & L108) NOTE: The 3rd IF transformer consists of
tor.
resistor two individual coils inductively coupled.
Set sweep to 44MHz,
markers as required.
Short junction of
L103&C106to
ground.

2. To mixer T.P. M Same as Step 41.25MHz Minimum response at proper trap frequency.
thru 120 ohm No. 1 trap L101 See curve No. 2.
resistor .001 mf 47.25MHz
NOTE: Temporary reduction of bias and
capacitor. Re- trap L102
increase of generator output maybe required
move short from
to see trap clearly.
junction of L103
and C106 to
ground

3. Same as Step No. 2 Same as Step Adjust for symmetrical response. See curve N o.
No. 1 Mixer out- 3.
put coil L26
on tuner

70
 SCALE BACKGROUND
MOTOROLA Chassis Type TS-599 Alignment Information

REMOVE DIAL SCALE BACKGROUND. TURN

UHF DIAL PULLEY FULLY CLOCKWISE. REFER
SET POINTER AT EDGE
TO DETAIL FOR START AND F I N I W LOCATION.
OF CUT-OUT IN BRACKET
ATTACH DIAL POINTER TO LEFT OF DIAL
SCALE AT THE EDGE OF CUT-OUT.
VHF/
SELECTOR
Dial Stringing Detail - Model XP517F

VHFTUNER
ADJUST FOR SYMMETRICAL RESPONSE
TT-413
41.25MHz
47.25MHz

T.P.

42.25MHz .001 M F
'
FINISH
60%
TO '
UHF DIAL
45% PULLEY
START .

STEP 3
CURVE 3

Ji I'll

SWEEP & MARKER

GENERATOR

RF
OUTPUT GND SCOPE

TERMINATION

SCOPE

ADJUST TRAPS FOR

MARKER PLACEMENT
41.25
MHz 47.25MHz
ADJUST BOTH CORES FOR MAX
RESPONSE AT 44MHz ANP PROPER
MARKER PLACEMENT

42.25MHz R113 VIDEO BIAS w

,_ ADJUST STEP 2
6.2V
4 FOR 20V CURVE 2
30% 30% �- BIAS
AT VIDEO OUTPUT
SUPPLY
COLLECTOR r
STEP 1
CURVE 1
Video IF And Sound Alignment Points And Response Curves

71
 MOTOROLA Chassis Type TS-599 Deflection Panel FB
r
TO YOKE TO R519
I
M L504
I

1)24 TO HV RECT
(MOUNTED
ON HEAT 100 C517 .001
SINK)
R503 68K
C5091l.O
1
---1MM—

R519 47K
--�WNr—

-3
0

J E502
Q24
TO
(ON HEAT
SINK) T=�
U
L504
HORIZ
OUTPUT
2
N
001
C5111 I� Q20
SPOT
6 5 KILLER
C505 X082
T500
C504 01
3 1
Q23
Q21 0507 1
HORIZ
HORIZ OSC 10MF DRIVER
R509 IK Q23
Q22 R508 390 C c E y�
HORIZ PULSE Q222 15 B+++- 170V TO VIDEO OUT (GB121
1,001
SHAPER R51,2!K C51i� 1
C 14 VERTICAL BLANKING TO GB26
1w R514 E5UU
Oil o i J�� 1 13 SYNC INPUT FROM GB23
AGC DELAY M 12 B++ 70V TO VERT OUT (GB24)
C5011/i.0027
11 GND

rF R5 4 10
100K R501 180K 10 HORIZ BLANKING TO GB17
IMF
--MNr— R502 SOK 9 VERT YOKE RETURN LEAD
170V 0 R505 100K 8 RF AGC TO TUNER
R400 39K��
B+++ 7 IF AGC TO GB3
02 0 _L47 Q13 6 B+ 30V FROM FLT CHOKE
C40211.0015
FOCUSI +500V Ts12
C R4 5 AC LINE TO PWR TRANS
i
�F4 1 4 AC LINE TO PWR TRANS
-----O
TO CRT QTY, + R40—
R51 -L
�. - AIVW-
3 UNFLT B+ 30V TO ON-OFF
PIN3 3 bMF SW.
�1J� C40 R40
5 47K
Vr— 2 B+ 30V TO GB15
L800 R408 12K
1 V I DEO IN TO AGC GATE FROM GB30
C800L)5
412 T
AC Q13
LINE/ ` ACC
0
AMP

C8011 `.001 C804

E800 �71
0
11 100MF
�8a1
��0.5 a
02
4

C40LL R800 12K

---'VNh— C902� b0l
.0oT

1�m
TO YOKE TO YOKE TO YOKE
} Q12
AGC
GATE

Deflection Panel FB - Circuit ,fide

72
 MOTOROLA Chassis Type TS-599 Signal Panel GB

Q18 Q17
VERT DRIVER VERT OSC 2

Q16
VERT OSC 1

30 VIDEO OUT TO AGC GATE (FBI,

29 TO TOP OF VERT HOLD CONTROL
28 N.C.
L 27 TO ARM OF VERT HOLD CONTROL
Q19
VERT
T u 26 SPOT KILLER LEAD FROM FB14
25 SPOT KILLER TO CRT G1
OUTPUT
ON HEAT 24 B++- 70V TO VERT OUT FROM FB12
SINK 23 SYNC SEP OUT TO HOR AFC IFB13i
22 N.C.
T600
VERT
� 9 1 21 VERT YOKE, HIGH SIDE, GRN
P 20
OUTPUT
V. LIN R415 27K ,411 4.7K 19 N.C.
`
- 18
R4112K
3 /
R
17 HORIZ BLANKING FROM FB10
C404y1.02 16 TO ARM OF BRIGHTNESS CONTROL
V. SIZE f
R409 4 7K
Q15
SYNC
SEP
OPTIMIZER
SEC Q14
BOT
N O I SE
GATE
C3054 00 15 B+30V FROM FB2
Q10
14
VIDEO AUDIO OUTPUT TO SPKR
OUTPUT 13
12 B+++170V TO CID FROM FB15
C126`1 001
U 1I GN D
R129 56 E300
%vvr 10 TO TOP OF CONTRAST CONTROL
R118 27 8
' 9 UNFLT B + TO AUDIO OUTPUT
R121 1.8K
- NVV_ 8 TOP OF BRIGHTNESS CONTROL
Q9 C124 180 r,y 7 GND LEAD TO VOL CONTROL
ISTVIDE0-�� � I
6 TO ARM OF VOL CONTROL
_-_
AMP NV1M v 5 TO TOP OF VOL CONTROL
RI17 270 l 13N
01
—MNr- 9�
G 4 B + 30V TO VHF TUNER
��
R112 120 C300 0033 3 IF AGC FROM FB7
E100 VIDEO C125�� 0022 BOT 4 6
2- IF INPUT COAX
I DET .
,
VAIV_ SEC(000)-
C122 L10 R120 820 ■ ■ r, T00
, 1 IF INPUT COAX GND
TOP
PRI
C 120 Y L100 Q5
L108 VIDEO �Q.00r AUDIO
i
BIASI SHELF OUTPUT
SEC
L 5.6
3RD IF 50
C103
M R110 1.8K Al
A115
G
1 QQ Q —
`—_
PR I C102)110
�0
R106 1.5K I C;
C117 39 R108
C11101.001 - 1.8K ^/VVr'
-.

o L106 C s a
B �� fZflSif�- S�
�- CI10
�j. 2ND IF
E�
g� � oT E R100 6.8
B �TF y�3
1p
JT

R107 68 CI1�'100 R10 IST IF BASF

v�
iti�ti
vt

Q8 Q7 Q6
3RD IF AMP 2ND IF AMP 1 ST IF AMP

Signal Processing Panel 6B - Circuit Side

73
 MOTOROLA Chassis Type TS-599 Service Information, Continued

PICTURE TUBE
201NP4, 22ZP4
IRpHe wily rmr IYW M agrwlh in WI

A5R
AGC AGC
B +
POWER
P2S
AGC
DiC
HORIZ AFC
A5F
HORIZ
A5R
SPOT BOOST
TEST POINT & COMPONENT LOCATION GUIDE
GATE GATE RECT AMP DIODES DRIVER KILLER RECT

E200

E500
The following detail gives relative
D2Y

position of test points and component

A/B
SOLID
E STATE
NV
RECT location on chassis.
HORIZ
DRIVER
T500

VERT YOKE IIORIZ

IYELI RF AGC OUTPUT
YOKE
UILKI 19 DELAY
TO HORIZ
IA CI Fw
YOKE
Min Snowl (RED)
E11
E502

K
CRT G2
IREDI 4aaV 17w GND G2 SUPPLY
G2 Q20
I A Q21
A

_
Ae 10 RECT

BEL FUSE 1000.1 P2S FOCUS LSOE

HORIZ P2S ASK A3H or ASA D1D
MOT NO AGC TAPS HOLD NONIZ
HORIZ HORIZ HORIZ DAMPER
68C619BSA03 IBLUI SIZE
DELAY PULSE OSC OUTPUT
SHAPER
COIL
0.24
DEFLECTION PANEL FB
HORIZ OUTPUT Q23
ON HEAT
VHF VHF E UHF NO, 1841 IC, 021T55991
DIAL LIGHTS:
TUNER UHF NO, 1900 VHF NO. 1841 IC19TS5991
SINK
AFC
THAN
SISTORS
INSIDE AIR.,
E
A.T.O. ISECI
4.—
AA
AUDIO RATIO
ASM
NOISE
A5M
SYNC
PiJ
VERT
A5N
VERT
A3K
VERT 022 E500
TRAP IPRII OUTPUT DET GATE SEP OSC 1 OSC 2 DRIVE

RF AGC DELAY R403

UNE
TUNE.
TRAN
SISTOR
INSIDE
011
Q13
L

T600
VERT OUTPUT

1112
VIDEO
CRT
EXPANDER
CATHODE
DIODE l
IYELI

E
��E\\101
010 3C*
Q18
I
}e
10-01

VIDEO [AS Al TiH AST OPT1 VERT VEHT A1C

IAEI-Min
Whin Liminrg
1ST VIDEO
AMP
4.5MHZ AMP
SOUND GET N
VIDEO
OUTPUT
MIZER S1ZE LIN VERT
C E Q17
REPLACE WlTlf A1$ OUTPUT
A, Maa C.11 AUDIO DRIVER
SIGNAL PROCESSING PANEL GB B
v Q16
Transistor Location Detail
Q15
8126

POWER Q19
TRANSISTOR VERT OUTPUT Q14

REPLACEMENT ON HEAT E101 CRT

cathode
When , SINK i 4w C128
replacing any "plug-in"
transistor, i.e., the horizontal output a 14
and vertical output, please observe the Q10 E301
following precautions:
7 1
1. The transistor sockets are not AUDIO IC
C 05
"Captive," is, the transistor that E

D
Q9
mounting screws also secure the
socket. When installing the transistor, T300
the socket must be held in its proper VIDEO BIAS R113
location. This location is indicated by
flanges on the socket which fit into C
the heat sink. C

2. When replacing the output

transistors, silicon grease (Motorola
Part No. IIM490487) should be applied
evenly to both sides of the mica
insulator. Chassis Bottom View

74
 MOTOROLA Chassis Type TS-599
DEFLECTION PANEL FB
Service Information, Continued

ETCHED BOARD
CHASSIS SERVICING CIRCUIT TRACING
The bottom of the 19TS-599 chassis is The top (component side) of the
exposed for servicing when cabinet chassis board contains a complete
back cover is removed. The bottom of of the chassis circuit that
legend
the 21TS-599 chassis can be exposed on the bottom and
appears
..D., for the
servicing by removing identification of all components by
fibre-board cover from the bottom of reference numbers that are related to
the receiver. the reference numbers on the
schematic diagram. The circuit may be
traced from the top of the chassis
board and all components can be
identified eliminating the need of
PANEL REMOVAL
making any reference to the bottom of
the chassis board.
1. Remove grounding screws at rear of
panel. See rear view of ireceivers. The circuit side (bottom) of the
chassis board also contains a complete
2. To unplug panel -grasp panel at
legend which includes component
rear corners and pull toward rear. If
reference numbers, transistor
VERTICAL LIN,'
panel is tight, exert pressure from side
VERTICAL SIZE - identification, and the wiring (jumper
to side to work panel out of multipin
wires) is traced in to provide easy
OPTIMIZER_ connector.
circuit tracing of the wiring that
appears on the top side of the chassis
3. In stubborn cases, insert
board. Each wire trace begins and ends
screw-driver at slots "D" and pry off with an arrow.
panel.
The transistors are identified by their
function as well as the reference
number. The transistor elements are
identified as follows: E-emitter,
SIGNAL PROCESSING PANEL GB
B-base and C-collector.

Chassis Bottom View - Service Position

VHF PILOT LIGHT
COMPONENT REMOVAL
VHF FINE
It isrecommended that a solder TUNING

extracting gun be used to aid in

ON-OFF
component removal. An iron with a VOLUME
temperature controlled heating
element would be desirable since it UHF PILOT LIGHT
would reduce the possibility of
damaging the board due to -
over-heating. 21Chassis Front View -Parts Location I

CONTRAST

BRIGHTNESS
VERTICAL
HOLD
SIGNAL PROCESSING
PANEL"GB"
DEFLECTION PANEL "I'll"

75
 NOTES:
MOTOROLA Chassis TS-599 Schematic Diagram L
VOLTAGE
I.
MEASUREMENTS
TAKEN FROM POINT INDICATED TO CHASSIS WITH A VTVM. + 207
B E C SIGNAL
2. LINE VOLTAGE MAINTAINED AT 120V AC.
AND .AUDIO TAXI'-OFF
3. TAKEN WITH CONTRAST CONTROL AT MINIMUM
ALL OTHER CONTROLS IN NORMAL OPERATING POSITION.
4. WHERE TWO VOLTAGES ARE SHOWN:
IBOT VIEWI C312
T301 ASE �T3000
VOLTAGE ABOVE BOX - WITH NO SIGNAL INPUT , TUNER ON CHANNEL Q6, Q7 & Q8 HOT V:E GO IS j io1 410
WITH LEAST NOISE AND ANTENNA TERMINALS SHORTED.
VOLTAGE IN BOX -
WITH TUNER ON STRONG STATION AND OUTSIDE ANTENNA.
B 2 Q10 (AIS)
WAVEFORM MEASUREMENTS
C 5
1. TAKEN FROM POINT INDICATED TO CHASSIS WITH A O C300
WIDE - BAND OSC IL SCOPE. \ 4 01.00331
2. O SC ILLOSCOPE SYNCED "EAR SWEEP RATE INDICATED. METAL E T501
BOT VIEW
3. TAKEN WITH STRONG SIGNAL, CONTRAST CONTROL. AT
05 (AhU L
MAXIMUM: ALL OTHER CONTROLS IN NORMAL .. T300 �.

�L 0 19, Q24,
OPERATING POSITION. E B C HOT VIEW CC
, iYDICATES VOLTAGE VARIES WITH CONTROL SETTINGS.
8 & Q5 (AlN1
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED : CAPACITOR VALUES LESS Br`�\C
IN MF , ALL OTHERS , IN PF CAPACITANCE
THAN ONE
141 1 1 1 1 1 1
IBOT VIEWI
VALUES ON
CBE
: LY ARE
SHOWN ON SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM, REFER TO PARTS LIST. E300
Q10 (A5T)
RESISTORS ARE IBOT VIEWI
10', 1'2W. TOP
I VIE
COIL RESISTANCES LESS THAN I OHM NOT SHOWN & Q23 ALL
OTHERS 1111111 17

Q6 Q7 Q8 2V PP

A2Y AlU AlU V

D
H.av
;1STIF AMP 2ND IF AMP.
2.
9.2V 3RD IF AMP I
14.5v 12 5V
D. w U.7' Z = E100 LiOV I
R100 6.8 L103 I C113 10
C106 110 I 33 1 �� C117 I
C110'

i 3.8V I
-j �I.3V
0
1�
I
U

�l Co
41.25
MHz

�T�
I
'17.251
MHz
J

IF INPUT •
34 F 70V
FROM TUNER
TO VHF 4
B
TUNER ��(
AND 3.5V P➢ V
UHF B+ SW
TO
TUNER
RF AGC Qll
S

/T
P2S Q13 Q15
AGC P2S A5M
�R402 18K
AGC AMP 2.2V- SYNC SEP
Y
DELAY
31V
13yi
ON
[28V[ R412 33K C405 /.047
TUNER RF AGC E401
C402 x.0015 n
DELAY v
5.8V
12.4V1
TOP AT
3K

4.5V PP H

Q12
A5R
AGC GATE
aev A�

23
4Dv PP x R404
470 3
X
T

C401=001 15V PP H

0806 131! TOTAL

390 E801 R803 270

W+1804
L800 R504 100K
TOOMF
1.1
120V —
60Hz- LIE PERT
802 .001 SUPPLY
0807 Pl.UG'
0
80 E80o ON
YOKE
C
R80. 22 y
HORIZ 0
W +
OiIN
EB05
FF ON VHF Q2o
SUPPLY B

TO IMPROVE
L PART OF / TUNER
A5R
OF
R3U2 .� EB C
RELIABILITY
SPOT KILLER
ON'-OFF SW , REMOVEI
C805 AND REPLACE /
WITH DIODE E806 /
-85v M R809 22K
NO. 48S191AO7 IBOI VIEWI
PT
E500
UHF R808
PILOT LIGHT 470
SW

76
 I
PROCESSING PANEL
MOTOROLA

II
GB
2 E300
Chassis Type TS-599 Schematic

Q5
Diagram, Continued

AUDIO IC
A3L OR AIN
il3T1H T1H 113T1H E301
C .22 I AUDIO

11
T301
av
t '-
II
t—
C303 C311 ` OUTPUT

J
r
-
2.zV1 2
5i T302
1/\ 13 sv
330
•1 1.4V
11 I =414.8v9.. O1 6
70V

i
� r R30[ - I.3VIAUD
-
0�
I I IF AMP C305 C306 FM DET �> 1
w CEI \>
VOLUME SDK 7 ­�
(> 100 39 1
n.� �DRIV�R
11t i X1 C307
J?I _�l'T 4
Z` 22 I, '14 2 f—f

R301 33K _1
R35010(
s
�_
R30 :3 68K >�► TO "C"
M C3O8� a
�`'�
N
11
(POWER
SUPPL Y;
SE
TS�
E

I
>
.221 1
Q10
Q9
A5T OR A1S
ALT VIDEO 140V PP V
1ST VIDEO AMP OUTPUT
OPTI R123 1M YEI.RZOO 1K E200
MIZER 7 DZY
V1
H. V. RECT
� 7 R122 120 C128 .22 2OWP4
ALL CRT SOCKET
z. V ;2 22Z P4 TERMINALS HAVE
C1241 180 r R118 27 CRT INTERNAL SPARK

C127 .0022 2 GAP TO GROUND

16 > PIN s)
PIN 5
C123I/180 R127 15K R20, 1_ _ _100K _cSPARK GAP
ORD
R
200V PP V
BRIGHTNESS
0
N
R124
B+++ S
1K
1 0V x
_ tTO F815) B4+70V
CONTRAST

V HOLD •
V SIZE TO C609
jR601 3K R602 3K1 R604 22K R609 39K 80 1
(YOKE
25V PP
29 59
R128B 30K
1
T600
JUMPER)
— Q17 27 `, 516 Y 3V PP V
A5N Pli C603 + Q18 Q19
VERT VERT
A3K A1C
OSC 2 OSC 1 5M �
T
_ VERT VERT
0.4V C61 (.033
DRIVER OUT
/ t 4V R603 68 ?V 13.6V 0
0.9V Y

1..4V

m
V LIN
r
416 22K —� — R128C 10K
C600 047
s R611 4.7K
>
+ C604 0606 .68
"B"

I'
R610 8.2K
M 9j TO
5V PP V 3.5V PP V C51� �� ce12)
FOCUS

Y
OO1�L504
zx 15
<+ C803D +
18V PP H 4V PP 8V PP H 130V PP H B+++

25V PP H
9V PP N
170V T
80M
"H' ""
G

440V PP H

Q21 Q22 Q23 Q24

A6K A5F TF A3H OR A6A
HOP PULSE
HOR OSC HOR DRIVER HOR OUTPUT
SHAPER G2 SUPPLY
25 R509 1K 9VR512 1K 0.75V
37V
T500 RECT 1505
R507 6.8K 60V /
1
8 3 L50Z 0. IV
E502
ono,
0. 1v 0
� C504
5
C502 +__ N
I 28V 28.5V p
C511 8 C513 E503
0 C505 M O u�•
IMF j .01 q
T501
L _
0 c 1
00
0U 4z::
o5
o Y 10',6
H
"� •
U
o
it _ AGC
21,' RS� 08390_ 400V < 3a
1 U DAMPER
_ �rL
it
m BOOST
RECT
L500 IC507 E501
n 5
28V PP H B+++ �^
_AGC
HOP
H OL D
IOMF 170V 1 4
B++- (VIDEO SUP.)
C51 0 + C518
70V —E.01
5MF B-1+
DI:AG 63D66164A31-A 60V
70V

C 19, C21 & D21 TS-599 Schematic Diagram 77

 MOTOROLA Chassis 22TS-599B used in Models XT767GN, XT768GW, XU772GK

MAIN DIFFERENCES FROM D21TS-599 ("A" version)

11
The 22TS-599 B" Chassis used in models listed at top of the page, employ
a power line isolation
type opposed transformer as to the auto type power trans-
former used in the
original TS-599 Chassis covered in the preceding section.
Deflection Panel FB has been redesigned for these later sets. Terminals
and jumper wires have been provided to allow panel to be used in either chassis.

CHASSIS & PANEL CODING CHANGES

fLVPEIA
CHASSIS NOTUSED
DESCRIPTION OF CHANGE ED L
a
CODE i ir'o
E801
0806 tt
• — + 803A

TS-599A-01 RELIABILITY CHANGE - C805 removed and replaced by Diode 390 O LL��►f
C801 1
.001 OOMF
E806 to prevent current surge thru on-off switch. Insulating tape
added to vertical member adjacent to dial light bulbs to prevent
,—I {— 0 _
C807 1 RG O
g
possibility of shock hazard. Boo T800 .J(I
,
f.R,Nor LsF:UI
E802 /
4 W\ !

TO IMPROVE SPOT KILLER - R127 changed from 47K to 22K. �- NBC J

00
J RED` UL'LIYYLI.L'G
R204 added from junction of R127 and board terminal 8 to B++ 1 V1
E803
70V. R804 5 % CRT
__.
E805 5 .
8
p ,
RELIABI LITY CHANGE - Video output Q10 changed from A5T Pi XT OF ON L'XY
to A1S. �
X:102
�ON-OFF Tl�Nk:A
/
D,
J
UHF
TS-59913-00 DESIGN CHANGE - FB Panel circuit revised and jumper wires
L

PILOT LIGHT r
added to accomodate "B-00" Chassis equipped with isolation --c> o
SW
type power transformer. C513 (.015) changed to .012 and C519
(.003 uf) added in parallel with C513 for 21" chassis and smaller
only. See FB Panel detail. I'
MODEL BREAKDOWN CHART
VHF UHF
MODEL CHASSIS TUNER TUNER
MOTOROLA
CRT

XT767GN 22TS-5996 OPTT-413 KTT-622 23JEP4

XT768GW or or
XU772GK OPTT-436 KTT-626

1 2 3 4 5

T8 N/C
ORG
DUMMY LUG
Wy �
J

AC POWER INPUT
R802
CHASSIS TS-599"B" & LATER:
CONNECT AS SHOWN BY SOLID LINES.
CHASSIS TS-599'A": CONNECT
AS SHOWN BY DOTTED LINES.
NIC
POWER TRANS N DUMMY LUG
CHASSIS CODED
TS-599'B" 8 LATER
R803 DEFLECTION PANEL FB-01

2Z'CHASSIS
OR LARGER

Deflection Panel FB-01

DEFLECTION PANEL FB-01 - EXCEPT FOR CHANGES SHOWN TO ACCOMODATE C519(.003MF)

ISOLATION TYPE POWER TRANSFORMER AND CAPACITOR 105191 IS PARALLEL W ITH
ADDITION,THIS PANEL IS IDENTICAL TO FB PANEL SHOWN IN C513(.012MF) IN
ORIGINAL TV6 SERVICE MANUAL 21" OR SMALLER CHASSIS

78
 Olympic.
LEAR SIEGLER, INC. OLYMPIC RADIO & TELEVISION DIVISION
/

CHASSIS 9P90 - 9P91

CHASSIS REMOVAL HEIGHT AND VERTICAL LINEARITY ADJUSTMENTS

1. Remove push-on type knobs from front of cabinet. Adjust Height Control VR201A and Vertical :Linearity Control
2. Remove black head screws holding upper chassis and remove. VR201B until the picture or test pattern is symmetrical from top
to bottom. Make the final adjustment to overscan the mask ap-
3. Remove black head screws holding lower chassis.
4. Remove yoke plug, high voltage lead, speaker lead, picture proximately 1/4 inch at both top and bottom,
tube socket and picture tube ground lead (also earphone jack
when applicable). CENTERING ADJUSTMENTS
5. Remove chassis from rear of cabinet.
The
centering adjustment is made by positioningthe two magnetic
rings located at the rear of the deflection yoke on the neck of the
picture tube. Shifting of 'these rings moves the picture both hori-
PICTURE TUBE REMOVAL zontally and vertically so that correct centering is obtained.

1. Remove high voltage lead, deflection yoke plug and picture

tube socket. Television Chassis
2. Remove nut holding picture tube band.
3. Remove picture tube fixing brackets. 4BZ6'(V3) 1st Picture IF Amplifier
4BZ6 (V4) 2nd Picture IF Amplifier
4. Pull picture tube and safety window straight out rear of cabinet.
4DK6 (V5) 3rd Picture. IF Amplifier.
IOJY8 (V6) Video Amplifier and Sync Separator
6GH8A (V7) Sound IF Amplifier and Audio Amplifier
FOCUS
12FX5 (V8) Audio Output
17JZ8 (V9) Vertical Oscillator and Vertical Output
The focus may be varied by changing the connection at the focus
8FQ7 (V10) Horizontal Oscillator
terminal. The orange lead from terminal D may be connected to
terminals A, B or C to obtain best focus. To protect the picture 21JX6(Vll) Horizontal Output
17BE3 (V12)
tube, the set should be turned off before making a change. Damper
IAD2 (V13) High Voltage Rectifier
500YB4 .,. Picture.Tube
HORIZONTAL HOLD CONTROL Silicon Diode (S101) .Power Supply Rectifier
Dual Selenium ( 520.1) Horizontal Phase Detector
If there is difficulty in maintaining horizontal sync within the 1N60 (D201) Video Detector
range of the Horizontal Hold Control VR105, check the adjustment 11460 (D202) Audio Detector
of the Horizontal Frequency Control, L208. 1N60 (D203) Audio Detector

TUBE LAYOUT
VHF CHANNEL SELECTOR
a FINE TUNING

VHF CHANNEL SELECTOR PICTURE

FINE TUNING
OFF-ON VOLUME

V 14
UHF TUNFR
500YB4
SPEAKER
PICYURE TUBE

FILTER CHOKE

FILTER
VHF TUNER r 7 CAPACITOR

HORIZONTAL PHASE
RATIO DE1 DETECTOR
TRANS. SOUND IF
TOP 2RY TOP TAKE OFF
BO HF,RTTOM y.TAL
yg IRY_ BOTTOM TRAP
6. V13 IAD2
4.5NIHz HIGH VOLTAGE
AUDIO
OUTPUT AUDIO \ RECTIFIER
TRANS. O or o. l J
OUTPUT 45MH
IGHTNESS
BR
\ �S SOUND IF a
AUDIO AMP,
MOLUICAL
IFT
VIDEO AMP.
HORIZONTAL
HOLD / 0 a SYNC. SEP.

TOP TRAP
. BOTTOM IFT 2NDIF AMP. IFT
HIGH VOLTAGE
0 TRANS.
TOP IRY

IST IF AMP 3RD IF AMP BOTTOM 2RY VERTICAL OUTPUT

. \ TRANS.
TOP TRA\
BOTTOM IFT \ u
VERTICAL HEIGHT \VERTICAL LINEARITY
AC INTERLOCK

Tube and Chassis Layout

79
i
OLYMPIC
(Continued)
Chassis 9P90, 9P91

I
3
v

E
G

a
I
R
4.
B
Q� O
v �

1
7
U
S.
U
7201 _
R c7,,T 44.5MH1
/OP*ASP (BOTTOM,

U TO VHF TUNER
070
ANT.
leis
48X

UHF TUNER

SNAFT I
*
R775 RDYlL
C70J /OK
R 103
/OpOP RCV7
/R

4725MA22 �c 0
0
0 R
00
L 2o,in
307

I
IM2 R 737 1
I RCV7
RUh f.IN�
/80.P-10)f R238 #
I U RC l
/2
1 470K T
S
I 0
C #4
; AC
3/1 f CR
!
5.6M 0.0047
1Io
1 :
:A7775
09 %• -
357 24
R 240
RL , C21
2.2MM T rC 0

259
V68 1/210,
VHF TUNER
13,750#
1 SEPARATOR

R C %2
151 K
s2ol m
.T.
0,97

R25
R0 1
/
210A

4.75

C?7?
CPT
0.0/µ
R256
RDIL
82K

/00r, /307 L /02

ON-Off /OR H
SW/7CN

�
fRLOCK ccc 5 /0/
!e-
NOT£: 4L L /0/ F/0/ R/01
RW/0T
LINE
C/o/
/.VA + C/03A t (/038
1. ALL CARBON f/LM RESISTOR(RD) VALUES /N ONMS*l0% CORD 5
CPW �MCEL ;MCEL
200
PL UD • ON 2S0µ A,
TOLERANCE
l
/2 WATT UNLESS 0 "I 2007
OTHERWISE NOTED. CNASS/S 2007
450VAC
2. ALL CARBON COMPOS/TroN RESISTOR (RC) VALUES IN OHMS +
!20% U /6 �
TOLERANCE l/2 WATT UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. CPTL C/ 03C
7n CEL
3. ALL MICA AND PAPER CONDENSERS_' ?0% TOLERANCE UNLESS O.A047A( TO
S0µ
�) KINESCOPE 2007
OTHERWISE NOTED. RIM BANO
4. ALL CERAMIC CONDENSERS(*MARKDISC TYPE) VALUES /N MICRO-MICRO 1 49
A,188
+/ � R(V247M
FARADS _ b % TOLERANCE UNLESS OTHER WISE NOTED.

80
 OLYMPIC Chassis 9P90, 9P91 Schematic Diagram, Continued
£ARAMONE
JACK

233

iGHBA p 0701 x
-179---- � CET
C V78 1/2 6GH8A V8 12FX5 T/0/
7706
1140
OP) At S0/
RDV4PS /or 1147 S1., OUTPUT
IF AMP, S17 I' 4.5MH(T 357 AUDIO OUTPUT
AUDIO AMP. C 236 VRI0/ SOOK
1 CKD
"00P VOLUME
TRANS.
CCD S
2301qq CONTROL
57vI1
:O5P o 717
I )1 D R 234
0Vi (
0-
�/C229'� RC'/2
C�D - 114. _ (23
Z+ I CPT ;
K
07 [108
7 470 [232 CPTr R107
iB01Q.y) �J 0.0lµ
L2V -20 ;�
==
RCS 0.
00 22,µ 2-S 1
R 727 CK0476
1
P iOOOP SPEAKER
47M
717 #RCV2 C1o9 AC /SOY
C22B R? 16 RC V2
C227� CET
-CKD *R225 =1111 RD/L R116
/OOK 22A,
T
4 70W RC Y2 /0K
CPT RWST
47�/ RCV2 2007
330 /sK 0.0047,, 150
,!701.1
771 m
/
717 711

.
C 224 CCD
T20530P 210}4 607P-P
TOP CONE
V4 4BZ6 V5 4DK6 87P-v
ill,
V6A I/2 IOJYB �--j' 45MNz
P. 2nd IF AMP. 3rd IF CONE •
AMP, VIDEO AMP. C I4 SO
43MHz T204 - 000
dd_SMNE _ _ D I I 1.206
72_03_ L 303 3.3 P- KI NESCOPE
R 217 C211 D7oi 2zo/ 1 71r
SM RD / 14 (TO NCCD ?0.25' 1
g5NNE270µH
t
1
/144 CU (•fwN
$1 'I 5 6µH t t� E 4s V
I
-
R i 7
0
337 1307 e 07 1157 3K 75 p
.'La;
loT
f
5 TSptazy C21S •
I �� al 0121 9722
I 4N •
2 W-141'1 i0 20.5P LC 22�JJ
IP aPµ
1
Id +ov 9 RCh
I of 4.7P SCl ;
Rz/7 JOP I00% RO%41. 2 3 4
�l #270K
20.6P RC'/7 (80T70M)
_J
L

1
SaSP --- 15K
Se1TOMJ 307
/SMNz re.ESP 7� • l
R2/0 33 8 -
2 0.57
1309 w' 1/27P
•
4% C2f 2.57 --- j GKD
R 221
X 307. RD 1144 r
• 22K # ►2'37 R7/3 R2/d R115 6
.i H.V
8205
RCV2
'C 701
CKD
R208
RCV2#
8709 1 [210
1(1,6
R012 RCM RCOI7 R2/B
A�RCl/1
5.77
I
2
700PQ •uH
1024 l r
1 5 K R108
RC VI
2041
220 100oP
� T 4721°x
RCV2
22o
R T €
L
470
C709
70it
# I
1000P
_80Y. #220K �LI05
I
! M 100 K
KD �20 X ICKOROR C -20%

1000P F R70777//I17
• 711
C27i
s• i°a7do0
717 >n
0000P 71f±20% C217 1[716
• 92/6
tz RDyiL;
'MAY C220 Zt
CETN
;
R214
R223
D
FOCUS
! IOY. 100µi3► HR02L
RCV2 CKD 270,4 CKD
t 20,4
/K T20Fl.,.X (14
071 1000 T 31K
7,
A01
/OK
4.7K
z5%
ISOV7 S1o,Y, A d
rw C
AC
iv _1B
C7 7R103 OOK xt1
BRIGHTNESS
-1 1/217JZ8 V981/2 17JZ8
R146 0745 I' CONTROL 2057
2KoV9A T 101 pp
/000P VERTICAL OSC. RC V2 CPr VERTICAL OUTPUT
/OOK 7ERT/CA4 7R/62 500 R7/0
C",
�j 220•/, #Q0012µT C///
CKD OUTPUT TRANS. CPT RC Y?
100oP - /407 PICTURE
R244 [243 �I
1 iM 0 O22µ 100K 4357
R242
'2pY
2 C / ,146 R747 Pa, CONTROL
17' 47K2 O.AOISR ['pT R(�/1 CPT RD 3/4 1. ci G

•I( N� tIE
D.0047�
+737
47K 0.01 47K

Lai R243
317P
�
1 ^
Z1
/ � P -n0
*
R O
I ?

T
2
Q 04
lµ
017 p I300�C CPT VI3 IAD2
� /OK 21 ,u 560
CONE 0.lµ
•
T103 H.V.

757P- P 60Nz
I
8149
C74
C118�1
CPT
1
R150
1457 ®o
r R
HOR12. our RECT-
ill RD O.01µ 4 B N. V. TRANS.
TT RC V2
-477 .0 PL V
IM
2,20
'I O
314Ll0.012� 5; F
/
VRI04 1M 4K7 PULSE 0 VA 0 VA KV�
10
8252 J
VR201A SOOK 4 Rot 2
C251 8248 R251
RD 1/2L VERTICAL HOLD OONOT MEASURE
VERT. HFIOHT RDV2L S RC /z 0
CCT C 11
2 330K CONTR 04
R �47M P 0 16K
220P 41K CONTR L L
R 153 c 104 1 p RED
0 Ig w
0
/o% 2307 P-P •-
* RC //2 VII 21JZ6 VI2 17BE3 6.5 N IIb
60Nr 7R20/8 SOOK 2.2 M µ
K RI13 II w
HORIZ. DAMPER II
K => RC42 II
IIY
VIO 8F07
[261 7ERT.L/NFARITYM7 Y OUTPUT
R
II 4 7K x
HORIZ.OSC. 7
CMF I
SS y.
~
CONTROL
470P
4-10
C26S I b wN/T E. o
//57
It CCD 4 II v II v
267P-P
1C 159 103 7 �
-1)•SP II b •
R+14 II II
r5, 750Nz 22 r R270 10% II p RC Y7 I
C269 857P-P R271 C/ „ II
7'CO% R C V2 CFM
CPr /5, 7501E RCV2 2 OCLKY
330K
0.67 1 \7 -
747 1327 4- /
0
C242 O.0047,µ OR269 15K ._ r2& i _�+
47 /57

1
�CPS8
R72 58 Car CMF^ ♦ RD Y2L BLUE YELLOW
470P CI64 CI12
RCV2 p0033� 8263 R214 I M
ZZ IM ; 3
1
9.07 YL? RD V21- ±Sy 7� �`
R ERC 1
/2
#
ROva
R273 1.209
/0 tH
;z CPT
.n C 114
B�ec M
71� a 1A,
R26o
130K 54K±/0% 680
4
CPT
012s7 "3
RC V2 15% R268 0.04746
RCYI 7,
7 # C
22M R261 RD 1/2 L
/OOK 47µ
/8K
• C257 # R26/ 5K
15K >n
RD 3/4 L R244 I-
Ca r YR267
OK iT RC'/2 RD
9O47µ 3
/4 L
"Co 1
n CSr
I
• T L 208
Z
33M 6BK
FOCUS ADJUSTMENT
C 279 3900PT HOR/d.
R/17 CONNECT ORANGE LEAD
p0072µ 1s0V FRE R. >tl VR105 /M K h I
R RCYI FROM TERMINAL D. TO
R
HOR77. HOLD 12M
57
82
82 CONTROL A, B OR C. WHICHEVER.
GIVES BEST FOCUS,
4 3 1 /2 / 12 /2 1
VHF TUNER

1 1
V F w
tl b ^1
_ o
S. ALL VOLTAGESMEASURED BETWEEN POINTS INDICATED AND CHASSIS. a a
b A a P P
CIO �CII
USING AN ELECTRONIC VOLTMETER. ALL VOLTAGE READINGS ± IS v. 210
r
L211
N /000. Aw z 3
WITH INCOMING SIGNAL AND WITH CONTROL SET TO 3� 43 45 8 4 3
PICTURE
C21
PRODUCE 60 VOLTS PEAK TO PEAK AT KINESCOPE.
CKD1•.L
TCX'B C761 C770 T T
s1CKD 7bCK0 CRD77rr77 /OOOP
6. t * MARK TEMP. COEFF/C/ENr. 1000 PPP�����,���CK GGdG44"""���""" /OOOP IMP IOOOP
2704 t20•1
tv% 220)4 120,4
 PANASONI
MATSUSHITA ELECTRIC CORP. OF AMERICA

MODELS AN-169, AN-179

DISASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS.

REAR COVER REMOVAL

1) Remove the seven rear cover screws
2) Disconnect leads from th@ UHF & VHF antenna.
3) Remove the back cover by pulling it straight from
away ,
cabinet. 111
1111M I
Iil
l�lVlttlllll�Il ��
rr '
CHASSIS REMOVAL
1) Disconnect the CRT anode © CRT socket © and deflection
coil(0)
2► Remove the six chassis holder )
screws(E
3) The chassis assembly can be removed from the cabinet

TUNER AND CONTROL ASSEMBLY REMOVAL

1) Remove the four tuner bracket holder screws©
2) Remove the four control Volume bracket holder screws
(AN- 179)
3) Remove- the two control Volume bracket holder screws
(0)
(AN-169)

SPEAKER REMOVAL
1) Remove the four speaker holder screws()

PICTURE TUBE REMOVAL

1) Remove the picture tube mounting screws (j)
2) Remove the picture tube carefully.

111 11111 11111 11111 11111-

11 11111 [fill Mft fill:

82
 PANASONIC Models AN-169, AN-179 Service Information, Continued

SERVICE ADJUSTMENTS
LOCATION OF ADJUSTMENTS

(AN-169)

(f)ON-OFF SWITCH & SOUND VOLUME (O )VERTICAL HOLD

CON-OFF SWITCH (RHORIZONTAL HOLD
OSOUND VOLUME I1 VERTICAL LINEARITY
®VHF CHANNEL SELECTOR O HEIGHT
®VHF FINE TUNING (R BUILT-IN VHF ANTENNA
©UHF CHANNEL SELECTOR (R ATTACHABLE UHF ANTENNA
07 BRIGHTNESS EARPHONE JACK
® CONTRAST OANTENNA TERMINAL
UODi to
UHF TUNER

i"
BLOCK DIAGRAM
VHF TUNER 11MS8/T 4DT6A 11BM8/P

0
SIF AMP SIF DET AUDIO AMP

SPEAKER
V6 V7 V8
Y2"ROUND
3-

3HA5 5G J7
RF AMP OSC & MIX
(AN-189D)

0
, ` V13
PICTURE
V5 ,
TUBE
OA70 500JB4
4EH7 4EH7 4EJ7 DET 11MS8/P
1st VIF 2nd VIF 3rd VIF VIDEO AMP

11BM8/T 6LX8/T 11MS8/T 11MS8/P

AGC KEYER SYNC. SEP. VERT. OSC. VERT. OUT.

V8 V10 V9

s
1BK2
V10 Vll V11 H.V RECT

6LX8/P 38HE7/P 38HE7/T

HORIZ. OSC HORIZ. OUT DAMPER

83
 PANASONIC Models AN-169, AN-179 Service Information, Continued

LOCATION OF PARTS

CHASSIS (TNP-2165)

V11 -303DS
1BK2

T301
TLV237

V10 C414
38HE7
C515
C415
C514

C408 C359
f

D401 �' R410

L401
l
V9. 6LX8 �t
t - oi H.HOLD
R412 D301
7
I
R419 V8 11MS8

C357
2203
C358
C404 2302
V6. 4DT6A
R360. V. LIN.
D101
T104. TLI-5157
L201 TLS1176
V4. 4EJ7
T201 TLS1158 R354 V. HOLD
V5 11MS8 Z105
Z301 T103. TLI-1156
R356
T151 HEIGHT
TLS-2153 Z103
R152 C501
R301 AG
V3
11 4EH7
T102
;b
4 TLI-1155
T
2 FUSE 125V 2A
L101
TLI-9154

L501
TLP113
C
C5
R501
\ C50

84
 PANASONIC Models AN-169, AN-179 Alignment Information

GENERAL ALIGNMENT INSTRUCTIONS

VIDEO I-F ALIGNMENT

1. Apply a —4.5V bias voltage to the AGC circuit (T1) of the VIF as the earth (ground).
2. Connect the vertical terminal of the oscilloscope with G1 (T4) of V5 11MS8.
3. Connect the output terminal of the VIF sweep with G1(T3) of V4 4EJ7, and adjust the Detector Transformer
(T104)
4. Next, connect the output terminal of the VIF sweep with the Test Point of the tuner and adjust each
step of the transformer.
5. Adjust the 47.25M trap after adjustment of the VIF's overall wave shape.
6. After adjustment, be sure that abnormal oscillation is not present after the bias is removed.
7. Prior to the adjustments noted above, make the sound volume minimum, and make both the contrast
and the brightness maximum.
V3 4 V5
4EH7 4E11 11 MS8
] T104 8
T 102 T103 ] I

2 2 _ 8
_ 8
9

1 3
2104
R102 C102

3V
Too
L 101 �

TI -4,5V
77
7

O
VIF MARKER O
GENERATOR ! ��
OSCILLOSCOPE

qp O
O

oV HO S
VIF SWEEP /
of E: I
GENERATOR

O O
(0
"
ORE
j
:/

VIDEO IF ALIGNMENT CHART

STEP

INJECTION OSCILLOSCOPE T4 OSCILLOSCOPE 4

POINT SWEEP GENERATOR T3 SWEEP GENERATOR .. TUNER T.P.

T102, T103 & VHF

ALIGNMENT' T104 L101
TUNER CONVERTER

M
"
RESPONSE
CORVE -

TLI-5157 TLI-1155(45M)
NOTE TLI-1156(44.5M) TLI-9154(47.25M) VIF(BBias ..OV
Top &Bottom Cores
V.Tuner Converter(43M)

85
 PANASONIC Models AN-169, AN-179 Alignment Continued
Information,

SOUND I-F ALIGNMENT

1. Connect the output terminal of the SIF sweep to G1 (T4) of V5 (N919B: V6) 11MS8.
2. Earth G1 (T3) of V4 (N919B: V5) 4EJ7.
3. Connect the input terminal of the oscilloscope with the plate (T5) of V6 (N919B: V7) 4DT6A.
4. Earth G3 of V6 (N919B: V7) 4DT6A.
5. Adjust T151 and T201. Make the response
curve maximum.
6. When the adjustment of the SIF AMP is finished, remove the earth of G3 of V6 (N919B:
V7) 4DT6A.
7. After adjusting coil L201, make the 4.5M marker come to the center of the inclined
part of the S curve.

V4 V5
4EJ7 11MS8/P
7 6
T104 T151
T5
2

T3o
1.3

I
T
04I

VIF MARKER
GENERATOR

SCILLOSCOPE
n

VIF SWEEP
GENERATOR

O O
QRFo

SOUND I-F ALIGNMENT

STEP

INJECTION OSCILLOSCOPE T5 OSCILLOSCOPE T5

POINT SWEEP GENERATOR T4 SWEEP GENERATOR T4

RESPONSE 's".
CORVE

'.V

V4 4ET7 G 1(T3) ... Ground V4 4EJ7 G 1(T3) .... Ground

NOTE
V6 4DT6 (T5) Ground V6 4DT6 (T5) Disconnect Ground

86
87
 PANASONIC Models AN-169, AN-179 Printed Board Information

L 1 5 L 14 TNP-2 1 65
• J 1 7
��'�•
jj�ll 6P
• ra • Z30 T,; l
E2
y
-
150 tCo)—^` L
J15�Q I TLS- 11761
t
O TLS- ■L 1 3
D501
0 2 153
• iY • • x J 140 \ g� • N ••

(00 o r J I3 }
1kt
-
5 4DT6A To y�E
• 2402
to to
) �f ,�1�• L5
• u 9 2202 = 3/0 •
O
®
v 158 ';
• T
J9
'
0 • - w
■ EL3
• y ;TLS-I + • •L4

.P 1
J3 SOP O
L I
L23 J4 Z2' I \\
VT.l� ©©
J12'0-i7
0 �—
• T
d J10 •
17

T1 •-11-x'
caa8

P9 56

:j-

591Zd

360 N4
8354 i t
CONDUCTOR VIEW (TNP-2165: N919A)
TNP-2 1 65 L 14
L I 0 L 1 5 Rxe6 CxvS

1
�I�
•— J 1 7, ��
■
1R9� SlJ . R�sS
P I
•�� J
I6 •-�I-� . . 1
J 1 4
L9 ZN • � •y
-- 0
C 7��
T202
TLS- 1 176
✓L/53 4 E2
a �I �,— •
L_
A
C
O0
NO
J 15. •3 T n
R40z s
x r el
D Le N
z/3
• • • R
•� 02/4 0,
0J14 p. • re"r � _-
—•
J7 J8 158
L2 I �� �TTLS-1
Ls PI J 1 3 (0 1 O 00)
csoz� TLS-
1
2402
L30 • .L4 ■ 2153 c/sz �� \ 10
cq 0)
1 .
2202
J80
'�
J�
�� 1�
/ (01005 1 J3 a(•R`� T� J 30
J4 • P12 1
Z201
■' i
-
n 4 -V"•BOO ►J 12
J 1 2 • — --
11 �'
L23

¢306 F— L 2V I I Iv15t$ %F
T
• - w s nv •
C3a2 L 16
00
II_ f T I
i• v vN
—
L6■ •
6303
•�/ a ®
D101 j
Q aT T4
} • 38HE7 I
p tI J I I
JIO J2 •
■L 1 7
0
� a
Z 1 03 • L18 P12 v •
, '00
E °(°x (00 o 1 •)• O

IF
•Pat ■ ft36c G¢o3 \ GS/S /
P
-
L20
j" c<(z
1 J

P8
cs/a J4 * J9 r PIO• II •
TLI-1 155 �f TLI- 1 156 c) 1 c4/a
0- 0 P9
J7 J5 J6 P3 `• 05 L22
®P2 D301 •I
L7 L8■ C617 L. 1 9
(•
II
J 13/ GiSA .
~ G358 T cast' P I I
G/ 3f9 P4� IF -•
LL401 NL21
G3L(
+w'—= O-p-J Q,
O
,O 0-
.0
0 • w - -•
Rah/
• AY
R36i
•
N-9 19A • R356 R354 R360 R/Sy

COMPONENT VIEW (TNP-2165: N919A)

88
 MATSUSHITA ELECTRIC CORP. OF AMERICA

CABINET MOUNTING SCREWO

MODEL TR-41 5B AND TR-415BC ESCUTCHEON MOUNTING SCREWS

CABINET MOUNTING SCREW

Fig. 3-1
,ORANGE)
TO TNP 1209
(TO TNP 1209-(0
CABINET MOUNTING SCREWS® P.C.B. MOUNTING SCREWSO
(BLACK)
TO GROUND
Fig. 3-2 Fig 3.4
BATTERY COVER MOUNTING SCREW
R707
1M
Fig 3-3 (LIGHT BLUE) DISASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS
R708 TO TNP-1209
5.6K
(VIOLET)
18 _ CABINET (Fig. 3-1 , Fig. 3-2, F ig. 3-3)
D72
FRIP
TO TNP.120912,
(1) Remove two screws ® from the cabinet and four screws ©at the
•
bottom and one screw oat the back of the cabinet.
R704 TR72 (2) The cabinet may now be easily removed.
T
22K
•
''2SA564
ESCUTCHEON (Fig. 3- 4)
D71 MA26 A
(1) Remove four screwsCcl under front section of the cabinet and on
R701 56K
• 701
C both side of the cabinet.
25VI (2) The escutcheon may now be easily removed by pulling it upward.
R'03 390 PICTURE TUBE
• (1) Remove the cabinet and escutcheon.
•--rm
(2) Disconnect the picture tube socket, anode cap, green wire and
yellow wire.
(3) Unsolder the black wire. Pull the picture tube forward and
remove the picture tube mounting screws.
INSPECTION OR REMOVAL OF CIRCUIT BOARD
(A) VIDEO AND SOUND IF SECTION
(TNP-1114-12) (Fig.3-4)
To inspect conductor side, remove the cabinet
To inspect component side, remove three red screwsQD .
To remove entire board, pull it out of its 8P multiple connector.
Unplug two connecting wires and one shielded cable.
(B) DEFLECTION SECTION (TNP-1318S)
To inspect conductor side, remove the cabinet.
To inspect component side, remove three red screws.
To remove entire board, unplug two wires on component side
and carefully pull it out of its 16P multiple connector.
; (C) SOUND OUTPUT AND AOCP SECTION (TNP-1209)
-
�P-
N7 f To inspect conductor side, remove the cabinet.
To inspect component side, remove three red screws.
To remove entire board, unplug two wires and unsolder wires
TNP- [ 508 and one shielded cable.
(D) FBT SECTION (TNP-1915)
To inspect conductor side, remove the cabinet.
ADDP CIRCUIT BOARD (TNP-1508) To inspect component side, remove three red screws.
To remove entire board, unsolder wires and unplug one wire.
CONDUCTOR VIEW

89
 PANASONIC Models TR-41513, BC, Service Continued
Information,

ADJUSTMENT LOCATIONS
AVR AOCP

BRIGHTNESS VOLUME
SELECTOR SWITCH CONTRAST

FUSE-

VERTICAL
HOLD

VHF CHANNEL
HORIZONTAL
SELECTOR HOLD

VHF FINE
TUNING
UHF CHANNEL
SELECTOR

IF AGC RF AGC
FOCUS

VERTICAL LINEARITY
VERTICAL HEIGHT HORIZONTAL FREQUENCY

DEFLECTION YOKE�y'
—TR34 2SH126M -(6 TLY 3201-D
TR34 2SD126
1V
_TNR-1 ) 14 12-W
R 303 820 2311 4'K�w • 425K8 VR33 SKE '
- 9
t NVl �
_ ysa1,r� R3c 2 62C �•
' .l �-
`►
1j 1
'*-- ^' � T
TR 3 1 / C I A -----� o
R3
ZSC828i 'C4�_ 001
27K b
+

♦ d
C302 l� d 1 1324 470
♦. -
R3/1
,3�/4
VVY�
C402 001 C3 0t IUK R320 10
13
3 5 �TRz
3$
. s� zse l s
R 316 33K � I
'T C376
C316 C319 I
r Os
74 1404 1 :11 33- 1 5K R317 39 GK
� ,� 6, 470
E 10�2S6172Aio�lavlDo
0314 01 . T 7
0 0320
o_z C32
1
1142 a; aaczz
-
OA70 315 �R329 D32
TR34
1.5K 2SB 1 26
\r — ;E1
,
VR31 1
TCO 02P/;
;
2KR �D4I
4, -
0.2E R330
L_ OA70 •

R
/
32
R408 ?� 0
6K
D31 VM.402

82 R406
L401
TLH 1221
R3251 320: j

6 V
16Y47
1

7407 68K •-{}•

T U405
�l 1 _01047
t 1 D43 OA70
I I
I
I j
r
V R41 �C407 1 ' TR4 �\��,
1 1
Kl fL_J1 6V 10'A 2SC538 ", r �•
L
•
0414 1 •
TR42 Rt' !
—��/n1/,�`�--• 39
Rh09 1.8�('•' � C4;2 C1$ CS 1255H C411 1
j

R41 �K
HC4" 1 i!
1 B,
T411.
C60 8
R402 1K !—.._,.AAA ♦ l E • 00022..
UA1 L
L402 R415 82 � •�. '�( 1 )
TLH 3109 � n pP
G
n

DEFLECTION CIRUCUIT BOARD (TNP-1318S)

CONDUCTOR VIEW

90
 (BRAWN) (RED)
(RED) TO TJB3902® TO TNP 12090
TO TLV-33130

(PURPLE)
TO 2P SOCKET
TJS29160C

R651
(ORANGE) (PURPLE)
TO TNP1209 1, TO TNP12090

(PINK)
TO TNP1209C55,

SW32

(LIGHT BLUE) (GREY)

TO TNP12090 TO TNP1209(7`
(YELLOW)
TO TNP120904

(GREEY)
TO TNP1209 9 (BLUE)
(BROWN) TO TNP1209CIII
TO TNP1209@) (LIGHT BLUE)
TO TNP1209 DO SELECTOR SWITCH (TOP VIEW)

1
I4)CS1303_\
�R
2SC645

i
i
..
1(TR2� "
2 I '
E .
1 2SC645

1
1-_
� Z
21
0.95
N £ ; 2SA 5640L
L�i)1
�� I
F-�
M 132
6%4 7 ` F 172 'u)I75
L
{�
�,OK
G972
2
6v,n� R173

I
5.6/
'
lCR,81
R 134
.2K
—
"2r IF AGC
R,I
% � 1 270P

RF AGC

R'
oF-�►
4

a-55
1 5 • 8162 etc
(TR 1
1�

25C58A ( TR12_)
..'l!
E' fy'OZ
G R„
' i S
lfa
�11��'-I"Vsr♦ `2SC563
]K
omr
c13
OA70

11 2
�i
.13(517 65
\ �•►�3 33K
3K
�a9.75MC _ •���.
fi
1;101 15
135 INOVS
l

I
�Q
1 ls
il
� �N
:: 03 5P
SOPS
I T
:,,05

•�
I
I TL 47. 25Mc
6V:t3r' `

I
•I

50f 1
\fL1 330`,•

7 6 5 4 3 2

VIDEO AND SOUND IF CIRCUIT BOARD (TNP-1114-12)

CONDUCTOR VIEW

91
 PANASONIC Models TR-415B, BC, Schematic Diagrams

U
m
LO

m
LO

0
N

OUTPUT
W mmr-�mmm
oamoamr��
mmmmmmrm
W
UUUUUUUU
J N mmUm(l1 Vl U1
J N NNNNNNN

0
0 a
W
U

HORIZ.
mO
Z T
O�a a f
Z U
N 4,
N
x a
LL a
0 O
W
0
> D
a
O
o W
Q mQ
1 -
La - V w n �Nn
�8 0
kv t
W

V �c

Q LL O i-
D QO

U ro
HJ
F-

N
Q

Um
N
ou
N
IV

OF
2-

U
a
Q�
a
IJ 0
U

OF §o
LL Z
0
Q
j

i
A
 PANASONIC Models TR-41513, BC, Schematic Diagram, Continued

TNP-1209 WAVE FORMS

IST AUDIO AMP. THERMISTOR AUDIO OUTPUT
TNP-1508
TR51 2SC828 D51 ERT-132131-11-801j
-
. 2SA564
TR71 (P) TR72. 2SA564t)
>I —111

r(R---©
© ��^R509_
R512�y
4)0 Sfi0 C509
001
-77 —1
8501 C504 16V4)0
4)
8510 1fiV1000
33K
0.8VP-P
"IOV100

R511 C 508
1 0.8V P-P (2
R508 4 ) 0 OD
C505 470
0003

ml ■"
56K
25VI
25V1
22K
22K IOOK

(SW2)
(SW12)
43V P-P(H)
60V P-P (V)

TR64 2SC828Q
TR78 2SC828'Q.
CHG AVR

0502
20V1000

© 10VP-P(V)

053 ERT-
D2BHL8011 D84 FR2P 1• 8523
K fi80

2SE1324 D86 OA9

am
TRS 5 2SB 126 G,' (O� (S W4)
OR 2SB126
O DFf OA9OX3
10V P-P (H)
O
2SB449
6V P-P(V)
ON
Qct,c rKRwls*oR
2SB449'V
D95 ERT-DZBGL251

O
A (SW7)

0—

(SW3)
(&SW7)
0
7
6VP-P(H)

TOP VIEW OF SELECT SW

TJ& 29]60
T-602
FRONT '' 1.2V P-P 10 1.2VP-P
TLP-3231-2A

STOPPER

AC 60 H.
120V

111 30V P-P 3V P-P

D67 PT6d AC ADAPTOR TY- 1 94P

he-

13 8V P-P 6.6V P-P al 14V P-P 16 22V P-P

93
 PANASONIC Models TR-41513, BC, Service Information, Continued

FOCUS
C415 1 VR64 2MB
6.5 T

D61
DGINR
GROUND
C604 0.05
C601 0.082
i]

18 75VP-P
TUNER -B
C605 150V5

D62
D63 SD-IB
FTIN C607
(FEED-THROUGH
D65
CAPACITOR
FRIP
C606 390P

R601 1.5K
I
D96 OA91 -- - TNP 1114 12 6 19 77V P-P
1 . !I `
R 6031M
��
n

R652 100K TNP

U
13185"4

L TNP 1114124'

FBT CIRCUIT BOARD (TNP-1915)

FBT 5 FBT 6 .FBT 7 FBT 3 FBT 2 FBT 4

CONDUCTOR VIEW
SELECTOR SW 5 ON SELECTOR SW 4 CHG
—SELECTOR SW 8 —TR55 258126_r� E
-
TR55 -SELECTOR SW 7
SELECTOR SWB:CHG
2581 26 F - B

SELECTOR
TR65I088 VRSI 20KE D53
D2BHL SW 6
ERT
D94 C 502
SELECTOR SW 4
1 FRIP `�R515
IO00
/
,
__A 20V—
" R520 18K R518
a,560
__
R 17 221(
R525 1TR64 ~ IJ
OA90-40-. 2 2 K1
IOK
C 12SC828

E1�
TNP-1114.1 2 I
D86 a C - R117
�. IOK
D89 l ,
E j
FR2P j
D7A
TR78 2SC828
DC
2A FUSE D$$ tt
•
noon 1 • �/
SELECTOR
84 FR2P j
C
SW 4 —ON
TR65; e
1
8524 < R5203 ` . A519 2SB324
4.1K 22K t6v1000T
ERT- is 6807$
R615 R507 470
200 D2BHL251 1_ M `
--
R614 r * C506 '
R506 R508 470 --
0.5 V 33Z,
100'
Y B SELECTOR
Y•
j� TR54.*
VVq
D5-� C% SW 6 —ON
TR- 52 -.,C507 -
R504 i
R 52 6 �,p ERT D2 560
E
56 C
`p�
SHL80.1 ' E;' TR53 'GROUND
E C508
R510 CS1256HG
; 4.7
258171-� � 110V1001
­
R502 *-A" CS4255HF
C503 R503 7K
0.01 I 12K •___{�
------ �C505 0 0033 R511 47 R512
470 IC519

T
0.01

T
SPEAKER � •-H
I C520 161470
R504 8505 56K C510 6V33
6 C E;

TR51 2SC828 •'

-
_qVV_
SPEAKER ~ j- R513
C501 6110 j I
27
R501S C504�
33K 10V100

SOUND OUTPUT CIRCUIT BOARD (TNP-1209) CONDUCTOR VIEW

94
 PHILCO

AAS" LINE
Chassis 19L21 used in Models S 1240TN, S 1260BR, S 1262BK„WH, S 1264WD,
S1265WA, has applicable service maternal on pages 95 through 98.
Chassis 19P22 used in Models S2732WH, S2734WH, see pages 99 through 102.
Chassis 19S32 used in Model S3804WA, material on pages 103 through 106.

cI.1

RII 390K
6*
n V1
4CS6
V N ■M6 D ET.
�r
C R14 58K
i+
M
J
� Y R15 2.2K,
_f t
V
1 • -'IW -�
M13
C MI2 02
■ n �t

NS�M1 6 �•�: C9 620 V4 O

0:W • ■MI5
7■ y y 6GHBA
3
M14 T U
2 ? SIF a
4 g2S �
_21K __
; •'S
= ; �
h�v�N

i
\YNC.SFR 7 IBK
P.2 V3
N 1 GI�6
F,
5 � W.—
1
C 4 _ 12FK5
0— rc 1 M23 ■ �i3 _ - AUDIO OUT
�; 8
• C13 033

OT
6 i G�OI
R3I 1.8M �~
2 e 7
„_-- gt
f8 2 n M21�
R3� 3�3K
J\ • N "
-z R29 B.2K
AMP - C17 �� CIS M22
I 3 t o S
AGC ' YP) • � ♦
M26 1-■M24
Y
2 -
- M 6,.T. + 0015' R -,7
330 IGOaOrpu O2�
M
@- % JO
■M27 R35 Y v C20 01 0
SOK 1
N

R39 1500
1 Vrwy •
11 -
C21 , .015
i 8 ■
T
31
.
�
Vii
C2
■ 2 \� 1
m M3 1�

1
06
4 1 �C C26
I 8 M32■ -0015
Y
_ 1 IiI. M30
8
U
7 IN Cj N
Y
' \

— a
C AILt7 a A
OJ 942 IK an R47
1
C�Bu00\5 220
0.
5f` 3 u� m ì O 1 R43 330 1
`� ♦ vNi •
4
*
■
M35
■ t \ 560 ) R4500 • -- 2 M 33
ii
ui 1
�..
�I 2 LE
0 1
DI C33 0047 G3�
N 8
�
LL
R ■M37 \
\ \ \ ISM 3
R53 680K �L18 1� � /�M34 �
M39 ■A" ■ 7
`

2.7 K M38 ■ M 3 6 I
■ �
M40 ♦ 1 41 yC34.0015
f
4
ITI Tj--T tll
ff
.c� cis
R55 .00 537
0��
2.2 K C E ° .0045

VRIC VIS VRIB VRIA V8 V5 V7

60K 8FQ7 2M 500K 4EJ7 I7JZ8 4EH7

HOR HOR VERT VERT 2ND I.F. VERT 1 ST I.F.
HOLD OSC LIN SIZE OSC

Bottom View Perma Circuit Panel-191-21 Chassis

95
 PHILCO Chassis 19L21 Service Information, Continued

RESISTANCE CHART OSCILLOSCOPE WAVEFORMS

These waveforms were taken with the receiver adjusted for
PIN NUMBERS
SYM- an approximate output of 2.5V p/p at the video detector.
BOL TUBE FUNCTION 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Voltage readings taken with raster just filling screen and all
VI 4CS5 S.—d oa, c— S.sn 5001 FIL. FIL 2— 1zrc 2 s controls set for normal picture viewing except for photos 1, 2
V2 IOJY8 Video Amp. B Gated AGC 4.5K 25K I,- FIL FIL OR 3.3K 14K IOK and 3 where contrast was at maximum. The voltages given are
V3 12FX5 oft — approximate peak-to-peak values. The frequencies shown are
A„d,. 0­., Bea FIL FIL OR 16K
those of the waveforms... not the sweep rate of the oscilloscope.
V4 6GH8A Snd. IF 8 5,n Sap. 15K 3a 13K FIL FIL 13K ­a OIL 1.9M
All readings taken with Model 1450 B&K Oscilloscope.
V5 17JZ8 V.,, 0— FIL 3 S INF. 14K INF. 1.3M 1.3M 14K OR ­I, 011 FIL

V6 8F07 Ho. 0: 23K 2.1M 82011 FIL FIL 40K 12UK 8201 o1L

V7 4EH7 i:, video IF aoR eoorc zoA FIL FIL oIL K o

V8 4EJ7 2�d Vidao IF IOOa OIL 100 FIL FIL IL K OIL

V9 38EH7 Ho, �.. OU, d Damper FIL 13K NC OM 9M NCa 330K NC 18K FIL
�IKII

4 Volts p/p, 4 Volts p/p, 90 Volts p/p,

015,750 Hz 0 60 Hz (max 0 15,750 Hz
— ELEVATION —0- ELEVATION —• (max contrast) contrast) (max contrast)

1111111111111111 t
w M
i;I

Volts p/p, 80 Volts p/p, Volts p/p,

080 0 050
15,750 Hz 60 Hz 60 Hz

5
Volts p/p, 48 Volts Volts
I.F. MODULE "A" I.F. MODULE "B" 050
15,750 Hz
0 60 Hz
p/p, 060
60 Hz
p/p,

(TRAP) (DETECTOR)
-
TP68367

IF Trap & Detector Modules

Volts p/p, 1000 Volts p/p 55 Volts p/p,
191_21 PANEL LUG CONNECTIONS 045
60 Hz 0
total, 180 Volts
0 60 Hz
p/p, sawtooth,
60 Hz
FROM TO FROM TO

M1 C1 1T TT-1649, TT-164C M20 A.O.T. (BLUE)

C6T TT-170 M21 YOKE-#4
M2 V R4-# 1 M22 VR5-#1
M3 VR3-#i M23 SYNC T.P.
M4 VR2-93 (AUDIO T.P.) M24 FOCUS+225V
M5 V R4-#2 M25 R57
M6 VR3-#2 M26 C41-C, FOCUS +100V
M7 I.F. TEST POINT M27 H.O.T.-4 1
08 15,750
Volts p/p,
Hz
0
11 Volts p/p,
15,750 Hz
0
14 Volts p/p,
M8 C 17 TT-164B, TT 164C M28 V9-#9 15,750 Hz
C8T TT-170 M29 V.O.T. (BLUE) & R57
M9 V R 5-# 2 M30 V.O.T. (RED)
M10 CRT-#6 M31 HORIZ. OSC. T.P.
M11 L4-1 (SND T.P.) M32 2ND DET. TEST
M12 CRT-#3 M33 J1T
M 13 CRT-#7 M34 V8-#2
M14 V9-#12 M35 CRT-#1 V V N
M15 YOKE-#11 M36 C41-B
M16 M37 & C41-A M37 M16 11 Volts p/p, 45 Volts p/p, 45 Volts p/p
M17 VR4-#3 M38 WIDTH ADJ. LINK 0 0 0 ;
15,750 Hz 15,750 Hz 15,750 Hz
M18 N/C M39 V9-#2
M19 VR2-#2 M40 V9-#11

PANEL INTERCONNECTING
LEADS
i
ATO A
BTOB
86 Volts p/p, 400 Volts p/p, ® 50 Volts p/p,
CTOC 0 m
DTOD 15,750 Hz 15,750 Hz 15,750 Hz
ETOF

POINTS ARE INDICATED BY BALLOONS QB ETC.

(D,

96
ar= J
W
z
Cn
z
¢
2
U

Chassis
w
W
O

w o
z

POINTS.
F- O

PHILCO
O
4511 4p VS'1^
Z C7
Q In

TEST
W
> ¢
2
O
e ke ::E U
U U W

WAVEFORM
0
(HU f—
Q
�
z w
z
F-
w
Q
F-
U
z —
Q0

ICATE
=
V >«�
I
Z F-
O
z
F- Z
0

V_
0�UF-
0 Q
V �_
J W V w
z
U
u
C�
j J
N
Z
O ~ OU O
z >
Q
w - 0 w
2 3 =
W
z F-o� C7
� 3 ¢ Q
z p w z�
Y w ��o
N
Q
i
0
W
� <
w w
9z
F-Z
aOF- w
c9 :E F- w � v
QN NNu� wQz
F- w n ZJ
J 0 w 00 O F 0
0¢w0w J Z —
O O CL
> F- JF
> U m
el I J J J J z
J O O Q O
Q > U m U
mr
1 N M V 7

� 7
ILLS I
w
F-
0
Z

�'VYYY•

moo„
Filament Connection-191-21 Chassis

-lu

•--IHiI
�8

� SWULD
97
 N > > N > >

H OR. OSC.
>

SYNC. SEP.
w > > > > > > >
if) tn

SND. I.F.

VID. AMP.
— O (D M O 10
1() 1- M
MNOO

6GH8A
w0W) M

10JY8
o M
j 0

SFQ7

4EJ7
r-'t't * i ' t-- (D O

AGC
V4 >

V6

V8
j a)

V2
N
I I N
c
— M (D f- 0) N M 1- do 0) — N (D f� M ti OD
CL IL d

SC.

N >
VER T OUT.

N > > > > > > >

N
> > > IL >
to
> >
VERT.O

r
1OV to LC)
D

Mo
5

Lo O
17JZ8

Z N Z M
M ti (0 M ti S ~ > M to
> > > j: t l
V5

W N
c O
N to (D (D N M V'to (D W CD
d a

98
 PHILCO Chassis 19P22 Service Information

Top View—Perma Circuit Panel-19P22 Chassis (Later Production) > > >
N >
r: J O Q O > N
N N
O
O O IM N
I
j�o
;-- �
>

z
CD
,-
O Z
M La N U) r
N
z
a

ul
>
O >
J
2
O
>

Z
a

f`

>
J rrp� In ODD > LO �}
O O rN (0 (0 HY
> I

Z
N M (0 CO OT
CL

H > > > >

OD > rn
J 00 O
O LO O 0
> I

Z
M O) N 0)'
a
— a
w

.8„ 3inaow 'n

N
> > >
F- O
J O
O

Z
r-00
a

a
N w
c o
> > >
J 10 Z '-
LO
O N
OD
t1
0
> > >
Z to O O
N JD Lo
a
0 z
r` m
o
cin z �-i
N
c, o u..l a
>
voa

> > > > > >

F
J
O NM rr)ODOD LO
O 1 N a

.V. 3inm 3I
Z
— N tn(O c0 0)
FL
 PHILCO Chassis 19P22 Service Information, Continued

VOLTAGE AND RESISTANCE CHART OSCILLOSCOPE WAVEFORMS

These waveforms were taken with the receiver adjusted
PIN NUMBERS for an approximate output of 2.5V p/p at the video detector.
screen and all
Voltage readings taken with raster just filling
TUBE USE
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
controls set for normal picture viewing except for photos 1, 2
Aud. Out. 150V . 83V —3V 2.8V OV 148V 145VV �
Vl
12K52 36KO 1.3M52 FIL FIL 10051 2600 12KO 12KS2 and 3 where contrast was at maximum. The voltages given
10JY8 & Gate
are approximate peak-to peak values. The frequencies shown
80V 75V OV
V2 Sound 0y 3.5
50052 FIL FIL 200KO 12KO 3. 552 are those of the waveforms... not the sweep rate of the os-
4C
S6 Detector 651
All readings taken with Model 1450 B&K Osc-
—7.5V 68V 5�/ OV 65V 54V cilloscope.
V3 Video Out. OS�/
IOKR8 & N.I. 30011 900KD 35K5) FIL FIL ISS2 3000 25KO 12KO illoscope.
V4 Damper 150V HV 150 �[[
17BE3 FIL INF INF 12 K5) INF INF 9Nt52 INF INF 12KS7 INF FIL

VS Ind. IF & Sync. 58V 0y 60V 58V 1V 1.3yy

12K51 257 12KO FIL FIL 12K52 27052 GND 1.9M5! w
6GH8 Sep.
F
}
V6 Vert. Osc. 21V — 145V —17V —17V 145V —21V
171Z8 & output FIL 3.8M5) INF 12KD INF 1.8M52 1.8M52 12K.C1 GND 200KQ GNO FIL

Ho iz. 120
1� OV —20V 120V 120V 120��[[ —20V OV 120
V7
FIL INF 124 GND 300KS2 12K5) 12K52 12K51 300KO GND 1M FIL
21GY5 Output

Hmiz. 100�1L� .1V 3.2V 120[ —9.4y 3.2�L

2.5 Volts p/p, 2.5 Volts p/p, 110 Volts p/p,
0
V8
Osc. 25KS2 2.2M5) 75052 FIL FIL 45K 95K 75057 GND
8FQ7
0 15,750 Hz 60 Hz (max © 15,750 Hz
V9 1st Vid. 5V OV SVV 150V 50V
20KQ GND (max contrast) contrast) (max contrast)
4EH7 IF 2452 420KO 24O ' FIL FIL GND 12452
T
V10 2nd Vid. 1.6V OV ].6V 150V 145V
4EJ7 IF 10051 OS) 10052
I
FIL FIL GND 12052 12KS2 I GND

(TRAP) ( DETECTOR)„ „ 70 Volts

7 50 Volts
70 Volts p/p, p/p, p/p,
I.F. MODULE "A" I.F. MODULE B 0 15,750 Hz 0 60 Hz 0 60 Hz

L13 V.
L17
14'
III L-18 0
50 Volts p/p,
15,750 Hz
O
40
60
Volts
Hz
p/p, O
80
60
V
olts p/p,

L15 JJJJJ C
C47
'1'11'1�1'11�11
L16 L19
40 Volts 1300 Volts p/p, 60 Volts p/p,
ELEVATION --IN- -*—ELEVATION 0
p/p, 0 ® 60 Hz
60 Hz 60 Hz
-336
TP68

A
IF & Detector Panel-19P22 Chassis

19P22 PANEL LUG CONNECTIONS

8 Volts p/p, 11 Volts p/p, ® .15 Volts p/p,
FROM TO ® ®
FROM TO 15,750 Hz 15,750 Hz 15,750 Hz
M1 A.O.T. & C48 A M22A M15&M29
M2 V R7-#2 M23 H.O.T. #7
M4 V R7-#3 M24 M6 & V.O.T.
M5 CRT #2, #6 M26 C488 & YOKE 46
M6 M24 & YOKE 94 M27 FOCUS
M7 YOKE 97 & H.O.T. #4 M28 2ND DETECTOR T.P.
M8 CRT #5 M29 M22A & C48A
M9 V R4-4 M30 V.O.T. & R40A
M10 VR6-42 & V.O.T. M31 CRT-41 29 Volts p/p,
Mll V R4-6 M32 HOR. OSC. T.P. 0 9 Volts p/p,
15,750 Hz
® 34 Volts p/p,
15,750 Hz
0
15,750 Hz
M12 AGC T.P. M33 J1T (TUNER IF)
M12A TO GND M35 CHASSIS GND
M13 V R4-5 M35A IF T.P.

rl L
M14 A.O.T.
M15 M22A & C48A PANEL INTERCONNECTING
M15A E (GND) SND T.P. J
Bt A TO A
M16 C117' TUNER
V R4-#2 B TO B
M 17
B1-4 C TO C
M18 400 Volts p/p, ® 70 Volts p/p,
AGC D TO D 0 100 Volts p/p, 0
M18A C17T TUNER 15,750 Hz
F TO F 15,750 Hz 15,750 Hz
M19 CRT-#3
YOKE #11 (C49) G TO G
M20
M21 VR4-1
POINTS ARE INDICATED BY
M21 A C48C & FOCUS
M22 VR6-1 BALLOONS A, B ETC.

100
 PHILCO Chassis 19P22 Schematic Diagram
r w

I _-

d i

O
P y
V jYN
N
t
�5

U
N
N
0_
CT

E
5`p
cll

O
s v .
N
Lv
E
— m a.�
I

J
O
Y
H> � yiN

0 68o
j LSD(;
II
mo „I
L 'mo n I soH¢ rll
_JL__J
O
bdW3L1 mo�
O Lao m
Ho U
t-1n l
LOdO
a�o>
❑ ({ I
�N$ n> a
atn
n
+ HII Lr3b
'53.
00

in
l o
mo
> Ho 0
d OON 4
Um_ HI
,
HII
LH3

azu

�Nn ekro

m 3Z m J
f �Z
T —;_
wT
N 1-
T
rc 20
I
II
a n>
II m .�o
i

f O
U
!� a O
HWU
f

�ta
U
n;jm

NOTES: 1. ALL VOLTAGES TAKEN UNDER NO SIGNAL CONDITIONS. ANTENNA REMOVED AND TUNER OFF CHANNEL.
2. VOLTAGES MEASURED WITH A V.T.V.M. FROM POINT INDICATED TO CWASSIS GROUND.
3. COIL RESISTANCES READ WITH COIL IN CIRCUIT.
4. BALLOONS 10 11 ETC. SHOWN ON SCHEMATIC INDICATE WAVEFORM TEST POINTS.
5. CONTROL SETTINGS: CONTRAST -MID-RANGE, BRIGHTNESS-MID-RANGE,
VOLUME - MINIMUM *
ALL OTHERCONTROLSSET FOR NORMAL OPERATION.

101
 PHILCO Chassis 191`22 Service Information, Continued
VR4
VHF BRICHi- UHF
OFF-ON IK3
TUNER VOL. CONT. TUNER UHF OSC. HV RECT71f
5G J7 UHF ONLY)
OSC S-1019
MIXER INTERLOCK
17EMP4 OFF-ON
CRT
SWITCH
CIRCUIT
BREAKER
F
I SILICON
11 5 RECT.
3H05 4CS6
FIL. I
, SND. DISC
R.F. AMP , RES:

e 17J ZR 6GHBA IOKRS

IOJYS VERT. SIF. VI D. OUT
JIT AUD.OLIT. OSC. 0UT. 9YNC.SE F. NOISE INV.
( A- C4
B
0 AGO GATE

Filament Connection-19P22 Chassis

'6. LIST D6
PERMA CIRCUIT PANEL
u 6 ° p V1T o C� �
6 6eH.0
3
1
5CJ7 4 3 /I
14
° b T b� ' t
O Wlk DEC. AP ,
O

T® Q oO V2T 19 X31
3HOS 4A 16T
AF AMP 8 5
J2T
A' J
5
'os
i
W
�n
JT

PP V17
D
R
ATEAE C.D
nV TH TOP CUTAWAT
C.A 1. CABLE
L J
4EN7 4E J7 SF07 DUAL SEL.
r 171Z3
T IST LF. 2ND HOR.OSC. PHASE COMP. OR
I.F. DIODES 178E3
m � 21GY5 OR 21JZ6 DAMPER
V3 HOR.OUT.

Top View—Controls & Chassis Components

WIDTH _ VRb REAR VIEW OF CHASSIS
IT.
VRI rl HOLD Dotted lines indicate filament string
—19P22 Chassis
VE
VERT VEA0
SIZE LIN. HOLD " This Tube in high voltage cage
Note: Arrows at . socket circles indicate large spacing
an n iatare tubes, or key position on other
PIN VOLTS tubes
4 150V
7 HV V3 PIN 2 3 6 8 9 V2 PIN VOLTS
V7 V4 IOKR8 VOLTS .05V -75V 68V .5V 65V 54V 4CS6 2 3.5V
21GY5/21JZ6 17BE3/17BZ3 VID, OUT. 8 SN D. DET. 5 80V
HOR.OUT. DAMPER NOISE INV. 6 75V

PIN VOLTS
3 120V
`pO M2
RAP O
O
5 -20V M7 "n
L
M$ R
R T N Mi GSA
■
N
■
■M9.-R5 1.5 C3A 0
r MQ
R:
ov a
' IOK ■ �( RB 1K Cl
M�1 �n
Y
RU
FI, R6 M�0 3
a g
a r�vv.-� '.0082 V1
sK m
am. -.
c`�E' M�3 06
2
7
1� • RI
Nw-• gL
g
7'�A
IOJY8
AUD. OUT.
■M10
✓Lvm■ \ 12A -
T & GATE
MjS R 22 R14 5.6 0 r
* �7 �F' M12A�p1 m
2.2 1 . M�6 PIN VOLTS
MI8 1
M,1 Ca p1` _ "� rr'
,5
b l� 150V
R 47 �• _ _ _ 2
■ 1 - �� `ti R20 f `� 40 7a 63V
' 1 � 2,
3
J
�Ilo ►2 m 0 ■ -3 V
120'% 4A ozz1 r� p M19 �� M18A L 6 2.8V
010 "24 IQT' T 1, ■ I M16A
�--"nn�� r
h - 8 48V
/ 9 1� M20
g
� ' ^ n�
03 0
5
9 45V
10
aro�
GO

18 21 I 1 m N� 1 OI
■Mt.
07 o. / �� ,
'!0
'/ 'd `3 -L4-Z2J fo j 0. 6/ 0 3.A ■ 56
0

03 M�I 7d Z 4.e� " M22 ` R y6 °

4 ■ a�� � - 0 m cts
.7�0� M21A 3 1 `//o4g
0 w� I k El

N R3`
R34 330 1 R3
3
„Lo .0082 � z
vw o M22A �6"'
2
iT � OY
L � •t6
C20s-
mi a '
l'
♦ _ _ ` 7
M
SC17
M24 ■ 27�
y
1 ♦ O���JJJ 1� 1
6rl 3 �;
1 ----- o e 3
°� M �I q 3 68
S
�, ��rc 1...81 �
36 K, ,
N
1
t %.g f
,9 L7
'P
CD
-
, p 1 C22�1 / 10
t 1�
1
680
38 15
p V6
A 1 W9-\
17JZ8
�� A S ' 3, N3 4
02
■ R40 VERT. OSC. B
.- M26
3_oyy ° a"I M25 VERT OUT.
.
`06_ 5. 470 M28
560V
2M T ■ . ?yam T\0 M29 IOMA PIN VOLTS
4
C26 .015 M27A N ■ .0 2 21V
O� c2 4 145V
°
°O 6 -17V
Q2 B N
8 145V
M
y ,�
,Q3 •
39
(
041/
R4
�3 10 -21V

I
y �
'�' I ,
.0015
Rb 1EK
o ,;
-
o 30 .
.3
■
-1 �
2 ,
r
`}
Lo
o
�
�gy � WW
W
1 •
C
1 s ' 7 Irrf
V
r

C ¢��
D
T '7 �' ✓✓✓
// ■ , I
2t1
/
;0 06_0 04_ 2_o io; M35 i� `.f �L12 A' 680
SC38'
, 0, �(ii/�\a'� E7"i
N5 `III 0 4 •\ `s
r
05 4
O

2 C4yh` 05

O TC43 oois
4
?2
°p
cao o
zz
R56 1 5M .0015
.. I
V8 D1 C B A PIN VOLTS V5 PIN VOLTS V0 PIN VOLTS V9
HOR,HOLD V ERT. VERT.
8F07 PHASE 58V 6GH8 1.6 4EJ7 .5V 4EH7
HOR. AUX. LIN, SIZE
COMP. 3 60V SND. I.F 8 7 140V 2 ND. V.I.F. 7 150V 1 ST V.I.F
J
OSC. 'V 6 58V 8 145V 8 50V
PIN 2 3 6 7 VR1 7 IV
VOLTS JOOV 1V 32V 120V -9.4V 9 -1.3V
Bottom View—Perma Circuit Panel-19P22 Chassis (Later Production)

102
 PHILCO Chassis 19532 Service Information

U) > > U) >

O > >
J O J N It
N N O
O M N O1
I I
>

z z
M LO N M tD
a x
CL

> > 19b2

J 0
tL? x
O
n_

z U
v r
a

f`

> > > > > >

J 7 to OD to
O r tD (DD S
0

N M (D OD m

Cr

F-> > > >

J OD > M
O 00

O to ID 10
> I

z
M O r-
a
suit Panel-19S3

N
> > >
F- O
J tD to
V
O

z
ti co
a
O
Top View—Perma C

OM

N ri.
H > > >
J M O to
O M
tb r
>
J
> > >
z LO O O
N M O O n In
d
>
0
CNJ z
r m
n.
v o 0
N

9- 0 � a F* I a «1
In > > > > > > L a
s{ I*
J O
to
M
W
M
I
m tD
V
LO tla �-o >
N
N
t O O

N M tD tX!
a V. 11OHN TI O

=E M O

o cD
co
cC�
g w "-t
m
#=E n �

103
 PHILCO Chassis 19532 Service Information, Continued

SWITCH ON
REAR OF
VHF
TUNER TO + 150V
ON VHF TUNER
MODULE 'A' (IF TRAP)

M33 I LI5
UHF PILOT LITEI 42.75MC
(BUILT IN) ASK NE2H
*LATER PRODUCTION ONLY IF
33K
C43 WILL BE WIRED AS SHOWN LINK G5A
C41A WILL BE ADDED
C3A, C4A, RICA 8 RHA WILL REPLACE NI

(BUILT IN) 141311NE2H VHF TUNER

L_
VHF PILOT LIT
]
E
77764E

UHFTUNER
TT152
R60 To
+145V CIIT
C51 M1
PART OF VR7 TUNER
8+
S1
+150V
20V " O
AC D3 I � C48D 160 C48A
S L
60�L 400V 760µF 7240µF
;2
I ON-OFF CIRCUIT
200V = 200V
SW BREAKER
L---- SWITCH ON
REAR OF To
VHF TUNER C17T
M18A
CLOSED ON CH .1 TUNER
TO +150V
ON VHF TUNER
~0 AGC
R64 -2V W/NO SIGNAL
15K
+.2V N//SIGNAL
1W

r 0
I Y N S
l7
IN
V 1 g n I C30
1/2-6GHBA
.0015
I n n I GMV
SYNC SEP.
e
I T l

V3 Y5 V2 V1 V6 V9 A0 VB CRT V2T V1T M12

V4 V7
no
7 C43 — C43 — C26 AGC
LT-164E VHF, TP
.00337 Z.0015Z.0075 TUNERS
♦.0022 = = GMV - ZGIA OV W/NO SIGNAL
22V W/SIGNAL
I
I — I
LT-152 UHFj
-19S32 Chassis
Schematic Diagram
PIN VOLTS
4 150V
7 HV V3 PIN 2 3 6 8 9 V2 PIN VOLTS
4CS6 2 3.5V
V7 V4 IOKR8 VOLTS .05V -7.5V 68V .5V 65V 54V
VID. OUT. 8 SIN D. DET. 5 BOV
21 GY5/21JZ6 17BE3/17BZ3
HOR.OUT. DAMPER NOISE INV. 6 75V

PIN VOLTS
3 QOV s M
O
5 -20V M8 ReKe i i al, p0
GSA M2
R 5 aa
c r M4
R3111K ■ ■M9
09 . 5tiw=
� MIG e {� 96 IK
, ■
C
-3
1C �'1C rn • Ir
R19
cs 20o
2 K
! M
8 IOJY8
Rt^ ��
•
e
"I M�3 e6 o M�2
?
'
q AUD. OUT.
J e GATE
■M12A U
A7
2�1
14 5.6 N M12A BT PIN VOLTS
�.2 ■ ■
Nit c8 oP M 5pv
�. b >,i 1 150V
�
■ C2 RZ m 2 83V
m 7 3 _3V
O• Q- ■
r M18A 6 2.6V
r Mrs.. '! 14 r I ■ m 6 MI6A
r
O 8 ,46V
�'s ! r M
5 e�
M
■ M1
9 45V

°
54 T ` V G3A■ 56
0
2�
I�
f x.04 050 C15 r�
0__3
3
�8
oM2 C16
�C�
1 0 P 3\
0 r .0092 H
I 42 7' 3K 6

h
n� 27
MZCi7 "r Z3
��Z M2 Q /;
I
O 0015 - - t i
__
1 L7
I 0 680.
0 V6
38
17JZB
N3 4 R40 VERT. OSC. 8
CO M26 VERT OUT.
•� ;' 470
1
c2e
■M27 �;�'--- I
ysyj O ■
560Vj
IOMA PIN VOLTS
T • M
429
- czs ors 4s 13 M27A
��. 2 21V
CD ■ _p5 4 145V
■ 6 17V
9. M30 v 8 145V

CA(
N
TYy 3
"
C35
492 750 (.00tS
9 h 10 -21V
t dq
i °
O
N
m RS6 f8K
RSS
33 A ■
� q
-
'e8 ofe5eno$'tgN4��
-
- i'� 1• 21, �Q
O ■
��rr99 B 3�
Srui /�7 • C i7�', �Jp
w
r �f"►"��
Git ' i
•
'° a �_
e4 ° 10' M35
�'�\. ��s,` 3
N5 r

1' (� �yN
v)
oc
CD TC43
.'P
.0015_
00
1,
.0015
2 2 O
...., _.
0
C4
O 22
_....

u ,I „ n u „
8 PIN VOLTS
6 PIN VOLTS V PIN VOLTS V9
C B A

HOR.HOLD VERT. VERT. GH8 I 1.6V 4EJ7 .5V 4EH7

BF07. PHASE 58V
AUX. LIN. SIZE SND. I.F. 8 2 ND. V.I.F 1STVLF
HOR. COMP. ` V 3 60V 7 !40V 7 150V
OSC. ti 6 58V 8 145V 8 50V
PIN 2 3 6 7 VR1 7 IV
VOLTS 100V Bottom View—Perma Circuit Panel-19S32 Chassis (Later Production)
 PHILCO Chassis 19532 Schematic Continued
Diagram,

+150V M14
MODULE "8' (DETECTOR) O.T.
I
Lit M35A RIO 145V BLU
yyJ1�8 GRN
i
150K
4011 1N60C L17 V2-- RIB 1/2 I�JYB
S '
47C S6
1
M
2 98A C4 C3 AUD.
2NOIF DET 3.3K
U9 :15 .0015
'-
'.0033 OUT. Cl
[LIB
8 1 �C
SIF
Y
5 8011
1 M4
9 0082
SI
2 C38 45 _ 8 R8
C38 ' 2 VR8 R4
L3
I — L
"LS IF
2
75V IM
VOL
6 148V
RED
M1
RS R31 2.8 v
R48 M R7
j f 0' C41 560 IBK 00
0015 0033 To
•.0022 ill G A
R33g1„0082 +150V
F
4.5MC1
63 270^ GMV

T
TRAP

AD
-M29 N MODELS
014 WITH PRIVATE
11 . LISTENING
+ISOV �T
GONB I JACK

M2'
A R25 M19 G4A M21A M27
+150V- vV
3.3M C6 I +100V +300V
RS '''''77777'' 22RI9 FOCUS
R28 R15A I.SK 2� Y
M12A LI e.2M
13K 6.8K 89V
3W M9 _
80
M13 C5 t' M8 R65 4
VR4 1R3 7
I I
I IOK 69V IK
CONT.
20RP4
2.2M 1
A I
390K t M5
�A y 270K
R23 M20 33C
R15 RIA
%OK 1 1.2M yy3 TOOK H V,
C22 8 90
& 1/210K 8
1.
1/2M
5% VIDEO OUT. e R2 ---
3v GATE I-C3A,,.02 Wl
05V
680 3 22KK 1"6
1/2 iOKRe
R38 2 R2 N.I. 2 _ '9 I -LO"' 1 To S
M

1 3.25M
ISOK C 33K -M17 '
36
L8M
0
GM82
1
15
15 1- L--_ p 3 J L—_—J
INN 39K R45
R44 12M To HOR
OUTPUT
5 1
VR5 SCREEN
To HORIZ. TOOK
OUTPUT GRID BRIGHT.
R30
I-5K
5%.

+145V C15 M24 C52

VRIB -I1- 047
2.5M 033
400V
- VERT. R53
.BM R32 M30 M�6 t1A
rN3 LI N. V.OT.
8.2K
I
1 ION .005 90K
2 3I C32
C23 R40A
2 047 3.9M (
2111047
400V T 600V J C

C26 R40
.015 560V
200V 0047 g IONIA
200V VR7
150K R35� VERT
C17 C39 680K
VERT. YOKE)
-
N5 GMV MV = HOLD O5
150K
14
VMA�50
VERT.
200 SIZE.
LSM
.047
JR58

HV RECTIFIER
IG3-IK3
11) 1 N4
+145V+ R62
i ► H.V. TO
C27 ROT. M
47K CRT
.0039 IOK
L12I
OOV 1
C29 R4
1 1 17BZ3

r
-
68
10%
13K,S%
C33 32 1
1
.0015
107.
22K
1 7
R50
2 7M
81 M23 L5
DAMPER

410
390 4 5 1 120 V 1W
10011 1 5%
120V C49
TI R34 -
K 4,10 330 120
HOR.OSr = <330KI L3
2 7 N i 18 q 1W To
-p_ J BRIGHT CONT. T5% C2
111 B" To
8F87 _C34A VR3
HOR OSC. 330 3K GATE 3 R59 2
8 VR6 _ .022
WIDTH TUBE I
3.211 40K 5.6K C53
- C34 +f50V A" .2D. +150V
VRIC HOR. HOLD = To N.I. M20
0039 R57 1 C.220
60K BIAS
Nyr- TO M12A a
R49 68K j 1/ORIZ.HOLD AUK. R45 M27 R41 R13

= 750 M35 - O
TP68
-
325
5% FOC
US 2.2K 2.2M
-
i

NOTES: 1. ALL VOLTAGES TAKEN UNDER NO SIGNAL CONDITIONS. ANTENNA REMOVED AND TUNER OFF CHANNEL.
2. VOLTAGES MEASURED WITH A V.T.V,M. FROM POINT INDICATED TO CHASSIS GROUND.
3. COIL RESISTANCES READ WITH COIL IN CIRCUIT.
4. BALLOONS 10 71 ETC. SHOWN ON SCHEMATIC INDICATE WAVEFORM TEST POINTS.
5. CONTROL SETTINGS:
VOLUME - MINIMUM
CONTRAST - MID-RANGE
BRIGHTNESS - MID-RANGE
ALL OTHER CONTROLS SET FOR NORMAL OPERATION.

105
 PHILCO Chassis 19532 Service. Information, Continued

VOLTAGE & RESISTANCECHART

PIN NUMBERS
SYM- ___
TUBE USE _
BOL 1 2 3 4 5 �6 7 8 9 10 11 12

OSCILLOSCOPE WAVEFORMS
These waveforms were taken with the receiver adjusted V1 10JY8 Audio 0u & A.G.C. 12K 36K 1.31A FIL FIL 100 260 12K 12K

for an approximate output of 2.5V p/p at the video detector. V2 4CS6 Spend Detect., 6 50G FIL FIL 160K 12K 3.5

Voltage readings taken with raster just filling screen and all V3 10KR8 Video Opt. & Noise 1n '300 900K 35K FIL FIL 15 '300 25K 12K
controls set for normal picture viewing except for photos 1, 2 FIL IMF IMF 12K IMF IMF 9M IMF IMF 12K IMF FIL
V4 17SE3/17BZ3 Damper
and 3 where contrast was at maximum. The voltages given V5 6GH8 Speed IF & Sync Sap. 12K 2 12K FIL FIL 12K 270 0 1.9M
are approximate peak-to-peak values. The frequencies shown '}
are those of the waveforms... not the sweep rate of the os- V6 171 Z8 Van. 0z & 0."., FIL 3.8M IMF 12K IMF 1.8M 1.8M 12K 0 200K 0 FIL

cilloscope. All readings taken with Model 1450 B&K Osc- V7 21GY5/21JZ6 H.H.. Optpet FIL 0 12K 0 300K 12K 12K 12K 300K 0 12K FIL

illoscope. V8 BF07 Mori:. 0., 25K 2.2M 750 FIL FIL 45K 95K 750 0
T

V9 4EH7 Ise Video IF 24 420K 24 FIL FIL 0 12K 20K 0

V10 4EJ7 2nd Video IF 100 0 100 FIL FIL 0 12K 12K 0

ALL RESISTANCES ARE MEASURED IN OHMS

'DEPENDS ON POLARITY OF METER USED M5 N8 FOCUS NIB M31 C16T (VHF TUNER)

A 2.5 Volts p/p,

15,750 Hz
©
2.5 Volts p/p,
60 Hz (max ©
110 Volts p/p,
15,750 Hz P1
(max contrast) contrast) (max contrast)
C.R.T. CABLE

(TRAP) °° ° ( DETECTOR)„ „
I.F. MODULE A� I.F.MODULE B
L13
70 Volts p/p, © 70 Volts 50 Volts p/p,
1111111111111111
O p/p, 0
15,750 Hz 60 Hz 60 Hz

11111
50 Volts p/p, 40 Volts p/p, 80 Volts p/p, C47
0 O 0
15,750 Hz 60
111111111111111'
Hz 60 Hz

L 16=
ELEVATION—am. -*—ELEVATION
IF Trap & Detector Panel-19S32 Chassis

1300 Volts p/p 19S32 PANEL LUG CONNECTIONS

40
60
Volts
Hz
p/p, m total, 120 Volts 60
®60
Volts
Hz
p/p,
FROM TO FROM TO
p/p, sawtooth,
60 Hz
M1 A.O.T. & C48A M23 H. 0. T. #7
M2 VR7 #2 M24 M6 & V.O.T.
M4 V R7 91 M26 C48B & YOKE #6
M5 CRT #2, #6 M27 FOCUS
M6 M24 & YOKE 94 M28 2ND DETECTOR T.P.
M7 YOKE 1,t7 & H.O.T, #4 M29 M22A
8 Volts p/p, 11 Volts p/p, 15 Volts p/p, M8 CRT #5 M30 V.O.T. & R40A
® ® ®
15,750 Hz 15,750 Hz 15,750 Hz M9 VR5 #1 M31 CRT #1
M10 VR6 92 & V,O,T. M32 HOR. OSC. T.P.
M11 VR5 #3 M33 J1T (TUNER IF)
M12 AGC T.P. M35 CHASSIS GND
M 12 H.O.T. #2 M35A IF T. P.
M 13 VR5 #2

_�_L M14
M 15
A.O.T.
M22A & VR3 #2 PANEL INTERCONNECTING
1 9 Volts
M15A E (GND) LEADS
40 p/p, 034 Volts p/p, 29 Volts p/p,
15,750 Hz 15,750 Hz 15,750 Hz
M16 C11 (TUNER B+)
M17 V R4 #2
TO A A
M18 B 1-4
TO B B
M18A C17T ( TUNER AGC) CTOC
M19 CRT #3
D TO D

rl
M20 YOKE n 1 1 (C49)
ETOM15A
M21 VR3 #1 & VR4 41
FTO F
M21 C48C & FOCUS V TO V
M22 VR6#1
100 Volts p/p, 440 Volts p/p, POINTS ARE INDICATED BY
® itlVollsp/
p, 15,750cps M22A M 15 & M29
15,750 Hz 15,750 Hz LETTERS (A), (B) ETC.

106
 III
I� k�,11 ��II�III,,III�
Chassis
KCS 178 Series
The "Gladwin"
Model and Chassis Cross Reference

PICTURE ANTENNAS
MODEL NAME CHASSIS TMA TUNER TUBE VHF/UHF

AM 162W "GLADWIN" KCS 178A 158A KRK 148A/152A 17EWP4 Dipole/Ring

Instrument Disassembly SERVICE ADJUSTMENTS

1. Remove seven back cover screws: two at the top, one at
the antenna terminal board, one at the AC interlock, one
under the right cord arm, and two underneath the cabinet. WIDTH AND HORIZONTAL CENTERING
Disconnect the UHF and VHF antennas and remove the The width adjustment of the KCS 178 Chassis is a jumper wire-
back cover. All chassis components and test points are terrvinal board arrangement mounted on top of the high
accessible upon removal of the back cover. voltage cage.
2. If further disassembly is required, remove five front control With the AC line set at 108 volts, adjust contrast and bright-
knobs and the UHF channel indicator. Remove three hex- ness controls to maximum. Adjust the horizontal hold control
head screws securing the TMA front plate to cabinet. Dis- to the middle of the horizontal oscillator pull-in range. Place
connect the picture tube socket, the high voltage lead, the the insulated clip on one of the spade terminals which allows
speaker cable at the speaker, and the yoke socket. Remove a small portion of black to be visible on the edge of the
two chassis mounting screws underneath the chassis. Move raster. With the centering tabs located on the rear of the yoke
the chassis to the rear and remove the screw from the cover, center the raster in the mask by making the amount of
bottom of the TMA rear support bracket. Rotate the TMA black on the left and right sides equal. Now choose the first
1
180 and mount it in the test position (two screws and a width terminal progressing from the rear of the chassis which
slot in the bracket above the AC interlock). allows the raster to just fill the mask.
3. Place the cabinet face down on a soft protective surface.
NOTE: Centering and width must be properly adjusted to main-
Loosen the picture tube retaining ring bolt sufficiently to
tain proper horizontal linearity, AGC, and high voltage require-
permit slipping the ring out of the four corner retainers. ments.
Carefully remove the picture tube.

---� YOK UG
CL113
DAMPER
V103 TB101,
17CT3
I
2nd PIX IF

SOUND IF
8& SYNC

AGC 9
VIDEO OUT.
VERT OSC.
d OUTPUT
SOUND DET.
9 OUT
AUDIO
13Vt0

,V202
I
LIN. SIZE

AC
INTERLOCK
KCS 178 CHASSIS LAYOUT
CONTRAST VERT HORIZ
HOLD HOLD

107
 RCA Chassis KCS-178 Alignment Information

PICTURE I F ALIGNMENT—KCS 171 & 178 CHASSIS

OSCILLOSCOPE
SWEEP GENERATOR MARKER ADDER MARKER GENERATOR
IF 6-8MHz
FREQ AS NEEDED

L 1
ADJUST AS NEEDED
45MHz--- '

MAX

ii
• 00 LINE SWEEP

MIXER PLATE
PW 200 COIL
COPPER SIDE

2& TT— I
� T2 1 OOlµt MIXER
I STEPS
I GRID TP,CI7
1
L4_ TJ I 10012 j
KRK 148
VHF TUNER

y V903 I
STEPD ALIGN DOUBLE TUNED CIRCUIT
CONNECT EQUIPMENT AS SHOWN FOR IN ILLUSTRATION
.% GIs STEPD
` 120 ♦r STEP
IF/VF SWEEP OUT CABLE TO TP-2 OF PW200(V204-2).
QI
D Fs / TP DEMOD SIGNAL IN CABLE TOTP-3 OF PW200(2nd DETECTOR).
- 5V SET SCOPE FOR 5V P-P AND ADJUST T208 FOR MAXIMUM GAIN WITH CURVE
BIA
SHAPE "A". USE SWEEP ATTENUATION OF MARKER ADDER TO MAINTAIN
STEPS 2 3
5V P-P DEFLECTION OF TRACE.
V2041
STEPD ALIGN MIXER PLATE CIRCUIT
SET CHANNEL SELECTOR TO CHANNEL 3.
CONNECT EQUIPMENT AS SHOWN IN ILLUSTRATION
FOR
STEPD
IF/VF SWEEP OUT CABLE THROUGH MATCHING PAD TO MIXER GRID T-P.
CONNECT BB106 (I80n DETECTOR) CABLE ASSEMBLY FROM DEMOD
SIGNAL IN TERMINAL OF MARKER ADDER TO TP-1 OF PW200.
CONNECT -5 BIAS FROM TERMINAL "D" OF PW200 TO GROUND.
ADJUST SWEEP ATTENUATION OF MARKER ADDER FOR .3V
STEPS QI Q P-P OUTPUT.
• ^% • ADJUST T204 FOR MINIMUM OUTPUT AT 47.25 MHz. SEE WAVE-
IOK ISOLATION FORM "B" BELOW.
RESISTOR ADJUST MIXER PLATE COIL AND T205 FOR MAXIMUM GAIN AND
RESPONSE SHAPE "B".

STEP D OVERALL IF ALIGNMENT.

CONNECT
IF/VF SWEEP
EQUIPMENT
OUT CABLE THROUGH
AS SHOWN
IN ILLUSTRATION FOR STEP
MATCHING PAD TO KRK-
D
I48 MIXER GRID T-P.
REMOVE 88106 CABLE ASSEMBLY (180 n DET.) AND CONNECT
DEMOD SIGNAL IN CABLE THROUGH IOK TO TP-3 OF PW200.
RETAIN -5V BIAS AT PW200-D.
ADJUST SWEEP ATTENUATION OF MARKER ADDER FOR 5V P-P
DEFLECTION OF OSCILLOSCOPE TRACE.
ADJUST T207 IF NECESSARY TO GIVE RESPONSE SIMILAR TO
"C" BELOW.

5V-- ---_.3V 100%

--100% SOUND
PIX 45.75MHz Ak 100'
PIX 41.25 M Hz
45.75 MHz
821 12% 45MHz
80% 84'- 14%
8818

PIX 45.75MHz 425 MHz

48'-8% 40' 15%

SOUND
SOUND 41.25MHz
25!2%
1
47.25 MHz 10 4%1F
8'- 4% RF

DOUBLE TUNED CIRCUIT MIXER PLATE CIRCUIT MSC 3023]

RF/IF OVERALL RESPONSE

108
 RCA Chassis KCS-178 Alignment Information, Continued

SOUND ALIGNMENT—KCS 171, 173, 174, & 178 CHASSIS

° °
STEP 10 APPLY-10 VOLTS TO THE IFAGC-TERMINAL. D ON PW200.
CONNECT OSCILLOSCOPE THROUGH DIODE DETECTOR TEST BLOCK AS SHOWN
° °
TO PW200 TERMINALS T AND "Q". CONNECT MARKER GENERATOR THROUGH
.001 TO TP-3 ON PW200. SET GENERATOR 4.5 MHz / 60OHz MODULATION.
TURN OFF GENERATOR RF. ADJUST CONTRAST CONTROL TO MAXIMUM ( FULLY CW )
AND DISCONNECT YOKE PLUG. ADJUST T-201B (BOTTOM CORE) FOR MINIMUM
60OHz INDICATION ON SCOPE. RECONNECT YOKE PLUG.

STEP ( SWITCH SWEEP GENERATOR TO

4.5 MHz UNMODULATED. MOVE THE T2
TERMINAL CONNECTION OF DIODE
DETECTOR TO PIN 5 OF V202.
-10 V BIAS DISCONNECT OUTPUT OF DETECTOR
STEP �®
WG-3070 FROM SCOPE AND CONNECT TO VTVM
AS SHOWN.

OSCILLOSCOPE
STEP
i
STEPS (DaZ
MARKER GENERATOR

SOUND DIODE DETECTOR-STEPS iQ B 2Q

I VTVM
IN60 560K
+
I STEP Q2

I
�
F 9
.

ADJUST DRIVER COIL, T202 (BOTTOM CORE) AND SOUND TAKE-OFF COIL, T201A
(TOP CORE), FOR MAXIMUM NEGATIVE DC. ON VTVM. USE ONLY ENOUGH GENERATOR
OUTPUT TO PRODUCE ABOUT 0.5 VOLT ON METER WHEN FINALLY PEAKING EACH
CIRCUIT. NOW ADJUST T202 TOP CORE FOR MAXIMUM D.C. ON METER. T202
BOTTOM CORE SHOULD PENETRATE THE COIL FROM THE BOARD END AND THE TOP CORE
FROM THE TOP OF THE COIL FROM WHEN FINALLY PEAKED.

STEP DISCONNECT TEST EQUIPMENT AND TURN OFF SIGNAL GENERATOR.

TUNE IN STRONG LOCAL STATION AND ADJUST VOLUME CONTROL TO NORMAL.
TURN CORE OF QUADRATURE COIL (T203) FLUSH WITH TOP OF COIL FORM.
DISCONNECT ANTENNA OR REDUCE SIGNAL INPUT WITH TUNING UNTIL A HISS IS HEARD
IN SOUND. TURN CORE OF T203 CLOCKWISE TO SECOND PEAK FOR MAXIMUM
RECOVERED AUDIO.

109
 RCA Chassis KCS-178 Schematic Diagram

ANT V201 V202A

r
SOUND IF SOUND DE T

' 1/2 6GH8A

I
T202
1/2
13V10
215V
R208
470
35V ff
6 R205 I
C2051D
I 620K I 12
A 82V 6 T203

2 R201 C 207 C209

C202 3
f 82K 2 0022= 10
7 1.2V ,001; 2 2.3V
C201 C208 L—_
R202 R204 R203
.01 820 18K 560 .001 R 207 C 211
' 470K .047

T P-1 TP-2 V204

IST PIX IF
2ND PIX IF
R212 4KT6 T207
100V 4JC6A
2700 t32V
w 101 C 206
' A 56 L210 T205 8 100V a 132V
0223 2
C C 1-3 I.4V .*. T 680
1_3 1.51,
57 S R214
�I
'22 *
R210 10218 1
T
1500 R 215
56 33 Iw c224
l T 120
T.00, 2
T
204ry f

C 221
.15
ANT V2018
TO C109 V205A
SYNC
AGC
R239 OV N.S. 17K
S R230 1/2 6GH8A 0246
820K
/2 8JV8
1
} 27K 64Vf .0047
TO MONOPOLE R248 C237
R238 t 2 108V 0039
6a OK
i :CPR104 t2M1EG "A
-21V
L_ 1 C235 R247
40
R234 V 470
TUNER B
FbR • 330
MONOPOLE R211 9
MODELS AGC 4.7 M E6
ONLY
R246
18K
Iv
1-207 IC257 272
C234 v
68 f .0039 tOK
R268 C 250
I (—• 790K 4700 V207
�R
R 6
( HORiZ OSC
C 251 C2
2 TR • , R274 C 255
ISOK 33K 8F07 .0033
.001= 8276 /8CG7
CPR103 ' • (( 137V •
15
R269 K1
75V

i 560K 6 1C256 'IE C '

6b
3.OV2 7 390
RA LADLE R 11,8V
I
—
--J SR201 91I _ R265
BRACKET L .0033_ 68K
8200
' 4.8V 62K
0258
O R271 118o
2 C
R 60K
200
RESISTORS—speciaf
LPW HORIZ HOLD

R112 124272

r
39 ohm 5%, 10w., wirewound
R210 228605 56 ohm 5%,1/2w., film
R212 239935 2700 ohm 5%, 112w., film
R220 227097 3000 ohm 5%,1/2w., film V 203 V204 V201 V202 v206 V1o1
R223 104180 5600 ohm 10%, 3w., film H8 . -201
1
H6A HS H4 A H3 142 A H1
R226 121222 control, contrast,vert./ I 00 ^
4 5 4 4 12 1 4 S 4
horiz. hold J
R228 124273 C 259 C244
240,000 ohm 5%, 1/2w., film y C260 .01
1
R257 .001 .001 .001
121223 control, vert. size '

-
i
R260

r �
121944 control, vert. linearity
8271 224254 1000 ohm 5%, 1/2w., film
R275 233094 62,000 ohm 5%, 1/2fv., film
RF101 124263 Thermistor—fuse, 0.35 ohm, V207 V105 V205
1.1 amp. H9 . HIO H12 AH11
S102 I A _ '
100029 Connector—AC interlock
I

SR201

LPW 200 4
109474 Diode—selenium 5 4 8

TRANSFORMERS
L J
T102 124462 horiz. output
T103 127812 vertical output
T104 124275 audio output
T201 114489 4.5mc
T202 118411 sound, I.F.
T203 118410 quadrature
T204 113097 47.25mc trap
T205 113097 video I.F. grid
T207 124276 video I.F.
T208 121779 2nd detector
121216 Shield—quadrature
118698 Cap—hi voltage tube socket
127767 Connector-2nd anode
121215 Shield—pix detector
121217 Shield—sound I.F.
 RCA Chassis KCS-178 Schematic Diagram, Continued

TO R114 VOLUME
RMEG 1
3
W102 YEL. J102 PHONE JACK
-- GRN.
=2 2 (NOT INCLUDED ON
SOME MODELS)
W
TO Viol-1, 7
R206 C 212

2I
390K .O1
R 271044
o 3
1321
,

C 210 1-0 10215 1

T
.022
330 T .1
430V, El
i 5101-B

R217 •
T 3
V202 �9 2200+140Y

C242=
5.6V
AUDIO OUTPUT R213
150 .001 A
2 R104
1/2 13VIO 261 R280 100 K
33 K
33K 3900 i C 113

R225
CONTRAST
R2264 ■
1 .
001 3 BRIGHT
1 25K 3
Gz_=o TP3 820
C 229 L 206 R120
I 270UH 1500
L204
+
L205 O
CR201
7208 36UH 2.7 UH R223
I C 216
5600 75V
i 15
w
C 3W , 75V
o z 6 C 239 T R 218 R227 1k R228 v105
+I o 0
C
2 3 203
C203 470K 33K 240K
7
I I 17EWP4
/

v 1I470 UH 66 7
_ _
8 120V
LcloiD
12130KINESCOP
i A t
C225 •b ,g';,
C30_1 =IOUF I I
T R229
2
680 8220
S 45MC
i C232 R236 — 150V
TRAP V205B 6 5.6 K
3000 033
— 19K
R219 VIDEO OUTPUT
.0,
C231
�J
1

470 5
1
/2 8JV8 1 R232
22K
AO Pit
47K
R109
56K
(14OV)

{ 252
C 240 R253 R282 339000
900 + 140Y
2 22MEG
— 4 (M
3 �M.
AC
'
R261 R262 C2381 O
560K V 206 B LBMEG .018
= R258
:RT LIN
40V VERT OSC 3 2 1 1OO K
132V K,
' BLU T103 V10
J
3
R251 1/2 21LR8 R257 R255 6 V206A
150K 350K
VERT IK YEL
2 9 SIZE VERT OUTPUT
14V t 8283 0
R 260 1/2 21LR8
1 2 27X
SOOK 1 �4V
VERT HOLD
R226e r'•1T
I i C245
RED 1 BLK

750K T .0027 AE
L PC202_I R116
3 2 1
2 U 1 O
1000 +
140 V
} i
E C101C •-`
V102 50UFT
o T102 175Y _
Viol 0
1B3GT/iG3GT
HORIZ OUTPUT 0109 CIF I 6
140V L 103 0
T f50
22JR6 9
4
6.2 UH
7,2 7 R107
40V 61 0"
TO 510+ B-2 V103 TO PW 1K
17
A/
10V
200 2
.
M
23V DAMPER .2
2
R105 R115 17CT3 1cito 1g
47 390 910
1
C 104 1 R110
.01 390 i
T

R102 I
1800 L102
1W 8.2 U H
�i C108
c }1 .02
$R0> 1W
? 1000 C107
• » �J
.01 YOKE
R114
R106 330K C

22K 1W 40 WIDTH To PW 200 W NOTES:

0+03 R108
K-1000
—Cill T I 220K
ALL RESISTANCE VALUES ARE IN OHMS.
=.O,
ALL CAPACITANCE VALUES LESS THAN 1.0
C 106 ARE IN UF LOAND ABOVE ARE IN UUF EXCEPT AS
Rl12 680 RF101 RT 102 5102
1 I
S,OI-A INDICATED.
39 .35R 16RCOLD INTERLOCK
IoW ALL RESISTORS ARE 1/2 WATT, EXCEPT AS INDICATED.
140
120V
C101B —+ C101A 2 11C 105 4IN DICATES 5%
T .22 6OHz
650.UF 125OUF T C R 101
I 130 WATTS
175V — 20 0 -
-

F 101
3AWG
4A

HORIZONTAL SINE WAVE ADJUSTMENT VERTICAL LINEARITY, SIZE, AND CENTERING

Remove the sync by placing a clip lead between PW200-H and The width must be correct before making vertical adjustments.
chassis ground. Short out the sine wave coil, L207, by placing With the AC line set at 108 volts, adjust the contrast control
another clip lead between PW200-E and TP-4. Adjust the hori- to minimum and the brightness control so that the raster is
zontal hold control so that the free running frequency of the just visible. Adjust the size (R257) and linearity (R260) con-
oscillator is 15.75 kHz (picture sides vertical). trols for a linear raster which just fills the mask at top and
bottom. Check the raster at 120V AC line for a slight overscan
Remove the shorting jumper from the sine wave coil (PW200-E
to TP-4). Adjust the core of L207 until the picture sides are and proper linearity.
again vertical (15.75 kHz). Remove the short from PW200-H. NOTE: Care should be taken when centering the raster verti-
cally that the previously adjusted horizontal centering is
maintained.

111
 RCA Chassis KCS-178 Printed Board Information

PW200 CIRCUIT BOARD ASSEMBLY

The waveform identification numbers shown below correspond to those shown on the schematic diagram,

11 PW200-TP4 SR201 10 SR201

( 8O V206-2 3 PW200-Z
J
HORIZ. CONTROL PLATE CATHODE JUNCTION ANODE JUNCTION VERT, OUTPUT GRID AGC KEYING PULSE
20V PH' HORIZ. RATE 13V P-P HORIZ. RATE 16V P-P HORIZ. RATE 26V P-P VERT. RATE 450V. P-P HORIZ. RATE

B D E G

0260 C226 1
/ T205
•\ 0
t� I - W 1
nC 1 r
1 •\
.� ■H7 1• i t I
1 - 1 ABM
"H8
rI
1
1i11N FJ
SA i4 is 1c'I :
-
I j \
I
1
i l
t

\ 5• TP21_11
4 5
* \ C227(1. I�I I �,I
1XI
6. T�
� • _//•3 •
/• I o
IN1 2 4KT6 7 3 8•\ ` LUJ
C206�7 / V204 i i
I (•2 ' N 1
I i - \ 1
L L
I 71 / \•�
I
,.
I 7
i I / \I \
1-j 1 �S
� �i •1 0 1
T208 I•I
i 4JC6A 8 / 1 I\ C239
I GL 0222 V203 'i\\�1
/
AN 9 I-I
N •� �� i/ •-LL205 J-•
9•� / a ; •G2
2 C234 i T207• \ - .•
10 • �• Is • CP
2 `i : �2� l 204,
N T204_ . • TP31•
- 1 r-R214
-
• 1 i
I • I • C254 • 1 L__--J /ml
LR267�' I I•i1 I \ 1
1• / IC221 - AE Q7 ice/ 0 1 1
•1C251 �' ' I� r 1�1
•
I-f�`\� / C245 •
_- `R268�•
L.
T
t( II• �� •
I 1tiL202 ► r
" / •5 6• \ P?, \ It X213
I - I orl- - „p \
I iN1
\
�• iL •'' R211 T• ■ \d • 7
L y• SR2011 _�IN1�1 •
--- J I •- R269
---
• I I --- s •
9\` j % L
•/�r,-R_264 �• \'l
3 o' 11fl1 �---' I_J{�I / • •
H1�_
H2 •
•i•3
I.
I
/
H•
_ \
I� `/ • A � t 5
IN ItQ i IUD I \ i 1 / / / •4 I
I
/
•
1 • \ +jQ1M I l / •3
•
5 1NI Z' \
w
2 V205 9
1 \N\ , •�
�i
Iv
l I ,I �•�'•1 �I \yl I
2 I I _f V206 \ �J BJV8 /
•/ :21 �: IN` / V207 i •1v 1 I 6• \ V
3 \ I 1
"n
y i
j'I '' •I IN I
•I • 1 �f �\ Si 6� v�
TP4 •g ) K � i
_\�� L 'g2 4i

��C258•I ;•l \ 8F07/8CG / •H9 : •

� `� I
f8
I
� •
\•
8
/ •��II\•2 tG4 � T 1i
i • C255• , l^ e7 5/ •1 /
/ 1 �? - C215
— , 6 •AC • \ / 21LR8 $ I i� Iaj�
4 j
;T1I I
��
T = r -_ _ \ / • CR23
- _ 2 9�
I t 9 / r r f
0 - -- -- ? 1
•C257.1 I �- AN Ij •�R282�'• j 'TI / / �11�1 •
��s> � N
II

L207 '
I- -sue i IN 1
p 1 1
I C238 I C229
0 C240 / / � •�
L 1jc I��2
il_ - �� \
� \ I I ,
_ •
Q� • I • C2, •� I rR218 �� 'L • - J 1
\ L-L---__-
� � Iy, i
r I ,
- L IPC•2 •0 .2, LI j 1
I \O
1
I �e.
C232 C242 / i �) U1
E • i •7 R223
Ll l ' ""'
10-AP I
L__ J
5 AF■ L —R2i 26C 4
--- —
IR22611 I IR226A o L206 " C210
— — — r: r -- ' •-rR225 ,-•
M _t-�"� �. T'7 1 T`-j-
- +' • •-' IR251 • • R228 -• r: R227
•�+1 R23 � 5 g` I L
6
I "'• i C ---j
R? _+ -1 •0 •C212
14C
C23 1 • I --- !
_I R252 L • R257• j L
ii _ I ;R260• j
I
HORIZ. CONTRAST
HOLD

13 PW200-G 14 PW200-M 12 V207-7 V206-9 V205-2

O7 4O C
HORIZ. OUTPUT GRID VERT. BLANKING PULSE HORIZ. OSC. GRID VERT. OSC, GRID AGC GRID V
120V. P-P HORIZ. RATE 60V P-P VERT RATE 34V. P-P HORIZ RATE 145V. P-P VERT. RATE 40V P-P HORIZ. RATE 8

112
 RCA Chassis KCS-178 Printed Board Information, Continued

CHASSIS ASSEMBLY

Location Guide KCS 178A

PW200 Component

C201 3H R201 2G R281 1H SYMBOL STOCK

NO. NO. DESCRIPTION
C202 31 R202 3H R282 ...... 4C
O-TP3 V201-1
5O C203 2F R203 4H R283 ...... 3D
?ND DETECTOR HORIZ. SYNC PULSE C204 2G R204 5H CAPACITORS
`ERT. RATE 50V, P-P HORIZ. RATE C205 31 R205 2J SR201 3A C101 129099 4 section electrolytic
C206 1B R206 5H C101A 129099 250 uf, 200v.
C1016 129099 650 uf, 175v.
C207 51 R207 4J T201 2G
C101C 129099 50 uf, 175v.
C208 4J R208 5H T202 31 C11010 129099 10 uf, 150v.
C209 51 R210 2C T203 51 C102 116010 51 pf 5%, 2500v., N1500, cer.
R211 3C T204 2B C103 242290 0.1 u120 %, 400v., paper
C210 5G
C104 73960 0.01 of 500v., GMV, cer.
C211 4J R212 1B T205 1B 0.22 of 20%, 600v., paper
C105
C212 5G R213 5G T207 2D C106 113165 680 pf 20%, 1000v., cer.
3G R214 2D T208 2F C107 73960 0.01 of 500v., GMV, cer.
0213
C108 127040 0.02 of 10%, 600v., paper
C214 W R215 1D Cl. 9 124269 150 pf 5%, 4000v., N1500, cer.
C215 4G R216 1D C110 126440 910 pf 5%, 500v., plastic
TEST POINTS C111 73960 0.01 of 500v., GMV, car.
C216 4E R217 413
C114 112660 0.001 of 20%, 500v., cer.
C217 2B R218 4F A ......... to C201 73960 0.01 of 500v., GMV, cer.
C218 1B R219 2E AB 1G C202 104890 0.0015 ut 20%, 500v., cer.
2A R220 ...... 1G C203 104224 68 pf 20%, 500v., N750, cer.
C220 AC 4B
C204 103847 10 pf 20% , 500v., NPO, cer.
C221 20 R223 5F AE 2D C205 112042 12 pf 10%, 500v., N330, cer.
C222 28 R224 4F AF 5A C206 107745 56 pf 5%, 500v., N750,
C223 2C R225 5E AN 4B C207 104899 0.0022 of 20%, 500v., cer.
C208 112660 0.001 u120%, 500v., cer.
C224 2D R226A 5D AP 5B
C209 109572 10 pf 10%, 500v., N470, cer.
C225 2F R226B 5C AQ 5B C210 105301 330 pf 20%, 500v., cer.
C226 1F R2260 5C B 4E C211 0.047 of 20%, 100v., cer.
R227 5F C212 73960 0.01 of 500v., GMV, cer..
C227 1F C to
C213 109931 39 pf 10 %, 500v., N150, cer.
0229 4F R228 5E D 3D 12 pf 10%,500v., N330, cer.
C214 112042
C230 4F R229 4G E 5A C215 0.022 of 20%. 400v., paper
R230 4F F C216 15 pf 20%, 500v., N750, cer.
C231 5A 2A
C217 116026 5 pf L0.5 pf 500v., N150, cer.
C232 5B R231 4E G 4A C218 33 pf 5%, 500v., N750, cer.
C233 2A R232 5B G2........ 2G C220 112660 0.001 of 20%, 500v., cer.
C234 2A R234 4E G4 ........ 4E C221 120056 0.15 of 20%, 75v., mylar
C222 116026 5 pf -L 0.5 pf 500v., N150, cer.
C235 3G R236 5A H 3G
C223 104135 680 pf 10%, 500v., cer.
C237 2E R238 2E _ H1 3D C224 104384 0.0012 ut 10%, 500v., cer.
C238 4C R239 3E H2 3D C225 104135 680 pf 10%, 500v.. cer.
R240 3E C226 121225 6 pf +'0.5 pf 500v., NPO, cer.
C239 2F H3 4H
C227 116028 18 pf 5%, 500v., N150, car.
C240 4D R241 4E H4 ....... 4G 230449 0.1 of 20%, 200v., paper
C229
C242 SG R242 3G H5 ....... 2H C230 112660 0.001 of 20%, 500v., cer.
R246 3G H6 2H C231 0.015 of 20%, 200v., paper
0244 2J
C232 0.033 of 20%, 200v., paper
C245 3C R247 3F H7 1E 104214 82 pf 20%, 500v., N750, cer.
C233
C246 4F R248 3G H8 1C C234 104224 68 pf 20%, 500v., N750, cer.
Ji,... 102230 470 pf 20%, 5OOv., cer.
1 > J C250 3A R249 3F H9 ......... 4C C235
C237 114485 0.0039 uf 10%, 500v., N5600, cer.
N` N C251 2A R251 5D H10 3B
I C238 0.018 of 10%, 200v., paper
f�I C252 4A R252 513 H11 3E C239 128414 3 pf 't 0.5 of 500v., cer.
C253 3C R253 4C H12 3E C240 0.033 of 10%, 200v., paper
J C242 112660 0.001 of 20%, 5OOv., cer.
C254 2C R255 4C 4E
S � C244 73960 0.01 of 500v., GMV, cer.
` 1 C255 4A R257 5C K 4D 124472 0.0027 of 10%, 600v., paper
4* T203 C245
C256 3A R258 5C L 5B C246 106547 4700 pf 20%, 5OOv., cer.
4A R260 5D M 5A C250 106547 4700 pf 20%, 500v,, cer.
C257
C251 102230 470 pf 10%, 500v., cer.
C258 4A R261 4D N 4G C252 112660 0.001 of 10%, 500v., cer.
t r C259 1C R262 4C P 5E C253 104205 0.0033 of 20%, 500v., cer.
R20_4
�+ ioilU I
1E R264 3G Q 5F C254 0.056 u120%, 100v., mylar
C260
C255 104205 0.0033 of 20%, 500v., cer.
C261 3A R265 4A R 4G
C256 121227 390 of 5%, 500v., N750, cer.
C262 5H R266 5A S 1H C257 126821 0.0039 u110%, 100v., mylar
06
w CR201 1F R267 2A T 5G C258 102562 180 pf 10%, 500v., cer.
R268 3A TP1 1C C259 112660 0.001 of 20%, 5OOv., cer.
C260 112660 0.001 of 20%, 500v., Car.
L202 38 R269 38 TP2 1D 68 pf 20%, 5OOv.. NPO, cer.
C261 109232
L203 1G R270 3C TP3 2F C262 104224 68 pf 20%, 500v., cer.
L204 1F R271 3B TP4 4A J701 102787 Connector-yoke

L205 2F R272 56 U 5G
COILS
L206 5F R274 48 W 5H LI02 107385 8.2 uh
L207 5A R275 48 X 5G L103 107385 8.2 uh
L202 114315 AGC
L210 213 R276 3A Z 3E
L203 124271 470 uh
R277 56 L204 116056 36 uh
PC202 5C R280 1G L205 107463 2.7 uh
L206 115427 270 uh
L207 114486 stabilizer
L210 114314 R. F.
PC202 114916 Circuit-printed
PW200 127849 Circuit-printed sound, video

5-9
6O R249-R246 JUNCTION
3TPUT PLATE VERT SYNC PULSE

VERT RATE 22V P-P VERT RATE

113
 RCA Chassis KCS-178 Tuner Schematic

KRK 148A/152A VHF/UHF TUNER SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM

-
2 4 MEG ►IF OUTPUT
C20
- - /V - 110
03

l ► T °�°
RC1 10�
0
130 ANT XFMR 27 27 I
A

T
C7
120V
_o 0-- 27 1 ,
45V
�+ V ` L11 00D
VHF �27 q IF TRANS
VZA
-
24 M
ANT C26 a
EG ��l-V a 0
L1 82 5GS7� FINE
1
TUNEI
11130 1
2.61/
RC2
--O 0- L9

lC5 100
3HA5
712V
J
11
R9 C24

G23 018
CIS CB
LA13 Vt 14
-
1009
27
LP13 1
1
Z

MIXER 13

ANT.
1oK
C7 FRONT REAR
27 C12 OSC. FRONT
C13 100
2'S R4
4.7K

9W

0 0
2 11 i1 2
3 30 0
0
10 10 30
10 0
• 140 40
9 09 09 4
0
p8 50
p8
5 0 08
7 60 REAR 08 50
0 07 60 07
K
60 07 60
FRONT REAR
L-_
R8
C14 1K REAR
20
VHF 6 RIO
+135V B+ 15K
2W
C10 1/1 V2
R1 LID L8
1000 3 4 4 5
47K L12

O 0 C27 C29
t3
12 1 L5 R6 1000
0
H 2
O
C11
220K 10001 1
C16 C19 Cl?
0
10 30 C28
L= — -- /1000
40 j 0 �000 ioo�
09 UHF
0
J1
p8 5 INPUT,
0
7 06
AGC 81 32 I. F. 450 MA
ON REAR +1351/ ALIGN FIL
R93
27K

TO C7 ON UHF TUNER
UHF
TO R93
ANT 300J1
INPUT r APPROX 11.51/

I `Q14.5 MA

F
C7
_ ^ J1
} — 000] --
/•(—

L10 `�/ L5 R2 R5
47K
CB
R3 92
1. ALL RESISTANCE VALUES IN OHMS. K- 1000. 2700K
I
2. ALL RESISTORS ARE /2 WATT EXCEPT AS INDICATED. N750
LB
3. ALL CAPACITANCE VALUES ARE IN PF EXCEPT
AS INDICATED.

4. SWITCHES SHOWN IN CHANNEL 13 POSITION. 470

5. • DENOTES THROUGH CONNECTION OF ROTOR BLADE.

6.� DENOTES CONTACT CONNECTED TO CONTACT

ON OPPOSITE SIDE OF SWITCH.
KIRK 152
Gil C2 1I G4 Glo
7. -0. DENOTES CONTACT INSULATED TO CONTACT I 1
i8 I 18 04
ON OPPOSITE SIDE OF SWITCH.

B. VOLTAGES MEASURED WITH ELECTRONIC VOLTMETER I

AND WITH NO SIGNAL INPUT.

GANG TUNING CAPACITORS

--__—

114
 " p "Illllllli Chassis
I� h I Il l l p ,jd� KCS 176 Series
Model and Chassis Cross Reference

ANTENNAS
MODEL CHASSIS TMA TUNER KINESCOPE VHF/UHF

AP-100L KCS 176E 156B KRK 157A/150A 10ATP4 Monopole/Ring

AP-101S KCS 176E 156B KRK 157A/150A 10ATP4 Monopole/Ring

AP-094W KCS 176D 156A KRK 157A/150A 10ATP4 Monopole/Ring

The earlier sets also KCS-176 are practically identical electrically

using
to sets covered, but use 9AEP4 picture tube.

Model and Chassis Cross Reference

ANTENNAS
MODEL NAME CHASSIS TMA TUNER KINESCOPE VHF/UHF

"ELFIN" KCS 176A 156A KRK 157A/150A 9AEP4 Monopole/Ring

AM-093B, M, Y

AM-097E "GAMIN" KCS 176A 156A KRK 157A/150A 9AEP4 Monopole/Ring

AM-100L "CABOT" KCS 176B 156B KRK 157A/150A 9AEP4 Monopole/Ring

AM-101S "ALAMADA" KCS 176B 156B KRK 157A/150A 9AEP4 Monopole/Ring

The letter following the third numeral in the model number designates the cabinet finish as follows: B—LIGHT BLUE/TARNISHED
SILVER METALLIC; E—BLACK AND WHITE OPTILE ROLLER GRAIN VINYL/FOG WHITE; L—ANTIQUED COLONIAL MAPLE/
SILVER METALLIC; S—ANTIQUED SIERRA PECAN/BLACK JAVA; Y—FOG
BLACK JAVA; M—FAWN BROWN/TARNISHED
WHITE/DESERT BEIGE METALLIC.

Models Chassis KCS-177 are electrically very similar to KCS-176.

using

PICTURE ANTENNAS
MODEL CHASSIS TMA TUNER TUBE VHF/UHF

AP-133B, N, Y KCS 177C 157A KRK 157A/150A 12DSP4 Dipole/Ring

AP-136Y KCS 177C 157A KRK 157A/150A 12DSP4 Dipole/Ring

AM-133B, G, Y KCS 177A 157A KRK 157A/150A 12DFP4 Dipole/Ring

AM-139YK KCS 177A 157A KRK 157A/150A 12DFP4 Dipole/Ring

INSTRUMENT DISASSEMBLY move the yoke to the test mounting position (a slot in
1. Remove five 1/4" hex-head back cover screws: two in the bracket above the horizontal hold control.)
handle recess, one at antenna board and two underneath . 4. Remove five control knobs and the UHF dial from the
Remove back cover. cabinet front. Remove three 1/4" hex-head screws from the
2. The parent board assembly may now be moved to the rear Tuner Mounting Assembly front bracket. Remove the TMA
far enough to permit access to most components. However, and theparent board assembly.
when the parent board is moved to the rear, the kinescope 5. Loosen the kinescope retaining ring bolt sufficiently to
grounding provision is disabled . If the set is to be operated permit slipping the ring out of the four corner retainers.
in this position, connect a clip lead between the kinescope Remove the kinescope. In replacing the kinescope, be cer-
retaining ring and a convenient ground on the parent board . train that the kinescope grounding strap is replaced and
3. Should further disassembly be required, disconnect the the retaining ring is replaced in its original position (bolt
anode lead , the picture tube socket and the speaker cable at the top with the vinyl insulator adjacent to the ultor
at the speaker. Loosen the yoke retaining ring screw and anode well).

115
 RCA Chassis KCS-176 Alignment Information

PICTURE I F ALIGNMENT—KCS 176 & 177 CHASSIS

OSCILLOSCOPE

MARKER GENERATOR
45 MHz MARKER ADDER FRED. AS NEEDED
SET FOR 2V P-P

6-BMHz
MAX.
LINE
S�
5V. P-P SWEEP
RANGE
0
• LO O l

DC POWER SUPPY
WP-702A
+12 V D.C.
+4VD.C.
PW 400 PIX MODULE
0404
ADJUS L401
STEP 0403
b'Q'c. T402
47.25 z c
TRAP e
L402
t' O T401
ADJUS
STEP
4L25MHz ri 0402 c

y•
TRIP ADJUST
QQ407
b FOR MAX.
J401 e
STEP 1� L408 0405 Q4
404
b
44.25MHz
STEP Q3

0406
L Le
DO NOT APPLY AC POWER TO THE CHASSIS. REMOVE PW500 277, R41`
MODULE FROM THE e e

0 ]Do
PARENT BOARD SOCKET. APPLY+I2V.D.C.

]44
-
TO PW400 5(BOTTOM END OF L408 AS SHOWN) AND +4 V.D.C. RRr
TO PW400-8(RIGHT SIDE OF R425 AS SHOWN). THE RCA
WP-702A POWER SUPPLY IS A CONVENIENT SOURCE FOR BOTH
6 ��
178 9 In2
AGC AND B+ VOLTAGES. DISCONNECT THE LINK CABLE FROM t 1

I
PW400 AND CONNECT THE IF/VFSWEEP OUTPUT CABLE •8
THROUGH THE MATCHING PAD SHOWN TO J401. CONNECT THE •9
DEMOD SIGNALIN CABLE OF THE MARKER ADDER TO PW400-12
V202
RIGHT SIDE OF 8416 AS SHOWN). NOTE AND MARK THE SETTING
•10
•11 R210
OF THE VIDEO BIAS CONTROL, R224; THEN DETUNE THE X12
CONTROL FULLY CLOCKWISE. ADJUST IF/VFSWEEP ATTENUATION
REMOVE FROM
CONTROL OF MARKER ADDER FOR 2.0 V P-P DEFLECTION OF SOCKET
OSCILLOSCOPE TRACE.

STEP V201
20
ADJUST L401 FOR MINIMUM OUTPUT AT 47.25 MHz. ADJUST L402
FOR MINIMUM OUTPUT AT 41.25 MHz. INCREASE SCOPE SENSITIVITY U 15-
IF NECESSARY TO FACILITATE ALIGNMENT OF THESE TRAPS. ,I 224
by j DETUNE FULLY
CLOCKWISE
STEP 3j) i I Tl
1111111 Al 1B
ADJUST T402 FOR MAXNKIM OUTPUT AT 44.25 MHz. ADJUST i111111_j
T401 TO MAXIMUM OUTPUT AT44.25 MHz. ALIGN THE FOUR COILS
C
IN THE ORDER GIVEN. REFER TO THE WAVE SHAPES BELOW FOR
RESPONSE LIMITS. RETURN THE VIDEO BIAS CONTROL, R224,
PW 200
TO ITS ORIGINAL POSITION.

IF RESPONSE RF/IF RESPONSE

OV D.C.
47.25
MHz
4125 MH z
+
7% -4%

4575MHz 42.5MHz
+ +
50% -20% 50% -20%

45MHz 45 MHz
87%=7%
2VDC -- 87%=7% ---100%
2VDC
100%

116
 RCA Chassis KCS-176 Alignment Information, Continued

SOUND ALIGNMENT—KCS 176 & 177 CHASSIS

STEP 10
and
Connect PW500 parent board through extension cables (Stock Nos. 10J1.25
Module to
1OJ126). Disconnect picture tube socket to disable high voltage. Connect 12V. D.C. source

(WP-702A) to PW500-6 (KCS176 chassis only). Connect Marker Generator through .001

to PW500-5. Adjust generator frequency to 4.5 MHz/600Hz modulation.

capacitor
Turn RF switch to OFF. (Connect Oscilloscope through Video Detector probe shown

to PW500-12 ( Right side of C506). Adjust 4.5 MHz trap (1-501) for minimum 600 Hz

indication on scope. OSCILLOSCOPE Aw.

STEPO'®
ADJUST FOR -------
r -- —1
MIN. 600 Hz 05 * i r .001 1N542 560K
STEP 1 A
MARKERGENERATOR 0
1-501 l OK 001 +
PW500 I - T� a
.001 MODULE
VIDEO DETECTOR

4.5 MHz
/ 600 Hz
MOD.
8
10J125 10J126 WP-T02A 12V.
OFF

STEPO KCS 176

CHASSIS ONLY

10J125

O
PW200
10J126
COMPONENT
SIDE

PW300
V204 MODULE
V203
ADJUST ADJUST
STEP 3 STEP 2
(
IC+4 01

STEP 02
Disconnect equipment used
test in Stepl and return PW500
Module to parent board socket. Connect PW300 Sound
Module through extension cables to parent board. Reconnect
picture tube socket and tune in a strong local channel.
Connect an Electronic Voltmeter between IC301-11 (Positive probe)
and PW300-7 (Negative probe). Adjust top core of T301 for 0
±.1 V.D.C. Adjust bottom core of T301 for maximum recovered
audio.

STEP (j
Reduce the signal strength with fine tuning until hiss is heard
in sound. Adjust T302 for maximum recovered audio.

117
 RCA Chassis KCS-176 Printed Board Information

PW400 PIX MODULE CIRCUIT ASSEMBLY

PW200 Component
Location Guide
PW400 Location
Guide A B C C204 2B R206 20
C401 3C C205 2C R208 2C
C402 2C r 0403

a
� 0
— �I
'v®�ei' Rgt2 1
C403 iC I C206 3D R209
C404 1C 1 �g•s e
I { ®�-�� w` C405 3D
I yy
�Q�3 U. �1 d r t tr
'
I A♦ I C208 3B
CL)•E
C405 1C q
�/` •\ ` eU O' O 1 i �l -'•` R210 2D
C406 1 C °
C407 10 / C209 313 R211 2D
28
\ T y-t.�o• �sY!��g��®�_°�; 110 �j
l
C408 1 B r I ' i� •J 1•i J SQL ���`L/
1
C210 2D R212
C409 1B _'.•��i1Qtx•401/ 2D
C410 3C 3 �i 1� • R405 •
L Iv/• C212 2A R214 2C
C411 1B ^ '�
J r `
C412 1A I •- • ;c i-1-
CR401)
`.�ivp
j LR409 t C213 2A R215 2D
C413
C414
2A
2A
p
Of C214 3A
C4
c I r i- i -JL406 R216 2C
C415 2A 2 7 �•Jvi
L I �alQi
J
C416 03 r • iI C215 3A
38 i I _. I0 i• R217 3D
C417 3A I
• 'R419-• i ; j =d I - I
C216 3A
C418 2C I
•� s••t w /= 0402 * i •-`R404J-� R218 3D
L il� I J • � R423 •
C419 1A
� 1 • a
C420 3B L404 0407 .,• C217 2B R219 3B
C� • r 1,� f
C421 313 yR424� �,(• Rg02, C220 3C
t •-, . A22 r R220 2C
CR401 .... 2A Q4044 c R428�-• r 1
�ou0ir^ C221 36
R221 2D
r -
i . C222 4C
J401 3C I
N
l
i�l /lJ401 R223 2C
•'\ / • C223 4C
L401 1C 3 C417�,�' R224 1C
L402 2C •1 C410 C224 4C
L403 2A • �R425 •JI° 1 ! == st R227 3A
L404 2A C225 4B
L405 28 •-rR426 R427i-• R228 3A
L406 2B C226 4C
L407 2B 12 11 10 9 8 7 `C420 6 5 4 3 2 1 R235 3B
-0406 C227 4D
L408 3C Q405- R236 4B
C228 4C
0401 1B R237 413
0402 2C C229 4C
Q403 1 B R238 46
Q404
Q407
3A
2B
PW300 SOUND MODULE CIRCUIT ASSEMBLY C230 4D
R239 4C
C231 4D
R401 3C R240 4D
R402 3C C232 5D
R403 3C A B C R241 4C
R406 1 C C233 5C
R407 1B R242 4C
R408 1 C 1 C234 4A
R409 2B _ • I_C301 Y C309 C304 C235 48
R243 4C
8410 26 j `
R411 1 B R301 14;i »� \ � C236 1A
R244 4D
R412 1A ID 14 2 C303
1 f.10 (;
I R245 4D
R413 1A C237 1C
12;_
R415 2B
.T301 .
1 3.it{ 1 I iI i i X302 C239 3D
R246 50
R416 3A I
R417 2A
1
10 It• i�� �I.^.1 R247 5C
C�1 i� 54�r 0240 1D
R418 2B
2 6 5C R248 5D
R419 2B
I • . 18 1
., 7;{K
R420
R421
3C 1
; C302
� R249 5D
if I
3B
R422 3B (• CR201 .... 1C R253 5C
R423 28 - _•1
R424 38 C305 I- — — —
- ,
R425
R426
3B
313 - ;C306 C301/3 RF201 .... 1C
R427 38 F201 3D
R428 3B 3
T401 S201 3D
1B
T402 1A
L201 5C

12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 L202 51) SR201 .... 4B

L203 4D SR202 .... 4B

PW500 VIDEO MODULE CIRCUIT ASSEMBLY T201 2A

PC201
T202 3C
0506
T203 5A
PW300
-�st3
►_ �--. •T�\; iQ504�
.1 R514TI 1-
\ 502 rC
M
/1 i
/t
-t- 1
PW400
V201 to
� •J
PW500
V202 3B
V203 5C
R106 2D V204 4C
'0
• C502 -7CR • 1h
// 43' R108 2D
O O� ll " :.
1�
t
L ,t
1
• -
Q503 �;. T��:
1
\ 1 m 1
�
, • t, R201 3A
VR201 1B
`508 _�
t
\E aCl R202 2B
r. c5ol •�i \SI"�> ;i
C507 R203 3A
•-_ 8506 i-'• ' r,-i

-
`'•��`` rl,rl-I
R205 2D

ULM -H as
-•0501
�--LR504;-• 10Iii
i •--�R501

L+1`1

12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

118
 RCA Chassis KCS-176 Printed Board and Waveform Information

PW200 PARENT BOARD ASSEMBLY AND CHASSIS SIGNAL WAVEFORMS

PW500-4 V202-10 V202-6,7 SR202 v2Da

-7
P W 500- 8 OSC. GRID
AGC KEYING PULSE VERT. OSC. GRID VERT. OUTPUT GRID ANODE HORIZ
VERT. SYNC PULSE P-P HORIZ.RATE 30V. P-P HORIZ.RATE
18V. P-P HORIZ. RATE 170V. P-P VERT RATE 30V P-P VERT. RATE 12 V.
19V, P-P VERT. RATE
12

V201 J
.6 ,
e5

• R23 M.V. RECT.

I 20
9
SR la
� 1 ,._ C22j

W500'.
R21. i

�za: +
20
\ �f a ,
4 ' czz9 I
•X- j �V20 5e
'
•
R
• e e
z
10 V203
RE 208 4
�237
2
2
2
-
v-
-

\r,R206 -R217 C206

'• Jr C2 e.
1/ 1=ye a___..0
1i s�3
R211 RIOn i C239 -246
12 �,,,tE
R2 5

l
—Ti%/ ., +. der. iiiil
^221 •: . 1111
R210..

VERT. MSC 30250

VERT.
SIZE LIN
CONTRAST
VERT.
HOLD
MORi2.
WIDTH

P W 500-12 SR201-SR202 V203-9 10

PW 400-12 HORIZ. OUTPUT GRID
VIDEO DRIVER EMITTER KINESCOPE CATHODE CATHODE JUNCTION
IOV. P-P HORIZ.RATE 90V P-P HORIZ.RATE
I.OV. P-P VERT. RATE 70 V. P-P VERT RATE

PW500-10 KINESCOPE PIN 1 V204-1

PW500-i1
+ 130V RIPPLE HORIZ. SYNC PULSE VERT BLANKING PULSE HORIZ. CONTROL PLATE
1.3V P-P VERT. RATE 32V. P-P HORIZ. RATE, 50V. P-P VERT RATE 35V. P-P HORIZ. RATE

119
 RCA Chassis

i14
KCS-176

' /2V
Schematic

217
12

R301
Diagram

S UN U 1�_
I
PW300
r
RS.bK 22
4 01
-
WJ
C212
0047
OV

I
s R 202
/3V 470K
54V
C307

T302 I
C306
T
--J
D 00471 8228
AI 7- 1.2 K

R201
3,4,9,10,11 330 K

1 f 410
L 407
x.001
L406

3568 R409 0412

Q402 1O ,

35V 3568 V
115

-4 .N,
390 7401 .001 3568
if

VHF R419 C�
ANT TERM. ■
05V - 39K

AND ON
1
39
`

Q407
TO VHF ANT 3
Fb9
1 C420

1
OAILN ASSX
R421 IOUF
MONO- A 15V
560
POLE
1 Nk
INSMUMENT Q405
HACK
3572 R 427
AG.C. 6.8K
AM P
J
-
F i I (-/6 R428 s
J _ 23 23V R424
IK
L5K* 3.9K y
TO MONOPOLE
V e 2UF
50Y /207V
I
JI R256
CPR 91 300
ON - ■ TO T203-6 C237
6680
TUNER
■■
RF201
2.5

NOTES TO'
1 \ 140V
I.K=1000 \ON OFF/ 1
CR201 C240A + C2400
2 ALL PART OF R 105)
RESISTANCE VALUES ARE 1N OHMS. 80UF 300LJF
52°1 =1 175 -
TO VIDEOI I
KALL CAPACITANCE VALUES LESS THAN
1.0 ARE IN OF. LO A NO ABOVE ARE IN /
IyTERIACK = C240C + V202-e
PF ' (--
►+12V UF?-
EXCEPT AS SO
\ C239 C241 _
4.# INDICATES 5%. .1UF
5. ALL RESISTORS
AS INDICATED.
ARE 12WATT.EXCEPT '

5AMP
- 600V
V205
V202
VERT.OUTPUT VZO1 V204
r — ■
6.)K *INDICATES 2V . HORZDUTPUT VERT.OSC. AUD101DUTPUT
50GY7 25JZ8 19 FX5 12FQ7
' KINESCOPE
HORZ.OA t '
12 1 12 4 3 4 3 4
5' '

WIDTH AND HORIZONTAL CENTERING

All adjustments should be made at 108 volts AC
line.
Adjust the horizontal hold control to the middle of the horizon- I
tal oscillator pull-in range. Vertical
height and linearity should
be approximately correct. Set the 1
brightness and contrast
controls to maximum (fully
clockwise).
The width control is an insulated
jumper arrangement located
in the right'rear corner of the
parent board assembly. Choose
one of the three taps provided which allows a
small portion
of black to be visible on the
edge of the raster. Center the
raster with the centering tabs located on the
by leaving equal amounts of black at the left and
yoke housing L — —
of the mask. right sides
VERTICAL LINEARITY, HEIGHT, AND CENTERING
Now choose the first width tap, With 108 VAC line, set the contrast
progressing from left to right control to minimum and
(looking at the rear of the instrument) that allows the raster the brightness control to low
to just fill the mask. The width brightness. Use station signal
adjustment varies the screen or test pattern generator.
voltage of the horizontal output tube. It must be set Adjust the height and linearity con-
properly trols for the proper height and
to insure proper high voltage operation and Optimum overall linearity. The
should be adjusted height and centering should be such that the raster
before performing the following overscans
adjustments. the mask by 1/8" at the top and bottom.

120
 RCA Chassis KCS-176 Schematic Diagram, Continued
J101

r
PHONE JACK
NOT INCLUDED ON
T201 SOME MODELS)

7 06 P205 8206
58V .1
0744
I
CI w..
3613
Le
1
VM R 7
OUTPUT L741� 710
8, Wal
68

19FX
5
,535 pp
OUTPUT
RI I
TO+140J I E 0
820 M� _6
180
1
5 700

1
R AC.
_ II
MEG '
VA03
VOLUME >-TO T203-1
3
r i ... zTv r —
�

4702
47 43 3
` 3577 SYNC.
SYNC.
/ DR IVER
0
MODULE' I"
250
PW5OO�

Y Y IOAT P4
KINESCOPE

0204
.0022
16
Z22 C210
34V T
2 _ 680K
2
365V 2
R210C
200K
VERT.
LIN. TOC240C

1,
2 25JZ8

--
r
C240C

�ARENT BD.� HV RECT.

PW 200_1 V2038 SR 101

HORI Z
T044" DAMPER
R235 v2mk n 50GY7
IiOR
HORIZ. HOLD
T

50(Y7 11
7
9-
L203 '
C223 _85V F
6 37
{
/3
f2
--32 ) .027
2 R247
47
11 y 8249
y3K
+
R246 �)
4. 4701( I TO 140V
E
D6Z WIDTH ADJ.
22
1+C35

SR202
RZA4■ Z_i70 0
58201 .•239 9fC I 15 VUF
1 �C
68K -74V I
HORIZONTAL HOLD
55V
�sK * - Z 2+ the picture
Turning the hold control CCW toward dropout,
IIORI
I
.75fiI X04
�C I
4uF 36
12FQ7 Isvl TO IV should fall out of sync when the picture is interrupted and
t
should not lose raster when turning the control a maximum
of three turns in the CCW direction after dropout.
the picture
Turning the hold control CW toward dropout,
should fall out of sync when the signal is interrupted and
should not go into spurious oscillation when turning the con-
trol a maximum of three turns in the CW direction after
from the high
KCS 176 SERIES CHASSIS CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC dropout. Turning the control CW toward pull-in
from a mini-
frequency side, the picture should pull into sync
mum of one bar and a maximum of five bars. Turning the
control toward pull-in from the low frequency side, the picture
should pull in from one to four bars.

121
 RCA Chassis KCS-176 Tuner Schematic Diagram

KRK 157A/150A VHF/UHF TUNER SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM

INPUT CHANNEL 1

CII L27
L9
LII 47
LB L12
7 LIB L26-
`ddd g
L7 LA L25

IL6
L24�
I L23
VHF +8 L5
R3
SWITCH 1800
LIO C20
L� CH 13 1000
C7
47
CI
L22 L28
fv tB
SNPO
I( •6
CIO
2.4 L13 220
N330 ;9NP,o
RF MIXER
I • ----•
lt
Ql Q2 0SC. Q3
SE 5020 SE 5025 87 SE 1010

I•
�Q
�C 13 /0.0 C27
5.6 T 8 1051/
1.65V C23
R6 2.03V�� 1.41V
C28
82
//`'� 5.6
0.95V 2200
/
1
C
X8 2 9.91/ TNO30

C5 C9 C15 I` �_ TN220
9'1 1250 3.0
C4 RIO
6-
1 I
RI R7 1800
�2 1000 RB 560
820

CB C25 I. F.OUT PUT C24

L— 1000 O o
L
1000
0
— —
-
VVVV
V
7511
-
1250
C91 6� C14 p 1 �
CPR=1_ ( .22 Lf 20
L �
R5 RII
1.75-3.25M,F- J AGC+1.7V
IOK 10
FORWARD -
FOR ALIGNMENT
L_ 130 e+
J
LEAD CONNECTIONS • 111,
2 V.
3001L (.EMITTER C92
VHF _ 0 O.Iuf
2 BASE T
ANT. = 1
2
3o
1 3.COLLECTOR NOTES:
F 30
�1
4.CASE I. ALL SWITCHES SHOWN IN CH-13 POSITION
C3
1 11 27 LEAD END VIEW LEAD END VIEW 2. ALL ROTOR BLADES ARE SHORTING TYPE
OF TRANSISTOR OF TRANSISTOR 3. ALL CAPACITORS IN PICOFARADS
L-
L 1.75-3.25J
-J L4 4. ALL RESISTORS IN OHMS K=1,000M=1,000,000
CPR-2 p2 5. ALL SWITCH SECTIONS ARE VIEWED FROM
5-5
/. I FRONT OF TUNER F=FRONT R=REAR
6. SWITCH SYMBOLS:
SHORT CONTACT CLIP M
UHF LONG CONTACT CLIP �►
ANT INPUT X LONG CONTACT CLIP- M
IF DUMMY LUG •
OUTPUT
JI NO CLIP THIS SIDE O
7 INDICATED VOLTAGES ARE TYPICAL AS
MEASURED ON CH.13 WITH NO SIGNAL INPUT,
Q1 AND AT ALIGNMENT SUPPLY VOLTAGES.
CIO
2SC288A IOoo
R4 2.7 MEG
V2 WATT
LB
ORC TYPE L2).4- M -w
RCA#867578)

CRf
TC5
SD82A I TC6
r VIDEO BIAS ADJUSTMENT
• �� 1
With the receiver at 120 VAC line and the high voltage operat-
CI C3 ing, bias off the video I F by grounding the AGC input to the
tuner (C8 on KRK 157). Adjust the contrast control for maxi-
mum contrast.

Adjust the video bias control, R224, for 20 volts D.C. �4V at
the collector (heatsink) of the video output transistor, Q504.

122
 11

Il l l l � ,jdl 111

Chassis
KCS 183 Series
CP-357
Model and Chassis Cross Reference

PICTURE
MODEL CHASSIS T147A TUNERS TUBE

CP-357W KCS 183A 171E KRK 149C/152A 22VABP4

CP-363L KCS 183A 171E KRK 149C/152A 22VABP4

CP-369S KCS 183A 171 E KRK 149C/152A 22VABP4

CP-371 W KCS 183A 171 E KRK 149C/152A 22VABP4

The letter following the third numeral in the model number designates the cabinet finish as follows: W—WALNUT GRAIN;
L—COLONIAL MAPLE GRAIN; S—ANTIQUED MISION PECAN GRAIN.

SERVICING PRECAUTIONS
WARNING : Since the chassis of some receivers are connected to one side of the AC supply during operation, service
should not be attempted by anyone not familiar with the precautions necessary when working on this type of
observed.
equipment. The following precautions should be
1. An isolation transformer should be inserted in the power line between the receiver and the AC supply before
any service is performed on the receiver.
2. When the receiver must be operated directly from the AC supply, the .power plug should always be inserted in
the proper direction to connect the chassis to the ground side of the AC line. Check with an AC voltmeter to
see if a potential exists between the chassis and the power source ground . OV reading should be obtained. If
a reading is obtained, reverse the power plug and recheck for zero meter reading.
3. When replacing a chassis in the cabinet , always be certain that all the protective devices are put back in place,
"
such as: non -metallic control knobs, insulating fishpapers," adjustment and compartment covers or shields,
isolation resistor—capacitor networks, etc. Before replacing the back cover of the instrument, thoroughly inspect
inside the cabinet to see that no stray parts or tools have been heft inside.
must be sure that no shock hazard
4. Before returning any instrument to the customer, the Service Technician
exists. the AC line cord directly into a 120V AC outlet (do not use an isolation transformer for this check).
Plug
a 1500 ohm/10 watt resistor in series with an exposed metal
Using two clip leads of sufficient length, place
cabinet part and a known earth ground (water pipe, conduit, etc.). Measure the potential across the resistor with
an AC voltmeter of 1000 ohms /volt or more resistance . Move the resistor connection to each exposed metal part
(antennas , handle bracket , metal cabinet , screwheads , metal overlays control shafts , etc.) and measure the
Now reverse the plug in the AC outlet and repeat each
potential across the resistor at each new connection.
measurement. Any readingof 3.0 volts or more is excessive and; inducative of a potential shock hazard which
must be corrected before returning the instrument to the owner.

:/`
TO n, low
1500
WATER PIPE
INSTRUMENT'S
EXPOSED (EARTH GROUND)
METAL PARTS

0 O

AC VOLTMETER

123
 RCA Chassis KCS-183 Printed Board and Wa
v ef In forma
orm tion

i�
R224 ✓;< C246 JUNCTION

O
V205B PIN 9
(ZONE 4A PW200 BOARD) 4
VIDEO AMPLIFIER PLATE
VERTICAL RATE 110V P-P
VERTICAL RATE 110V P-P
V105 PIN 2 V205B PIN 9
3 V205A PIN 2
KINESCOPE GRID VIDEO AMPLIFIER PLATE O AGC GRID

i
VERTICAL RATE 80V P-P HORIZONTAL RATE 110V P-P HORIZONTAL RATE 80V

5 4 3
Cl AK
(SC212
p
r-
•
- --
L= °'•
J/
�R�6O
L
am-"" n-
i1' 3 •-�R2281� 1 R257i
2 O►LR227
T j-•` L___J O.L 251 J♦
—>
_l •--X208;-•1 �• r N AH
C209 •- - o -- 0
•���_i i R225
A 0 hchit --- �4
:�1 s U
r •
AM SAD
I 19 %!1) 46 •7 R223
I • {
5 •8\ i < T
j- .iii �/,- r-
I �)C240 It
4 1 •—
I '-
T203 r •-- 2188
LR .i = 1 e
\ I V •
1/0 �> t\ / mI
I
ter-
i
R 61
i. � r w v L_ � —
R217 � R243 1 1 � I I•
l�t
�I ■ v r •, r N
ts1
1 t°��� N L J
2 g L:
:11-
�,8- / .. r i In cc\,1 J
Ipf
� i\
1
lir / I 8
�y2/ RlC215 r ®22
cr
P
L / ` <R2p'� 77
B �� C26.5��
—
L •� H4
■R256•
� �� / rR2 �•� L ~4 +
eB
�� ^ .l _ I l
V202
, • . 1 ..x•23
I

l
X17 �H3 ^�• r
l-
j• s
,
f "• i ' /
9
1

R248`'�� 1 1
IIC246r��\C
230
zr� � r
I`_Ilol
e'C214arO II 5. 1
j IR240
el I• �4
0235 ■ i 1 I \ ,:r Hl Y 11
/ 4�a249 � t1
• R264� / \7
`
4/ •- R211 \ 20!5
�R 9 1
8246 R242t 1 ri •p
. ��
__1i1-202 1 t t �.\ •H12 ��
• R283 1• I
I rC245
C
\ � a vtiR 7H11 LJ
> C237'r�
C 213 CC 248 /' AE
1
*-R205� � ,) C203�o
R20t ' �R224
• i I I �
I --2 / ----� 11•C254• II
54 :'' ej T 3rr •-t R214 r• �s I
2/,^'' {r `Ca1�
J
F�238 L___���
C204C22 S J R .
-�— ly
C244sjH
S
r) • n
x,/201 r � `� 11�
!`' R254 ? �'
1• •-�
H6602
I

I�r
I 1I \
t (I
1 6 L_
T207
D _0/
g
24
��C
1 \R2e0 111lI N I1f I� 0 1 • /
!
j 1' `. T208 TP2 TP1
ti3
/ f
R22 L
II I
4I -� I I = I `� •� c227 It ` �°5 4 1 .('1
' Iii T %�LJ�` I(1 V2 1 1 1 �R216
(• .• R2151 1 1
,�-* AB (I l� •1 I H7 �•+�
S !-LR281 � � L20 �r
C260 Li Ly C11,

V201B PIN 1
SYNC PLATE r�r
-
SECOND
TP-3
DETECTOR
10
n V207-7
HORIZ. OSC. GRID
,
I

VERTICAL RATE 60V P-P VERTICAL RATE 2V P-P 30V. P-P HORIZ.RATE

V201B PIN 1 V205A PIN 3

SYNC PLATE
O9 II
AGC PLATE
HORIZONTAL RATE 60V P-P HORIZONTAL RATE 420V P-P

PW200 CIRCUIT BOARD AND CHASSIS SIGNAL WAVEFORMS

 RCA Chassis KCS-183 Printed Board Information, Continued

PW200 COMPONENT
LOCATION GUIDE

0201 7B C253 28 R220 6D R266 1A

C202 7C C254 3C R221 2C R267 1C
C203 5C C255 1 B
R222 68 R268 1C
C204 5C C256 113
V206B PIN 9 C257 1B
R223 5A R269 2C
C205 7C
VERTICAL OSCILLATOR GRID C258 18
R224 5B R270 2C
C207 7A
VERTICAL RATE 180V P-P C259 2D R225 4A R271 2C
C208 7B
V206A PIN 2 C260 4D R227 5A R272 1A
C209 7A
VERTICAL OUTPUT GRID
7
O C261 1B R228 4A R274 213
C210 6A C262 7A
VERTICAL RATE 28V P-P R229 5B R275 2B
C211 78 R230 5B R276 113
TERMINALS CR201 5D
C212 6A
CR202 6D
R231 4B R277 2A
A 1D C213 5C R232 2A R279 2B
AA 2A 0214 78
1 L201 3D R233 7D 6D
2 / AB 6D
R280
C215 6B L202 2C R234 5B
AC 2B R281 6D
•AG C217 2C L203 6D 1A
C231
r'• R235
d i AD 3A L204 5D
R282 2B
C218 2D
�L • R236-icy R236 1A
R283 3C
•.�. I AE 3C C220 1 c L205 5D
= M R237 7D
258 < \I•-
\I* C==�� AF 1A L206 5A
SR201 1C
V R232 ! AF B AG 1A
C221
C222
2C
ID
L207 1A R238 4C
SR202 1C
AA °a � _J I(DI L210 2D R239 4C
v C232! �,! � AH 3A
!02 API IIIE
AK 4A
C223
C224
3C
3D PC202 2A
R240 48 T201 5C
R241 4B T202 7B
02031 7 I.J AM 4A C225 5C
wadi R242 6C T203 7A
?A04in •�. 1� +
2A Q201 7D
*,ICI
AP C226 5D
R243 5B
TiA ,`L207.� 0 B 4B C227 5D R201 6C R246 5C
T204
T205
2C
2D
11
04 C 1D
��{ tact -� C229 5B 8202 713
R247 5C
rl T207 3D

!�
.IIT-
IR279A
N-I Kry',�1� tl '� • C257 • I
D
E
3C
1A
C231
C232
1A
2A
R203
8204
78
6A
R248 6B T208 5D
6
R249 5B
F 1C R205 7C
(19. 5 1 t C255• . C233 ID
• �y `
T
J
G 1A
C234 1 C 8206 6A
R251 4A

L•C2513• R252 2A
81 ri\ C252 C-- � G1 4C
C235 6B R207 7B
R253 3B
• TP4 G2 6C 18208 6A
1 W) I j f
■ C237 4C
R254 6D
IN) G3 5A C238 2B :R210 2C
--� /`) 1_% R255 3B
G4 4B C240 36 5211 3C
P11 R256 6B
H 6B C241 7D R212 2D
\•I • ,- �✓ ICI R257 3A
�J "NI H1 3C
C244 7C R213 6A
.•; r-1 V20Y6 • �R276%o H2 4C R214 3C
R258 2A
�R269y jvl
�
C245 3C
R260 3A
H3 6B R215 3D
27 0I t',� `-1 C246 5B
R261 3B
I SR20 H4 6B
C248 4C R216 3D
\! ��\ X202 R262 3B
-• '1 H5 7C C250 1B R217 6B
46 R268 -0
R264 6C
IC21
I T H6 7D C251 1C R218 5A
•1C251 H7 4D C252 1B R219 40
R265 1A

HS 2D
H9 2B SERVICE ADJUSTMENTS
77 " T204
H10 2B
4C
(continued)
H11
0
9, �C21)-A ;-- I H12 4C
I HORIZONTAL SINE WAVE ADJUSTMENT
C222- J 48
Remove the sync by placing a clip lead between PW200-H
K 3B
L 2A (Zone 6B) and chassis ground. Short out the sine wave coil,
M 1A
L207, by placing another clip lead between PW200-E (Zone 1A)
and TP-4 (Zone 16).
N 68
�r3 ��
�4 / . \ P 4A Adjust the horizontal hold control so that the free-running fre-
L ` \
; I �J/T205r Q 5A quency of the oscillator is 15.750kc (picture sides vertical). Re-
c�
R 68 move the shorting jumper from the sine wave coil (PW200-E
S 7D to TP-4).
T 6A Adjust L207 (Zone 1A) until the picture sides are again vertical
U 6A (15.750kc).. Remove the short from the sync (PW200-H) to
w 7A ground.
X 6A
Z 48 SERVICE CONTROL LOCATION
TP1 3D
The VHF/UHF Tuning, Brightness Control and the combined
TP2 3D
Volume Control and the On/Off Switch are located on the
TP3 5C
front of the receiver cabinet. The Contrast, Horizontal and

T1
TP4 1B
Vertical Controls are mounted behind a pull down door lo-
cated at the lower front edge of cabinet below the VHF/UHF
Tuning. The Vertical Height and Vertical Linearity Controls
-

are screw driver adjustable, accessible through holes provided

in the cabinet back.

SR201 CATHODE JUNCTION FOCUS

HORIZONTAL PHASE DETECTOR The focus adjustment is a Terminal Board and Jumper as-
HORIZONTAL RATE 12V P-P
SR201 ANODE sembly mounted on rear of high voltage cage, provides from
zero to "B" boost voltage at the kinescope focus anode.
HORIZONTAL PHASE DETECTOR
HORIZONTAL RATE 15V P-P Place the jumper on terminal which provides best focus.

125
 y

RCA Chassis KCS-183 Schematic Diagram

TO-390V
ANT
—
V201A W
SOUND IF R206
R208
1/2 6G 8A T202 040V
390K
q�
,T8 C
34YIR205� 1C 66
i�s 214
-489f—
a n
3 34V �50V-
}
T --s A �� V202A
--= 31 C209
SO D to
I
0201 1213V 101 i

T'
0
C208 P207 1
560 1-1 1000 C,
470K .047

W104

W101 C206* R212

-
168 2700 Hov 7 135V ( T206
1_210 9
6
)� //OV
qq R216*
T204BC 9 10_k Il�a
8 135V
C 217 C225
3.9 1680

• C R210*
33 1 C218*
51
11214
1500
C224
1200
R215
120
T
2W V204 R219
L202 470
2ND PIX IF
4JC6A
C 220 V 201B
R242 11224 11256

60
SYNC
10001 BK
R211 47K 56K R233
1 D - 1000 1,2ME
O *�
/ 2
C246 I

T4700
O
TO Z
C109 11248

ANT, 1 0 -22V V 205A

9-6/ _FiQOK j
G4
3 A.G.0
R239 11240
I.?MEG MEG 2 1/2 11 LQ 8 C235
470
A25V
* 6V
.B
TUNER R247
• HO 1WV R234 L 2450 IOOK
AGC
SERVICE 8 2MEG. 330
ADJUSTMENTS NOISE CANC
0
VERTICAL SIZE AND LINEARITY ADJUSTMENTS 11264 R246
G82
With the AC line set at 120 volts, set the contrast control to _1
1
0234
_ 56
L20
22K 22K

minimum (maximum counter clockwise) and reduce the bright- I

C250
ness control until the raster is just visible. Set the vertical size 4700 T 3900
—
I
—
-
(R257) and the vertical linearity (11260) controls so that they 1126 7 T P-4 V207
coact to produce a linear raster with a slight overscan. The 150K 390K HORIZ OSC
C252- R27, R105
overscan should be such that at 108 volts AC line, the picture K 8FQ7/8CG7
R276 �� 47
fills the mask to -F'/4", —0" at the top and/or bottom. I R269
8201 12K
C422511 =
5

I
�(--• �ny�K 80V
A cross hatch pattern should be used to check vertical lin- 0256* 1
C253 390
earity. If one is not available, rotate the vertical hold control CIO

to roll the picture slowly downward. Check to see that the

3300
-i27V I C63
01

blanking bar does not vary in thickness as it moves down the

screen.
I —SR201 SR202
-235V
R270 2
68K 3
R275*
56K
R265 V 01
6200 HORIZ'
I
27
OUTPU
I' ossl
CENTERING *} 1 0258
22JRE
If the picture is not positioned correctly on the screen, it PW 200 5.6V

be necessary to center the picture with the two disc magnets

may
L = ■
AA
- -
mounted behind the yoke cover. Both horizontal and vertical
3
centering are accomplished at once by rotating the discs to- HORIZ HOLD
R126
gether or separately. Perform this adjustment along with ver- 6oK
tical height, vertical linearity, and width, as they are all inter-
dependent.

AGC AND. NOISE CANCELLATION

No controls are provided for AGC or noise cancellation
adjust- SIOIA
ment. The AGC circuit is designed for optimum performance 1_110
under varying signal conditions and noise
immunity is ob-
tained by Q201 noise gate. RT102 RF101
16-COLD .35^
WIDTH ADJUSTMENT
The width adjustment of the KCS183 is a jumper wire with an
attached insulated speed clip which fits onto one of five spade
terminals. This terminal board assembly is mounted on
top of
the high voltage cage.
Turn the contrast and brightness controls to maximum
(fully
clockwise). Set the A.C. line voltage at 108 volts. Starting with
the first terminal on the left (as viewed from the rear),
move the width adjustment from one terminal to the next until DEFLECTION YOKE
the raster just fills the mask. NOTE: Vertical If the picture is tilted, loosen the
height and linearity yoke clamp screw and rotate
should be adjusted before adjusting the width. the yoke to level the picture. Retighten the
yoke clamp.

126
 RCA Chassis KCS-183 Schematic Diagram, Continued

NOTES!

I. K= 1000
2. ALL RESISTANCE VALUES ARE IN OHMS
3,ALL CAPACITANCE VALUES LESS THAN
Q
LOARE IN UF, 1.0 AND ABOVE ARE IN UUF
�63 /36V 2_ T104 4 EXCEPT AS INDICATED
C117
Q
ORI

OV 134V
""
.015
I a --tt-
47 4, ALL RESISTORS
INDICATED
ARE Ill WATT, EXCEPT AS

T ' IO CONTRAST
0 .
5, *INDICATES 5o/o
8217
V2028 2200* I 3
�TOt145V y
D 54V I
1
VI
3TP©T •2

0 P1
TO V 101-1,7
R213
150 ❑
AM A I AJ
2�
R225
8 0 1nAMP
SIOIB
0229 L206 R243 I
.1 3 100, O
----
-
5M
GOO

201
-1 5-�2 0TP3 10
3900
D
roev 4 R218 R227 RK
JR2801
S
R104
L 3 470K 47K ❑ ► IOOK
36UH - 27UH
8 T bg /'
2222
R228 9 1 BRIGHT

.I
:227I I
330K R 120
L203
1 /9V A^M-
27
C226 2700 P
6 C239- 470UH
.5MH O 1500
TRAP N-8
t1C IOID 7
V105
R229 * 1
S 5UF50V
-1
220* R221 6 330 AF
V2056 12K KIf SCC PE
z2oo 10 1 22
VIDEO OUTPUT R236 34
015;�--yI1 39K
1.
- ' T
I/2 I ILQ8
232
0033 T lS2.5 —
(t 145V) \
0238 V
R 2.37 R254 .033 5
G 1( R232 47K AC 1500
-� 14 R253 15K
C 240 R262 R282 L
C 24" 068 22K 6BOK 10 MEG AC'
1 CR202 TO •
�� FDH 600 T102-6
56V �R109
8 V 2068 R258
R261 R257
270K
VERT OSC 350K TOOK -
R2 2
2700 K ■ T103 VIO r
- 9 1/2 21LR8 VERT /34V
❑ BLU
w TOt145V
' YEL CHOOSE FOR
t
'441/ (6) SIZE i V206A 0 BEST FOCUS
2
-17V VERT T O
R260 11 2 21R8 LK 1

350K -"P� 2—' RED

3 -V

T
�C245 R283 1
R 251
VERT
LIN
150K
I
T .
Z T 2700
�
27K
AE
T RI17
C116 -I,
047 T =
AH CAD
O TO TO
t145V t390V
rl
t 1�
CIOIC
� V 50UF
RR 123
123 175V
//O 750K
•TO 510182
VERT HOLD 5 TO PW 200-AF

6
II
TO V105 3
- YOKE
>>- ,
R 11 T102
390 9 6� O
>>- 1 0 C 109 V102
R I10 -2UH T 1101
3 KD
HV RECT >
390 V 103 }-►TO Pw 200-Z c
D R
183GT/1G3GT
1800 �2 AMT3 clloe
IW
>>—
/45V
I 1I00
1.0

e� H
1
R 101 iF
1000 0 J101 WIRE
IW _. 3
C 10 .02 4 VIEW
1 1
3
(t 145V) BOOST 650V
,WIDTH C102
51
I
R 108 C107 T
= 000 220K .01

80
t39OV
R114
;106 330K

6 L 104 VI01 VIO3 rV2o6 V202

H5
v 201
HG H7
V204
L201
V 203
AH8
H IAH2 H4 H3
CHOK& 000'
1. 4j45V 5 4 5 12 1 5 4 1 5 4 5 4
4 5 4
44 _ C259 1
.
C260
CR 101
♦ ^IOIA
250UF
♦
CIOIB L_ 0, 1000=
1000 I

I T 400UF I KRK 149 I_ —

l
17511 V207 VZ05
i 3HA5 5GS71 V 105,
■ I H9AH 10 HII/ H12

3 4 4 51 8 1 5 4 5 4
1 C248i
1000
1= I
1 PW
L 200-j

KCS 183 SERIES CHASSIS CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC

127
 RCA Chassis KCS-183 Tuner Schematic Diagram

KRK 149C/152A TUNER SCHEMATIC

I. F.
OUTPUT

-
2 4 MEG C2 C3 C2
1

0
I0 0_
27 27 c .
0
30
RC1 1000
VHF ME& a
,
Cl C4
ANT. 27 27
O
2-4 MEG C30 L11
82 0 1
6
V2A
130
RC 2 5GS7
FM
TRAP 9

J
3HA5 I F--•
L�3
v 19
i �: LP13 LGI3

KRK 149
24
C25 =10
2.5
r
C20
1-3
FROM
FRONT
C16
UHF C7 C12
REAR C4
B` 27 5 100
�2 O 0

13
12 O 12
0
11
,10 °2 11
2 0
I
03 N
O i 30
10 100 10q 3
II 4S
90 04 4 0 ®
04 90
8
So 7 05 O
7 G5 80 Ak
06 ° 0 0
8p
08
O O 5
REAR 9 06 -01
o 5

R93 FRONT REAR

7

C13 S ;
27K
6 ON
T REAR

CIO RI 112 117

TO C7 ON R11
100 0 �4.7K 2K 220K
UHF TUNER L5 18K
L12
-

0 op
C11 C16 C17 C26 C28
L__ 1000 33 0 1000

R91
no 0 22 - p J
(
UHF
INPUT
Y
J1
AGC
330 n
I.F. B 2
I
Pi ALIGN
+135V
450 MA
TO R93
FIL

UHF TO R93
ANT. 30011
I— APPROX. 11.5V
V1 V2 INPUT
C28 1 4.5MA
LIO LB C7 I (d
3 4 4 5 1000 J1
OH
r _ —

T
1002�-�-
C27 C29
1000 T T1000
15 R2 R5
KRK 149 1K 4.7K
FILAMENT WIRING C5
R3 J. 27
27
MEG
1. ALL RESISTANCE VALUES IN OHMS. K=1000
19
2. ALL RESISTORS ARE 1/2 WATT EXCEPT
AS INDICATED.
C6
3. ALL CAPACITANCE VALUES ARE IN PF
411
EXCEPT AS INDICATED. -
T 1
4. SWITCHES SHOWN IN CHANNEL 13 I � L8
POSITION.
I
5. • DENOTES THROUGH CONNECTION OF C10
I
IC4 C14
ROTOR BLADE. .18 KRK 152
I
6,- DENOTES CONTACT CONNECTED TO
I
CONTACT ON OPPOSITE SIDE OF SWITCH. J
c 2 21
4
7,
0-DENOTES
4 CONTACT INSULATED TO
CONTACT ON OPPOSITE OF SWITCH. \ TUNING CAPACITORS
_ 12ANGED

128
 CHASSIS N0. 528.70580
SEARS, ROEBUCK and CO. USED IN TELEVISION MODEL

5005

MECHANICAL DISASSEMBLIES

C A B I N E T B A C K R E M O V A L
Refer to Figure 1:
1. Place TV set face down on a soft surface.
2. Disconnect UHF and VHF antennas from antenna terminal board.
3. Remove Phillips screws as indicated in Figure 1.
4. Lift cabinet back up and away from TV set.
5. When replacing the cabinet back, be sure the line cord receptacle
fits firmly into the AC interlock plug. Reverse the previous steps
to replace the cabinet back.

C H A S S I S R E M O V A L

• Remove control knobs and nut which secures earphone jack (Figure 2, Item 6) from the front of the set.
• Place set face down on a soft surface and remove cabinet back.
• Remove chassis mounting screws (as indicated by the unnumbered arrows in Figure 2).
• Remove the width device and yoke assembly from the neck of the CRT (refer to Figure 2, Item 2).
• Remove screw (as indicated in Figure 2, Item 3) and remove ground wire, then replace screw.
. Unsolder ground strap from bracket as shown in Figure 2, Item 4. (DO NOT REMOVE SCREW!)
• Loosen screw (refer to Figure 2, Item 5) and remove chassis brace.
CAUTION: When servicing chassis, support tuner bracket to prevent damage to the circuit board.

F U S E R E P L A C E M E N T
FIGURE 2

For protection against current surge,this set is equipped with a special

chemical fuse (Bel Fuse type 1200-1, Sears part number 43-41-0). To
replace the fuse, perform the following steps (refer to Figure 5):
1. Remove the cabinet back (as indicated in Figure 1).
2. Remove the fuse from its socket. Socket is located below the
antenna terminals at left of chassis, as viewed from rear of set.
3. Install a known, good fuse of same type and number as indicated
above.
ANTENNA REMOVAL
1. Unsolder antenna lead from
antenna bracket.
2. Extend bottom portion or an-
tenna rod until the base of
the rod is directly behind the
lip of the antenna bracket. BEL FUSE
BASE OF
3. Using the antanna rod as a ANTENNA ROD TYPE 1200-1
(PART NO.
lever, pry upward and outward 43 -41
-0)
on the antenna bracket until
it springs loose.
LIP OF 5
FIGURE
4„ Withdraw the antenna rod ANTENNA
BRACKET
downward through the hole in TUBE SOCKET TUBE HOLDER
FIGURE 4
the cabinet.

HIGH VOLTAGE RECTIFIER TUBE REMOVAL

If it becomes necessary to remove V60, the 1AD2, High voltage Recti-
fier tube, use the following procedure (refer to Figure 6):
1. Remove the cabinet back as indicated in Figure 1.
2. Gently, remove the tube socket from the 1AD2 High voltage
rectifier.
3. Remove the 1AD2, tube from the tube holding clamp.
4. To replace the 1AD2 tube, place tube in socket, then place in
tube holding clamp. FIGURE 6

129
 SEARS, ROEBUCK Chassis 528.70580 Alignment Information

TELEVISION ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE

PRELIMINARY
Alignment is an exacting procedure and should be undertaken only when necessary. The following equipment is required for alignment work.
1. Hickok 610, 610A Signal Generator or equivalent where a 4.5 MHz
Crystal controlled frequency (CW) is available. The following I.F. carriers
are necessary: _
4.50 MHz Intercarrier Sound IF 44.15 MHz Video IF Center Frequency
41.25 MHz Video IF Sound Carrier Frequency 45.75 MHz Video IF Picture Carrier Frequency
42.55 MHz Video IF Bandwidth Marker 47.25 MHz Marker
2. Electronic voltmeter (VTVM).
3. RF Sweep generator with a frequency range of 40 to 50 MHz,-with a
sweep width of at least 10 MHz, having an adjustable output of at least
0.1 volts.
4. Cathode ray oscilloscope, preferably with a wide band vertical amplifier and an
input calibrating source.
5. Isolation transformer.
6. I.F. load - Video Detector probe (see Figure 8).

PRELIMINARY ALIGNMENT NOTES

a. It is recommended that the receiver be connected to an isolation transformer Allow at least 5 minutes
during alignment. for set to warm up be-
fore any alignment is attempted.
b. Connect sweep generator as shown in chart below.
c. Connect I:F. load (Fig. 8) from V20 plate (Pin 7) and ground.
d. Connect a jumper between J601 and J252 (Point B). Apply -3v. DC bias between Point B and ground.
e. Connect sweep generator as shown in chart below.
f. Clip hot lead of marker
generator to the insulation of the R.F. sweep generator hot lead. Connect ground lead to chassis.
g. Connect scope probe through 10K ohm resistor to J251 Video detector output Point (C).
NOTE: Before hooking up to Point C, I.F. inj, point on tuner, rotate tuner to channel 13 and
mechanically center fine tuning.
VIDEO I.F. ALIGNMENT
Sweep Generator
Marker Generator Outp ut
Step MHz) Adjust Remar
ks
See Note Above Waveform
CConne
Conne ct to
Pin 2 of 4EJ7
1. (V25) thru .001 44.25 MHz A T250 (Top Adjust T250 (Top) for symmetry with marker at center.
Figure
and Bottom) Adj. bottom for flat curve.
Cap.

Mixer Grid Move scope to I.F. lo ad and adj. Scopef or.2v.pp.S

L905 on ens,
2. Point "E" 44.25 MH
z Fi
gureB tunerT200
adj. Sweep gen. to maintain .2v. PP. Adj. Mixer
on tuner plate coil L905 and I.F. input transformer T200
(bottom)
(bottom) for gain and symmetry.

3. Some 7200 (Top

41.25 MHz Figure B T200 core for minimum
Adj. top response.
4. Same 47.25 MHz Figure B L200
Adj, L200 for minimum response.
5. If necessary repeat Steps 1 & 2 fo curve.
proper response
6. If necessary, readjust traps as.in 3 & 4.
Steps
7. Move scope input to point "C" (J251 ) and adjust sens for 2v. PP. Disconnect I.F. load. Reset sweep gen. for 2v. PP. on scope.
Mixer Grid
45.75 MHz Adj. T201 top & bottom core for symm etri
ca l re-
8. Point "E" C T201
4255
. MH
z Figure sponse, position ban dw idth loopons id
e o f coil for
on tuner
proper bandwidth. (See below)
9. If necessary, repeat Steps 1, 2, 7 & 8 to obtain curve of Figure A.

SOUND ALIGNMENT
PRELIMINARY
Connect -6 volts bias 'o Point "B". This will disable the Video I.F. circuits.

SIGNAL GENERATOR METER CONNECTION

STEP ADJUST
FREQUENCY CONNECT TO VTVM
4.5 MHz. Xtal Pin 8 o f 11AF9 Pi n 3 of V30B th T350 (
1
rua top& b ottom d T300
) an top&
( bottom
) for
' controlled (V30A) diode detector probe. max. output on VTVM.

Same -outpu t ld be
shou
L350 for maximum. NOTE: Two peaks may be o6-
Same Point "A" served, tune to the highest peak. This i a s harp
2. greater than s

peak and must be adjusted carefully.

3. Remove all equipment
4. Set fine tuning for a normal picture and if necessary touch coil for best sound.
up quadrature (L350)
5. Touch up the 4.5 MHz trap (T301), Top core only, for minimum sound beat in picture.

44.25 MHz
4425MHz 4725 MHz
44.25 MHz

41.25MHz
co
�
a 2 MHz
42.75 MHz 45.75MHz
±2 MHz
5.5 IMHz
41.50MHz 47.00MHz I 6DB
+5IMHz
42.75MHz 2MHz:+-t.2MHz 75MHz , I APPRox.5o%
3D8 APPROX. 30
%
-�PROX.V%
a
J3.
FIGURE A FIGURE B FIGURE C

130
 U. H. F. R350 V.H.F.
TUNING ON—OFF TUNING R300 SEARS, ROEBUCK Chassis 528.70580 Alignment Information
SHAFT VOLUME SHAFT CONTRAST
T300 V25 V35A a B
R550 T200 L200 4.5MHz 4EJ7 T250 L350 17BFII
BRIGHTNESS I.F. INPUT 47.25MHz SOUND TAKEOFF 2ND I.F. 2ND I.F. QUAD. AUDIO DET.
TRANS. AMR TRANS. COIL B AMP.
TRAP TRAP

J555
niml;l FOCUS
V20 T350 J55 7J
TAPS
4EH7
V15 L940 IST I.F. AMP.
4.5 MHz
AUDIO DET.
r=zz� 5LJ8
8
I. F. OUTPUT
l �) OR O
5GS7 COIL
TRANS. V60
OSC. O IAD2
MIXER O ' H.V. RECT.
T201 T40
VIO IST I.F.
3HA5 TRANS. OUTPUT T500
O R.F. AMP. TRANS. HORIZ. OUTPUT
C105A 0 TRANS.
0 C1058
C105C
CI05D V50A a B
33GY7A
HORIZ. OUTPUT
O 8 DAMPER
le
i
V45
8CG7
y 8FQ7
ANTENNA HORIZ. OSC.
TERMINAL ,/ R420
A.C. R4OO VERT R410 R450 R600
FUSE VEIRT. HOLD VERT. HORIZ.
INTERLOCK AGC
HT. LIN. L450 FREQ.
HORIZ.
V40A,B a C V30A a B HOLD
23Z9 I IAF9
VERT. OSC. VIDEO AMP'
If ll Is ll VERT. OUTPUT AUDIO I.F. AMP..
D E SYNC. SEIP.

B+ INPUT R.F. TEST

(MIX.-OSC.) POINT
Is u
G
L905 UHF B+
I.F. OUTPUT OUTPUT
COIL
V15
11 �1
F 5LJ8
I. F. OUTPUT (MIX.-OSC.)
UHF
n o nn ANTENNA
x C
FIL. I.F. INJ. TERMINALS

I1 V10
B 3HA5
B+ INPUT 0 1 UHF I.F.
R.F. AMP.
(R.F.) O� OUTPUT
SOCKET
5901
L .. UHF I.F. 0
A INPUT c
AGC INPUT SOCKET
VHF
ANTENNA CO- UHF B+
0--

TERMINALS OUTPUT
I.F. LOAD—VIDEO DETECTOR
TO
PIN NO.7 f� VERT. INPUT
OF V20 .001 15K MOVE WIRE
TO OUT TO
.0015 SCOPE
DECREASE I.F. TOP WINDING
TO BANDWIDTH (PRIMARY)
TO CENTER PIN GROUND
OF V20
FIGURE 8 MOVE
INPUT
AUDIO
TO GRID OF
DET. TUBE I N TO
560K 5 PF 4 INCREASE I . F. BOTTOM WINDING
TA-
BANDWIDTH (SECONDARY)
IN60
OR
CLIPS
EQUIV. + 470K 5pF VTVM

GROUND
TO CHASSIS FIGURE 9 FIGURE 10
 SEARS, ROEBUCK Chassis 528.70580
�o

r
,
I
mo�
U
-

V3 0B V35A
T350
1/2 IIAF9 1/2 17BFII

I SOUND
AUDIO DET
I.F. AUDIO DET.
TRANSFORMER
U r=te 2TB6TT TOP 5 //6V R351
O Y
0 +80V IK
mN +O
dN ° R310
I I -LC352 3
O
C�10K I "8.2pF
m
J
e Dull( F--is J359
i
�N
I 3
--O
-- —'
i
C3131 80v 560
560 =
�► � �� m�I
N C308 — PF R309 C 353
R312 12K IW 0
I° l- IS--
rz

47pF
► j
IO OK

�LLT�o mT o" -

I�
o
r_
J.vn
N
Y
0 mr
o0
mo
140V
VO 2 V U r
o • �(

JUMPER
r
N �

JJ
O
p
b
�N
Z
of J
> I
T200 V20
0 .4l 0�'W I.F. INPUT TRANS 4EH7

EXTERNAL
2 ;
m

J200 I C205
12pF
3
�— `rrop147
I PF
IST I.F. AMP.
U
ecr,� 4V R204
r0 i a IF INPUT
J201 R20o I J202
\
22K
Z N (SHIELDED) -s'\e,
3.3K eOT 5,� .sv •

or I R202� �
5% -
1
I1
� C202
1

O
204 .0015
4 3 ��
= o
KL2005i0
/o4725MHz1
oTRAP
L- J
� a f15
RK
3
w > 5
z 001 R601
220K

C2
.1 T R604,47OK

I TUNER OIN J601

m mr
U
a
AGC R401 C401
RII 120K 220pF
_J L_ 0 C602T
oW 15
F--- _7---- o
o a---
444 m r
MEG ' V40C
o f m N �z- TO 8t/40vJ104 R104 i/3 23Z9
z
0
f
RE0/6gN
,� SYNC SEP
UW J (TUNER 220 C107
C106 .001
_02 60V
m
j Q
mwa�
v7 �vxx��j I
z
a R403
56K
�r
a
I R402
2.2
MEG.
NOTES: 120V AC
60 HERTZ SW 101
I. RESISTANCE IS SHOWN IN OHMS K=1,000 MEG=1,000,000, 115 WATTS OFF/ON
2.ALL RESISTORS 1/2WATT,UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. POLARIZED SWITCH FIO O
PLUG ON VOL. CHE J107
j1 RI00 SDI01 8105 RI07
3.CAPACITANCE VALUES ARE mfd,UNLESS OTHERWISE 155v e+
FUSE ■ /40V

NOTED. 101 5/5W r

IC100 IOOK CI04 ' C105A60/7W C105B1.5K
4. VOLTAGES READ WITH VTVM" POINT INDICATED TO I I
V
Z.001 -300/175 Y400/150
CHASSIS GROUND,TUNER ON UNUSED CHANNEL, POLARIZED] IL100
I

CONTRAST & BRIGHTNESS AT MINIMUM,-R600 AC L J

.5 AT TEST POINT B OTHER INTERLOCK J105
ADJUSTED TO PROVIDE
V40 V50 V35
CONTROLS AT NORMAL LINE VOLTAGE 120 VOLTS, 23Z9 33GY7 17BFII
ANTENNA TERMINALS SHORTED TOGETHER BUT NOT R102 12 t 12 1 12^1
TO GROUND. 9/3W CI08 CIII
W/µr z .001 X.001
5. ALL WAVE FORMS MEASURED WITH STRONG SIGNAL
INPUT AND WITH CONTRAST SET TO GIVE NORMAL PIX. TUBE
PICTURE, AGC LINE OPERATING NORMALLY. V45 V55 V20 V25 V30
X I 8F07 4EH7 4EJ7 IIAF9
6.JI, J2, ETC. INDICATE CONNECTION TERMINALS ON TO J457 J456 LI01
5n4 3 4 Jn03 _ 4^5 J� 6^5
CIRCUIT BOARD. TUNER —
— BqN &K RFC
7. VOLTAGE TOLERANCE MAY VARY ±20%. FIL. CI011 CI10 C102 1 C 103
( 001 = .001= .001 T.001
REFER TO CABINET PARTS LIST FOR EXACT
PICTURE TUBE TYPE_

-
WFI WF-2 WF-3 WF4 WF 5 WF-6

75V P-P 9V P-P IOV P-P 24V-P P 105V P-P 300V P-P
6001 1 X75001 15,75001 15,75001 15,75001 6001

132
 SEARS, ROEBUCK Chassis 528.70580 Schematic Diagram, Continued

'A
L350
QUAD. C359 G35
I VOLUME 11358 AUD
IO OUTPUT
O
116V COIL 18 pF 01

56
( R350 AUDIO 17BFII
OUTPUT
TRANS.
3.2
0 133 5 6 I1/2
F I
T 4p 470K 11511 1 J353 ,it ez,r
J351 SPEAKER
C3355 80fl
R354 .01 J352 D
560K C350 j
I - r io 01 ae0�
1C358 8
1
220K .01 R357 d 02(
T EARPHONE
IW — 330 T300
511 JACK
SOUND TAKEOFF
150 R103 V65
84.5 MHz TRAP (WF-10
3
PICTURE TUBE
0

155 ✓ — — — _BOYT. TO _ 270U H C550 J550

0/15011

V25 D250 15K .047

T201 T250 I
C307 �C306
33rIF
VIDEO DET. C305 V 30A I 1
IST If TRANS 4EJ7 2ND
I.F TRANS. 6 7
ANDWITH ADJ. — — L251,12UH L252,6OUH L2.7pF� 47pF jl 11211AF9 L301 R551
2ND IF AMP. r76p �_ VIDEO AMP O
120V 150K
So y I aov s WF-9 U H
g
7`a0�2 i 0252 C253 ,1 R255 C301 R301 C304 C105C♦
R256
�eoTT
�
3811
j& 2.2 pF 6.8pF 1 220 3.3K 330 / 9 .001 4/150V J360
c
3
C 2 54 0 v J251
/v B
t /
R558 I
-

L — E R313 R30�, 4.7 M EG. J5553

1
1
F 4.7p F _
C201 C251
v 8 7251/ 560K 4.211
203 0015 0015 60 IMEG R305
I ^0022 86-407-2 8311 15K R555
KEYED AGC C ;5V R303
13253 I' C303 FOCUS
6607 R300 JD • 8.2K .005
IK C601 C314 (IK TAPS I
r
680K �IJ551
CONTTRAST • O3 R304 5
I�
J302 = C302 5.6K BRIGHT. _7
140 v 470PF
I
R550 _
R405 R404 J554 1.5MEG. J556413

_ 1.5MEG. R400 2.2MEG. �V

V40 J557
3MEG.
VERT
2/3 2329 R556
C552 13554
VERT. OSC. .003 IMEG. C551
HEIGHT 560K =5011
T
SIGH
C403 VERT. OUTPUT
C405 �I Ky r_DEFLECTION YOKE
R407 .0047 r
01 R411,47K J402 BL11 R553
IOOK
R412
Q 27 K I
C404 T400 I 1
a8V 13552
408 0047 .L 13413 C407 IOK VERT. OUTPUT — C410 I SI II 1-550
TRANS. 2.72
1 I I I
C451 i C406 Z 27K I
40011 I
27pF '3-/25v 001 16V8� --- C507
D451
-- DET. ±74 ( 39pF
150,IW � L
..._ BNNr?
—
H 408 140V 2KV
F
_ = J
V60 R£0

C
L
—Mh• R410 IAD2 ❑
WF-7
. J557
WF-3 , R420 R416 500K HIGH VOLT. I
R451 R452- 1.2 MEG. I MEG., VERT LIN.

VERT
180K 150K RECT.
HOLD L450 V50A
51� C450,68pF
J4 135V iz
HORIZ, 1/2 33GY7 R504
❑ T
STABILIZER
T50CII /3KV
CI09 l C455 HORIZ. OUTPUT
+j 10 T 0039 J454 9 COIL J502 4.7 K
V45 A HORIZ. HOLD DO NOT MEASURE 500Y
50 I
8FQ7 R456 C456 R458
11508
C459
HORIZ.OSC. 15K 820pF 56K .005 !u 1/2 33GY7
1/0v 5% 107Y 9 10 DAMPER I
WF 4

IC
1 '( 506
27Y
R453 J452 cn 458 R502
I
T 200pF
I
7 T 200pF R603 1.2K 140v
IMEG. N I MEG. 2W
9 L500
R45 15K 8*140v
68K T_ A022 I
C453 R602SD600 C603 R606
R600 450Y
I 13455
1.5K C457 R461 20K AGC 47K
r
C�45� .001 T 3.3K 56pF 12OK C501
CONTROL 1
.001 J602 68K 02
R450/ _ 600V
50K
HORIZ.
FREQ.

-
WF
7 WF-8 WF-9 WF-10 WF-1 I

30V P-P 900V P-P 3V P-P 70V P-P 150V P-P

60'U 60'11 60'U 60'u 60'U

133
 SEARS, ROEBUCK Chassis 528.70580 Printed Board Information, Continued

(FUSE)
N mm
1 O

FI00
C'i- -1-LLLL �Xm

p-
O z
N aaa auan.aa

BOARD
CIRCUIT
a
0

UNDER
N

off$

* LOCATED
L

LL c
0
h o`o
Z
r 1
W
N
x
3
F-
N

Q
� O b0 h b
z
�mryl J
N LL�vna�n�r mm_-_ O
IL) z cc
N a a a a a a a a a O z
V
� o aaaaaaaaauaa

s z
O
U

STABILIZER
m
n � l---M/VN�♦
o
I-�1_MNv�-�

v 95Z•

O ryon
`��'

HORIZONTAL
cy m
--
Z09� 9Q9000 -
M 0
L} �>00�
� �f � 06686v NOmry
o _ �i�
S„
�� I
Q XXLLLLkY-'F'F

tinv�n �onmm_

O z

� aaaaau.aaaa

I
[l,
^
� LL�I-O �Xrt01-'I-'I-LL
p�0_N
IP Z

>

1
1 1

�aaaaaaaaa

O
7

O
H �
PIN
V55
TO

134
 CHASSIS NO. 528.71330 USED IN TELEVISION MODELS:
SEARS, ROEBUCK and CO.

5117 5118 5119

CABINET BACK REMOVAL

1. Remove power plug from wall outlet.
TUNER
2. Remove the two Phi IIips head screws from the top BRACKET
of the cabinet back.

3. Remove the two Phillips head screws from the

bottom lip of the cabinet back. HULL
LIGHT SOCKET
4. Disconnect antennas.
OUT
5. Remove the three side friction held knobs.
6. Reverse procedure to replace cabinet back. NOTE:
When cabinet back is set into place make sure the
circuit reset button extension and the Horizontal
Hold Rod are positioned in their proper openings at
rear of cabinet back.

CHASSIS REMOVAL
1. Remove the Channel Selector Knobs and the OFF/
ON Volume Knob from the front of the set.
2. Lay set face down between two firm supports so that
no is placed on the face of the picture tube. EYELETS
NO W : These supports should be covered with a soft
NOTE:
cloth to prevent marring the the finish.
3. Remove the picture tube socket, deflection yoke plug, REAR VIEW
anode lead at picture tube and speaker terminals. OF
STRING DRIVE
4. Loosen chassis mounting screws on bottom of cabinet. PULLEY
(See Figure 5.) SPRING, COMPRESSION
5. Remove chassis and tuner mounting screws. (70-914-0) DIAL CORD
AND
SPRING
(84-21783)

SPRING
STRING DRIVE (70-822-0)
PULLEY
°
(39-200-1)
10 LENGTH
TAB

EYELET, PIVOT

STRINGING DIAGRAM
Figure 5 - Chassis Removal

DIAL STRING REPLACEMENT

1. Place the UHF tuner gang fully open.

2. Measure 10 inches of dial cord and hook this measured length on to the tab located on t�e rear of the tuning
drum. See Figure 8. Pull both lengths forward through slot in drum. NOTE: Do not cross dial cord.
3. Take the shorter of the two strings and make 1 3
/4 turns around drum in a clockwise direction.
4. Using the 10 inch length make a T/ 2 turn around the drum in a counter-clockwise direction.
5. Bring the 10 inch length up and around both eyelets on the dial scale and let the cord hang over the right eyelet.
6. Take the opposite string down and around the eyelet beneath the drum in a counter-clockwise direction.
See Figure 8.
7. Attach spring to the two eyelets on the dial cord. NOTE: The sprung should be located near the bottom pivot
point approximately 1 inch from eyelet.
8. Attach pointer to dial scale and string, so that it is centered over channel 83. CAUTION: Make sure the dial
string is resting on all pivot point eyelets.
9. Rotate UHF knob through its tuning range to position the cord on the tuning drum.

135
 SEARS, ROEBUCK Chassis 528.71330 Information
Alignment

TELEVISION ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE

PRELIMINARY
Alignment is an exacting procedure and should be undertaken only when necessary. The following equipment is required for alignment work.
1. Hickok 610, 610A Signal Generator or equivalent where a 4,5MHzCrystal controlled frequency (CW) is available.
The following I.F. Carriers are necessary. Diode Detector Probe (See Figure 3)
4.5 MHz Intercarrier Sound IF 44.15 MHz Video IF Center Frequency
41.25 MHz Video IF Sound Carrier Frequency 45.75 MHz Video IF Picture Carrier Frequency
42.55 MHz Video IF Bandwidth Marker 47.25 MHz Marker
2. Electronic voltmeter (VTVM)
3. RF Sweep generator with a frequency range of 40 to-50 MHz with a sweep width of at least 10 MHz,
having an adjustable output of at
Least 0.1 volts.
4. Cathode ray oscilloscope, preferably with a wide band vertical amplifier and an input calibrating source.
5. Isolation transformer.
6. Diode Detector Probe (See Figure 3)
PRELIMINARY ALIGNMENT NOTES
a. It is recommended that the receiver be connected to an isolation transformer during alignment. Allow at least 5 minutes for set to
warm up before any alignment is attempted.
b. Connect oscilloscope hot lead through 10K ohm isolation resistor to Point © Connect ground lead of
oscilloscope directly to main
chassis. (Adjust signal input to maintain 2 volts peak to peak).
c. Apply -6 volts bias to AGC IF line, -side to Point 0 +side to chassis.
d. Connect correct signal generator as shown in chart below.
e. Clip hot lead of marker generator to the insulation of RF sweep generator hot lead. Connect ground lead to chassis.
NOTE: Before hooking up to Point "C" I.F. INJ. Rotate Tuner To Channel 13.
VIDEO I.F. ALIGNMENT
Sweep Generator Marker Generator
Step (40-50 MHz) Output Ad just Remarks
See Note Above Waveform
Connect To
1 Pin 2 of 4EH7 (0) 44.15 MHz Figure 1 T4 Adjust T4 for maximum response at 44.15 MHz
thru .001 mfd. Cap.
2 Same Same Same T3 Turn bottom core of T3 to bottom of coil form before adjusting
(Top) T3 top. Adjust T3 top for maximum response at 44.15 MHz.
3 Same 45.75 MHz Same T3 Adjust T3 (Bottom) for symmetry of response shown in
42.55 MHz Figure 1.
4 Same 45.75 MHz Same T3 Readjust T3 top to position the 45.75 MHz Marker at the 3 db
(Top) point of the response curve
5 If necessary, repeat steps 1 through 4 to obtain proper response. NOTE: If proper 3.0 MHz bandwidth is not obtained.
(3.OMHz±.2 MHz, refer to Bandwidth Loop Adjustment.)
6 Point "C" IF INJ. 41.25 MHz Figure 2 L6 Adjust L6 top for minimum response at 41.25 MHz.
See FiR. 3
7 Same 47.25 MHz Same L7 Adjust 47.25 trap for minimum response at 47.25 MHz.
8 Same 45.75 MHz Same L207 Adjust L207 to position the 45.75 MHz marker at the 6 db point
Tuner of resp onse curve.
Output � oil p
9 Same 42.55 MHz Same L6 Adjust L6 (bottom) for symmetry of response in Figure 2.
45.75 MHz (Bottom)
10 If necessary, repeat steps 6 through 8 to obtain response curve of Figure 2.

SOUND ALIGNMENT
PRELIMINARY
Connect -10 volts bias to point C. This will disable the Video I.F. circuits.

SIGNAL GENERATOR
Step METER CONNECTION
ADJUST
FREQUENCY CONNECT TO VTVM
1 4.5 MHz Pin 7 of 11KV8 Pin .3 of V1A thru a diode Tl (single core) T2 (top & bottom) for maximum
Xtal Controlled output on
(V2B) detector probe. See Fig. 3. VTVM.
2 Same- Output should Same Point "D" Ll ( singl
e core) formaximum.NOTE:Twopeaksmaybe
be greater than 10MV.
observed, tune to the highest peak. This is a sharp peak
and must be adjusted carefully.
3 Remove all equipment.
4 Set fine tuning for a normal picture and if necessary touch up quadrature coil
(Li) for best sound.
5 Touch up the 4.5 MHz trap (top of T2) Top Core only for minimum sound beat in
picture.

136
 SEARS, ROEBUCK Chassis 528.71330 Alignment Information, Continued

BANDWIDTH LOOP ADJUSTMENT

The first I.F. transformer has a vertical hairpin loop in the secondary winding. This loop must not be touched unless the bandwidth specifica-
tions (3 MHz ..2 MHz) are incorrect. Adjust as follows:
1. To narrow the I.F. response curve, pull the loop away from the primary of T3 (top). Repeat steps 2 through 5 of the Video I.F. Alignment.
See Figure 4.
2. To broaden the I.F. response curve, press the loop toward the primary of T3 (top). Repeat steps 2 through 5 of the Video I.F. Alignment.
See Figure 4.

4425MHz 44.25 MHz 47.25 MHz

I
I
I
I
1 4 2.75 MHz �I i ;;Z;" 45.75MHz

41.50 MHz + 5 1
_.5 MHz
MHz
47.00MHz APPROX. 50%
3DB APPROX. 30 %

FIGURE 1 FIGURE 2
11 1 11 c
D

B+ INPUT R.F. TEST

(MIX.—OSC.) I POINT
if 11
G

L905 UHF B+
I.F. OUTPUT OUTPUT
COIL
V902
it C
11
5LJ8 UHIF
I. F OUTPUT (MIX.-OSC.) ANTENNA
TERMINALS
11 11 11 11 UHF I.F.
X C 04— OUTPUT
FIL. I.F. INJ. SOCKET
R976 1.2K
if V901 11 1 11

B+ INPUT
B+
B
INPUT
3HA5 R977 22K
FROM VHF
R.F. AMP. TUNER
(R.F.)
S901
11 ll
UHF I.F.
A INPUT
AGC INPUT SOCKET
VHF
ANTENNA
TERMINALS
SOUND DETECTOR MOVE WIRE
INPUT TO GRID OF OUT TO
AUDIO DIET. TUBE DECREASE I.F. TOP WINDING
BANDWIDTH (PRIMARY)

MOVE
IN TO
INCREASE I.F. BOTTOM WINDING
BANDWIDTH (SECONDARY)
GROUND
TO CHASSIS

WIRE MOUNTED TO P.C. BOARD

FIGURE 3 - Diode Detector Probe FIGURE 4 - Bandwidth Adjustment

137
 V90Z
5LJ8
IXEP-OSC.
LF
L6

COIL
R101
OFF-ON
VOLUME
��

��
q_
u
4725
725
TR
MHz
AP

/COIL
IL
T3
IS71.F.
TRANS.
V4
4EJ7
r2N0 IF AMP
T4
2ND
RAN F
.
S.
SEARS, ROEBUCK Chassis

1/2 121KV8
528.71330

AUDIO DET
I
1/2 178F
AUDIO
,
I.F. AMP.
2
TRANS.(4_SMHz) AUDIODI

I
L905
OUTPUT ►--
VERTICAL
CHASSIS
�VI 1 i. R 1, I'1 C3
1 =200 0 7
COIL SECTION 41 = pF
t
V
V901 Lloz
3HA5 FILTER
R.F AMP CHOKE C6
CA11T/ON K
IT IS GOOD SOUND SERVICE PRACTICE 3.9
WHEN REPLACING TRANSISTORS pF
VI TI V nII COMPONENTS S
AUDIO OUTPUT
H
C7
17BFII AUDIO DIET IIKV8 4HS8
TRANS
TO REMOVEALL POWER —
47 R7
AUDKI GET TRANA43MHe VIDEO AMP KEYED AGC FROM THE UNIT UNDER TEST OR R3.1
SYNC SEP.
REPAIR. pF IOK
5.15K
T 102
T /306
SOUND TAKE-OFF
VENT OUTPUT B 4.5 MHi TRAP /55V
TRANS. TRANS.

V3
I,F. INPUT
TOP
4EH7
T103
(ILK
IST IF AM[
HORQ OUTPUT SHIELDED)
C23
S"' C103A
J18 12pF
33K1 - Ai 51-v.ov 7
V51
DEfLEC
SOCKET
kI YOKE CIO�TG
5%
5% I 01/9
8F07m8CG7 —
L_ L_ JJI7
HORIZ.OSC. BO7T,
r -4.5V2
l _ C24
F
R23
47 ' 1 I 5%
5%
TRAP
TRAP L — J R22
103
COIL C26
�I R26 22
IT6TSA
V105 IK
A c. T- -6
MORIZ 1.2 MEG
INTEPLOCK IK3/GT OUTPUT

IG3/GT
RI05 H.V. RECT
VENT HEIGHT
FOWs
C28
J21 J5185V
R107
S102 26 -001=
VEITT LIN.
ON REAR OF VHFTUNER) R118
LID4 (MOULTED
HORIZ. STABILIZER CIRCUIT BREAKER OUTPUT /55V R
Z
RI
�B+ 560K
(HOR . H
OOLD)
NO.1445 NO. 1445 TO TUNER 2 K, IOW
870 O
15W °
( I ) 5% CI08 R120
CHANNEL 4 ° 13 CHANN EL (R D/B U) .IT
0 220K
INDICATOR INDICATOR
WOUND CHANNEL STICKS LIGHT 50 012
LIGHT A.G.C. OUTPUT R113
Color Code on Forward Edge of Stick 60 G oll (WHT/GRN) RII6
2.7MEG. 335V
Channel UHF 46-10802 Brown C104
Channe12 46-10804 Red
I

T
Channe13 46-10805 Orange
B+ OUTPUT R1 22 MEG 4.7 K
Channel 46-10806 Yellow ^

Channel
TO TUNER(RF) 5.6K,5W V102
46-10807 Green 4HS8
(RED/8LK) 5%
Channel 46-10808 Blue KEYED AGC
B SYNC. SEP
Channel? 46-10809 Violet
120 V A.C. C 106
Channe18 46-10810 Yellow 60 CYCLES CIII
.001
22/ 600V
Channel 9 46-10811 White (none) 155 WATTS ISPECIAL-REPLACE WITH IKV
(POLARIZED SW 10 1
Channel 10 EXACT PART NO 20 -5
18-OPUS H OFF CWF
46-10812 Black PLUG) - ON R1
26
L105
POLAR ZED SWITCH ON WF-2)
Channel 11 46-10813 Brown A.C. INTERLOCK VOLUME "PrA.�p CII2_ SDI01 FILTER
R124 CHOKE
Channel 12 46-10814 Red z70V
2.01/
Channel 13 46-10815 Orange 4.5,10W C 02A CIO2B
I , R151 C114 100 tI�
�-I J200 HANDLE MTG BRACKET
.001 SDI02
I MEG. 300V
SDI03
TRANSFORMERS AND COILS
L 106
(PIV400V)
(PIV400V�300V 1 I01
220 �RC
L1 10-74-5 Coil Quadrature 4.7
L2 oat
10-170-1 Coil, Peaking, 270 ,
uh wound on 8.2K C118 MEGA
.001 V104 V103 V52 — I VIO2 1
ohm resistor 17AY3 17GT5A
1
13GF7 4HS8
R125 1 HASSIS
L3 10-254-1 Coil Peaking, 775 uh 5 4 5
I
4 4 =
GROUND
L4 10-156-1 Coil, Filament Choke 18, 7W C11 L
J64 _ J6J
L5 = =C12
10-253-1 Coil, Peaking, 330 uh ­ —
L6 10-62-3 Coil, I.F. Input & 41.25MHz Trap F V511 1 VI01 V3 V4 VI V2 1
L7 10-86-3 8Fo7OR8CG7 CRT 4EH7 4EJ7 178FIl IIKV8
Coil, 47.25 MHz Trap a 1 4 L4
4 5 1 12 4 5 1
L8 10-325-1 Coil, Tweet, 12 uh To TUNER J6z Js3 BLK BRN
J9 C
J5
FIL --J C22 -
•CI6 C27 C29
L9 10-256-1 Coil, Peaking, 90 uh ool
(BIN)
I. 00
1 T 1.001
L101 80-72-4 Deflection Yoke & Plug
450 MA
J
L102 10-242-1 Choke ; Horizontal Suppression (1.9 uh) CONTROLLED WARM
-UP TIME HEATERS
L103 10-124-1 Coil, Choke RF, (10 uh)
L104 10-75-5 Coil, Horizontal Hold
L105 80-20-6 Choke Filter WF- I WF-2 WF-3 WF-4 WF-5 WF-6
L106 10-264-1 Choke line Radiation
T1 10-53-3 Transformer, 4.5 MHz Sound, I. F.
T2 10-209-1 Transformer, 4.5 MHz Trap & sound
Take Off
1.3 10-58-3 Transformer, 1st, I. F.
T4 10-59-3 Transformer, I. F. Output 35V P-P
T101 80=253-1 Transformer, Audio Output 60 L
T102 80-20-2 Transformer, Vertical Output
T103 80-86-3 Transformer, Horizontal Output
 SEARS, ROEBUCK Chassis 528.71330 Schematic Continued
Diagram,
—
RIO 1
F VIB 1 NOTES
I. RESISTANCE IS SHOWN IN OHMS K=1000, MEG = 1,000,000.
1/2 17BF 11 TIOI
MEG. AUDIO OUTPUT 2. ALL RESISTORS I/2 WATT,UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.
R4 C12 VOLUME AUDIO OUTPUTJ4I SPEAKER
TRANS. 3. CAPACITANCE VALUES ARE MFD, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED-
/23V BILK GRN
C2 ` 4- VOLTAGES READ WITH
°
VTVM' POINT INDICATED TO CHASSIS GROUND, TUNER ON
II 01 R13• 215 32 UNUSED CHANNEL,CONTRA$j B BRIGHTNESS AT MINIMUM,-4.5 VOLTS BIAS ON
IKV a AGC. LINE ON TEST POINT B OTHER CONTROLS AT NORMAL LINE
I33K
Idi OV
1
---
10 D.C. BLK VOLTAGE 120 VOLTS,ANTEN TERMINALS SHORTED TOGETHER BUT NOT TO GROUND
1 5. ALL WAVE FORMS MEASURED WITH STRONG SIGNAL INPUT AND WITH CONTRAST
J27I SET TO GIVE NORMAL PICTURE, AGC LINE OPERATING NORMALLY.
L 180F RII S102
AV 470K ■ • EARPHONE 6. JI,J2,ETC INDICATE CONNECTION TERMINALS ON CIRCUIT BOARDS.
JACK 7 VOLTAGE TOLERANCE MAY VARY ± 10%
LTJ 20B
RI 300 V R102,1.5 MEG.
560K CII CI5 BRIGHTNESS
.01 T.01 viol
R12
PICTURE TUBE
220K
T2

270 UH
V4 8.2K - L3 C20 CHI
T3 • R103
4EJ7 - 775UH 1
IOpF
IST I.F T4 I
2ND I.F AMP. 30K
TRANS. D30V) V28 SPARK
/BOV 2ND I.F.(PIV CONT. GAPS
I R16 R17
BANDWITH TRANS. VpETO 1/2 IIKV8
ADJ. 44.15 MHz (WF-14 VIDEO AMP. 39K IOOK
L8
OV 12UH /30v R104
Ov
T C17 M EG,
R27 330
R20 FOCUS
5v Tool
51% 3.3K .005 R14 TO J61
TT
BO
I Ck R28 /680 R3 7.5 K (GROUND)
27K 270 39K 5W VERT.
C25 _ C31
330UH 5%
00151 RN -CI8 .005_
.0015 Pf =
820T
R30
5.6K
HORIZ.
BOARD
J12 2W RIO C14
330 7.02 375v

J160JI IQ

•
R138
680K R105 j 5ME3.
( )
WF-9
J79 ■ J77 J80
VERT. V52 27K,2W
HEIGHJ
R
C73 13GF7 R85 01
51 TOOK IOK •
02 VERT OSC. 330
VERT OUTPUT K R67
560K
BLU YEL
C78 C70,.033
%0v J66 265 d 6.5
rSnV If
C80 6 Wf-12 �C65 11 a d
.0033 .0068 ' C69 R66 •
R122,6.8MEG .0047
R86 5v 1
_ D.C. II i D.C.
10 IOOK 27K �I
SI01
R
C79 R72 DEFLECTION
2/5V D51 470 39K YOKE SOCKET
28 5
D •'O
( O�
ET O '
150, I W
R107,750
R123 VERT. LIN 700
R55
5.6K
2W 270K V51
7
8107 OR 8CG7 PI01
Cl 5 DEFLECTION
HORIZ. OSC. .025
YOKE PLUG
C53 56-F 600V
17ov
0116 T

120L 2.7
V103 R128 PF
C103A I I
K K -y
20 17GT5A - �3 am
300V 1 R58 C63 R60 HORIZ. OUTPUT
390PF 39K i6. C117,220 _ e
9 00 NOT
WF-4 !u 5% MEASURE pF,3KV 9O0 NOT MEASURE
_/5v 1 3
I61
OOK J52 2
1 ■
RI271,7
%
io
• L103
IOUH
00 Nor
MEASURE
17AY3
DAMPER
170V,T>
--- 8.2K,2W J81 560 0
25V ---I RF C
C62 — R63 I 129
.047 C61
R51
8 BV ISOK 3 T04 8.2
J
.00 ■J67
HO RI
Q

R54
I MEG. FRED.

J53 R56 R57 C58 59

■ v
{
3.9K .005 T 103 —(WF-V7)
IF-8 62
HORIZ. OUTPUT V105
652
80 TTC54.3K D0
pF T 1D033 TRANS. IK3/GT
HIGH VOLT. RECT.
N103
-2H
NE
68OKj R146 B �R147
7

5.66K 5.6K
"<WF-I6)

WF-7 WF-g WF-9 WF-10 WF-ll WF-12 WF-113 WF-14 WF-15 WF-16 WF-17

8V P-P 18V P-P 56V P-P 128V P-P 200V P-P 1040V P-P 96V P-P 98V P-P 570V P-P 570V P-P
1
7875 L 7875% 60'L 60 1 60 '\L 60 'L 60 `V 60 '1, 7875 '1J 7875 11J

139
 SEARS, ROEBUCK Chassis 528.71330 Printed Boards Information

(WF-2) 08
RIII C108
1 RII9

J19 TUNER
- R24 C23
C28 1 s- n v✓`+ 1. F. INPUT
J20
��
J21 JI$ GROUND
R30 C24 � �
V4, 4EJ7 L8 R26 � z
I v '�6 V3, 4EH7
PIN 2V y I1
PIN 1
PIN 2 OV t PIN 2 -45V
J�
PIN 3 2V K3 �(D1 •
27 PIN 3 V
PIN 4 FIL .1- C25♦�2 4
R23 N 4
PIN 5 FIL .( R25 `� PI
N 5 FIL
PIN 6 NC
y
N 6
PIN 7 180Y 1 C31♦
T3
I

O PIN 7 210V
PIN 8 180V I LS f 6
PIN 9 GROUND • .
.IN
IN 9 GROUND
GRO
I ! '�
z O
; /
T1 CPIN I, V101
.-L a ©
RI22, PIN 9 V102
��
C29 O
94 (WF-3) 8123
F5 0 ©
2p 16 R109,
-
R13
1,
RIB J70
a J12
CIE
�0
7
. J
7'
--
C110,
---_
_ PIN I
CI9��
R118, PIN 6 V102 JII
�� I12 -RI01 OA
R 2! 1317 � R1
RI33
J15 R� J60, RI04,
R14 JIO R110
PIN 7 VI01 RI6L3
..xx� RII
•�
0°V GI 3 RI01 , GROUND
J24 JI �CII
R103 RED
.._. J14 J23
--iNn T cm C101,
T2 0 �CC15�
R102
J2 R 103 RLD
J3
y s
Re ? LI
R103 M— 4
R4 GROUND
R131, C102C R9 RI01
5 CI
1-C4 RI
6 V 17BFII
I�1 FIL
PI
T PIN 2 2.2V
V2, IIKV8 CIO J TI A �
PIN 3 OV
PIN I GROUND , PIN 4 NC
PIN 2 -4V J5 PIN 5 -4V
PIN 3 100
R7 I
PN 6 114V
C2� l
PIN 4 FLI PIN 7 250V
PIN 5 FL PIN 8 OV
PIN 6 .5V PIN 9 7V
PIN 7 -.IIV 155V BLU PIN 10130V
PIN 5 B+ OUTPUT RED,
PIN 8 130V PIN II 123V
PIN 9 125V V102 TO TUNER RI36,TI01 PIN 12 FIL

WIRING DIAGRAM I.F. SYNC, SOUND BOARD

7102 PIN I T102 R104 B+ L105 TO TUNER R127

(WF-4) C109
(WF-�
YEL T103 ORW R105 8123 FIL.BRN
J10 C102B
J87 159
R82 J81 EJ54
J
R77 I
i
F6
�j\�65 C64t J60 �
j • 4_
R79 R51
. w T R60� R52
•
C6
PIN 2 VI01 ` J C71 51
C61/ ,152
R83 J610
�C77 r. R54 C52
7 R61 •
RIO® C 62
C79 R66
C73
C73T • -1� i�
GROUND 0 1380 82 (WF-8)
J53
�..• R55
J74�t-,69 J63
-� ,. (WF-7)
(WF-10) D51
R72 R 57
R84
R86 R85 — L104
R
58 7
R105 J79 T70 0* 4k
,,R62� ��C63
R
J68 CC5 R59
R106 R6T !! / T57

V52
1
13GF7 J66
J65
T R68
V51 8FQ7OR
8CG7
PIN GROUND J67 • PN 1 185V
P 2 -25V J76 PNI 2 -15V
PIN 3 15V
C80 ® 1059 ` J58 PIN 3 8V
PIN 4 FIL. PN 4 FIL.
PIN
PIN
PIN
5
6
7
FL.
260V
NC
�'I l PNI
PIN
PN
5
6
FL.
220V
T102 PIN 4 PIN 5 C103C R107 PIN 8 (WF-6)PINS (WF-5) C103A
7 25V
PIN 8 190V PNI 8 8V
BLU V102 V103 V101
PIN 9 -60V 2,6 V103 PIN 9 GROUND

WIRING DIAGRAM HORIZONTAL-VERTICAL BOARD

140
 SHARP ELECTRONICS CORPORATION
SHARP MODELS TW-87P, TW-88P

Chassis Assembly Removal

Whenever it becomes necessary to remove the chassis from the cabinet, proceed in the following manner:
1. Lay the cabinet face down on a soft pad so as not to map the picture tube.
2. Remove the six back cover retaining screws.
3. Remove the back cover and disconnect the VHF and UHF antenna feeders.
4. When removing the tuner assembly.

a) Remove the VHF Channel Selector, VHF Fine Tuning and UHF Dial Knobs from the front of the cabinet.

b) Remove the speaker leads.

c) Remove the four screws retaining the tuner mounting bracket and the tuner assembly from the cabinet.
5. When removing the control bracket

a) Remove the OFF-ON Volume and Contrast Knobs from the front of the cabinet.

b) Remove the two screws retaining the control bracket.

6. When removing the chassis from the cabinet

a) Remove the three screws retaining the chassis to the cabinet.

b) Remove the anode lead and picture tube socket and the deflection yoke after loosening its clamp ring.
The chassis may now be completely removed from the cabinet.

Fuse

For overload a 2.OA fuse has been installed in the AC input of this receiver. This fuse is mounted on a
protection,
-
terminal strip that is located at the front of high voltage cage.

FINE
TUNING
CHANNEL
SELECTOR I i
UHF TUNING

CONTRAST
SPEAKER
SP301 V702 C•R•T
50OKB4

UHF
TUNER
01. ZSC684
----2SC387. MPS6543
r •iti .$� i?uiii a - TOR TISIB
I 56S7 t_�► sue.-_ CHOKE
RF OSC.
e MIX. TRANS. 1

1 F701
T702

3GK5
RFI AMP.
I . T201 -63
K-UNIT
I L20I

7JZS
1 6HZ6
SOUND DET.
VERT.
T. OSC•
4EH7 BF07 IRT14A.R7148
B OUTPUT ^
IST IF AMP.
o Z HORIZ.OSC.
IAD2
AUDIO \. _ H. V_ R CT.
OUTPUT
TRANS. �V604 �
T302
\\ 1 17BE3 JIy

\ I DAMPER r _ VERT.
s__=
� r OUTPUT
iii ! i
709A _�Ll_—J� T501
i 'TRANS,
6A05A C709B
��207
Siva AUDIO C709C
I C-208 C7090
VIDEO AMP. OUTPUT
I 6 KEYED A.G.0 21JZ6 HORIZ. OUTPUT
`
�
/

I R717 FOCUS L
��LLy
ygg
O ®® O TRANS�T€�41_—
L _ "I
\� AG.C� j V-LIN H-SIZE
—_ — —r A.C. LINE 120V
---- ''RIGMTREn , /V-HOLD H-HOLD INTERLOCK

Chassis Tube Layout and Adjustment

141
 \
2
2

&
)

\
SHARP

S. Reassemble the chassis assemblies.

Models
T W-8T£/T
W-88f

142
Printed
Board
Information

Wiring Side of P.C. Board

 l
SHARP

iz

�o
1Viodels

1
TW-87P/TW-8'8P

143
Printed

T'
Board

Component Side of P.C. Board

Width Adjustment
Information.

Set the channel to be adjusted.

 SHARP Models TW-87P/TW-88P Schematic Diagram

-
UT6 IU2(TW-87P)
UT
7-
21J2(TW-88F)VOLTAGE SYMBOL LEGEND

VI UHF
TB-, 19KV o (HIGH VOLTAGE)
�CI ANT
420 V (BOOST)
270V

145V A
S 750 OR IN82AG
130V

125V 7 10.5V •
DC VOLTAGE MEASUREMENTS
ARE AT NO SIGNAL CONDTION

C4 C3
05 p IIP CIO
0.3P

TB-101 -
VHF ANT.
Q1.2SC684,2SC387
MPS6543 or TIS18
NTB7U2G
UHF 0SC

TUNING

- R20
uor VHF
3.31
C 107
CIIO LIDS 0118
IP L107
.00
.•i rA L2P
CIOB

1
2
V102AI 2P RIOS �K2
22K
, _ K3
9 _7
C109
R103 201 , 39
3.8 R106
2.2K
LI
R105 IOK V102B
2.2 K I_
2w. R107
RI01 T.PI01 9725M
CIO IK
390K .B-5P R102 R104
IK 250K C117
I
viol CI14 V102
001 .001'
3GK5 ` 5GS7
HF RF AMP.B UHF IF AMP. VHF MIX.OSC.BUHF IFAMP
123V
2W

10.av
•
R712 1,2 K
.5K 0707
C706
INTERLOCK R71gA J002222
150 7 r
A.C. LINE FUSE 2A o
r
200V u
—`_" * F'
F701 5W 15W
SR701
forward on the neck of the picture tube as possible.

TC71 O KI8 R221

R714A f%48
S
I «� I CTO9A 27OKi
FRONT + R2
CONTROL BRACKET SR702
BRACKET
N
r R717
275Y
"SINW C708A
0711 .0047
Vertical Size and Linearity Adjustment

.001 T M701 ',L—

ON-OFF
K19 C211 .
.022'
(PART OF R316)

DC-188 ,
C
Deflection Yoke Adjustment

,v

C709B R7-09
Centering Adjustment

K6 10
1250 $
350V
15W 3
C709C

145v
•
•� +
C: 2O
Z350V
O

K20
(C.R.TI
f~ V702 V601 V603 V602 V303 V302 V301
K 11_^
b
8 4 5 12 1 12 I 3 4 3 4 5 4
I- C713 C714
�
0022;,0022
C71
K9 033 2
V201 L705 V202 V701 V501
L704
K
H — 3 4 4 12 1
C119 C71B
CI20 T C719 T
0717
001 10022 ,0022 I .0022
.001
�dl 9a7 7"77

(NTB-7U2G)

144
i
 SHARP Models TW-87P/TW-88P Schematic Diagram, Continued

VOLUME
-
7
- R315
UNIT-63 V303 J-301
V302 82 I
V301A
0307
KS 6Aa5A
UND
SO 6HZ6T 'W1A-
.01
IF
AUDIO OUTPUT T302

200V R314
K7
68
L301 SP 301
C301 -5V T301 - R308
47P Q. 7 v
270K
6 95V 2
304
R310
0 047 390 R312
WA I I�_.
8302 R306 ISOK t
R309 30HZ FOCUS
POOK 15K r r
C303 3/4W R307 C308 420V
R301 8303 270V
620 470K 0047 CONTRAST
1.5K 22 K C305 llV�nl /
R304
I 18K 10
!V704
: ' R715
R313 7875Hz 50OKB4
27K

V702�
1
V7016
V201 V202 I
;, wifi1 -P 1
2 VP /2 8JV8 I.
4EH7
j IST 24EJ7
d
VIDEO AMP
\
AMP ND PIX IF AMP. � -} C705
P'iK IF R703 I
7875Hz -��._ BOV
130V 4.7 K
9 L702 R704
T-P 203 160V a
201 - T203 3.9 K
T202T.P202 A3) L202 L203 a
%%%
2
V R708
0207 R705
1.. 4.7P - L204 IBOK
S R204 3 K
V 0208
_�'350 V R702
4W
47P K12
R210 82K
- 2,7K 2W R706
1 '510
212 R205 C204 C206 L703
C202 C 47K .002 R 516
IBK 0012 MM 7
0022 .0047 47K
0022
IW R206 R209 2 W C701 R710
I 022
56K I ©
714 R 515
v 7
56K
4 W R 517 BRIGHTNESS
40VP-P 3OHz_ 1 17JZ8 3 0
820K

r
1 F VERT.OSC VERT.OUTPUT
Ra06 /WOVP-P\
�17875Hz�- ` _ V701A 14OVP-P RS19
/ _ --I ^ 11 I RSI.
I
- 30H2 ' ' = 82K
94 V . V3016 47K, RSo C503 G So'
2.7M
G504R507RSOB C509
'/28JV8 �_ 1 6GHBA R501
M501 `
C501
'1
68K
.0056.00222 IBK .068 27K
3W
.022
KEYED A.G.0 p 68Kp- -0 '^- /=IW
`. SYNC S
R402 R403 BO✓ 250V
-
8218 pV g IO %% 8.2M 470K 4 C506
R� ov
%� 2.2M M 3
68K R401 C505 V
3/4W
6.2M 12K , { P502 10 • 068 2.2K
R212 2 9
R405 67 Y*
-2. j 3.9K� F
820K -40V R514
R215 27K R503
C401 C402 39K
_C209 66K II ,3V
OI 470P 2701W

�
16,55V
R5M
I .V 4
R510 12V
R216 5 R S05�
C210 - - 47-
33K R404, I
1 22P 4 = +
2.210 IC4
25V
�I.2M
®® .: C
12 R522
R521 IM 709DI
V-HOLD n "A
T
�II�igIIIIIU I, l \ l IVP-P 1. .523
350V
N141
-C
7875Hz 30H2 T V- SIZE
IIOVP-P
I
, - 'R511
7875Hz R504
28vp-p 15M b-®
220K
V602 V603 •
V601
TO-K)

��J
30VP-P
I 8FQ7
7875Hz
21JZ6 17BE3 TO-a
105Y HOR.O.UTPUT DAMPER T601
7975Hz HOR.OSC, 1 A D 2
T04
C607 --11 7
56OP C611 TO-N
-
�L 150
/10 V
R617
270v
15®P 2 2.7K
4.10

0 612
�C603 47
047 560P
502 0022 L602
R604 3/4W
20K 0012
TOOK R611 R616 R615 R614
7C605 22K 47K IOK IBK
L603

R618 R626

J
IBK C613
.0039 22K K
22
.047 V*
9VP-P I
- L R619
68K
7875Hz T.P602
R62d R62'
1 I.OK.,20 V
BOKI
4 I
'R622 I C614 K1

120K 22 t_
14
WP
7 K13
190Vp-p
H-SIZE FACTORY JUMPERI —�15�
787514z

S H A R P
 SHARP ELECTRONICS CORPORATION

MODEL

TU-47P/TU-58P
Portable TV

TU-47P -
TU
58P

(Service material on pages 146 through 152)

Deflection Yoke Adjustment

If the lines of the raster are not horizontal or squared with the picture mask, loosen the yoke clamp and rotate the
deflection yoke until this condition is corrected. To obtain best results, the deflection
yoke should be positioned as far
forward on the neck of the
picture tube as possible.

SPEAKER VHF
1167•- A CHANNEL SELECTOR
HF

fIl I, VHF FINE TUNING

OFF-ON
VOLUME CONTRAST
-611
UHF 01
TUNER MPS6543.
or TIS18,
ii OI UHF OSC. or 2SC387.
or 2SC684

I
TIF-367

VHF R. F. OSC V13 C.R.T.

6CG8A 12 CNP4A K-UNIT-76
TUNER 8 MIX 15
r
- t
2TIF-467
17J Z8
R.F.
.F. AMP.
A
VERT, O S C. CAPACITOR
4EH7 8 OUTPUT
STPI F AMP

� TIF-\9 K-UNIT-77
o

4 6HZ6
RESISTOR
VERT.
DE
&ISOUN�
OUTPUT TRANS. I IZ. OS C. FLYBACK CHOKE
TRANS. TRANS.

38HE7
6GH8A
10JY8 HORIZ. OUTPUT
VIDEO SOUND IF
AMP. 12FX5 p e DAMPER
AMP. AUDIO
a KEYED I IX25
IB SYNC.. OUTPUT
A.G.C. SEP. AUDIO H.V. RECT
1
/ 4. I
2TIF-491: 10_UTPUT TRANS. L

if I A_.O.C.N. y -SIZE=JiOLQ

A.C. LINE 120V

BRIGHTNESS V -HOLD
INTER LOCK

Figure 1 Chassis Tube Layout and Adjustment

146
 SHARP Models TU-47P/TU-58P Service Information, Continued

Centering Adjustment

Both horizontal and vertical are the centering rings mounted on the back of the
centering accomplished by rotating
deflection yoke assembly.

Vertical Size and Linearity Adjustment

V-SIZE and V-LIN. for the best overall and sufficient height. After this adjustment, a slight
Adjust linearity picture
be necessary.
readjustment of the centering rings may

Check RF Oscillator Adjustment (VHF Tuner)

Tunein all available VHF stations to see if the receiver local oscillator is adjusted to the proper frequency on all VHF
channels. Access to the individual local oscillator adjus�ments on the VHF tuner is obtained in the following manner.
1. Remove the channel selector knob, fine tuning knob and felt washer from the shaft.
2. Set the tuner to the channel where adjustment is required.
3. Adjust local oscillator by turning the screw from the large hole on the insulative paper.

Fuse
For protection, a 1.6A fuse has been installed in the AC input of this receiver.
overload This fuse is mounted on a
terminal strip that is located at the back of high voltage cage.

High voltage assembly must be removed from the cabinet whenever replacement is required.

Chassis Assembly Removal

Main part of this chassis can be removed individually, proceed as follows.
1. Lay the cabinet face down on a soft pad so as not to mar the picture tube.
2. Remove the seven back cover retaining screws.
3. Remove the back cover and disconnect the antenna wires and ground wire.
4. When removing the tuner assembly.
a. Remove the insulating barrier with three screws; one at the tuner support bracket, two at the tuner mounting bracket.
b. Remove the ON-OFF Volume, Contrast, VHF Channel Selector, VHF Fine Tuning and UHF Tuning Knobs from the
front of the cabinet.
c. Remove the four screws retaining tuner support bracket; two of which are at the bottom of the cabinet and the
another two screws are at the back of the VHF Tuner.
d. Remove the four screws retaining tuner mounting bracket and remove the tuner assembly from the cabinet.
e. Remove the three screws retaining the variable resistor assembly and remove it from the cabinet.
5. When removing the printed circuit assembly
Remove the speaker leads from the printed circuit board at terminals K22 & K23. Pull out the board along the guide rail
after removing one screw retaining the printed circuit board near 7T-179.
6. When pulling the high voltage and power source assembly.
a. Remove the anode lead and loosen the deflection yoke clamp. Remove the deflection yoke from the picture tube
neck.
b. Remove screws retaining the side of high voltage cage
two and two screws retaining the lower part and one screw

retaining the upper part.

7. The chassis may now be completely removed from the cabinet.

Removing and Installing Picture Tube

In order to remove or replace the picture tube, the chassis assemblies must be removed.
Refer to CHASSIS ASSEMBLY REMOVAL procedure. When the chassis has been removed, proceed as follows:
1. Remove the picture tube retaining ring.
2. Remove the picture tube from the cabinet.
CAUTION: Refer to the caution label on the high voltage cage.

(Always avoid handling the neck of the picture tube.)

3. Place the picture tube in proper position in the cabinet.
4. Mount the picture tube retaining ring.
5. Reassemble the chassis assemblies.

147
 SHARP Models TU-47P/TU-58P Printed Board Information

8713 2.7 K
C708B
200
K58

C708C �\ C709A
R712 2.7K 50 Or
200

i �wh

R711 680
C707
_ W&-
.022

0711 .001
K57
SI RECT 20

lu K52 K53 K54 K55 K56

BOTTOM VIEW OF P.C. BOARD (K-UNIT-77)

P V-S12E C504 0022

K3 C SDY K7 K8 K10 R6
C202 I - k6=2 'eK
R5 05- 1624
.0022 C212 !
1 IM i �10K nGK
TJF-367
K2 271E-487. K9 L
PRC.302 _ C505
` -- (
__ R203 1506
1
R'1,2 J
K `rF'
20 --� R202�—r
fiK 8507
15K I
22K R502 7
IM`I_ 8509 I
82K C 612
P20;a
L I50 K4 I C613
1_ C 506 K6
C72QQ,,I 3 7 R 501 Y u 625
.068
.0022 Y
tTP2o4?' 56 K 1
cA 1
L f�I 8605 ; �wcK
`N1
50
c 1690 M.
2
2T 0503 -
1, ---�
d- 168K1�1
t (4EH7 -.FR214 �.--
MOK ( - 022 $QEN-„26 - 8604 "
.0022 C204 1 1 8513
0012 H514
--
K
I � X05 7
221( '.,µ J"
�`
330
C607
I R 205 V9 -82K r02
r 68N
K 1
I-•T ' TIF-379 1(5
k 8606` ""'C60
1
1R206 7J Z8 1 R K12
V-'IN C510 1 106 1
- 1,.0018 0019
0,207' C206 1470
01 660K Rw,-i820[
0022
1
`r -"1 J r
7 R504 P503 -;R6
C60I M
,
�
07 8213 11( 1471(—
�i P20� ,a1( CT Pal
MK 12OF C603
TL 23
CT1 C34T .0015
_
— 100
Y`t05C77
V4 -'200 (R511 R612
470 t, - C R306)
r—�820F*
.0022 22 ccC8
4 EJ 7 I � 2
'
\.
vkOLD CIA
c"?
R402 Ca02 U 9uP
606P 22M \
i 62u L470P -
r' i

t?
�C206 r C715�
— �L202 -- j K2T� R211
R308
82K
I"C7i7 4 F-544
M-9 82M Y
0022 -
.0022 _ R611
jrAc3[
a'OK 6HZ6-7 2FtG 97�
TL-99 7 K28� 01
1
SZK
0403 R307 t
-- r
1 22 M 22P �Kt 7 1.
7� C30
7 r
C716 01 ` R6C9 TL-604
f
-Lp2 H2
c7a 0022 _ 01
? / -�
�- R305 i
1(20
.0
J
1 1(
82

47P 21(
K F KIS
-R3o9 K15 D�
2TL-970 di e V6 KI9 _ - U7 01i
180 K C3Q2 TIF- 378
Clio o
Ra K16
P 39K 6G H8A
,l
00 240P
2TL-970 �I

27K C309
r vJ
0022
K26 1` J
_
�
TL-
�260
7
2 K f
301
4
c --j'R4 a6--
121K C7o3T� 004 7T-R9
—'�R405 56 K
R tOa 0022 \
R301 4►K I
21( - 0310
R702, 11.51(?C-:y K23
C70� H2 2TIF-491 HL-184K Ocu c7
co "�
h S5K 0 800sy 2
3
�V �UD C 312
K22
-L
1 ={1) (2) (3)
4707 .2
R215 f'1 ,,,f _
2TL-211 1(
02 k6151(
s 6K 56K �RStO SIZEK17
J }_B20P
.2K K24 �R7W' �,.; z > r
T I . `_
17 JZ P 12M R5 1 2 4
82K RZiEl R217 3.31( \
PINT _
�180K
330K
— RSCH I _} �_
-L" I R6,R
�.
K25�.. -� (R507yec--�__
IM) � R617 �-
13 a
K
BRIGHTNESS AG.0 V- HOLD V-LINE V-SILL h=HOLD
 DIAL
CI) POINTER SHARP Models TU-47P/TU-58P
PULLEY

Printed Board Information

(3)CORD

4)SPRING

TUNING SHAFT
L �6)UHF
G :- R201
G50t .1 P
I
K7
22 V-SIZE Q
K8 ., �

5M
� 271E 4B7 , f .� TIF-
R505 I M 7
1 1 c.+ 3. 367
�N 1 `
K9 R622 20
C20? -L �( 15P K2
'OK C505 .@ 1K .
8512 15K 0022
7 1 �y
R624 , R202 Qt 4 - yr E3I
I80 K R506 �_ 22K-_,

— --
15K —�WM-- (fp 20j)
11 X605 C2C2 ,
* l
C617 X 047
.1
.0047 1
K4
R50
C612 0506 R2
.I5 150
o
IY. I v3
q{N) 1
0720

70022
l

R602 e 01 i � 4EH7
680K C509 022 220K R20 5(H)
_ f R214 4 LCC719
F
22
4(wI
0
503
I2 NC) 'C205 . C012 8S 77)02222
N 26
SELE 5
33K S)
#,' IF 1G 6�i7tPT611S)
EN 047. v 9 V # !N
# C20�
R513
H
( )
17JZ 8 r-
` � '
-- 31

�Kl
L R605 `C 02 22K 7 (G,r) R205 22K TIF- 14
60 C607 TL-603
68K 379 ;
003 T 68P 11150P
- Rf01 680K
i t- 060 R606 6 (5
07
,
,

R20
oOI8 T 820 C206 L 41
R607 18K C5 0 _LC07
*
.0 0022 R207 t
R603 R503 (K.) 'hN CAP 20 p_2 2
IM 213 M '
47K
•

(jP 601) 0603

O1
2{0,). r
120P T I(K) )
3(K
2(2G) 3(2K) .0015 I
(X13
- 27K
va 4(H) -L
4(1
-
A t
R'
R5o 82 p 0
L-2 3 �#YP) VK) !K 1 R51 20 "209 T
'A* T ..�,f 470 czia
8FQ7 V�tE�LD 4EJ7 .00ze
0606 5tH) Lc
609 C306 l
T 47OF -� 030 TI c2081')
680P 9(Cn)
390P T
.--. ooz`'
r - F-s;4
, f
2TL 976 5(
O22�.00P3
(TP 602 ) §{SIP} R30B
9(NC TR612 (
1c7)5:4" 7, (6.7
T€
�I4 ISK 82K I3 R402
-$(IK)760) 7 -
2TL970 r--
� — 7T
I TL-
1
I
" '022 6HZ6 i%,)>j ( i W3 8.24 0022
603
3(H) t_- v)Y' •1470K
- COI1
R61 I SZX �t R307 566E 211
22 -
ITL99
1
C 02 �•2(K{I�O���
,G R404 22M
e 02Z �C3 -��---T� -AZ D
R609 T R305 960 0305 ,tmg
82K 01 -
TL-601 330K. Wye .01 6(
W (KPGv. OI 20g
R309 270K I B IK4
C747011 2 JR21j _ 4'7P
T 'b —VAIN, 030$ 2TA33T 39i
5K1
j 2 2TL
100 820P V6 70
C 615 240 8311
IOP Q
q 6G H 8A �r
.cp l
K1 sP
(w Vii) A{H)-5AH) g
TIF ,c✓
1
(G:P' •(r 4 7P i �6iWGx)
T R302 VS _-1 2TL-971)
_ CC2 275
Il
KQ .00 47 2 (c,.) TOOK 10JY6 7 Gw)
�C614 6
(NC) 1 C610 V8 R503
(tP
3(NC) 4JH 11
0309
27K 20S TL
7.0012 R312I2FX5 1.0022
,^2(PD) VII (1c)�,; T .0047
too G 1)
(
7T=179 MY) $(G zd R706 3.9K
1

36HE7
R6'3 820K 1C3011
47 PR406 2 Y
tw6a.)g
i VA, • �Zc P Z �(r� - R 12K
I
(H R4 47 lfj%
0704 "9(R) yC7as
12K
--1
4.7P
Cato 0# T R70
-
R301 1.5 2. - _'
2p (tc HI F
12 �0,'
4 , lL FOCUS HL-181 0
;702
/A
,
0713 .022'. 3
SopgTGROUNO 8, 707
56K
VLF
-491 IM-211
K1 `
H-SIZE 68K
R 5)O 8 K R516 R217 330K
3 1 17J38 0700 —
56K R508 1214
6IS 3.3K J; 12K 515 ( R 505 R709 IBC K
156K # I !4
R6#7 IK "

H-MOLD Y-saE V-LININ V-HOLD AGG eF4GHTNEss

BOTTOM VIEW OF P.C. BOARD (K-UNIT-76)

 SHARP Models TU-47P/TU-58P

UT7-2U2
UT6-2U2
L2 o UHF
TB-I
ANT

RI
L3 680N

L7 - L6 R715
�� iSND2AG UHF
OUTPUT

Z,
DI C920P R716
,
R2 1011 I I000P
2.7K

_,.7
113 01 R6 11717
C5
4.7 K
I Ce
12K

L4 RS 4.7N80OP
CV 3 C3 R4
14

45.75 MHz C 42.75 MHz T 0.7PIIP"r

Q3
: 3 L5

T IF- 367
OI 2SC684 , 2SC387,
VHF ANT NT6-7U2 UHF OSC. MPS6543 or TISIS
47P�1

;; j UHF TUNING
�2Kj
-
,00 , rM VHF
P CI10
' 0107 27L-90
IP LO'271E-
495 CI IB
__ 22P
K2
TP-2

�■ C2
.6C103 0105 0
7P 390N
390 ,8-5P R104
0112 250K
001 1 C 113
VI C114 1 T
A0 1
3GK5
.001
6CG8A 001 71

V HF RF AMPS UHF 1F Ar VHF MIK., OSC. 8 UHF IF AMP,

�V
f
us A.G.C. BY
•BX

7875H7

t V6
I I
V5 2 6GHf
I \'/
10UY8 8402 8403
SYNC. SE
__�27 KEYED A.G.0 \
0.2M 470K
11 216
8216 pa01
0
1K28 BZ
Y
M
2 9
r
I
I - 11211 • .
+J� B.2M 0401 C402
I
01 470P
8215 _ 8
C2i1
56K R404
.22 T ,5403
1212 2.2M 22P
�T
R2 8 11217
56K 4W
500K 31OK

44.25 MHz
V^ i

AGC
60V.-.

Figure 3

I —I
VIO R609
20VK-• 30V.y
330..
—1 — -- 8FQ7
HOR12. OSC.

47.25 MHz
7675 H2 78751-12 120V

41.25 MHz D3
SELEN-26
R603
M
/
0608
390P
6
C610
0041
2
4
11604 1 H
C602
N601
8601
330K
150P 8605
6eOK r
6BK 3

C605 8606 SK
C601 047 10607
R602 020 66P

45.75MHz
20P 680K I
8607 R."
.2K
3Vp_p
18K

f
0609
470P
-
1 TL 2

42.75 MHz. IOV

K -• �� ,�
7v.-.

'
B
50% 7875 Mi
�2

L
l FACTORY JUMPER 1 3

30%
IDV,-p
approx
7675 Hz H-HOLO
i
L_
j

44.25 MHz K-UNIT-76

Figure 4

150
 Models TU-47P/TU-58P Schematic Diagram, Continued
SHARP

VOLUME

V6 V7 V8
C3081 EARPHONE

'2 6GHSA .0 1 12FX5

KI8 SOOK AUDIO OUTPUT
SOUND IF AMP. SOUND OE 7.

27L -97
7T-179 8313
1 82
C301 R311 1
•7P TIF-378

�I 11107P-55 A

8309 K22
270K
IK _J FOCUS (GROUND.
R306
WA _ R312 0309
I B .Boo At )
100 7.0022
27K BS
C303
SOV.-.
.01
I
_ 9
7875Hz
I I ".I I'illkl 2TIF 491
-
CONTRAST
12CNP4A
,7875 NZ
D 70• I
4.14
27L
-
V3 V4 1 v5 -2' S

4EJ7 3V.-. 'i2 IOJYB " V13

4EH7 •

iT PIK. IF A 280 PIK. IF AMP. VIDEO AMP. 3

0706 C.R.T.
135V .22
7875HZ 70V 8.2K
TIF-379 7
TP-203 1((715
p709
TP-202
2TE-970 TL-26 180.
♦ 2 '
n 05 8706
2TL-970
8207 7P C209
BK 4.7P TL-275
2
J
V
i R 704 2SOK
12X
8707
C200 R20S 3.6K 82K
22K R708j %
0012

'BRIGHTNESS
V9

17J Z8 r 60V .-r

I

p IOOOV._v
WOV.-. 0303 VERT. OSC.. VERY. OUTPUT
8405
/ 0047
47K / 1
30Hz
1
^ 30H2
Z:7 30. V,
RSOI C501
R503 C504.L� 8306 R612 10501
f
509 8513
J
17K , 7 5K ISK
82K .I
0022 BT-1921.
022 22K
PRC-302 K
P
O
K4�
TP-401
P _ 8502 0303 8509
4
Q
d p ' 8514 0510 1
2 0 0 ' I 82K OI 1'V._.
6.8K ISO CSOS P710
T
.047
IBS�
I 3 3K_ 1
8406 . 140V
30HZ SO HZ
27K c502— L__ x
I(5A
L R712
.6 820P
RSO S C507 KID 6�7p7
.022 11�
R
-
2.7K �
K52
-
1
200 • 1�
M BY
RSO7 �_ __ __
iM
o
t
K53 RTI I 91x204 R713 I
BO 2.7 K
R516 135 V 680 /1 2' 1 11
56K B �
O K54, K5
K 121 45V K55 07085
M 2
IM C708A j
/ 200 200
W 1 A WA Q 3 4 I
A
T������ 3
R31p C708C
V-HOLD /V-SIZE '--'VFIV"' 82K 50
,508' 30HZ
K58 I
1.2114 \ � I
r
1
I
VII 1N
V_L
�\ J DC-184
R 515 I LK-UNIT-77 _ D 4

38HE7 V12
CT�I�
56K SI-RECT-20
HORIZ. OUTPUT. DAMPER IX2B 001 -
N.V. RECT. K17i
BFT-648 K56 0714
K16 V5 V6 VB V7 V9 VII I 4.7
r
o I
8614 /I
68
9
111' I S • 5 4 4 3 3 4 12 1 1 12
FUSE
pp
1 IIb I 0715 00 0713
LGA
• .022
.0022.00227 2 7
TT 11 I
II 0 76
--�Ip I� 8620 M.V. 1
K151' " 3.3 � 50P ( V4 V3
I I
o�( TL-603 TL-603 OFF-ON
KI
III--VIO 1 d T J I
19 8621 L--- 5 • 5 • C712
II- .1
�C'716 717 C71B ���CCC719 C720

116
7
— ---J
22 I.00YY 70022 002Y 0022

3
K-o-

1.2K YY C6
16I� 22 Ag l
�F
•i
8
.068 1 IOK IWK
II�
II 3
0 6 NM - � BZv
- -

2
KI
K 8 I C617 8623
8625 (C. R. 01 16
r
R6 J .0047 270K 100K V13 y lO i 0115 y l V 2 INTERLOCKI
17i
IK 0 A01 TL-620 TL-BIS X001 L J
K14
� K131/�
30 • 812 -
4 3 4 S
K4 315 7 I
/My$IZE R610 L ♦
FACTORYd►oER 0119
3.3K
.001
� 40
BOW

I A.C.-LINE
NT6-7U2
l
A18Hz I

151
 SHARP Models TU-47P/TU-58P Alignment Information, Continued

ALIGNMENT INSTRUCTIONS
Equipment
1. Television Sweep Generator
2. Television Marker Generator
3. Oscilloscope
4. Bias Supply
5. Output Meter
Picture IF Alignment
1. Television receiver and test equipment should be turned on and allowed to warm
up for 10 minutes before alignment.
2. Set the VHF-channel selector to channel 10.
(Antenna disconnected from tuner input.)
3. Set the sweep generator for a 44 MHz IF
output and adjust the sweep width for 10 MHz.
4. Loosely couple the marker generator
output lead to the output cable of the sweep generator.
5. Apply -3.5V bias to TP 204.
6. Connect the vertical input of the
oscilloscope through a 10K Ohm resistor to TP 203.
7. Connect the output of the sweep generator
through a .005 MFD capacitor to TP 202. Adjust the output of sweep
generator to maintain a level not exceeding 2-3V pp at the oscilloscope reading.
8. Set the marker generator to produce the desired marker
frequencies and adjust TL-99 (Top and Bottom) to obtain a
waveform on the oscilloscope similar to the pattern shown in
Figure 2.
9. Move the output of the sweep generator to TP 201.
10. Adjust TIF-379-(Top & Bottom) to obtain a waveform on the oscilloscope similar to the pattern in Figure 3.
11. Move the output of the sweep generator to TP 101 on the VHF tuner.
12. Adjust TIF-367 (Top & Bottom), 2TIF-487, 2TIF-495 and touch up TIF-379 to obtain a waveform on the
oscilloscope
equivalent to the pattern shown in Figure 4. (Top slug of TIF-367 is to dip 41.25MHz and 2TIF-487 is to dip 47.25MHz.
13. Repeat steps 7 through 12 until the best result is obtained.

Sound IF Alignment
1. With the receiver in normal operating condition, tune in a
strong local station for best reception of picture.
2. Adjust TIF-544 for maximum sound without buzz and distortion.
3. Attenuate the received station signal by
disconnecting the antenna.
4. Adjust TIF-378 for maximum sound with minimum buzz.
5. Adjust 2TIF-491 (Top) for maximum sound.
6. Repeat steps 2, 3, 4 and 5 to obtain the best result.

4.5 MHz Trap Alignment

1. The receiver and test equipment should be turned on and allowed to warm
up before alignment.
2. Set the channel selector to an unused channel, set the contrast control in fully clockwise
position and disconnect the
antenna from the tuner input.
3. Connect 4.5 MHz signal from the marker generator to TP203.
4. Adjust 2TIF-491 (Bottom) to obtain minimum contrast on the face of the picture tube.

Horizontal AFC Alignment

1. The receiver should be turned on and allowed to warm
up before alignment.
2. Tune in a local station and adjust for normal picture.
3. Short-circuit both ends of horizontal ringing coil TL-23 (TP 601 and TP
602).
4. Connect 0.5 MFD capacitor between TP401 and the chassis to eliminate the
sync signal output.
5. Turn the Horizontal Hold control to bring the picture
moving slowly to the right or left, disregard vertical movement
of the picture.
6. Open the short-circuit of Horizontal Ringing Coi1TL-23 and
adjust its core to produce the same condition as in step 5.
7. Remove the 0.5 MFD capacitor connected at 4.
step
8. Repeat steps 4, 5 and 6 until the Horizontal Sync is obtained at the mechanical center of the H-HOLD control
range.

Width Adjustment
With line voltage set at 108 volts, select the
proper connection on the H-SIZE adjustment so that both side of the picture
just fills the mask. Under
normal operating conditions and with the line
voltage set at 120 volts, the picture should
horizontally overscan the mask about 1/2 inch on each side.

152
 1
T4""Y
Model

TV-9200
CANADA: Serial No. 10001 and later.
USA: Serial No. 32615 and later.
Unsolder these leads

Rear Cabinet Removal

1. Pull out UHF tuning knob and UHF dial.

the
2. Place the set rear-side-up on a padded work surface.
3. Remove the three screws labeled Al-3 in Fig. 6.
4. Remove a screw labeled B I in Fig. 7.
5. Lift up the rear cabinet slowly.
6. Remove the adhesive tape which fixes the leads and
cables on the cabinet. Pull out this 4-pole connector
7. Pull out the 4-pole connector shown in Fig. 8.
Fig. 8 Rear Cabinet Removal, steps 7 and 8.
8. Unsolder the two grounding wires and antenna cable
connected to the antenna jack as shown in Fig. 8. Printed Circuit Board Removal
9. Remove the rear cabinet.
1. Remove the rear cabinet.
2. Place the set rear-side-up on a padded work surface.
3. Remove the clamp band which secures the lead
wires of the picture-tube socket.
4. Pull off the picture-tube socket.
5. Remove the anode cap.
6. Remove the five screws labeled C1-5 in Fig. 9.
7. Unsolder the all lead wires connected to the printed
Al circuit board.
Screw A3
8. Remove the printed circuit board.
® B 3x8 Screw
®P 3x 10
C1
Tapping Screw
'UHF Tuning knob eBV 3x8
and dial A2 C3
Screw Tapping Screw
Tp:3x10 ®BV 3x8
Fig, 6 Rear Cabinet Removal, step 3. Anode lead
Remove this clamp
band
Picture tube socket

C4
Tapping Screw
®BV 3_x8
C5
B1 Tapping Screw
Sc rew I ®BV 3x8
® B 3x8 C2
Tapping Screw
®BV 3x8
Fig. 7 Rear Cabinet Removal, step 4. Fig. 9 Printed Circuit Board Removal

153
 SONY Model TV-920U Disassembly Instructions, Continued

Protector Removal Tuner Block Removal

1. Remove the rear
cabinet. 1. Pull out the VHF channel selector and fine-tuning
2. Remove the four screws labeled D1-4 in Fig. 10. knob.
3. Push slightly on the part of the protector that is 2. Pull out the UHF tuning knob and UHF dial.
unscrewed with a small screw driver as shown in 3. Remove the rear cabinet.
Fig. 11. 4. Remove the printed circuit board.
4. Pull out the protector. 5. Remove the two screws labeled E1-2 in Fig. 12.
6. Unsolder the two leads that are connected to the
3-P terminal board.
7. Lift out the tuner block.

Speaker Removal
D1
Tapping Screw I. Remove the rear cabinet.
®R 3x6 2. Remove the
printed circuit board.
3. Unsolder the resistcr lead and the other two leads.
D2 4. Remove the three screws labeled F1-3 in Fig. 13.
Tapping Screw 5. Lift out the speaker.
® R 3x6
F1
Tapping Screw
®BV 3x8

D3 /
Tapping Screw
® R 3x6

D4
Tapping Screw
®R 3x6

Fig. 10 Protector Removal, step 2.

F3 F2
Small Screwdriver Tapping Screw Tapping Screw
®BV 3x8 ®BV 3x8
Fig. 13 Speaker Removal
Picture-tube Removal
1. Remove the rear cabinet.
ush the protector 2. Remove the printed circuit board.
3. Loosen the clamp band on the funnel of the picture-
tube.
4. Remove the four screws labeled G1-4 in Fig. 14,
5. Lift out the picture-tube.
G1 G3
Tapping Screw Tapping Screw
E1 ®BV 302 _ ®BV 3x12
Fig. 11 Protector Removal, step 3.
Tapping Screw
®BV 3x8
11

G4
Tapping Screw
®BV 3x12

G 2 -- I
Tapping Screw- Loosen this screw
12 Tuner Block Removal ®B V 3x 12
Fig. Fig. 14 Picture Tube Removal
E2
Tapping Screw
®BV 3x8 154
 SONY Model TAI-920U Alignment Information
Marker Generator

VIF Response Curve Adjustments

Equipment needed

Sweep generator - covering the range of 39 to VIF Cable Sweep Generator

48 MHz
Marker generator - covering the range of 39 to
48 MHz
Potentiometer - 500 k-ohm
Oscilloscope
VOM

Procedure
1. Unsolder the keying-pulse lead.
2. Connect the VOM to the emitter of lst VIF
amplifier Q301. (See Fig. 15)
3. Turn the set's power switch ON.
4. Confirm that the emitter voltage of Q301 is
between 0.65V and 0.75V on the VOM. If the
specified voltage is not obtained, change R326 to
the value needed for getting the specified voltage.
500 k-ohm
5. Turn the set's power switch OFF.
potentiometer
6. Connect a 500 k-ohm potentiometer across resistor
R326 as shown in Fig. 15.
7. Unsolder the VIF cable which is connected to the
BF circuit board in Fig. 15.
8. Connect a sweep generator to the point where the
VIF cable was connected. Use a 0.01µF isolation
Scope
capacitor as shown in Fig. 15.
9. Loosely couple a marker generator to the output
lead of the sweep generator.
10. Connect a scope to the VIF output terminals
0
•►•46

(across D401) through a noise filter consisting of Noise Filter 6 0

.0 4

J°
-,
a 10 k-ohm resistor and 200 pF capacitor as shown
in Fig. 15.
T. I
i
39.75MHz 41.25MHz 47.25 MHz
R: 10 k-ohm
C: 200 pF

Fig. 15 Preparation for VIF adjustments.

11. Turn the set's power switch ON.
12. Adjust the 500 k-ohm potentiometer for a voltage
reading of 1AV at the emitter of Q301.
13. Disconnect the VOM.
14. Turn on all of the test equipment. Allow
44.0 MHz 10 minutes for warm up, then make the adjust-
ments specified in Table 1.
Fig. 16 Idealized VIF response curve
TABLE 1. VIF ADJUSTMENTS

Step Marker Frequency (MHz) Adjust Remarks

1 33.75 L304 Adjust the coil for minimum indication on the scope.

2 39.75 L303 Same as above.

3 41.25 L301 Same as above.

4 47.25 L302 Same as above.

T302 Adjust T302 for maximum distance between the

5 45.75
(pink core) marker point and baseline.

T303
6 45.0 Same as above.
(blue core)

155
 SONY Model TV-920U Alignment Information, Continued

15. Disconnect the sweep generator and scope. 10. Connect a scope to the SIF output terminals
16. Resolder the VIF cable and keying-pulse lead.
(C420) as shown in Fig. 17, then make the adjust-
ments specifeed in the following Table 2.
SIF Response Curve Adjustments

Equipment needed

Signal generator 4.5 MHz with 400 —600 Hz AM

modulation Signal Generator
Sweep generator covering the range of 4 — 5 MHz L 11

Marker generator
Oscilloscope
covering the range of 4 — 5 MHz O a
_Qj
VOM S& ®e
Potentiometer — 500 k-ohm

Procedure

1. Set the channel selector to a highest inactive

channel in the area.
2. Connect k-ohm
the 500
potentiometer across
resistor R326.
(See Fig. 15)
3. Set the 500 k-ohm potentiometer to make all video
disappear from the picture-tube (blank raster).
4. Connect a signal generator to the video-detector
output as shown in Fig. 17.
5. Set the brightness control for optimum repro-
duction and the contrast control to maximum.
6. Adjust coil L402 for minimum 4.5 MHz stripes in
the picture.
7. Disconnect the signal generator.
8. Connect a sweep generator to the video-detector
Fig. 17 Prearation for SIF adjustments
output.
9. Loosely couple a marker generator to the output
lead of the sweep generator.
11. Repeat the above steps as necessary to produce
the waveform shown in Fig. 18.

TABLE 2. SIF ADJUSTMENTS

Step Marker Frequency (MHz) Adjust Remarks

Turn up sweep output to produce an S curve.

T401
1 4.5 Adjust T401 and T402 for maximum deflection
T402
on the scope.

T403 Turn the core to make the S curve symmetrical, and

2 4.5
(pink core) have it cross the baseline at 4.5 MHz.

4.5 MHz with 400 — T403 Turn the core for minimum indication of the
3
600 Hz AM modulation (blue core) 400 — 600 Hz signals on the scope.

Deflection Circuit Adjustments

Equipment needed
VOM
Oscilloscope

Procedure

1. Connect an antenna to the receiver and tune the

receiver to a local channel.
2. Make the adjustments specified for each circuit in
Table 3. Fig. 18 Idealized SIF response curve

156
 SONY Model TV-920U Alignment Information, Continued

TABLE 3. DEFLECTION CIRCUIT ADJUSTMENTS

Items Adjust Preparation Adjustment Procedure

Horizontal R621 1. Receive an off-the-air signal. Adjust R621 so that the numbers of diagonal
frequency 2. Short-circuit the horizontal bars are the same with the horizontal hold
adjustment stabilizing coil. control set at both extremes of rotation. Turn
3. Adjust the brightness and contrast the set on and off a few times to make sure that
controls to obtain the best picture. the picture locks from a cold start.

Horizontal C805 4. Connect the scope to the emitter Select values for C805, between 0.00.22 — 0.01µF
pulse-width of the horizontal oscillator (Q80 0. to obtain the pulse-width of 12.5 — 13.5µsec.
adjustment 5. Set the horizontal hold to mid-
range.

Horizontal HSC 6. Remove the short-circuit from Adjust the core of HSC (1,801) until the picture
stabilizing (1,801) HSC. stabilizes.
coil (HSC)
Note: Recheck the horizontal pulse-width, and
adjustment if it is not within the range of 12.5 —
13.5µsec, replace C805 by trial and error
to produce the correct pulse-width.

Horizontal C81 I. 1. Receive an off-the-air signal. Adjust C811 while observing the picture to
size 2. Adjust H. and V. hold for correct produce optimum picture size.
adjustment sync.
3. Adjust the brightness and contrast
controls to obtain the best picture.

Ic of Q501 R501 1. Set the channel selector to an Adjust resistor R501 for a reading of 43.5V.
inactive channel in the area.
2. Check the 12V power supply.
3. Connect a VOM across resistor
R506.

Vertical VR702 1. Receive the test pattern. Adjust linearity control VR702 and height
height and VR703 2. Set H. and V. hold for correct control VR703 while observing the picture, to
linearity sync. produce the best picture height and linearity.
3. Adjust brightness and contrast to
obtain the best picture.

Ic of Q703 R711 1. Receive an off-the-air signal. Ad'gust the resistor R71 1 for a reading of approx.
(V. output) 2. Set H. and V. hold for correct 0.44V.
sync.
3. Connect a VOM across resistor
R714.

Focus Focus 1. Receive an off-the-air signal. Try connecting the focus lead to each of the
adjustment lead 2. Set H. and V. hold for correct connecting point on the BF board.
sync. Connect it permanently at the point that
3. Set the brightness and contrast gives best picture.
controls for normally bright
picture.

L204 L205

Q201 Q202

+B input w vif..'
AGC input y
i ■ '4 4 ``
UIF input .� a
...�..s,
1 1� o
VlFinput"�jR 1 w
$,I�AY,a 11
i

Q203

ANT coil R F-2 coil OSC coil

—
IL22o L229 L24o—L246 L2so—L261

157
SONY Model TV-920U Printed Board Information

MOUNTING DIAGRAM
Signal and Deflection (BF) Circuit Board
— Component side —

i-4L

158
 z SONY Model TV-920U Printed Board Information
:K
a
= Z
z
m
+
I

Dom,

N
Q
m

R
0

C 1,

J
MOUNTING DIAGRAM

Signal and Deflection (BF) Circuit Board

— Conductor side —

159
 SONY Modei TV-920U Schematic Diagram
TELESCOPIC
ANT 0402 2SC403A 0403 2SC403A
(IST SIF AMP) (2ND SIF AMP)

JI UHF TUNER (BT- 181 )

vl�
O
111, R111 _106
ANT 0 F
R406 8406
U-IF 100 7500 C410
-41- 0102 C101 0106 605
Li 2pH UHF r 1 OUT C425
1 UHF N `` 22OP )402,
SEPARA OUT 11 -4 p2eA (..I000p �I V 04
1.1 0402 I
VHF C. 3
OUrr -o RIOT 12p I
c330 ;R104 200
00
R2 1.2V
IOOOp 0101
27k O
-105 1AV
LISP
04 1 Ik
1411
.OI I
-, 10104 S201�
r 27p
0101 CADS; MWIfI�
ICS I QIOI ~

IL104 S-2617 CIO~

Bp 2SC657
Q301
T
L1012 DI01
-
or IS750
p2A
J& C105
(IST VIF AMP) R307 470
PO
P
I
-T
7 •,'r j .005
l
T
0311
005
T
_311
3,3yif
Ah . 1
r R312
9.5V 390
C305 0302
R301 8303 C304 60p ' -
15 15p L. C
C310 1
O TP &I
TUNER (BT-443Wu-01)
,u
VHF 12p
1.3V 47 c314
s� T 7c3o'
TP 0.7V• 9P
C L209 L210 R309
PI, 40.7V 316
220
L_S L211 TyH C228 3
7� �
y 270 270
C231 C219 .01
q L218 1-214 T
( A018 20P Q20, Q202
�� 71)1 fAT fA
I
U
SE5020 2 SC629 f'
L301 L302 L303 L304 R306 200
N L215 (RF AMP) (MIX) 12V WH IuH WH 026WH
2p4 IIV 0202 t 4`25MHx 4725M& 3g750h 337, R3291eo
02. _ 2SC657
14
24V (0215 T - Wk
20 IL207 �m51[21NDVIFANP
L
VHF IN
Z —1 -,
AT,
B
7q
I lA1 T^30 1
G:
.8 1 }
S
I S-•-

C 217 112 12 ° zzk 476 a9.OV

IO k
.OI- k A (AGC AMP) 0305
Q3oo5g2SB382
LS b soo 105"1616
412V 1
R-HOLD) C423
— _ J AO5
H621 4100
TD302 S-1250
1
VR601

5600 i
I 02 Ik-8I
r2SAIB�
%o
l g6022SC633
SY C "up
A-13 R603 1605 R6 5
1 IOk 1500 csz� D601,60z IT2 A 4300
12 O
47y16V } 1612
4ILBV 2W s
L221O L2220 II
10 4 Jy25V p �15k,
{ 0802 0601
9 1607
C2241 06022 iY9"V Ir
(�l
O zvz
2k y ISk
8 L256 o 0225 3ylOV D602
z T rc212 ?
L256 R21 1 _.001 R 613
L 10
— o 4
L224 7 L23I" L241� � Fine P 3300
6 R618 ZR60 5100
Tuninq T 2700
L223 n1/ 5100 R608 L601
5 �o
, o g C904 43k 04
7.3m C608
Lag "M Q203 2SC629 47y R6 3-1
04
L2260L227
L228
3 LMO.? ,{o (0SC lA1 2k OOV AA Y
L229
�6V T I
f)Tnl p
2 R
331
17V
X11 �IT99q IF 20' IOOV
I

U L236 1 I4 16V
y �YIOY
0704
705 R
T I

R�
S
20
uCOV16V • I�V R713'
h .xw IOV ,p..,,,/ r 1708 4112 3
8701 VBT 5k_B S 2k 070=
am I
y • '00'�� OTOI
yfrrp3�/
-
100y12V i 4,7\ 5k Bg
-y,J CHAGEf 03 a °R7k
O.BA o T901 AS
L901 R902 5902 500 • -
F901 %4300 1706
{ R710 R712
3W 4300 0 70.
;
� 5600 510

0
b
D 4300 IOy R707
BCH 5901

Lo
16V 9100

'I/ ---,
Al Al
�C901
4
�� 5
090
y
is
1 -
(RECT) 000)1
1 6V
O A 1 ---W,Vr
-
IV-HOLDI
VR701 2k B
AA
GATT IN
12V 1 �Q
AC 117V ' S901p
S9
6OHz
G' POWER SW (BUILT IN VOLUME) Q7ol 2SC633 0702 2SB382
(VERT OSC) (VERT'DRIVE)

Q601 Collector Q701 Collector Q8ol Emitter

12Vp_p Horiz. 5.5Vp_p Vert. 13.5Vp_p Horiz.

�l

Q602 Collector Q702 Base 0802 Base

12Vp_p Horiz. Vert. 1.2Vp-p Horiz,
1,6Vp_p

160
 SONY Model TV-920U Schematic Diagram, Continued

Q551 2SC403A 0552 2SB381

(AF AMP) (AF DRIVE)

r
'
�R00 D402,403 IT23x2 R414
TC0'
R416 6
2

41; T403 1111

---_ (EtADIET) 1200 3300 j
f1
D402 C415
50q C417
T P
1415 ION I6V
1e C416
Oy
1200
1 N
m
M T
O
R4I 3300 EARPHONE
o i VR551 1 0551
8
5k-D
p � 1 ---
J 02 .029 .
002
420 IIOySV
X 5.6uH X Im
2
L �v� 10

313 C323
100;.005 v 10412
R336 R403
150 24k 0554 2SB381
303 (AF OUT)
4.aVY ,
1-401 M 4o12SC403A
IyH - (VIDEO DRIVE)

--i C404 R505

A' 0501 5 ok
(VIDEO AMP)
AMP) 05
68V ,2 15DV Q/
0501 0V _ I
I I P. TUBE
0330
y?V �7�' * 50
JD4
♦
H Ialszzooy
2W") 230D84
I C 1,.z 1
C332 A047 15V R501 I
I 0304
240k
[PRIDHTI
VR502 j
RN
R32 C403 -
M ' IW 250k-8
IOOp - 0
3.7V R323
0505
R327 D302_ 8�2k i 47, O
337' -2.5v3900 - 11
13k R3 —«
Y
,
6 a AS
333 47 E
0331 Q304
C`S�`o'rf�a 500V
R602 I 1 ""
2 ylov2SB382 1 81 j
RS��
,rl GATE) 601 JJ
.d
) (AGC M
D302 51 7R50411OD6 V a IGONTRf♦ TC5
IT22 2200 1
0803 2SCS95 m
(HOR OUT) 8
i } 510
.3N I OV
I.2VR62o 2 TB R813 R509
10 HOT D002 1 B IOOk )'2 W
0 9 / 5
-801 SB
02 06152
5 Q801 �� 4
1I��II
L80 .0093 OI6 1
.00 T�CLSD7
6
2SC403A e 0803 08011 '� 0 804.� 20 V +Ar
14 H3 0 x(1811 QI
(HOR OSC) C:•8
Q801 -0.6V .02 ♦ I�
090
2 4R815
Ov �7.8V 6.8
V 20k Q7oi Base
Q802 -o.9ev
C611
6802
2SD28 5.1 Vp-p Vert.
.047 111 R5II
ID501
WH
.047-.."601
"0 10pV k )2W
(HOR DRIVE) -
IOOv ' IZ
ooV so �HFSD
D803 e7 H
-
HFSD IA D8o5 HS-20

J
(HV RECT)
^;
15 240

VA
RSIT
=--4 9100 I
7 172V 1
I
V I OYH
0813
1,2
1 043V RBI4
IOOV f I
I

DYV
Q8oi Base

T5Vp-p Horiz.
l
Q703 2SD29
(VERT OUT)

I
ITV-92OU
AFC input side 0702 Collector 0802 Collector
Horiz. 1.2Vp_p Vert. Horiz.
WAVEFORMS 13.5Vp_p 110Vp-p

NOTE:
Vert.: 30 Hz
Horiz.: 7875 Hz

Q703 Collect Or 0803 Base

HBT input side
Horiz. 55Vp_p Vert. 5Vp_p Horiz.
1.8Vp_p

161
 SONY Model TV-920U Servicing Information, Continued

BLOCK DIAGRAM

AF Out
Sound DET I
SIF 1 SIF 2 W AF Amp. AF Drive
0
®4
VHF UHF Loc.
Separator
Osc.l
Mixer
D"

L
UHF Tuner
BT-1811
Dim 0 Speaker

I AF Out

VIF-1 VIF-2 VIF3 Video Drive

E.J.

® ®
Dae s

® I 0 VideoDET
V ideo Amp.
RF A Mixe Picture Tube

®
LO
I
'� AGC
m Gate Dam=
Pulse Stap-
0
C.

D302 AGC DET.

AGC Amp. Q
o Da.
D.a.7 MV Rect.
Boon Dampers
a o
0
Sync. Sep. Sync. Amp. H. Os. H. Drive H. Out

9
1 Dam
Blanking
N
D
Re
ct.
D701 T Dam D—
HV Re

lse Stop Pulse Stop Damper

F
a

Dv
Ox. V. Drive V. Out

I D,2
Stop

[Lse

v C7 N
Y Fg \1y
O"
p

�+ttT ui Q
y pp
� "✓_ pp y U¢

�T
�

>m
NOII 1
U
Board —

DIAGRAM

0!
!
U

o0
DIAGRAM

lo

T8
Circuit

a �O
QQ / P
N
� �N
MOUNTING
SCHEMATIC
Tuner
— VHF

11=
J4�
7
—
DO n _
N NY Q
U —

162
 SYLVANLA
Chassis B12-1, used in Model MZ1.22
Chassis B12-2, used in Models MZ123, Mz200

ADJUSTMENTS
BRIGHTNESS-CONTRAST ADJUSTMENT - Rotate contrast viewint Using a test pattern , preferably a circle, rotate core
control fully counterclockwise minimum
( contrast). Adjust of L404 until it is all the way out . Then slowly turn core in-

irightness control so that a known black object is a true black war- until the right hand side of test pattern (as viewed from
the ) is pulled
front out to its maximum. When maximum is
with little or no grey shading . Readjust contrast control for
reached, reverse rotation of the core very slightly until both
most pleasing picture . NOTE : once correct brightness setting
sides of the circle are linear . Final adjustment of the Vertical
has been established, it is not normally necessary to readjust
Height, Vertical Lineari t an d width controls may become
the brightness control. Use the contrast control to adjust for �� �� ��
necessary after adjusting L Z4' .
variations in room lighting.
CENTERING ADJUSTMENT
AGC - Use this control only if normal contrast cannot be ob
rained with CONTRAST Control, or if the picture is not steady. 1• Position deflection yoke as for forward as possible on the
Tune in a strong channel and then rotate clockwise until the neck ( against the flare) of the picture tube.
picture 'jumps ' or is unsteady
, then back off until the picture 2. Rotate centering adjustment rings ( located on yoke cover)
becomes steady and normal. individually or together , until picture is centered. Turn
brightness control to a low level and check that no comer
HEIGHT-VERTICAL LINEARITY - These two controls are cutting e=xists in the picture.
interdependent . If the picture is out of proportion vertically,
or compressed at top or bottom HORIZONTAL OSCILLATOR ADJUST
, adjust both controls until the
picture assumes normal proportions. The Height Control espe-
affects 1. Back AGC to a light grey scale picture.
off
cially the bottom of the picture. Linearity the top.
2. a jumper shorting pin 2 of V5A
Connect . to ground ( Pin 3 of
NOTE : The Vertical Hold Control should be checked after
PP300 accessible on top of board may also be used)
any changes in adjustment of Height or Vertical Linearity
3. Pull hosizontal hold knob out approximately 1,/2 inch to
Controls.
allow adjustment past mechanical stop.
- If the 4. Adjust IL4001 until picture is as stable as possible (float-
WIDTH picture is out of proportion horizontally, adjust
this control until the picture assumes normal proportion. ing). Use vertical hold to stop excessive vertical running.
5. If after completing oscillator adjustment the stop on back of
HORIZONTAL LINEARITY horizontal knob is not centered away from tab on chassis,
pull knob completely out and reinsert 180 degrees away from
Before attempting to adjust Horizontal Linearity coil L404 tab to allow proper control range.
make certain all other controls are adjusted for normal picture 6. Reset AGC as described under controls.

CHASSIS REMOVAL
NOTE: To provide sufficient access for normal servicing, fol- F, Speaker Leads - at speaker.
low
Steps I through 3 only. G, Wire Braid - at chassis.
1. Disconnect AC power cord and antenna connection. Remove 5, Slide chassis prying out the spring retainers on
to rear by
interlock cover. either side of chassis
(See photo pg. 5 ).
2. Pry out on spring retainer on each side of chassis (See Il- NOTE: Lower front control knobs will automaticalay discon-
lustration pg. 5 ) and slide chassis to the rear as far as nect while chassis is being removed,
lead length will allow. 6. Remove tuner cluster knobs by pulling straight outward.
3. Lay cabinet on its side, on a soft clean cloth, with the high 7, Remove screws securing antenna board to cabinet.
voltage section end up. 8 Remove tuner mounting screw securing tuner cluster to cabi-
NOTE: If further removal is desired, place cabinet on its feet net.
and continue below. 9. Lift tuner cluster upward slightly and then back. Remove
4. Disconnect the following plug and socket connections. tuner clmster.
A. Yoke - at chassis. 10, To replace chassis, reverse the above procedure.
B. Tuner cluster - at chassis. NOTE: To remove yoke, loosen screw on yoke retaining ring.
C. Picture Tube Cable - at picture tube. Slide yoke to the rear until clear from the neck of the picture
D, High Voltage Lead - at picture tube. tube. To replace yoke, reverse the above procedure being care-
E. 1F input - at chassis, ful not to strike the neck of the picture tube.

PICTURE TUBE REMOVAL

1. Remove chassis and tuner assembly as outlined under to caoinet.
"Chassis Removal' procedure. 5. USING GOGGLES AND GLOVES, reach under face of tube
2. Lay cabinet face down on a soft material so as not to and lift from cabinet, DO NOT GRASP NECK OF PICTURE
scratch or mar the face of the picture tube or finish on TUBE AT ANYTIME.
cabinet. 6. To install picture tube, reverse the preceding steps. Exer-
3. Remove picture tube mounting wire bracket. cise camtion not to scratch face of picture tube.
4. Remove the four brackets and screws securing picture tube

163
 SYLVANIA Chassis B12-1,-2, Alignment Information

ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE
VIDEO IF, SOUND IF AND 4.5MHz TRAP ALIGNMENT PROCEDURES

PRELIMINARY INSTRUCTIONS

1. Line voltage should be maintained at 120 volts. 5. "hot' lead must make
Sweep generator good electrical con-
2. Keep marker generator coupling at a minimum to avoid dis- tact at all points given under TEST EQUIPMENT HOOK -UP.
tortion of the response curve. 6. Adjust sweep generator output for maximum peak-to-peak
3. Do not use tubular capacitors for coupling sweep into re- response curve on the scope.
ceiver . Disc ceramics are best. 7. Receiver and test equipment should warm up for approx-
4. For best results, solder the sweep generator ground to imately 15 minutes before alignment.
chassis, do not use clips.

-VIDEO IF ALIGNMENT-

STEP ALIGNMENT SET - UP NOTES TEST EQUIPMENT HOOK - UP ADJUST

1 Connect -12V DC source to Tie Point SWEEP GENERATOR - Through a L205 and L206 so that the
6 � .002 MFD capacitor to pin 2 of V4
2
and pir, 2 of SK500. 42.6MHz mar ker and the 45.75MHz
Set generator to 43.5MHz with marker are of equal amplitude.
10MHz sweep. See Figure 1.
Remove yoke plug, PL400 to disable
horizontal and vertical scan. SIGNAL GENERATOR - Loosely
42 6 4'5.75
coupled as a marker to sweep gen
-
erator lead. MHz MHz
80%± 10%

OSCILLOSCOPE - Through a 10K - . - i _ _ - -

resistor connected to test point A
O Figure /

L205 Positions marker amplitude.

L206 Adjusts for tilt.

2 Same as Step 1. SWEEP GENERATOR - Through a .002 T200 so that both the 42.6MHz
MFD capacitor to IF test point on and 45.75 MHz m ar kersareof equa
l
tuner. Set generator to 43.5MHz with amplitude and at 55% of response
l0MHz sweep. curve. See Figure 2.
42. 4.73
MHMHz
*
SIGNAL GENERATOR - Same as
5 /6t1O Step 1.
n5
Figure P OSCILLOSCOPE - Same as Step 1.

3 Some as Step 1. SWEEP GENERATOR - Same as L204 for maximum dip at 47.25
Step 2. MHz

SIGNAL GENERATOR - Same as TUNER MIXER COIL - To position

Step 1. 45.75MHz marker at 50% of response
103 O curve while 45MHz marker is main-
120%42 .
6 - Hz OSCILLOSCOPE - Same as Step 1. twined at 100%.
MHz �
X10% 30°16 ® i To obtain response as shown
1_ V45.OMHZ in Figure 3. Top of response curve
F/99i" 3 47,23 MHz should be smooth and rounded and
should rise from 105% to 120 1
,76.

164
 SYLVANIA Chassis B12-1,-2, Alignment Information, Continued

— 4.5MHz TRAP AND SOUND IF ALIGNMENT

STEP ALIGNMENT SET -UP NOTES TEST EQUIPMENT HOOT{ - UP ADJUST

1 Connect a -12V DC source to Tie Point SIGNAL GENERATOR - Through a Separate cores of T204
O . .0047 MFD capacitor to test point then
O . Set signal generator to 4.5 MHz Adjust top core of T204 for
Remove yoke plug PL400 to disable preferably crystal calibrated or minimum reading on meter.
horizontal and vertical scan. controlled, with at least 100
millivolts output.

VTVM - Through detector network

shown in Figure 1, to cathode of
picture tube - tie point
O
2 Same as Step 1. SIGNAL GENERATOR - Same as FWM Bottom core
Step 1. k0 t t Top core
IT204 1 Bottom core
VTVM - Through detector network
shown in Figure 2. to pin 5 of V2A For maximum meter reading using
weakest possible signal.

3 Same as Step 1. SIGNAL GENERATOR - Same as With core of @M at the top of

Step 1. coil form, rotate core inward
BREAK OUT (clockwise). (NOTE: Coil has two
OSCILLOSCOPE - Through .0047 MFD (2) peaks of resonance): Tune
capacitor pin 1 of SK500 . through the first peak and adjust
the core for maximum amplitude on
the second peak.

Decrease signal strength until

break out occurs. then readjust top
core of 1T10Q) until break out
occurs simultaneously on both
Figure 3 peaks. See Figure 3.

4 Remove all test equipment leads etc. Connect antenna and check receiver on a strong local station.

OSC MIXER
6 GJ7
RF
AMP
6HQ5

SW500
ON OFF
SWITCH
V9
SK400
YOKE
V HF
UHF
TUNER _
C436 TUNER

C437 CB500
T400
T204 CIRCUIT T500
NOR IZ. T100
SOUND BREAKER POWER
OUTPUT SOUND
TAKE-OFF C502
IF

L410 V L500
V4

V7
V5

C500 PL500
PL512 SK500

1 SK502

L204
T300 47.25 MHZ
VERT.
TRAP
OUTPUT
L 20_5L i0_6
F OUTPUT

1320 SC204 C254 l C246 R250

1 VERT.
HOLD
I I
R2522
BRIGHT.
I
CONTRASTI
— CHASSIS PARTS LAYOUT —

165
 SYLVANIA Chassis 1312-1, -2. Servicing Information, Continued

PRINTED CIRCUIT PANEL ASSEMBLY

140VPP 250VPP 28VPP 3VPP 82VPP

Horiz. Horiz. Horiz. Vert. Horiz.

100VPP 35VPP 5VPP 82VPP 40VPP

Vert. Horiz. ' Horiz. Vert. Vert.

0 1
,2 W' '1300
L 222Q
I 224
2 4w
f fa 4
g
0 2 L20!5
6 Va
I I
boo _.�_ j
G
G3K®`AT 2
OOQ6 It
1
` g
' ® 1 I �, 2
1 L2 O6 13p �j I 1
Fi
10
suy
G3 G7
00
Y

G2 / Q 346-
- y�. 1
I _ 32 •--Ih--Wl
K r
�• H
V8 H���
W
• i

(4\ -- r 303
VDR335 324
3 r �e 3C
®®

PP 17 100VPP 1360VPP 70VPP 90VPP

60V
Horiz. Vert. Vert. Vert. Vert.

166
 SYLVANIA Chassis B12-1,-2, Servicing Information, Continued

SCHEMATIC NOTES
—PARTS COD
ING—
VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT CONDITIONS UNLESS OTHER-
Sound Section 100-199 WISE SPECIFIED.
Video Section 200-299
Vert. and Sync Section 300-399 1. Voltages measured to chassis using VTVM.
Horiz. an d H.V. Section 400-499 2. AC power source 120 volt 60 nertz(cycle) line.
L. V. Supply, Fil., Misc. 500-599 3. Voltage readings in brackets taken with no input; chan n el

selector set to a frde channel, antenna disconnected,

antenna terminAls shorted together and grounded to chassis.
4. Voltage readings not in brackets taken with a strong signal
3VPP input; tuner set to a strong local station developing approx-
Vert. imately -7 volt on AGC Buss. NOTE: AGC VOLTAGE AT
TEST POINT n WILL VARY FROM -7 VOLT ON A VERY
STRONG SIGNAL TO A +20 VOLT ON A VERY WEAK
SIGNAL.
5. Contrast control set to maximum. Brightness control set to
minimum.
BOTTOM VIEW 6. Voltage values shown are average readings. Variations may
be observed due to normal production tolerances.

SPECIAL VOLTAGL MEASUREMENT CONDITIONS

O Picture
age probe
tube
at
anode
line
voltage measured with VTVM high volt-
voltage of 120 volts under conditions
of normal signal, no brightness and correct scan size.

245

OR200 40 4 0
1 8
O - - ---
.- 1
T1 f-® 1 R304
I SK500 4� `C300
V3 +
j� ®� C 500 q t I�8
OC • ' I
.01 330K
Cr3 1
b
K �2oC+ 1\
L20d�
,7

G2 --�l`
� -
-
, \ / PP300
6101 4 g- \
L R302 C302
��: 202�� tMEG .001
K�
_0 6
I 2 3
J
2
, 2 5 •
�_®204 1
208
J
4
(6 2 4 4 o • 504
' • • p
�Ir i
T
�8
, om,
rT' w Imo,
•-
0
o R246
NOOK
4 2 2
FL
� O 2 C242 C240
in T102 PP200
47MMF0 16MMF
P 1
/14 G2 K ' •
3 G2
I 2 3
122 i --�®' -
` P!i 124 i
0
1
H
•
1
r L----

� �V2j, 5
1 16 •----) r O
O4

WAVEFORM MEASUREMENT CONDITIONS

680VPP
Horiz. (� V P P
Horiz.
 SYLVANIA Chassis B12-1,-2, Schematic Diagram

V2A
TIRO
SOUND I.F
1/2 6TI0 ./o5V
S'uND DIE (NOOV)
F 7 ID
mil`4
VIA
04
1/2 6KD8 1 92V 5

1/2 6GH8A -(V

I
SOUND IF AMP (-.4V) 3 6N30V
`
C102 R10 6 (N300
0047 ISK .112
4.5V 2
(.5.5V .0022
(s,6V1 -
+140V
CpO-+- IR102 CIID RIOS
.01 220n . 68on
.0047
20, O

6AY3► /6OV T200

W N6 14-16014)
HORIZ.
DAMPER 6EH7 (N30V) IST VIDEO IF 6EJ7
IST VIDEO 7 2ND VIDEO 7
OUTPUT IF AMP IF AMP
C220
9 i//0V .0022 '
L202 P90VJ 8 (NzV)
TILT AOJ 2
8
_
LL;"
(+ 4V1
C204

L
C200 I-3
PL502 SK502 0022
.0022 11216
11204 R210 0218 _ 121
IOK
�I 47 22n .0012 R232
oI 0
C20 6 �20 % R212
` 330 T"22 ben
.0027
S+ — Sx 22P1 5%
Q 204
L R 212
270K
E 47 n
20%
608 L200 725 ^

6GHSA TRAP
TR r
6GK6 )I
1F
PE RT. OSC/ VERT. = C2206 AGC
HORIZ.OSC OUTPUT .15

TO 8119
TO F503
ff
6,3 VAC O6 0212
TUNER 1.2 MEG 001
FIL TO 0118 2KV
• T400
3
2N388 )�,TO
TERM.2
R208
NOISE SK500 4.7 MEG
6JT8 GATE 2 C 2107
R223
t 11301
4 2211
6LY8 20%
} 22K
AMP 5 2ox
VIDEO
SYNC. SEP 5 1 16

1
OS R220 W300
15 MEG. VIB 0

6KD8 1/26KD8
9 OV,S6K I

J
• A •
r)I
6EJ7-, 6GH8A 1/2 6GH8A R300
300
R304
22K 330K
2ND VIDEO IF AMP SOUND IF AMP SW500 AGC AMP R228 , 20% .01
e 50K
AGC AMP 55V
C 2

f V'
MEG

1
120V C502
F 11i x.047
6EH7 600V
'ST VIDEO R226
1 1:214
IF AMP /6T10 33K 33OPF
SOUND DET/ w
\OUTPUT BLK/RED R224
Ak • R22r
CB 500 220K
+140V +270V 220K AGC
lox

RED
6
00
T500
.33
.33
POWE SC504 T
R502
SC506 L500 SIX
3W
+IOOV

C500A D C500B A C500C

SC502 -
SC500 - 50 120 5
400V 400V 350V
BLK
•INDICATES TUBE INDEX
TUNER R500 C508
[NEC $
.001 R412
92MEG
RED/YEL
R408
L508 L506 270K
GRIN/

:YEL F500 VII 6TIO C514 ' 6EJ7 - 6EH7 C516

J
N28 PIK V2 ToO22 V4 V3 .0022 0406 C410
1GRN WIRE TUBE I 5 4 47OPF .oa

.047
\6KD8 6LY8 6KD8
TO PIN 7 SK500 TUNER.. FILLMEN IF 4 R402
/VI VS V6 C404
4 5 470K
82PF
VOLTAGE KEY SYMBOLS

+140V
K6 \ 6AY3
E+270V V7 VIO -V' R406
`6G
4 5 . C402 82K
EXAMPLE: 31- 47OPF
INDICATES VOLTAGE INPUT
®
INDICATES VOLTAGE SOURCE

3. Encircled numbers on edge of printed circuit indicate tie

GENERAL SCHEMATIC NOTES points, corresponding with those shown on parts layout of
printed board.
1. Voltage sources are indicated by encircled symbols , corres- 4. All capacitors are in microfarads unless otherwise specified.
ponding symbols without circles indicate voltage tie points. 5. Coils, transformers, plugs and sockets are shown as viewed
2. Average resistances of coils and transformers are shown and from the bottom.
are measured with component connected in circuit. 6. Arrows on controls indicate direction of clockwise rotation.

168
 SYLVANIA Chassis B12-1,-2, Schematic Continued
Diagram,

TO PIN I TO PIN 8
OF SK500 OF SK500 V213
A
1/2 6TK)
AUDIO OUTPUT
260V
�I
CIIB TO PIN 1 TIO2
R116 OF PLSOO AU D10 OUTPUT
.0022
560K {R119
TO PN8 jIK
OF PL500 20% , i

- +270V O

RID
�,-: 1, 100
WADRATURE
C 114 RIIB
471C
15PF (MEG
20%
VOL -12V
4.140V /N2Vl
R248
+270V 7K
CII6 RII7 R120 7W
56OK .02 220n
TONE
`T VIDEO
LSMEG
2 T -
(-2 CH.ONLY )

IF OUTPUT L210 SC202 D6462

IOOU(
T204 v DC RESTORER
SND TAKEOFF
SC200 1/2 6LY8 4. SMH+ TRAP C244 C250
jL205I
IN295 1/2 6JT8 IBPF 22 L216 L
—VDEO VIDEO AMP 220UH VII
DIET
—0232
4V 23FHP4
3 3P
/.4V/7 PICTURE TUBE
PF1
R256{
R240 R241 470X ,
2.7K 330(1
6 :252
R238 6V
IL 2061 3.6K
1>47

3
I..6Vl —
5% 1
8234 8242 R250
47011 Ion ?SK
R266S R264 R254 7KV
20% CONTRAST 15K > 15K IOU(
220UH • SPARK ARRESTOR
2O% (PART OF CRT SK .1
v C226 R305
0022 82K
7200
NE2H

R25Z
BRIGHT
I.SMEG

• -{iJ R318 R324

I MEG S R258
I MEG OI +270V
O C304 RW R34 R333
-. VL N HEIGHT A:C254� R262
+270V - .22 390K
SMEG. 3 MEG 1.2 MEG R335 220K
IW
VDR 20%
R344

L
R306 t R314 39MEG
V58 10OK IMEG C327

T
770V T35V C318 IW 470RF
1/2 6LY8 /N/OVI I .068
1/2 6JT8 � I .BO'
/.235V�
TO
.
SYNC SEP C306 3'
O C324 B
7.80141 314 14
-
40V .068
1 C ^ 001 BOOST
.0022 1 BLU 1.6KV
!-.TOVI R33/A 3,9 R346
IKV �-
2 f 22K
V68 1
20% 0
1/2 6KD8 -
tl

1/2 6GHSA 15V-��

2 T300
� RD
I$
I-/5
v1 '�, c326
VERT. OSC.
6GK6 I OUTPUr r .0047

R320
T CWT
'
VERT OUTPUT

r.24z
I WHT T
V. HOLD
15 MEG._

R308
82K R339
IOOK

01 YOKE
2N388 (DO NOT ATTEMPT TO
NOISE GATE MEASURE DC VOLTAGE) 302
CLIP SCOPE LEAD R436 VERT.
TO INSULATION WIDTH T400 DEFLEC
50K MORIZ. OUTPUT COLS

TO "B"BOOST I
SK400
(PHI EMU L300 1

R416 R422 R418 V8 C434

8P
820K 47K
W
47K 6JN6 3KV
8437
OUTPUT
IOK E
LLH��ORIZ. W
7
y
/
F) 0126 I

2 R439 {
I 4,10 15K 5
3
If2 bKD8 1
11 1160V VIO
1/2 6GH8A 2430
6AY3
HORIZ.OSC. DAMPER
2
20%
0% - 2
./42V 4514 v
-
R414 0415 P/42V1 7 45V1
ISOK 47PF R434
E 27K L402 ;
5%
IW 0430
C420
.018
56OPF
c41z
4 ro
PP T
J L404
- HORIZ
;-C416 `R420
2.2K LIN
.0068
L400
HORIZ
HOLD

C436
.033
600V
B' BOOST

ALTERNATE SOUND ALIGNMENT USING TRANSMITTED SIGNAL

Tune in strongest available channel and adjust for best picture. Turn AGC control clockwise until picture begins to distort
and adjust 11-1001 for best sound and minimum buzz. Use tuning point where core is closest to chassis board.

Turn AGC counterclockwise until sound gets weak and noisy. Adjust T100 top and bottom core and T204
loudest and clearest sound and minimum hiss.
 SYLVANIA Chassis B12-1,-2, Service Information, Continued

SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM (54-27515-2)

I UNF STRIP
L9 ul
Ty
Lam_ � • 'LT - - = J-I
- - -
cN.z -T

7
— 1CK2 THRU 13
THRU 6 r `1 OSC
ONLY L6 LIO LI2 ,
40 (STRIPS
1 1 L13
1 r
J
I— 4
CH.T I I
T RU
3 LI]
L17
SKI ONLY
UHF
L J
INPUT

C3
15
C4
5

R2
1.2 K
300A
VHF
INPUT i
CID
1
2] 28 2] I
27

L2 ! : L6

i i

C2 F a.
000 TEST OUTPUT 140V
POINT
- FIL

ADJUSTMENT LOCATIONS

UHF TUNER
54-17965-1

VHF TUNER
54.27515-2

DEFLECTION YOKE
51.29369-1

HV CAP
B6-11650-1

PMSPEAKER PL400
4' (12-15323-1) SK400
5' X 7' (12-23158-1) YOKE

HV SOCKET
T500
72.11645.2
POWER

L204
47.25 MHZ
TRAP
HORIY. LIN

R340 -
PI-5011
HEIGHT
SK500
TUNER
CLUSTER T300 VERT.
CONNECTOR OUTPUT

AC
INTERLOCK
SPRING LATCH
SPRING LATCH RH
LH

CB500 L202 L100 T100 T200 T204 L205 L206 L400 R224 R316
CIRCUIT TILT DUAD- SOUND 1ST VIDEO SOUND IF OUTPUT HORIZ. AGC VERT.
BREAKER ADJUST RATURE IF IF TAKE-OFF HOLD LIN
COIL (FRONT)

170
 T R U E T 0 N E
WESTERN AUTO STORES

2DC1803 Television
Model No. WEG1803A-86
SERVICE ADJUSTMENTS SERVICE SUGGESTIONS
RECEIIVER COMPLETELY INOPERATIVE — This condition
DEFLECTION YOKE ADJUSTMENT —The deflection yoke
may be caused by the following:
should be positioned as for forward on the neck of the
1. Tube filaments may be open.
tube as the bell will allow. Then, if the lines of the raster
2. No +B voltage.
are not horizontal or squared with the picture mask, rotate
the deflection yoke until this condition is obtained. Upon NO RASTER ON PICTURE TUBE — If raster cannot be
completion of this adjustment, tighten the clamp at the rear obtained, check below for the causes:
possible
of the deflection yoke.
1. No + B voltage. Reset circuit breaker. Replace if
CENTERING ADJUSTMENT — If horizontal or vertical cen- defective. If circuit breaker continually opens check:
is required this should be done at 105V line (if pos- A. For short in -}-B.
tering
sible) obtain normal setting. Adjust each ring in the
to B. Silicon rectifier.
C. Check DC resistance of horizontal trans-
centering device until proper centering is determined. If output
is not adjusted focus may be poor. former.
centering properly,
2. No high voltage. Check V-401, V-402, V-403 and
WIDTH SLEEVE —The
ADJUSTMENT width sleeve should V-404 tubes and circuits. If horizontal deflection
be adjusted so that the picture just fills the screen, circuits are operating as evidenced by the correct
voltage (500V) measured terminal number 1 of on
PROCEDURE FOR ADJUSTING HORIZONTAL OSCIL-
the horizontal output transformer, the trouble can
LATOR COIL IN SETS USING A MULTIVIBRATOR
be isolated to the high voltage rectifier circuit.
OSCILLATOR — Short sync out by shorting grid (pin #2) of Either the high voltage winding to the V-402 plate
sync separator (V-301 A) to chassis base. Short out horizontal and the V-403 plate is open or pix tube elements
oscillatorcoil (L-401). Adjust horizontal hold control (Fine shorted internally.
R-412) to mechanical center. Then adjust horizontal hold 3. Defective picture tube Cathode return circuit open.
control (Coarse R-403) so that picture is trying to lock in.
Remove short across L-401 and adjust core in L-401 so that HORIZONTAL DEFLECTION ONLY — If only horizontal
deflection is obtained as evidenced by a straight line across
picture is trying to lock in. Remove short on grid of V-301A.
the face of the picture tube, it can be caused by the
Picture should lock in. The horizontal oscillator coil should
never need following:
adjustment after being aligned. If picture does
not lock in, check the dual selenium diode and associated 1. V-301 B or V-302 inoperative. Check socket volt-
circuitry. ages.
2. Vertical output transformer open or shorted.
HEIGHT AND VERTICAL LINEARITY ADJUSTMENT —
3. Yoke vertical coils open or shorted.
Adjust the height control until l the picture fills the mask
4. Vertical hold, height or linearity controls may be
vertically. Adjust the vertical linearity control until the pic.
defective.
ture is symmetrical from top to bottom. Adjust the picture
centering device to align picture with the mask. Adjustment POOR VERTICAL LINEARITY — If adjustment of the height
of any control will require a re-adjustment of the other and linearity controls will not correct this condition, any of
control. the following may be the cause:
l.. Check variable resistors R-314, R-315 and R-316.
DETECTOR LEVEL CONTROL — Connect Oscilloscope to
2. Vertical output transformer defective.
detector (TPA) adjust R-212 for 4 volts peak to peak.
3. V-301 B or V-302 defective, check voltages.
If Oscilloscope is not available the following procedure
4. Excess or incorrect value of capacitors
may be used. leakage
C-305, C-306, C-307, C-308, C-309, C-311 or open or
Set channel selector to the strongest station in the area
and adjust detector level control so the set overloads. incorrect value of resistors R-306, R-307 and R-308.
Then turn the control in the opposite direction just be- 5.. Low plate voltages. Check power supply.
low the overload point. 6. Vertical deflection coils defective.

171
 TRUETONE Chassis 2DC1803 Service Information, Continued

^, p p 60 cps 35V. to 100, p p 60 cps 22,. to 80,. 60 48V. 481

OI O O3 p-p cps O/ p P 60 cps ( p p 15750 cps 70, p p 60 cps 2101. p 60 cps
© OI

95V. 60 cps 5v. P 0 15750

OB O9 cps 10 9,. pp 15750 cps 11 351. 0 15750
p- cps 12) 110,. p 15750 cps 17 32V. p p 15750 cps SIN
to 32, p p 15750 cps
9

L-I L-2 L-3 CIIAx 1 ' '

Is 22v. p 0 60 cps 1 j y/ y

°__0
d L-5 L-6 L-7 L-8 anxxec zA3 �
00606ib
(

SERVICE SUGGESTIONS-(continued) AA
'
o0 is- 486{x0000

1 C3

L-10L_ L-12� 2.2

POOR 0 C4 v-2A
HORIZONTAL LINEARITY Lns
00
sl✓e
vNF R F osc
T
1. Check or replace V-402 & V-404. CL R5 R6
R2',
1.2 TOY.' 5K 22K
1.2 K
2. Check capacitor C-417 for defects. 4.5 3
e
Re
E �
L-20
3. Horizontal deflection coils defective. / U 9

473 JGKS
K5
VNF R P B
TRAPEZOIDAL OR NONSYMMETRICAL RASTER RIO}}V-28 - L_ I

220K3 SL ✓8sc
-CONVERTER
1. Defective j I2 I �1u �l ,
yoke. 47 .001.001 15 r'� t
H
.001
(15
CI61M La
.00l 15
^ou4
�I
2. Wiring of yoke socket. OA6C
Esr
O R
PL,N )
r
�WI UK
Q

/vFo/Nr e I
_.--
VHF TUNER C30 I
WRINKLES ON LEFT SIDE OF RASTER - This condition I
L

I I fix�I_-__
xro
can be caused by: I
I n
4NT N/RUT
1. Defective yoke: J AssereL r

R421
2. V-404 defective.
8
R/srav
1cer
2
B K
j 300n VNF BAL. iw
/NPUT ANT. UNF B.
/
3. R-416 or C-417 defective.
F

_ ourvur C'4 255

314 30- PF � , .A01 ..220
_

SMALL RASTER - This condition can be caused by: .'V T S 5.6K

7
61 R52 R53
5.6N
C413C
0MF
4
uNr 300, '<oovuxc L53
aALINPUT
I'
1. Low +B or line voltage. Check silicon rectifier. A NT. wlxoow R54.

24T-01 ( 1 820
2. Insufficient output from V-402. Replace tube. TRARSISTOA

IN82AG C52
3. Insufficient output from 'V-301A and V-401. c51 C51:- CSIC O 5
J T
IN470
Replace tubes.
UHF TUNER IR419
4. V-404 defective. 470K

''/NTLRLOtK
PICTURE STABLE BUT WITH POOR RESOLUTION - If the
1s01ATEO
ON-OFF
picture resolution is not up to standard, it may be caused
-A-EIS
6RO1N0
1M/TCN
by any of the following:
RT Of
- YOLUrf
I CONTROL
R418
1. Defective pix I-F tubes V-201 & V-202. I ��
:CIRCUIT
2. Defective pix detector crystal. (CK D-201.) BREAKER L-400
3. V-203B Defective. FILTER
CHOKE
4. Defective picture tube. I
5. Open video peaking coil. Check all peaking coils - C413A_ '4138
0
200MF. 250 NF.
L-201, L-202, L-203 for continuity. L-f a00v I00v

Note that L-201 and L-203 have shunting resistors. ONLY

/•BV
V-4o1 W301 A 3•
6. Leakage in V-203B grid capacitor C-210. If the 801+1
R

V404 1442 Eoj7 ,303 V-203ALI

capacitor is not found to be defective, check the fol- 17B53

1• �
22 G6
w.ar
8FQ7 BFQ7
]r
IOCWS
v,
BJV8
I 5 4 3 1 S ♦ 5 t t ♦ S
lowing: r
C414A C414B C415 0217
A. This trouble can also originate at the transmitter. IK .. 1K3oorl o'I •s r 001
_J ♦oav
VHF
Check reception from another station. -
ria
I
B. Check all potentials in video circuits. R-r O$C. a 1 FC P4
23
ArR coNvfRru pp
p yy
3GK5 5L 8 23FDP4 4DT8 17CU5 4J06 4JC6
C. Check picture tube grid circuit for poor or dirty r N, ,
• � 3 ♦ s ♦ e s ♦ s
61 _J
C26 I /
contact.
pot T! C215 C216
D. Check and realign, if necessary, the picture I-F 100 001
001I
wov Soo,
and R-F circuits.

172
 TRUETONE Chassis 2DC1803 Schematic Diagram

ti a
r

0 �N

Y
Dom _ice
S 0004000000006
PE'dt6�►I i
o�W 600`-
•
� •
— ems
�«
i ;y��
�=o
,
7 °
m it
�v
-9� i=—
1
i
u�� o� i�
t l - wN 11 •
v $ i-•+•
I
" - °—a _
I I W
III
vr;
7

W -
Ya
�..

0r
1
1
d

u�
I I
u

d�

SUNG.

AND �
p

f
7

SUP

r SWEP WER
If �$8
I
I 000
VERT. °
j

S�
I� I
0 r two
mU.07
rnN

�c40o>
40
40
'
U�U

wN, P•
bLL N 1 7.
M »u � 14-r O
0 <
�- N
>COS
W
N m
aRry
-- o�
LL Yo o:
0 JI
0
J
f
uS N
O

I
ne
n
j
w
ro I
N
¢ry U

•--II
UN
•
;o UaU.Lj
;:u 'Iwi
b
04

I
P u ° ry
ti
0

g�S egaF mW
WNP
t ll
fi�Fi3�S Q j
5�
V'i@�oi � 36 N
-
I I m�„
4 1
` i ! a�
d £JIM;

I ,O
ll
 TRUETONE Chassis 2DC1803 Service Information, Continued
B 0/ P
aC 8
J7 opt
PRINTED CIRCUIT
t4
22JG6 IIB53 8 F07 BF07 IOCW5 8JV8 J4
C� 4J 6 BOARDS—REPLACEMENT OF PARTS
S ,
C415 C414A C414� I ,r 0215 _ _ —Components such as resistors and condensers may be
IRS�Or.
IK40
easily replaced on the top of the printed boards by clip-
0v T
gaol IM402 �R * iK
- -
VHF R•F f ✓NE R.r R•r osc. 23 CP4
ping the leads close to the body of the component and
TUNER i
CONV[RJE/� 04
10
T✓x TUBES 1 ­3G 5 5 J8., 23FDP4 4DT6
then soldering the new component to the existing leads.
NOrE ,REPLACE

WITH /DEN rICAC r /NSOMf"04"S THESE

tUBCF ARF USFO /N ✓NF IUNfR
ru&ES AS /N 3H05 SG%7
Uxf UMIx4 RECEIVER

V-301A& B
)
Rsn . TP2
V-302 V-38
v'2 -48CG7 6C3Q'11
tOCWS (_ 18FQ7 R�
0.-f
R-f L `'
�SYNC.SERY
CONVER ON E0. OUTPUT R403 OSC.
1 HORIZ. �&VERT. V"404 I
404!
V 3GK5 17853
VHF R-f 8CG7 DAMPER
AMP. ,13 HQ5 OR
/N OME MW1 COAI5 M4011
r F Q
USED /N ✓NF%LINEN L401 Z
o�
OSC. COIL
£

4 JD 8 V-4oz J 400
IST 1-1 AMP.
4JC8
2ND FFAMP
T•202
2ND P.I.F.&
22JG6
HORIZ.OVTPUT
DET. TRANS. S
C4Q4�C... IM3
�00
N T-2 R• 12 �
RR" IST P.I.F.
DETECTORNI IWALB
COIL TRANS.
LEVEL 8JV8
CONTROL AUDIO Ii& v •
VIDEO AMP. " V.204 �is R403
T•203
AU IO 23 FC P4 V-401
4 MC TRAP I— SR301 C301T.
I 0R
i 23FDP4
�K S.Q7 C*
Y-D2 -- —PICTURE TUBE
7
17 ". = �R
AUD16 LE
i
&D
OUTPUT pUAD.001L
45MC
AUDIO DET.
R 312
w'10 l
T-100
AUDIO COUPLING
COIL
R-314 R•316
38A3103-000 PRINTED
1
VFRT VERT.
HE T
HORIZ M OLD
FINE CONTROL
CIRCUIT
CONTROL CONTRO
BOARD ASSEMBLY (SWEEP)
Fig. 1--Chassis Tube Layout and Trimmers

38A3505-000 PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD ASSEMBLY (I.F,)

174
 ITH RA[
RADIO CORPORATION

MODELS WITH 13Al2, 13Al2M, 13Al2S, 13Al2T, 13Al2TZ,

13A16, 13A16M, 13A16S, 13A16Z, 13A16MZ, 13A16SZ,
14635, 14636, 141338, 141338Z, and 141339Z CHASSIS.

MODEL AND CHASSIS INFORMATION

MODEL TYPE CHASSIS CRT

Portable 13Al2S 12DKP4

B1331C, F, J, L
Portable 13Al2 12DKP4
B1331C1, F1, J1, L1
Portable 13Al2M 12DKP4
B1331C2, F2, J2, L2
Portable 13Al2T 12DKP4
B1331C3, F3, J3, L3
Portable 13Al2TZ 12DKP4
B1331C4, F4, J4, L4
Portable 13Al2S 12DKP4
B1333W
Portable 13Al2 12DKP4
B1333W1
B1333W2 Portable 13Al2M 12DKP4
Portable 13Al2T 12DKP4
B1333W3
Portable 13Al2TZ 12DKP4
61333W4
Portable 13A16S 16VAJP4
B1810C, X
Portable 13A16 16VAJP4
B1810C1, X1
Portable 13A16M 16VAJP4
B1810C2, X2
Portable 13A16SZ 16VAJP4
B1810C3, X3
Portable 13A16Z 16VAJP4
B1810C4, X4
Portable 13A16MZ 16VAJP4
B181005, X5
Portable 13A16S 16VAJP4
B1820P, W
Portable 13A16 16VAJP4
B1820P1, Wl
Portable 13A16M 16VAJP4
B1820, R2, W2
Portable 13A16SZ 16VAJP4
B1820W3
Portable 13A16Z 16VAJP4
B1820W4
Portable 13A16MZ 16VAJP4
B1820W5
Portable 141338Z 19VALP4
B2002J2, J3
Portable 14638Z 19VALP4
B2005W2, W3
Portable 14638Z 19VALP4
B2009W3
Portable 14638 19VALP4
B2044W2 (SC "300")
Portable 141338Z 19VALP4
B2044W3 (SC "300")
Table 14636 21VAGP4
B2213W3
Table 14836 21VAGP4
B2224P3
Portable 14636 19VALP4
S2647W
Portable 14635 19VALP4
S2696W2 (Hospital)
Portable (Hotel-Motel) 141339Z 19VALP4
S26971-4, L5
Portable 13Al2S 12DKP4
T2613W
Portable 13Al2 12DKP4
T2613W1
Portable 13Al2M 12DKP4
T2613W2
Portable 13Al2T 12DKP4
T2613W3
Portable 13Al2TZ 12DKP4
T2613W4
Portable 13A16SZ 12DKP4
T2626W3
Portable 13A16Z 12DKP4
T2626W4
Portable 13A16MZ 12DKP4
T2626W5
Portable 14638 19VALP4
T26541-2, L3
Portable 141338Z 19VALP4
T2655W2, W3
Portable (SC "300") 14638 19VALP4
T2673W4
Portable (SC "300") 14B38Z 19VALP4
T2673W5
Table 14836 21VAGP4
T2696W3
material on pages 176 through 190)
(Service

175
 ZENITH Chassis 14B38Z, 14B39Z, Schematic Diagram

P-ZERO
60 Hz
60 H

V3 V4 V5 VISA
4BZ6 4BZ6 4BZ6 1/2 IOG
I ST. I. F. 2 ND. 1. F. 3 RD. 1. F. VIDEO
P140V GRN/BLK 1265V RED/BLK 4155V

;
-L
4/.
25 40PF �5
MNz

TO 1. F.
OUTPUT

D
TUNER

•
P)44
P 470
56K
C C9 _
O 116.76
5.7 KHz
H
L5 "I T Ae
-[
C
`55 v
1
TO U H F B+SWITCH 1
VHF

I.IS �6800
B 27OV =

f +270V
^
CI4� R
.001 T 6.6.81K .9 MEG
W
AGC 2.2 MEG'

C13 (REF. ONLY MOUNTED

15 ON TUNER 1 820K
V613 V 7A V7B i V8A C47

1
4770
4

1/2 IOGN8 1/2 13ZIO 1/2 13ZIO = 1/2 8BA11

s
60V P-P SOUND LIMITER SOUND DISCR. RII SOUND OUTPUT A. G.C. SYNC.
15.75 KHz 1
-
T5 1639 VOLUME LIMIT 003
—3
220PF I MEG, (uesez CLIP
T
—Y)
60 62K

IOO61 _
IBLK f95V t2201` BLU
1 { .--
C35 TT I 680,
C433 =
I 1 4 g
PF _ T6 _ .011 �C44
—0068
IKV
1/ O
PF

I
5 LIO I
__ , T7
i
7 IN
-C34 I 6 I f I -- 2
d30V
-
IC40 PF R17
001 OEPENUS f76V 20 .E / SP

T
L J y I MEG �
UPON BUZZ 8 2.4V � 0?
GRN H VOLUME v
CONTROL
SETT/NG C37
1
R14 ,
RED
80K 47OPFF- L_—_ 220
1W 20 C+ C26B - • RIB
+27
715 25V 10
to 7
045 I
5
2W
2W
f
_ BUZZ 1
�' 1C
1
12C V.A.C. 38
N TERLOCK 01 _
I 4 O � 2W T.00? $4701
I 2w J
=
#220K

270V
Fl

R29
DOK;
82K VII
VIDA VIOB 2W
21HB5A
1/2 6GH8A t/ry 1/2 6GHBA
--,I e HORIZ. OUTPUT
HORIZ.CONTROLI HORIZ, OSC.6 C73
1C69— DISCH. 72ov C14—' - .00151001' 7
1 470PF L 0033 "I
IMEG -6.0v t155V 2 4/40V
87EAR CONNECT/ON 4 OPF 70V
ON USE WITH SPACE COMMAND
+270V 9 3 , IOK -55V
CR5 C65 T
RED 470 PI 7
pW CR3 ll� I KV 111_
4,
10
IOOK f0.6V
C59 C60 0588 C58C C62 R6 20 �
150
CR4
1
10
-�I_0 2x51P C67 1 2
200V 350 0V 1500 100
35 HOR12
PF
T150 I II •NORMAE
C68 HOLD
C77 735 WIDTH
C63

£
A33 S27K
2x001 2200'
PF 12
♦C 2W
MEG C72
.0033 �I
• II O78 68
1
K
IW
t R28 _�q T.046
15V P-P C I209 2 1 270V 270V
13 15.75 KHz MAx.WIDTM
6V
ITO PILOT LAMP) T1 VIOLET

T02 7K
AT VA

pp V13 V7 V9 VB V3
12 TO HEATERS
3
ONVHF TUNER

C83 1 C8G
'
C86
2907 P-P OOI 001 '
OOI
15 15.75 KHz I I I

Schematic Diagram Of The14B38Zand 14B39Z Chassis

LIMITS MAX. VOUJMEon 14639Zonly
-
BUZZ rVERT.LINEARITY
4"
1507 CONTROL--�
16 75.75 P.P. VERT. A G C CONTROL A.C. INTERLOCK WIDTH ADJUST. HORIZ. HOLD CONTROL
SIZE—� I I

a
i

�
p
0
2007 P-P VOLUME
11 15.75 KHz VERTUH VERT 812E AGC LIMIT WIDTH HARIZ.HOLO n
BUZZCONT

176
 14B39Z, Schematic Diagram, Continued
ZENITH Chassis 141338Z,
NOTES:
ALL WAVEFORMS TAKEN ON AIR SIGNAL DEVELOPING ].B
22K VOLTS PEAK -TOFIEND Ai TEST POINT 'C", W. ALL
T4 CONTROLS SEi FOR NORMAL VIEWING.
PLI ALL VOLTAGES ME ASUREB FAD' CHASSIS i0 POINTS INDICATED.
'OCKP - -�
RMITE 33K 2
TC 5OUND LI ALL VOLTAGES ARE B.C. DNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.
µt -TO Tit
GR D IV 66PN 2k ALL O.C. VOLTAGES LO BE MEASDRED NIT. A VACDUN TUBE
50 PF VOLT TER H0.VIXG. II MEGOXM INPUT RESISTANCE.
i
C24 vAR/ES WITH SPG I ALL VOLTAGE MEASUREMENTS i0 BE MADE KITH NO SIGNAL
- \ TO H.V. 20 KV 210, PRESENT. NORMAL SETTING OF CONTROLS AND CHANNEL SELEC-
B'_u 4.3 BR/GHT;NESS
PF L7 i0R SET TO CHANNEL 2 UNLESS OTHE0.NiSE SPECIFIED.
SETT/NS
{721 1-4.5)?
C25 1'4}1N
K �\ V14
FOR CAPACITOR CAPACITY TOLERANCES SEE LEGEND.
ALL RESISTORS ARE 110% TOLERANCE, CARBON, TT
1/2 WA
9
Fs UNLESS OTH ERX ISE SPECIFIED.
L_ 47P 5% J
C28 19VALP4 ADJ. RESISTANCE MEASDREXENTS SNONN WITH COIL DISCONNECTED
F 0.0M CIRCUIT.
RIB
82K
PF PIX COIL RESISTANCES NOT GIVER ARE UNBEA ONE OHM.
,�
v RIMBOND FRAME CATHODE RAY TUBE 2ND ANODE VOLTAGF TO BE MEASUREO
6 {30V� WIT% ELECTROSTATIC OR 20K MIN. OHM PER VOLT HIGN
8
I 800T VOLTAGE METER.
730yH 15K ' V
�27K C29 I 2.5 TO 695
ARROWS ON POTENTIOMETERS INDICATE CLOCKWISE ROTATION.
1022 14MEG
022 CONTRAST '1 INDICATES INDICATES
INDICATES
T
1
CHASSIS �- VOLTAGE
XAYE PORN
L 00~J
( ooK3 __l000 GROUND SOURCE
(SEE WAVEFORM
CHART,
QS
C27 RI2 {I.BK KV
II = PICTURE TUBE 2ND ANODE VOLTAEI TO BE MERSU0.E0 NITN
T.022
MEG 1 ELECTROSTATIC K[LOVOLTME TER NITN BR IGXTNESS AX0
CONTRAST CONTROLS FULL COUNTER-CLOCKWISE.
250 O
2 C%•CAPACITOR VALUE SELECTED FOR MINIMUM YOKE RINGING,
R8 C26A VARIES NIT' A RANGE OF 47 PF TO 12 PF (J K.Y.. II10%),
82Kt 11 SPG2
18K 3501
1 �150K WHEN NECESSARY, REPLACE WITH EXACT VALUE POUlID IN
BRIGHTNESS 1
YOKE.
CIA LEO LETTERS INDICATE ALIGNMENT
V AND TEST POINTS NH ERE APPLICABLE.
�270V C - DETECTOR OUTPUT G 3RD I.F. 6RID
0 - VIDEO OUTPUT H.- SOUND LiH.TER PLATE
E - I.F. AGC O - SOUND OUTPUT
F - GROUXDEO FOR I.F. ALIGNMENT P - SOUND DISC GAIB
INDICATES .20% TOLERANCE MAY BE USE..
r
INDICATES INSULATE. BRACNET 6 GROUND PLANE
123-4041 (FOR MONOPOLE AHTENq A,
23 - 4116
L12

V8B V9 .047
IOOKr
1/2 8BA11 IOGK6
VERT.OSC. R22 VERT.OUTPUT 8 GRIN
I/2 T9
BL ,
Btu

C49 1 i C56 R25 I

.
82K .068 - { 58 T.
II t?601
0 I
Hwy
047 1
270V C 55 7
68K ,9
.I
371

PIX CENTERING ADJUST.

2.2P A2 r
MEG 8 RED RED VENT. DEF
GY
0068=
I

L
Coll
0
Ai ,OCI5 2 OV 270V
I '

R2
150
IC OK 82K F-
#330K �IMEGR u]
R26
12 600
o
22P a
LL
MEG VE RT. L IN
750K
VERT.HOLD R24 S
7 M EG U

«
LIMITER PLATE

I C52 VERT,
SIZE
I.1 2000
'H" SOUND

TIO V12
IBY2 or c
2BU2
TEST POINT

H.V. RECT.
B+[RED) To VHF TUNER

19M

R33
Parts Layout Of The 14B38Z and 14839Z Chassis

° 20KV H.V

I/2 T9
55R
WHT--_____-1
77 YEL I
>>
7
C79 S
i9n NORIZONTAL
200 NOTE� `K / o
PF T DEFLECTOR
G

4
V13 L 1/4a R34
o�
RED/WHT

DAMPER i_��.__J 3o

C80 L13
5 R30 ELK

it
182
C)9 __ _
WIDTH CONTROL

EQUIVALENT CIRCUIT OF INTEGNETS

A18 A2

IN
I R R OUT

Al 87-4 33K
680 0 680

T 1
1

IT
F A2 87-5 47K

it

(Chassis 141338, 141339, are practically identical to 14B38Z, 1413392)

177
 ZENITH Chassis 13Al2, 13A16, 141335, etc. Service Information

ADJUSTMENTS FOCUS
13Al2, 13A16, 141335, 36 14638, 38Z 141339, 39Z
WIDTH AND HORIZONTAL LINEARITY ADJUSTMENTS chassis
13Al2 and 13A16 Chassis: Width-Linearity sleeve on
neck of picture tube. Adjustment is by means of a three position tap.

Adjustment is made by sliding the metal width sleeve

along the neck of the picture tube until both proper ALIGNMENT
width and best linearity is obtained.
SOUND ALIGNMENT 13Al2, 13A16
14638, 141339 chassis: Width Control and Alignment of the 4.5 MHz intercarrier sound channel,
Linearity
sleeve. A screwdriver adjustment at the rear of the
employing the locked Oscillator Sound Detector, re-
chassis is used to adjust width and the sleeve on the
quires the reduction of the signal to the receiver
neck of the picture tube is used to adjust antenna terminals. Various methods may be used to
linearity.
reduce the signal level, however, a step attenuator is
The sleeve is installed with the slot to the left when
recommended for best results. Proceed as follows:
facing the rear of set. The initial width and linearity
adjustment is made by turning the width control to its 1. Connect the step attenuator between the antenna
maximum counterclockwise position and sliding the and the receiver antenna terminals.
sleeeve to optimize linearity. The width control is then
2. With no attenuation, using a strong signal; adjust
advanced to obtain correct width.
the quadrature coil for best quality sound.
14635, 36, 14B38Z, 39Z Chassis: Width coil and two 3. Add some attenuation to the signal until some hiss
position width selector. Adjust the width coil so that the is heard in the sound.
picture fills both sides of the screen, with the WIDTH
selector in the NORMAL position. In the event additional 4. Re-adjust the quadrature coil for best quality sound,
with minimum hiss.
width is required, place the selector in the MAXIMUM
position and re-adjust the width coil to fill both sides 5. Add some additional attenuation to the signal until
of the screen. hiss is heard again. Adjust the intercarrier coil for best
sound with minimum hiss.
AGC ADJUSTMENT 6. Add additional attentuation until the hiss is heard
Tune in a strong TV signal and slowly turn the AGC again. Adjust the intercarrier coil for minimum hiss.
control until a point is reached where the picture dis- 7. With hiss still present, adjust the Sound take-off
torts and buzz is heard in the sound. The control should coil primary (top core) then bottom for minimum hiss
then be backed down from this position and set at a and best sound.
point comfortably below the level of inter-carrier buzz,
8. Remove all attenuation from the incoming signal.
picture distortion and improper sync. This setting cor•
With a strong signal, adjust the Sound Take-off for
responds in general to 3 volts peak-to-peak at the Video
Detector stage in the 14B35, 36, 14638, 382, 14839, minimum 4.5 MHz interference in the picture.
39Z chassis and 2 volts peak-to-peak in the 13Al2 and
SOUND - 141335, 36, 14638, 38Z,
ALIGNMENT 14639,
13A16.
39Z
CAUTION: Misadjustment of the AGC control can result
in a washed-out picture, distorted picture, buzz in the Proper alignment of the 4.5 MHz intercarrier sound
channel can only be made if the signal to the receiver
sound or complete loss of picture and sound.
antenna terminals is reduced to a level below the limit-
ing point of the Gated Beam Sound Detector. This level
HORIZONTAL HOLD ADJUSTMENT (AFC) can be easily identified by the "hiss' that accompanies
The horizontal hold control is equipped with a the sound. Various methods may be used to reduce the
stop signal level, however, a step attenuator is recommended
which limits knob rotation to aproximately 270
degrees. for most satisfactory results. Alignment is made as
To adjust the AFC, remove the knob and turn the shaft follows:
to a position where it is virtually impossible to
disrupt 1. Connect the step attenuator between the antenna
horizontal synchronization when switching from channel
and the receiver antenna terminals.
to channel. After adjustment, install the knob with its
pointer centered between the stops. 2. Tune in a TV signal. Adjust the sound take-off coil
(top and bottom cores), for minimum 4.5 MHz inter-
CENTERING ADJUSTMENT ference in the picture.
The centering assembly is built into the yoke housing. 3. Adjust the step attenuator until the signal is at-
This assembly is made of two magnetic rings which can tenuated to a level where a "hiss is heard with the
be rotated by means of tabs. Centering is accomplished audio."
by gradually rotating each tab separately and/or ro- 4. Adjust the intercarrier transformer, quadrature coil
tating both tabs simultaneously until the picture is and buzz control for the best quality sound and mini-
centered. mum buzz. It must be remembered, that any of these

178
 ZENITH Chassis 13Al2, 13A16, 14B35, etc. Alignment Information, Continued

3. Feed the sweep generator through a special termin-

adjustments may cause the "hiss" to disappear and
ating network as shown in Fig. 1. to Point "G" (Pin 1 of
further reduction of the signal will be necessary to pre-
the 3rd IF). Adjust generator to obtain a response sim-
vent the "hiss" from disappearing during alignment.
ilar to Fig. 2. Do not exceed the 3 volt peak to peak
detector output during any of the following adjustments.
IF ALIGNMENT
A suitable VHF and UHF sweep generator in conjuction 4. Set the marker generator to 45.75 MHz and alter-
with an accurate marker must be used for IF and tuner nately adjust the top and bottom cores of the 4th IF for
alignment work. It is extremely important to terminate maximum gain and symmetry with the 45.75 MHz and
the output cable properly and to check for a reactive the 42.75 MHz markers positioned as shown in Fig. 2.
attenuator. If the attenuator is reactive or if the output If the correct response cannot be obtained, check the
cable is improperly terminated, correct alignment can- cores to see that they are not butted but are entering
not be made since the degree of attenuation may change their respective windings from the opposite ends of the
the shape as well as the amplitude of the response coil.
curve. The attenuator should only vary the amplitude
and not the shape of the response curve.

TO RECEIVER ANTENNA TERMINALS

MATCHING TRANSFORMER
50 OHMS UNBALANCED TO 300 OHMS BALANCED

SWEEP GENERATOR
OUTPUT CABLE

Fig. 3 Expanded View of the 47.25 MHz Trap Frequency.

HOOKED END 5. Connect the sweep generator to Test Point "A" on

FOR CONNECTING
TO VARIOUS GRIDS
VHF tuner. Short test points "E" and "F" to chassis
ground. This will provide a "blow up" of the 47.25
MHz trap response as shown in Fig. 3. Adjust the 47.25
5612
MHz trap (top slug of T1) for minimum marker ampli-
Yz w 5 % tude.
470 MMFD.
CARBON
CERAMIC RESISTOR GROUND DIRECTLY
CAPACITOR TO CHASSIS. DO NOT
USE LEADS.

Fig. 1 Alignment Fixtures for RF-IF Alignment.

IF ALIGNMENT 13Al2, 13A16 CHASSIS

Refer to the appropriate schematic diagram, chassis
tube and trimmer layout, and tuner drawings for refer-
ence test points.
1. Slowly turn the channel selector until the tuner rotor
is made to rest between two channels. This will prevent
an erroneous response. For generators with high output,
Fig. 4 Overall IF Response Curve.
set the channel selector to channel 13.
2. Connect an oscilloscope through a 10,000 ohm iso-
lation resistor to terminal "C" (detector). Connect the 6. Disconnect the jumper between test point "E" and
chassis. Apply negative 6 or 7 volts bias to test point
ground lead to chassis.
"E," positive lead to chassis ground. Adjust sweep
generator for 3 volts peak to peak output as shown on
the oscilloscope (output of Picture Detector). Alter-
nately, adjust the 2nd, 3rd and 1st IF coils and the con-
verter (mixer) plate coil until an overall response sim-
ilar to Fig. 4 is obtained.

IF ALIGNMENT 14635, 14636, 141338, 38Z,

141339, 39Z
Refer to the appropriate schematic diagram, chassis
tube and trimmer layout, and tuner drawings for refer-
Fig. 2 4th IF Response Curve ence test points.

179
 ZENITH Chassis 13Al2, 13A16, etc.
14B35, Alignment Information, Continued

1. Slowly turn the channel selector until the tuner

rotor is made to rest between two channels. This will
prevent an erroneous response.

2. Connect an oscilloscope through a 10,000 ohm

isolation resistor to terminal 'C' (detector). Connect the
ground lead to chassis.
3. Feed the sweep generator through a special termi-
nating network as shown in Fig. 1 to Point 'G' (Pin 1
of the 3rd IF). Adjust generator to obtain a response
similar to Fig. 5. Do not exceed the 3 volt peak to peak
detector output during any of the following adjustments. Fig. 7 Further Expansion of Fig. 6 for Detail View
of the 39.75 and 47.25 MHz Traps
4. Set the marker generator to 45.75 MHz and alter-
nately adjust the top and bottom cores of the 4th IF
7. Disconnect jumper between 'E' and the 68 ohm and
for maximum gain and symmetry with the 45.75 MHz
and the 42.75 MHz markers positioned as shown in 1500 ohm cathode resistors. Connect this jumper be-
tween 'E' and chassis. Adjust sweep generator for 3
Fig. 5. If the correct response cannot be obtained
check the cores to see that they are not butted but are volts peak to peak output at the second detector. Alter-
entering their respective windings from the opposite nately, adjust the 2nd, 3rd, 1st IF and the converter
ends of the coil. plate coil until an overall response similar to Fig. 8 is
obtained. It will be found that the 2nd IF affects the low
side (42.75 MHz) and the 3rd IF, the high side of the
response curve.

Fig. 5 4th IF Response Curve

5. Connect the sweep generator to terminal 'A' (con-

verter grid). Connect terminal 'F' to chassis and connect
a jumper between terminal 'E' and chassis. Adjust the
Fig. 8 Overall IF Response Curve
sweep to obtain a 3V. P.P. response similar to Fig. 8.
Switch oscilloscope to 1OX gain to 'blow up' the traps
(Fig. 6). VHF TUNER CHANNEL OSCILLATOR
ADJUSTMENT
In all VHF tuners, each channel
39.75 can be adjusted indi-
47.25
vidually with the receiver fine
tuning knob without
interaction with other channels.
Several turns of the
knob are permissible, in either direction, to obtain
proper adjustment.
0.3 v

1
41.25

lox
SCOPE
GAIN
SPECIFICATIONS
Fig. 6 Expanded View of Traps POWER USED AT
CHASSIS 120V 60 Hertz

6. Refer to Fig. 6 and adjust the 39.75 MHz and the 13Al2, M, S, S1, T, TZ 115 Watts
41.25 MHz traps for minimum marker amplitude. Con- 13A16, M, S, Z, MZ, SZ 120 Watts
nect jumper between 'E' and the junction of the 68 ohm 14835, 36 190 Watts
and 1500 ohm resistors in the cathode circuit of the 14B38,38Z 175 Watts
1st IF. This provides an additional 'blow up' of the 14B39,39Z 175 Watts
47.25 MHz traps (Fig. 7). Adjust the 47.25 MHz trap For Space Command Models Add 50 Watts to Power Used
for minimum marker amplitude.

180
 ZENITH Chassis 13Al2, etc. Tuners 175-1133/36/38 Service Information

ITEM
NO.
PART
NUMBER DESCRIPTION UHF PILOT LIGHT SWITCH
Cl 22.3985 33 PF N750 DISC =20% 500 V (ON SOME MODELS)
C2 223683 2 PF GIMMICK ±10% 500V
C3 22.3548 18 PF NPO DISC ±5% 500 V
C4 22-3545 0.5-2.4 PF TRIMMER 500V
C5 22-3987 1000 PF FT GMV 500 V
C6
C7
22.3797
22.3987
1000 PF DISC +100%—20%
1000 PF FT GMV
500 V
500 V
SOME TUNERS ONLY—
C8 22-3547 12 PF N750 DISC ±5% 500 V NEUTRALIZING
C9 22.3986 1000 PF FT GMV 500 V
C 0 22.3984 100 PF N1500 DISC -20% 500V TRIMMER HOLE
1
Cll 22-2424 1.5 PF GIMMICK ±10% 500V
C12 22-3987 1000 PF FT GMV 500 V
C13 22.3835 24 PF N330 DISC =3% 500 V
5 PF NPO DISC x.25 PF 500 V
C14
C 15
22-3836
22-3797 1000 PF DISC +100% —20% 500 V B+ To U.H.F CONTINUOUS
22-5317 .15 MF CAP. 20% 100V
C 16
TUNER (Red)
T1 5.74546 ANTENNA BALUN & FILTER
T2 5-74413 ANTENNA BALUN
T3 5.64259 ANTENNA TRANSFORMER RED LEAD
LI
L2
20.1185
S-75825
UHF I.F. INPUT COIL ANTENNA CABLE
S2 S-75890 SW. SECT. 2 WIRING (R.F.) (300ohm INPUT)
S3 5-79753 SW. SECT. 3 WIRING (ANT.)
S4 5-79754 SW. SECT. 4 WIRING (UHF IF)
SS 85-1009 SW. SECT. 5 (UHF B})
S6 85-1006 SW. SECT. 5 (UHF B} UHF PILOT
LIGHT) (FOR 1751133,
175.1136) UH F I. F, INPUT JACK
S7 SEE SW. SECT. I ASSEMBLY (OSC.
BELOW ROT. & STAT.) A,G.C, (YELLOW)
RI 63.5012 10.7K OHM X10% 4 W
11 B
S-83017 OSCILLATOR SWITCH, DETENT & TEST POINT A
583020
SHAFT ASSY. FOR
OSCILLATOR SWITCH,
175-1133
DETENT &
ONLY
"ONVERTER GRID USED TO INJECT I. F. SIGNALS 6.3V AC HEATER
5-83021
SHAFT ASSY. FOR
OSCILLATOR SWITCH,
175.1136
DETENT &
ONLY TO ALIGN I.F. AMPLIFIER IN T.V. RECEIVERAND and PILOT LIGHT
MEASURE CONVERTER GRID INJECTION.
SHAFT ASSY. FOR 1751147 ONLY
(BROWN)

MIXER PLATE COIL

IIIIII18111111111111 ill B+ (RED)
11 " /
TEST POINT B

CONVERTER SCREEN BY- PAS S CONDENSER

FOR OBSERVATION OF R.F. BAND PASSES

VHF I.F. OUTPUT JACK 123-3779

FINE TUNING SHAFT

ANTENNA R.F PLATE OSCILLATOR

s77
5 t I 51a

A
12 6EA8
MIXER
azN

. 6.3 V.A.C.

tsar Posxms. i1L. TO VHF PILOT LIGHT

7x —s-8.3 VAO.
ISOME MODELS)
e - R.F. Rxxo eneses aessxvnriox noxnr.

Me9 NOTE:SGF SWITCH ON

TS-iRG�15 1I R B, 175-1132.
11
WA R roLExWos uxl.xss orNsnNxse G 17511]6.
1 No: 1/1 _ :75-113],175-IIS<

9Pe[1FeeD.
N ox TO UHF PILOT LIGHT
= NUSTxe sxox2
s NSASVRIxG eNo of RESIGTOR (SOME MODELS)
1/� on Issslu �

BI TO UHF TUNER

Schematic Diagram and Top View of VHF Tuners 175-1133, 1136 and 1138

181
 ZENITH Chassis 13A 12, U, S, S1,T,T Z, Signal Path and farts Layout

\ 2

and 13Al2TZ Chassis

§
()
§
�
�)
@ 1
1
i:f *\
�
�H ;
\
,\

13Al2T,
/ \
))

MA12S1,
LEAD

13Al2S,
ANODE

13Al2M,
13Al2,
|

Signal Path and Parts Layout Of The

IN

§)
�

�
>
)
SPE

®
i§

182
 ZENITH Chassis 13A 12, M, S, S 1, T, TZ
o«'o
m

C +
CL
M p X
N
> a

IU

F!
�b o f
I
�v
u II

� I •
�#�
m

M2 III
V I I • l / • Ill

N 1-
M m (n
--
F IU

Hip

Hip
�8

Hip

d3NR1 JHA 01

183
 ZENITH Chassis 13A 16, M, S, MZ, SZ, Z, Signal Path and Parts Layout

CL
7

A
O��
Wm
*
Fyn
mQLLu
�a d

4 g *D
jm d

VV 44
d � o

O e
*
• W
o
-
� m F- 2
a > >
U J
W
Fti Ow �*41Fditd�.dk d18r
U ~ Z
N
t0 N � C2
N �t0 CL
z
V tY M �
M- 00
C cl�

I
1
0
w
VHF ROTARY-SWITCH TUNER

I 175-66
V•
2

G
4TH

O
UHF TUNER
2

d
w
ti

O
s �
SPE

184
 -
95
-4740
S)L -7o C5

ZENITH Chassis 13A16, M, MZ, S, SZ, Z

Chassis
"
Q Ih

13A16SZ
+
t--t
�m<

and
o
#
I

13A16MZ,
Q

=ol� I
I
sod
+
w�la
o >� I

L � �

13A16Z,
U =W W
p
O
N
,o Y >�N M� a
1
1
Q
O 8
a,NW

13A16S,
> � >

1
V m
0
II
n

13A16M,
,tt

h l
l
61
.

"fly
��
O

13A16,
>y
�
b o
I
�m

_
I
Jam• I "

Production
Late
� � U -
m +
h o a V> ry do +
ti ti
g m
U'�II _5 III
o
00 t0NO
O N Cr D
O
> �0RS
l j m III
m b

1-0
l
p
0
0
tr
1
1 o
p�s

wo <
ZU Y �
>
o
Q ID F I
O cq I

> �= m
I
m e">o
11 l
�II

U
I
bN
I

7 - ^o
ti N ,Fill
> n
H,n

ii

I
I

.
I

m
O -----I
;
+
IL-
M
-z
O w
tON
a
co
aar+nl dNn of _
ZENITH Chassis 14B36 Signal Path and Parts Layout

186
 V
I I

b
N

oT

o'
•+_gym
N4

I
m

d�•1 • m Y w 3
i O F
N

-•-
�.n..�/'�� f'�^�v
- - 1
� ` 11

m a
-
511100 dd0DVI 187 -
0NnOS NO ddOS Ol s.zaqeag o,i,
8301 3Mn 01
 ZENITH Service Material on Tuner 175-1401

ITEM PART
NO. NUMBER DESCRIPTION

C1 22.5973 7.7 PF ±.5 PF DISC CAP. N470 500 V

C2 22.5974 1000 PF GMV F.T. 500 V
C3 22.5975 2A PF GIMMICK CAP. 500 V
C4 22-5974 1000 PF GMV F.T. 500 V
C5 22-5976 47 PF ±5% F.T. N15GO 500 V
C6 225977 15 PF F.T. 500 V
C7 22.5978 1000 PF t5% DISC CAP. N470 500 V
C8 22-5979 1 PF GIMMICK CAP. 500 V
C9 22-5980 1000 PF GMV F.T.
CIO 225974 1000 PF GMV F.T.
500
500
V
V
UHF LFI INPUT ADJUSTMENT
C11
C12
22-5981
225982
10 PF ±.5 PF DISC CAP. N330
2.2 PF .5 PF DISC CAP. NPO
500 V
V
IN CHANNEL I POSITION.
500
C13
C14
225974
225974
1000 PF GMV F.T.
1000 PF GMV F.T.
500
500
V
V
ANTENNA TERMINALS
C15 225974 1000 PF GMV F.T. 500 V (300 OHM INPUT)
G1 ANTENNA GIMMICK
G2
G3
NEUTRALIZING GIMMICK UHF I.F. INPUT JACK
WIRE R.F. RESPONSE ALIGNMENT
G4 GIMMICKS R.F. RESPONSE ALIGNMENT THIS END GROUNDED
G5 R.F. RESPONSE AL GNMENT
G6 R.F. RESPONSE ALGNMENT
I

RI 636101 5.6K OHM 10 N M

L1 201730 D.C. RETURN

TEST
POINT A A.G.C.(YELLOW)
COIL

L3
201731
S-84477
SCREEN COIL
MIXER PLATE COIL
CONVERTER GRID USED To INJECT I.F.
SIGNALS To ALIGN LF AMPLIFIER in T.V.
TI S-84831 ANTENNA FILTER ASSEMBLY RECEIVER and MEASURE CONVERTER B+ R. F. TUBE
Al 105.108 R/C NETWORK GRID INJECTIONS.
A2 105.108 R/C NETWORK

CH#1 174.941 I.F. STRIP ASSEMBLY

CHAIR 2 174.942 CH#2 STRIP ASSEMBLY 450ma. HEATER (BROWN)
CH#3 174.943 CH#3 STRIP ASSEMBLY
CH#4 174-944 CH#4 STRIP ASSEMBLY UHF B-F
CHIPS 174.945 STRIP ASSEMBLY
NOTE; 14K 2WATT RESISTANCE in SERIES
CH #5
CH#6 174946 CH#6 STRIP ASSEMBLY
CH#7 174-947 CH#7 STRIP ASSEMBLY
WITH B+ SWITCH, INSIDE OF TUNER. VHF I.F OUTPUT JACK
CH#8 174948 CHIPS STRIP ASSEMBLY
CH#9 174.949 CH#9 STRIP ASSEMBLY
CH#10 174950 CH#10 STRIP ASSEMBLY
CH#11 174-951 CH#11 STRIP ASSEMBLY
CH#12 174.952 CH#12 STRIP ASSEMBLY MIXER PLATE COIL
CH#13 174.953 CH#13 STIR ASSEMBLY

FINE TUNING SHAFT \

ALL OSCILLATOR ADJUSTMENTS ARE B+ 135V (REDI
MADE BY TURNINGTHIS SHAFT. FINE
TUNING MAY BE ROTATED IN EITHER
DIRECTION For ANY NUMBER OF TURNS. R
R.F. TEST POINT "B

CH. I 12K

K v

CH.5-13 I I
I
J

I
CH.2-4 I
CS m
I.F INPUT JACK
FROM UHF
TUNER L
63 -- G4 GS

r
VI V2A V28
3HA5 MIXER 6CG8A
R F. 1/2 OSC.
I 6CG8A

TI
C2 5 CIO
g7F.T. I.F.OUTPUT 113
OOOFT IOOOF.T. 1000 F.T. 1000
TO MAIN
CHASSIS F.T.
*22-4768
15 MF
A2 A.G.C. VI V2
_
r
V
3HA5 6CG8A
IZ 5A R. F. MIX.-OSC.
B+ 14K OHM52W DROPPING RESISTANCE INSIDE OF TUNER.
EXTERNAL DROPPING RESISTOR NOT USED WITH 175-88
MEG
EG OR 175-910 UHF TUNER.
, ) MEGi
L —J L— I MOif,: LL RESISTOR ARE I/IM. '20" TOLERANCE UNLESIOTHERWISE SPECIFIED.
123-4008 . ALL
Si CAPACI LOBS ARE PIEOfARAOS UNLESSSGTHE OTMEN+ISE IfO.
0, 011 LTAGE
PPOBE NEASUHfYZNTS
ENO MIL" NNEPMADESE1NIiX A VVYN. APDTMORANTENXA
N NI
I
SOLA RESISTOR
Ix
VHF ANT.

p. G.N.V. DEx0TE5 GUAFANTFED NN YALUf. SIGNAL INPVi.

1SIGNAL
VALUE.
Ox
L- J
S. REPLACE NSEG STAMPEDONLYON NILMTUNERTHECHASSIS.
" ORIGINALLY SUPPLIED ST ZENITH.
xIxIM1M

xT 0 IS

1. UCNOIES EHISSIS 1
TEST POINTS:
A- I.F. SIGNAL INPUT FOR ALIGNMENT ON MAIN CHASSIS
I.F. STRIP WITH TUNER SET ON CHANNEL 13
B- VHF R.F. BAND PASSES OBSERVATION POINT.
INESE -PO-TO ARE ON YU.11

Schematic Diagram and Top View of VHF Tuner 175-1401

188
 ZENITH Service Material on Tuners 175-1105, 175-1108

ITEM PART
NO. NUMBER DESCRIPTION
UHF PILOT LIGHT SWITCH
Cl 22-3813 3.0 PF GIMMICK �5%
18 PF F.T. = 5%
500V
500 V
(ON SOME MODELS)
C2 22.4684
C3 22-3987 1000 PF F.T. GMV 500 V
C4
C5
22-3547
22.5806
12 PF N750 DISC m5%
051 PF GIMMICK m5%
500 V
500V DUMMY LUG (some modelsonly) NEUTRALIZING TRIMMER
C6 22.3984 100 PF N1500 DISC 20% 500V ACCESS HOLE
C7 22.5289 1.5 PF GIMMICK t5% 500V
C8 22.3987 1000 PF F.T. GMV 500 V SOME MODELS only
C9 22.3986 1000 PF F.T. GMV 500 V �—B+
TO UHF TUNER
C30 22.5808 5.1 PF NPO DISC *0.25 PF 500 V
C11 22.5253 24 PF N330 DISC ±3% 500 V
C12 22-3987 1000 PF F.T. GMV 500 V B+ From MAIN CHASSIS
C13 22.3797 1000 PF DISC +100% 500 V
-20%
UHF B+ SWITCH ( SOME MODELS only)
TI S-82124 ANTENNA BALUN & FILTER

T2 S-74413
ASSEM.
ANTENNA SALUN ASSEM.
ANTENNA TERMINALS (175-1105
T3 S-64259 ANTENNA TRANSFORMER ASSEM. (300 OHM INPUT) only)
ANTENNA CABLE
Ll 20-1276 CH13 ANTENNA COIL
L2 201277 CONVERTER SCREEN COIL (300 ohm INPUT) SOLDER THIS END To BRACKET
L3 S-75809 CONVERTER PLATE COIL
L4 20.838 FILAMENT CHOKE

R1 SEE UHF TUNER

UHF I.F. INPUT JACK POWER TERMINAL STRIP
$1 S-82129 OSC. SW. DETENT & SHAFT
(FOR 175.1105 ONY ) ILLUSTRATION
S2 S-82125 SW. SECT. 2 WIRING (RLFj 31-105 ON 175-1105 ONLY
S3 S-82126 SW. SECT. 3 WIRING (ANT.)
S4 S-82127 SW.
SW.
SECT. 4 WIRING (UHF I.F.)
SECT. 5 (UHF B+)
TEST POINT "A" A.GICI (Yellow)
S5 S-82128
CONVERTER GRID USED TO INJECT I.F. SIGNALS
Al 105-105 R.C. ISOLATION NETWORK (PART TO ALIGN I,F, AMPLIFIER IN T.V. RECEIVERAND
OF Tl) ( R = 2.5 - 4 MEG.,
MEASURE CONVERTER GRID INJECTION. '-450mo.HEATER
C = 450 PF GMV)
A2 105-105 R.C. ISOLATION NETWORK (PART ( Brown)
OF TI) ( R = 2.5 - 4 MEG.,
C = 450 PF GMV) MIXER PLATE COIL
B+ ( Red)
TEST POINT "B"—
CONVERTER SCREEN BY-PASS CONDENSER'
FOR OBSERVATION OF R.F. BAND PASSES
5GJ7 IS USED on 175-1119 only

VHF I.F. OUTPUT JACK

FINE TUNING SHAFT

ALL OSCILLATOR ADJUSTMENTS ARE MADE 123-3722
BYTURNING THIS SHAFT. FINE TUNING MAY
BE ROTATED IN EITHER DIRECTION FOR
ANY NUMBER OF TURNS

B+ FROM ANTENNA R.F. PLATE OSCILLATOR

MAIN T.V. CHASSIS
W
7 (ALTERNATE 7 �• ••
6 CIRCUIT) 50 O 7 8
0 B
0 6• •10
0
50 9 OB 9
0 4
O
5•i SI III
40 O 09
10 (,..
1

S5F 30
30 010 4•
0 A 3
20
2_7I
-A I
I
8+ i x22 4668
*pl-L

PROM MAIN Ix -r
1000 1 #
CH 13
1.8K

I
TN. CHASSIS x22-4668 1 C5 1/4W
1000 _-SOME t 10%
MODELS I T3 0.51 5.6K CH 13
_ SOME I IW
MODELS B+TO ( 013 0%
UHF TUNER
UHF 2.2
I.F. O IW II
INPUT

TI
VI V2A V28
3HO5 1/2 6EA8 1/2 6EA8
72
R.F. ;co MIXER OSC.
I \. VI V2
T2
I 3H05 6EA8
-2.9V
300 OHM

I
VHF
L-"`�`^J
INPUT 220K
A2
I r _-

22K

I
1
C2
1 1
12
1000 F T. 1000 F.T. 1000.T. - IOOO F.
IB F. T.
G.M.V. G,M.V.
TEST POINTS: •- A r6.5K
x22-4768 135V
A - I.F. $16 AL. INPUT ILA AL IGIOIENT OF WAIN CHASSIS.
15 MF 280v
PASSES UOSEFVATION POINT. ^ �
S - R.F. 0A4D
L-J
7 FIL. 450 MA.A.C.

NOTES: T (OR 5.2 K 7W DEPENDING

OR CHASSIS.)
I. ALL RESI STIRS ARE Ii2 Hm !20:" TDLERANCE DRESS
NL A.G.C. 1.5V RESISTOR EXTERNAL-
OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. ALIGNMENT
FOR MOUNTED I N MAIN CHASSIS
2. MTAGES MEASURED HITH A VT'M S IDN OHM 112 MAR
(SOME MODELS ONLY) +
ISOLATION RESISTOR (LEAU OH MEASURING END OF RESISTOR
NO , SE SNORT IiR" OR LESS). 135V (SOME MODELS)
3. S. N. V. OFNOTES GUARANTEED HIS. VALUE.
4. VOLTAGES MEASURED AT ZERD BIAS ON VIIF CHANNELS.
5. OENOTEE CHASSIS

A. ALL SWITCHES ARE 0OHN IN CHANNEL !13 POSITION F VIENED

FROM FRONT.
7. ALL CAPACITCRS ARE IN PF UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.

Schematic Diagram and Top View of VHF Tuners 175-1105 and 1108

189
ZENITH Service Material on Space Command "300" Chassis S-85833

190
 INDEX
Under manufacturer's name,
each at left there are
listed that chassis
make and models in numerical
order. The corresponding page number at right of
each listing refers to the first page of the section
dealing with such material.

Admiral Corp. Emerson, Cont. G.E. Cont.

Admiral,Cont. Motorola, Cont.
T2H3-1A 9 C1634FP,+ 9 120907A 25 M435WD-D1 43 C19TS-599 67
TK2-1A 13 C1657FP,+ 9 120911A,B 25 WM435WD-D1 43 C21TS-599 67
TL2-1A 3 AC1660FP,+ 9 1209110 25 M452EWD 43 D21TS-599 67
T3H4-1A 9 AC1667FP,+ 9 120914A,B 19 M452WD-Dl 43 TS-599 67
T3x3 -1A,+ 13 AC1837FP 9 120934A 25 M454EWD 43 XT627FN 67
13 -D 1
T3K4-lA,1B 1881FP,FPM 9 120935AG 25 M454WD 43 XT628FW 67
TH3-1A 9 C1881FP,FPM 9 WM506SVY-2 31
TH4-1A 9 X1881FPM 9 WM510SEB-2 31
T8H4-1A 9 C1897FP,FPM 9 General CBM601EVY 43 Olympic
9P209 3 C1953FP,FPM 9 Electric CBM601VY-D 43 9P90 79
9P210 3 C1955FP,FPM 9 D-1 43 CAM603EVY 43 9P91 79
9P212 3 C1977FP 9 S-2 31 CAM603VY-D 43
9P215 3 9 37 CBM603EVY 43
AC1987FP,+ T-5
9P227 3 9 CBM603VY-D 43 Panasonic
AC1990FP TR100TEB-5 37
SK9P210 3 CHR621EVY 43
WM153SAV-2 31 AN-169 82
12P206 13 CHR621VY-D 43
WM155SEB-2 31 AN-179 82
12P215 13 Airline 31 CNR621EVY 43
WM158SCG-2 TR-415B 89
12P227 13 61 WM160SEB-2 31 CNR621VY-D 43
GCI-14829B TR-415BC 89
12P229 13 61 WM160SMD-2 31
GHJ-14829A
T12H4-1A 9 61 WM163SWD-2 31
GCI-14849B
T11H4-1A 9 61 31 Magnavox
GHJ-14849A WM164SEB-2 Philco
T 12H4-1 A 9 T941 51
GHJ-14849B 61 WM169SWD-2 31 S Line 95
T13H4-1A 9 61 T949 57
GCI-14859A AM40OWD-D1 43 19L21 95
16P18CF 9+ 9
GHJ-14859A 61 M401EWD 43 19P22
16P40CF 13 99
GHJ-14859B 61
16P43CF 13 M401WD-D1 43 19S32 103
Montgomery
16P57CF,+ 13 WM401WD-D1 43 S1240TN 95
Ward S1260BR
SK16P41CF 13 XSM401 WD-D1 43 95
Emerson GCI-14829B 61 S 1262BK,W H 95
T16H4-1A 9 M403EVY 43
GHJ-14829A 61 S1264WD 95
X16P18FM 9 15P23 19 M403EWD 43
GCI-14849B 61 S1265WA 95
X16P4OF 13 15P24 19 M403VY-D1 43
GHJ-14849A 61 S2532WH 99
18H19,M 9 18P42 25 M403WD-Dl 43
GHJ-14849B 61 S2734VIH 99
18P28F,FM 9 18745 25 WM403WD-Dl 43
C18P28FM GCI-148590 61 103
9 18P46 25 R403EWD 43 S3804WA
GHJ-14859A 61
X18P28FM 9 18P47 25 R403WD-D1 43
GHJ-14859B 61
19P11CF,+ 9 18P48 25 M407EWD 43
19P15CF 1+ 9 M407WD-D1 43 RCA Victor
19P77 25
19P27CF,CFM 9 19P78 25 WM420BR-Dl 43 AM-093B,+ 115
19P31CF 13 WM426BG-D1 43 Motorola AP-094W 115
19P81 25
19P47CF 13 19P82 25 WM432WD-Dl 43 XT767GN 78 AM-097E 115
13 43 XT768GW 78 AM-100L 115
19P28OCF 120904A FB 25 WM432BG-Dl
19P289CF 13 120904C 25 WM433WD-Dl 43 XU772GK 78 AP-1OOL 115
19P297CF 9+ 13 120905A 25 M434WD-Dl 43 22TS-599B 78 AM-101S 115
SK19P263CF 13 120906A,B 25 WM434WD-D1 43 XP517FW 67 AP-1015 115

(Index continued on page 192)

191
 INDEX Continued

R.C.A. Cont.
Sears,Roebuck Sylvania Zenith Radio
Zenith, Cont.
KCS-183A 123 5005 129 B12-1 163 13Al2,.M,S 175 B1820P t+ 175
AM-133B,G 115 5117 135 B12-2 163 13A12 0T,Z 175 B1820W,+ 175
AP-133B,N 115 5118 135 MZ122 163 13A16,M,S 175 B2002J,+ 175
AP-136Y 115 5119 135 MZ123 163 13A16MZ 175 B2 005W,+ 175
AM-139YK 115 528.70580 129 MZ200 163 13A16SZ 175 B2009W3 175
AM-162W 107 528.71330 135 13A16Z 175 B2044W2,3 175
KCS-176A 115 14B35 175 B2213W3 175
KCS-176B 115 B2224P3 175
Sharp
Truetone 14B36 175
KCS-176D 115 14B38,z 175 T2613W,+ 175
KCS-176E 115 TU-47P 146 2DC1803 171
WEG1803A 171 14B39Z 175 S2647W 175
KCS-177A 115 TU-58P 146 175 175
141
B1331C,+ T2654L,+
KCS-1770 115 TW-87P
TW-88P B1331F,+ 175 T2655W,+ 175
KCS-178A 107 141
B1331J9+ 175 T2673W 9+ 175
CP-357W 123 Western Auto S2696W2
B1331L,+ 175 175
CP-363L 123 Truetone
9+
B1333W 175 T2696W3 175
CP-3695 123 Sony 2DC1803 171 175 S2697L4 175
B1810C,+
CP-371W 123 TV-920U 153 WEG1803A 171 B181ox,+ 175 S2697L5 175

AMAZING OFFER
COVER ALL POPULAR SETS
RADIO & TV SERVICE DATA
What diagram and service data do you need. Service ___ NO-RISK ORDER COUPON
r ----�
material on practically TV and radio set is to be
every TELEVISION SERVICE MANUALS
found in SUPREME manuals. These are giant volumes Supreme TV manuals are best for faster, easier TV
repairs. Lowest priced. Factory data on practically all
that have factory issued data on all important TV sets, all needed
sets. Complete circuits, alignments facts,
stereo, AM, FM, auto, and portable radios, of all pe- wiring board views, waveforms , voltages, production
changes, and double -page schematics. Only $3 and $4
riods through 1969. The very best service material at per large annual manual . Check volumes wanted, send
entire advertisement as your order form.
lowest cost, only $2.50, $3, and $4 per complete annual
❑ New 1969 COLOR TELEVISION Manual , only $4.
volume El1969 TV, S4. ❑ 1968 TV, $4. ❑ 1967 TV, $4.
❑ 1966 TV, 3. ❑Additional 1965 TV, 3.
El1965 TV, $3. ❑ 1964 TV, $3. ❑ 1963 TV, $S.
❑ Additional 1962 TV, $S. ❑Early 1962 TV, $S.
covered. ❑ 1961 TV Manual, $3. ❑ 1960 TV Manual, $e.
A ll makes p Additional 1959 TV, $3. ❑Early 1959 TV, $3.
❑ 1958 TV Manual , $3. ❑Additional 1957 TV, $S.
❑ 1955 TV, $S. ❑ 1954 TV, $3. ❑ 1951 TV, Se.
❑ Master Index to all TV &Radio Manuals, 25t

RADIO DIAGRAM MANUALS

Get low-priced radio manuals and simplify all
these

AdJustrnents. repairs. Cover everything

-
you may need from recent
radios to pre-war old timers; all type radios, stereo,
d views,

8
combinations, transistor portables,

50
°ar
4
�_� too and auto sets
FM-AM, , Large sche-
ded
i s n e
ulprinteaagrasse
'
matics, all needed alignment facts,
f to 9
a dial
ale\p nc e printed boards, voltage data,
re
stringing , hints. Volumes are big,
ge
Ye ntt Om SWEEP GE
AND MARKE 8-1/2' x 11-
, about 190 pages, ea.
To 3rd-lF-grid teat-
ecept thru s , 001 m
I 0 1966, 0 1965, p 1964, 0 1963, 0 1962, ❑ 1961,
capacitor. Set nveep ❑ 1960, ❑ 1959, ❑ 1958, p 1956, ❑ 1955, 0 1954,
roz. to 44 Mc;
-.,r k.- a, required
0 1953, ❑ 1952, ❑ 1951, D 1950, D 1948, ❑ 1946,
Dial stringing information ❑ 1942, ❑ 1941; ❑ 1940, D 1926-38, EACH, $2.50
t, Also ❑ New 1967-1969 Combined Radio Volume, $4.
g T.

SUPREME
grid
ent
PUBLICATIONS
to gollow ipm . 001 T f(cap
Easy 01 e4n
ro;nimutn 1760 Balsam Road, Highland Park, ILL., 60038
Rush today TV and RptliO manuals checked in
no-risk order form Of this ad. Send postpaid, I am
... full . You
enclosing price guarantee my
e t to complete

I
to
t
to
g
d
pat t
04 satisfaction or my money back.

e ed. Name*
[lztstr`�ctioWhere exp
ickly voltages
�n Address*
ve ,
re°
m
City State*

192
 Another

Supreme Publications

Service Manual